MBNesYstore st rec cperht crore renee Paneer anertnnee att Kclcpielieoee eee Nar 219 Wy eee + oy ve rey eee of Far kink in 4 ue y br ok ear ines Wea mW if ai uae ae i : » Fray G, heen e lee Ny ee | a ce ges” PSE RES . 5 ; — ; See a oe —— ae ! Ly 1 ‘i . si - al} wD Bey ite a Wie as ne Art Vers oaks, ' ems a" | ie a4. ray! oe ) i oa ‘ ; he : ‘ ¥ om ; . Ie 7 | am i: fe ; E ; =F N a ; i) oe F ‘ é : Ms is F on PE 9 i SIA) i I ie a a Ase ana es 1 = ; 5 i ray eehlh ’ ’ ke ‘ ; & *, ~_ | ee Bo ie “e Dicer eis : Division of fees, U. S. Nationalgiwequm Py iw, ee DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES BpeRbAU. OF FISHERIES VOL XxX V 1915-1916 HUGH M. SMITH COMMISSIONER neem ee as Stig AAS 385 y} itil tu sre WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 2 OCR e ay " ir) GRR Or une | on ete ae O°) Ti ea eCAinaHeld : | MOTT ea i = bie of ae ie t ; | ARTE TATE TA AS } aie, ; , ; ] it 4 : CONTENTS & Page. THE HISTOLOGICAL BASIS OF ADAPTIVE SHADES AND COLORS IN THE FLOUNDER PARALICHTHYS ALBIGUTTUS. By Albert Kuntz. (Document 842, issued May 28, 1917)................-5+ I-30 THE FISHES OF THE LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. By John Otterbein Snyder. (Document 843, issued September 28, 1917).........-...-0.20-0-2000s 31-86 NOTES ON THE EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TWELVE TELEOSTEAN FISHES. By Albert Kuntz and Lewis Radcliffe. (Document 849, issued September 12, 1917)........ 87-134 THE OCCURRENCE IN VIRGINIA OF GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS SIMILAR TO THOSE OF MARENNES. By Philip H. Mitchell and Raymond L. Barney. (Document 850, issued August 11, 1917)... 135-150 NUTRITION OF OYSTERS: GLYCOGEN FORMATION ANDSTORAGE. By Philip H. Mitchell. (Docu- RH ETIEO ST afISSIE CMA EI TE WEE) ets stat veret srs c cseid tucie Mie cteyaleietcbets SEs teiaiehtoclabvareis os tar areisc ain orcas 151-162 THE ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF THE GENUS LERN@#A. By Charles Branch Wilson. (Document 854, issued December 22, 1917). ...........0-0e0ecceeuee ees 163-198 THE MYXOSPORIDIA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION, A SYSTEMATIC AND BIOLOGIC STUDY. ByH.S. Davisa (Document sseisshed Mecembenn7, IOL7)ascccscses esis Hos oe eceicswidsieeceis weciecse 199-244 THE FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. By A. S. Pearse. (Document SEO MISSES MAL WALY 1050 TES) yei-g-t- isis tages avape roars ars) sicccieyspare nafs Bgeatess What ove voustaye eae a oie aro ate oss 245-292 THE FISHES OF KENTUCKY AND TENNESSEE: A DISTRIBUTIONAL CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN SPECIES. By Barton Warren Evermann. (Document 858, issued January ro, 1918)...... 293-368 THE DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF BEAUFORT, N. C., AND THE SURROUNDING REGION. By W. P. Hay and C. A. Shore. (Document 859, issued April 6, 1918).......0....20.0.0c0eccecees 369-476 NUTRITION OF OYSTERS: THE NATURE OF THE SO-CALLED ‘‘FATTENING’’ OF OYSTERS. By Philip HeiMitchell) (Document /86o0; issued) March’ 13; 198) 5-26 «0-255 sss nase caedee nace 477-484 THE RANGELEY LAKES, MAINE; WITH SPECIAL, REFERENCE TO THE HABITS OF THE FISHES, FISH CULTURE, AND ANGLING. By William Converse Kendall. (Document 861, issued May 25, ME GG Oe ARE PE BPO CA, iN , T LYE EA ay ‘steely wasn AO 6) t otiit | Sly aUe Ea) Saneh realty: seek | mera ‘year ee a ys WA nie Xd sapere AIGA Vania eh eared ; inp i 2 ee cst vivre Weunaed eB den vera"), veh peg fy it Ae, Pe hy Vee tn ae: Sip eae VIN GAT hy Y OWA L i ) ONY Kee ae Or] e Fane atk iebepanee Ry ato cop RE alia 2k ection OL aay ee ert i ch, (ot eee i, met bezel Bay oN Ke ; a ath 1 i ete w 7a peered 4 o® 7 eer stn a i im % ott AL git fin Lhe a eae ante eon me acy vt) se ena aE eaten: ay? Ot'A me F Uon ri ee am Ge ANN mah Penarth. 0 ea TERT Gee Ue mere er ee Th aa emer any demi ay Pie Ais eT oo > ae cy Patio dete Lauer Aa? ibaa sro e eurta lye his My Wy hig Us AVR e faked ) obey Pert wea seatasewonnec werd é } ‘ eles vey I 54 SoM sets Hi Wey Fincell | hen Anh pre D pra GL pa See? pare eS Abi Ap sap ie yaaa ee ey, Ft eee x BE ait QT wut, Lopginnt fo wk LOY MO F ' f& tolaabe wat Sere A ae Oe) ee iwh Tbh) a Oh : ue “ were? el? ecbre Tout Dace \ alll 1 or HIRT AY en Mat ee hp cegdis aha D Beet 2. Ea ay Pike fa winstgelenl rag its at a i i} « P ¥ ahh wl ms : j ae Ve i t (Yuy i? agin ‘ a ; i ‘1 OES 0 A eek. ian + Wel f : ak Lihat (ati y i ie Ae Meee ey ye SOUSA: SALAS Ce. a wa ; is 1. Da i Ly is WP ae | ¥ Away 1A Ko. ri , : } 7 tay i) fy i Veet F ‘ { i . = Sree) x n uy 4 1 - i . . Ay . i a) 1 7 . i | - f THE HISTOLOGICAL BASIS OF ADAPTIVE SHADES AND COLORS IN THE FLOUNDER PARALICHTHYS ALBIGUTTUS a By Albert Kuntz, Ph. D. St. Louis University, School of Medicine oo Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Beaufort, N. C., and the Anatomical Laboratories of the St. Louis University School of Medicine abu vob ban! da ge eee Oe re WP Res he be i ke o ihewee are ary Lh hee At Siva ig hd pe ‘ ; A } %: MG: Mi > ‘ t) ie . i i ; i mY 4 i P Bi ' - { 5 wy ff i fi Zz . i “ah e | t 7 ; ; 5 7 i i. 1 i , y rs (he i Li if “eisgh ; CONTENTS. & Page. ERENT CLIO Meee pertecete obetnetatetebeveteteya ctofevatelstetehaieieral iateis inlets leperalietelatetela(areieiets/slel siaisie\elereiefeicicivelsietsielsuerals 5 Materialbarrdamethods ra. minciarstels|ateiareta cictele tetera acts ietatscenreielaiolrtane sta Department Interior, Monograph Geological Survey, vol. x1, 1885. ¢ Jordan and Evermann, Bulletin 47, United States National Museum, Washington. 36 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Salmonide. Coregonus williamsoni Girard; C. williamsoni, p. 463. Salmo henshawi Gill and Jordan; S. clarkii henshawi (2819), p. 493; S. clarkii tahoensis, p. 2870. Salmo aquilarum new species. Salmo regalis Snyder. Salmo smaragdus, new species. Cottus beldingi Eigenmann; C. beldingii, p. 1958. Of these, Chasmistes cujus is confined to Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes, from which an annual spawning migration is made in the lower course of Truckee River. Richardsonius microdon is known from a few specimens caught with baited hook in Lake Tahoe. Leucidius pectinifer is lacustrine, breeding in the lakes and apparently never entering the rivers. Salmo aquilarum is a rainbow trout, which presumably entered Eagle Lake after the latter was detached from direct Lahontan drainage S. regalis and S. smaragdus are lacustrine. Their breeding habits are not known. The other species are generally distributed throughout the system. In the presence of our limited knowledge of western fresh-water fishes it is con- fessed that an attempted discussion of the relationships of the Lahontan fauna is somewhat premature. A better acquaintance with the species in the headwaters of the Sacramento Valley streams and with those in the upper Columbia and the Snake Rivers is desirable, and something more should be known of the Bonneville fishes than has been recorded in their descriptions. However, it appears probable that, unless the purport of facts now at hand is wrongly interpreted, certain inferences may be drawn which will not be greatly altered by future investigation. The position of the system being completely insular it may at once be assumed that the affinities of the Lahontan fishes are to be sought among the faunas of con- tiguous systems, and the assumption is well founded, as will be seen. When the rela- tionships of a Lahontan species are apparent, they invariably are found to be with a form indigenous to a neighboring basin. The Colorado River fauna does not appear to be directly represented in the Lahon- tan system. Among the Sacramento River fishes there are fine and coarse scaled catostomids similar to those of the Lahontan, a lake chub, Siphateles formosus, much like S. obesus, while the Sacramento and Lahontan species of Agosia and Cottus are distin- guished with difficulty. The same may also be said of similar species found in the Klamath and Columbia Rivers, the near-related forms being enumerated in the fol- lowing list: Lahontan: C. tahoensis, C. arenarius, S. obesus, A. robusta, C. beldingi. Sacramento: C. microps, C. occidentalis, S. formosus, A. carringtoni, C. gulosus. Klamath: C. rimiculus, C. snyderi, S. bicolor, A. klamathensis, C. klamathensts. Columbia: C. catostomus, C. macrocheilus, S. columbianus, A. carringtoni, C. gulosus. However, it is when the Oregon Lake system is approached that we find species that are most closely related to those of the Lahontan, for an Agosia, a Siphateles, and a Catostomus are here which scarcely differ from representative forms found in the latter system. It therefore appears probable that certain species of the Lahontan fauna are most closely allied to those of the Oregon Lake system and through these to similar forms in the Sacramento, Klamath, and Columbia. The affinities of one Lahontan species, Chasmistes cujus, may be traced to Klamath Lake (fossils of the FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 37 genus have been found in the Oregon Lake region) and, also, in the opposite direction to the Bonneville Basin of Utah, the only localities in which the genus has been found. Pantosteus lahontan closely resembles P. platyrhynchus of the Bonneville. The affin- ities of Richardsonius egregius seem to be with R. balteatus of the Columbia or with some similar form of the upper Snake River or the Bonneville. The relationships of Richardsonius microdon are not apparent, unless possibly they may be with R. bicolor of the Klamath or R. caurinus of the Columbia. Cotius beldingi and C. semiscaber have not been compared. The whitefish of the Lahontan and those of the Columbia apparently are alike. It seems evident, then, that the fauna of the Lahontan system is related to that of the Oregon Lake, the Columbia, and the Bonneville systems. One, or possibly two, of the trouts may have come from the Sacramento. Of the latter, S. aquilarum is scarcely to be regarded as a Lahontan species. Lahontan species, Probable relationships. Catostomus tahoensis. .....Catostomus of Sacramento, Klamath, or Columbia. GHAVENGTUES. aiionces sss 6 C. warnerensis, Oregon Lake system. Pantosteus lahontan...... P. platyrhynchus, Bonneville. Chasmistes cujus......... Chasmistes of Klamath or Bonneville. Richardsonius egregius....R. balieatus, Columbia. R. microdon. Siphateles obesus......... S. oregonensis, Oregon Lake system. Leucidius pectinifer. Agosia robusta............Agosia nubila carringtonti, Oregon Lake. Coregonus williamsont....C. williamsoni, Columbia. Salmo henshawi...........S. clarkii, Columbia. Salmo aquilarum......... S. irideus(?), Sacramento. SCC Daa aoe Corea S. irideus(?), Sacramento. S. smaragdus. Cottus beldingi........-. C. punctulatus of Columbia or C. semiscaber of the Bonneville. The Lahontan species are of necessity fluvial and lacustrine, although two genera, Salmo and Cottus, include representatives of forms which may be anadromous or at least able to pass through salt water. With one possible means of dispersal of fluvial fishes eliminated (the open ocean), one may conclude that the Lahontan fishes entered the system directly through channel connections or indirectly by stream capture. It is not presumed that lacustrine and channel forms which never migrate to the headwaters were brought into the system by stream capture, while on the other hand any native species may have entered it through a channel connection with another system. From what is at present known of the habits of the species it may be safely inferred that they reached the system as follows: By channel connection: C. cujus, R. microdon, S. obesus, I. pectinifer, S. regalis, S. smaragdus. By stream capture or channel connection: C. tahoensis, C. arenarius, P. lahontan, R. egregius, A. robusta, S. henshawi, S. aquilarum, C. williamsoni, C. beldingi. Means of dispersal within the system become evident when the geology of the region is consulted. 38 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. THE GEOLOGY OF THE LAHONTAN SYSTEM AND ITS RELATION TO THE ICHTHYOLOGY. The recent geological history of the Lahontan system has been worked out in a mas- terly way by Israel Cook Russell,* the results appearing in a large monograph pub- lished by the United States Geological Survey. Russell’s account begins with Quater- nary times, when Lake Lahontan covered a large and very irregular area, now mostly included within the State of Nevada. This great body of water, larger than Lake Erie, attained a maximum depth of 880 feet and received the discharge of numerous rivers, many of which flowed through narrow and deep mountain canyons. ‘The history is con- tinued down to the present time, when nothing is left of the ancient lake but the detached basins with which we are now concerned, mere desiccated remains scattered over a rock- bound waste of desert sands. Unmistakable traces of the old lake are to be seen on every hand, and they are particularly evident in the valleys of Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes, where the eye of the observer can follow the ancient shore lines as they distinctly appear one above another for long distances up the mountain sides. In the presence of this great body of water, to which the small river and lake basins of northern Nevada were all tributary at a relatively recent time, we may recognize a direct and simple explanation for the present distribution of the fishes now found there. But a part of Russell’s investigation which also concerns the ichthyologist has to do with the question of an outlet of Lake Lahontan and, also, with the degree of desiccation to which the lake was subjected during its history. Quoting directly from Russell, and italicising statements of particular interest in this connection, we have (p. 250, chap. vit) : The history of the fluctuations of the Quaternary lake of northwestern Nevada is recorded in various ways, as has been described in the last three chapters, which treat it from the physical, chemical, and biological standpoints. In the present chapter it is our purpose to present briefly the conclusions based upon these various lines of evidence. The phenomena observed have great diversity of character, but when interpreted in terms of geological history they support and supplement each other in such a way that the conclusions drawn are believed to be well sustained. Moreover, the facts observed in the Bonneville and in more than a score of desert valleys throughout the northern half of the Great Basin which contained contemporary water bodies harmonize with the interpretation of the Lahontan record here presented. The fact that all the minor basins in the arid regions of the Far West are filled to a depth of many hundreds of feet with alluvium and lacustral sediments, together with the occurrence of the beach lines of the Quaternary lakes on the surface of the vast alluvial cones, leads to the conclusion that all these basins were barren deserts before the rise of the Quaternary lakes. The pre-Lahontan condition of north- western Nevada must have closely resembled its present character, but at times tt was probably com- pletely desiccated. The change of climate admitting of the existence and gradual expansion of lakes in the various valleys throughout the Great Basin caused a number of those situated in northwestern Nevada to rise sufficiently to unite and form a single irregular water body 8,922 square miles in area. This was the first rise of Lake Lahontan. Like all inclosed lakes it must have fluctuated in depth and extent with the alternation of arid and humid seasons and risen and subsided also in response to more general climatic ocellations, which extended through years and perhaps embraced centuries. Finally the climatic conditions which favored lake expansion ceased, and a time of aridity, like that which preceded the first rise, was initiated. The lake slowly contracted until zts basin reached a greater degree of desiccation than that now prevailing. ‘This was the inter-Lahontan period of desiccation. During the first rise lacustral marls and clays were deposited throughout the basin; the depth of these is unknown, but they certainly exceed 150 feet in thickness. The waters were saturated with @ Department Interior, Monograph Geological Survey, vol. x1, 1885. FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 39 calcium carbonate, and the precipitation of great quantities of compact stony tufa took place. Deposits of tufa were formed on rocky slopes throughout the basin and are not especially abundant at the mouths of streams. This is thought to indicate that although the waters were saturated with calcium carbonate they were not highly charged with other chemical substances. This conclusion is sustained by obser- vation of conditions under which a similar tufa is being deposited in existing lakes, and also by the presence of gasteropod shells in the lithoid tufa in great abundance. The time of low water, and perhaps of complete desiccation, that succeeded the first rise of Lake Lahontan is recorded by stream channels carved in lacustral beds and by current-bedded gravels and sands superimposed upon previously formed strata. Sections of inter-Lahontan gravel deposits have been observed wherever the material filling the lake basin is well exposed, and furnish indisputable evidence that the lake was greatly lowered before the gravels were deposited. These gravels were in turn covered by a second lacustral deposit, thus forming a tripartite series, a counterpart of which exists in the Bonneville Basin. The first formed tufa deposit was exposed to subaerial erosion during the inter-Lahontan period of low water and became broken and defaced. The character of the next succeeding tufa deposit indicates that a change had taken place in the chemical conditions of the waters of the lake when the basin was again partially flooded. The alteration in the composition of the salts dissolved in the lake is thought to have been brought about by a partial deposition of the saline matter accumulated during the first high-water stage at the time of the inter- Lahontan period of desiccation. The tufa superimposed upon the lithoid variety is known as thino- lite; it is composed of well-defined crystals and is without fossils. It was evidently precipitated from a more highly concentrated chemical solution than that from which the lithoid variety was deposited. That this was the case was rendered evident, since the crystalline variety occurs only low down in the basin, while the lithoid tufa may be found within 30 feet of the highest terraces carved by the waters of the ancient lake. After the crystallization of thinolite had been carried on for an indefinite period, the lake rose to within 180 feet of its first maximum, and the heaviest deposit of calcium carbonate found in the basin was precipitated. During this stage the lake was not strongly saline, as is shown by the abundance of gasteropod shells obtained from the sediments and tufas accumulated during this period of its history. After the precipitation of the dendritic tufa the lake continued to rise and at last reached a horizon 30 feet higher than the first maximum. During this expansion the waters lingered but a compara- tively brief time at the highest level and then slowly subsided. The increase in depth after the depo- sition of dendritic tufais shown by the presence of lacustral sediments upon that deposit. The struc- ture of the higher bars and embankments about the border of the old lake basin proves conclusively that the greatest lake expansion was during the second rise. With the last recession of the lake all portions of its basin were brought within the reach of wave action, and the tufa deposits sheathing its interior were broken and the fragments swept away by currents and built into embankments and terraces. The waters continued to fall until the basin was completely dry. All the salts not previously precipitated were deposited as desiccation advanced and became buried and absorbed by playa clays. The proof of the occurrence of this time of desiccation is furnished by the comparatively fresh condition of the existing lakes of the basin and by the change in the mol- luscan fauna which took place since the last high-water period. The duration of this post-Lahontan arid period is unknown, but it was finally terminated—probably less than 300 years since—by an increase in humidity. The present lakes then commenced their existence. It is evident, then, that Russell found, first, that Lake Lahontan had no outlet and, second, that there was a pre-Lahontan and a post-Lahontan period of complete desiccation, the latter prevailing to within the last 300 years. The fish fauna of the Lahontan system may be termed characteristic, most of its species being distinct from related forms found elsewhere. One genus, Leucidius, is restricted to the system. These circumstances argue in favor of long isolation. Fur- thermore, the Lahontan species do not appear to be related to others of any particular system, contrary to what would be expected if the relatively recent Lake Lahontan had discharged its waters into another basin.* It thus appears that Russell’s conclu- @ The cases of Lake Bonneville and Malheur Lakes may be cited. 40 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. sion regarding the absence of an outlet fully explains the conditions here described. Further than this the present distribution of certain species does not seem to be in harmony with his interpretation of the geology, as will be indicated.¢ Chasmistes cujus is a lacustrine form known only from Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes. The species lives in deep water beyond ocular observation except during the short breeding season, when great numbers of adult individuals pass up the Truckee to spawn. It is a large and clumsy fish (fig. 2) with relatively short fins and tail, not only physically unfit, but apparently unable, tostem the currentof avery rapidstream. During the nuptial migration it does not go far beyond the great bend of the Truckee, selecting its spawning beds before the turbulent water of the river is encountered. It will be recalled that the only other species of the genus are found in Klamath and Utah lakes, and attention is also directed to the fact that they are likewise lacustrine fishes with habits similar to those of C. cujus. Complete desiccation of Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes at the present time would certainly bring about the extermination of this species,” and it would, no doubt, have done so in the past. It therefore seems difficult to avoid the conclusion that the presence of this form in the basin prevents the acceptance of any hypothesis which does not recognize a complete continuity of Pyramid and Lahontan Lakes; and, moreover, an acceptable explanation of the present distribution of the species of the genus Chasmistes must of necessity assume a continuity between Lahontan and a still older lake or lakes which had at one time a channel connection with similar large bodies of water located elsewhere in the Great Basin. Also this body of water, continuous through a long period of time, must have been constantly fresh enough to support plant and animal life. There is a trout indigenous to Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes, Salmo smaragdus (described in the present paper), which can not be supposed to have recently differ- entiated. Not much is known of the habits of the species beyond that it does not appear in the rivers, and therefore apparently spawns in the lakes. The most nearly related species is probably S. regalis of Lake Tahoe, although it is very different. The turbulent Truckee appears to act as an impassable barrier to S. smaragdus, and there is no reason to suppose that it could survive the dessication of Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes. A theory involving the introduction and differentiation of such species since Quaternary times can scarcely be entertained at present, much less are we prepared to accept the supposition that they have appeared here within the last 300 years. Where there is any approximate measure of the time required in nature for the differentiation of a species, it is not a matter of hundreds of years, but rather of a long geological period of time. A large number of species found in the Lahontan system are generally distributed, and it is therefore quite probable that these were introduced long before its separation @ Recent discussions bearing more or less directly on this question may be noted here. Snyder, J. O.: The fishes of the Lahontan drainage system of Nevada and their relation to the geology of the region. Journal, Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. Iv, no. rr, p. 299; (extract), June 4, rorq4. Jones, J. Claude: The geologic history of Lake Lahontan. Science, n. s. vol. XL, mo. 1040, Dec. 4, 1914. Gale, Hoyt S.: Geologic history of Lake Lahontan, Science, n. s. vol. XLI, n0. 1049, Feb. s, rors. b The diversion of a considerable part of the Truckee may in the near future serve as a test for this supposition, unless the fall of Pyramid Lake is followed by adeepening of the river channel, which in turn would cut off the water supply of Winne- mucca Lake and thus maintain Pyramid at a level not far below that of the present. FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 41 into isolated basins—long enough for some of them to have become measurably differ- entiated from the parent stock. A careful examination of a large series of specimens has failed to detect any differentiation characteristic of the fishes of any particular basin of the system. Eagle Lake appears to have been connected at one time with Lake Lahontan, as it contains two channel or lacustrine species, Szphateles obesus and Leucidius pec- tinifer, the latter of which has not been seen in the streams of Honey Lake Basin. It may be noted in this connection that Salmo tahoensis, the characteristic trout of the Lahontan system, is replaced in Eagle Lake by S. aquilarum, a form evidently derived from the rainbow trout of the western slopes of the Sierras, while the remaining native fishes of the lake are Lahontan species. THE FOOD FISHES. A discussion of the economic value of the fishes of this region and any consideration of methods of propagation and protection must begin and end with the assumption that agricultural and manufacturing interests are of paramount importance. A considerable and constantly increasing amount of the flowing water must be used first for power and then for irrigation, and when any measure intended for the protection of fishes is found to seriously interfere with the working of power plants or the demands of agriculture it will have to be abandoned. On the other hand, a strong sentiment prevails against the careless and unnecessary obstruction and pollution of rivers and lakes. It is coming to be generally recognized that factories and mills may operate without turning their refuse into the streams, dams may be so constructed as not to stop the passage of fishes during the spawning season, and irrigating ditches may be screened and thus prevent the loss of fishes in the fields. Despite the arid conditions which prevail over the greater part of the region and the relative paucity of streams and lakes, the fishes and the sport of fishing are of con- siderable importance. Of the 15 native species, 6 are of more or less commercial value. ‘These include the various trouts, the whitefish, and the ‘‘cui-ui.’? The last named is eaten by the Indians only, who profess to like them better than trout. Ten or more species have been introduced. Of these the carp, which has proved to be a positive nuisance, and the Mackinaw trout threaten to take the place of better varieties. The brook and the rainbow trouts thrive in suitable localities. Catfish and Sacramento sunfish are caught in considerable numbers. Formerly quantities of trout were shipped from Tahoe, Pyramid, Winnemucca, and Walker Lakes to the mining camps and even to San Francisco. At present fishermen supply the local market at Lake Tahoe and the Pyramid Indians sell trout at Reno, where the demand is said to be uncertain because of the irregular enforcement of laws. Any suggestion which might be offered for the propagation and the adequate protection of the fishes of the region would include a close and continued observation of the habits of the native species, for conservation of fishes consists in the intelligent application of experience thus obtained, the arrest of poachers and the planting of fry being only incidental. Some of the difficulties in the way of proper protection here, and which are apparent to most observers, arise from the unfortunate circumstance that this system is included within the jurisdiction of two States, and that the viewpoint of those primarily interested in manufacture and agriculture does not always coincide 42 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. with that of others who would protect wild life and in a measure preserve the rivers and forests from pollution and destruction. The mills, with a few exceptions, attempt to keep the water clear, but they are not always careful to maintain a sufficient flow in the fishways. Small trout often pass out into the irrigation ditches, where proper screens are lacking in the mains, and con- siderable numbers of fishes are sometimes destroyed by the carelessness of those having charge of the large dams.? Complaint has been made against water birds—the pelicans, cormorants, gulls, and terns—some of which have large breeding colonies on islands in the lakes. It is apparent, however, that but little harm is done by these birds, except that they consume food which might otherwise be available for the trout. In the upper courses of the desert streams the trout, and all other fishes as well, are sometimes completely washed out or choked and killed as a result of sudden and violent thunderstorms, known as ‘‘cloud bursts,’’ when a great quantity of water is precipitated on the mountain sides and, gathering force in the narrow gorges, sweeps everything before it, not even the fishes being able to withstand the terrific rush. The rise of a stream is sometimes so sudden that an advancing wall of water several feet in height plunges along the river bed uprooting trees and battering down other obstacles with rolling bowlders until at length it scatters everything pell-mell on the desert floor. When streams connect with the main channel at only infrequent intervals, some time usually intervenes between such a catastrophe and a natural restocking. Fortunately such occurrences are not frequent. The possibilities of fish culture are relatively promising in this region, and con- siderable responsibility rests with those in control of the situation. Moreover, several species are threatened with extermination, and an attempt should be made to learn something more of their habits before the fishes entirely disappear. SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION OF SPECIES. Catostomus tahoensis Gill and Jordan. Red sucker. C. tahoensis is both fluvial and lacustrine and appears to be the most abundant sucker in the region living and spawning wherever the water is of sufficient depth. During the spring and early summer its brilliant color, large size, and the commotion made by spawning individuals along the river bars, a During the spring of 1912 the local papers contained accounts of the destruction of large numbers of trout in the Truckee River below the irrigation dam at Derby. ‘The writer visited the place at the time and carefully examined the river from the town of Truckee to the mouth of the river. From the Derby dam and extending several miles down stream there were thousands of dead trout ranging in length from 2 to 3 or more feet, their decaying bodies strewn along the bars and clogging the ripples. The mortality was greatest within the first mile or two of the dam. There were hundreds of dead fishes above and below the station of Derby, and some were seen as far down as the great bend. An examination showed that many of these had spawned, while others had not. The cause of all this was evident beyond doubt. The river at the time was unusually low, following a winter of little rain and light snows in the mountains. At the very height of the spawning migration of the trout the impounding dam at Tahoe City was closed, and the gates allowing the water to pass into the canal leading from above the dam near Derby were opened, with the result that one could cross the lower Truckee dry shod. No trout could pass from the dam to Derby nor from there to the big bend nor from the big bend to the lakes. Trout could not even survive in the deeper pools between Derby and the dam because of their large numbers and the polluted water. bIt is worth while to note in this connection that C. microps, the fine-scaled sucker of the Sacramento, representative there of this species, is rare, but few specimens having been taken. Also that C. rimiculus, the fine-scaled form of the Klamath, is abundant in comparison with C. snyderi, which is rarely seen. It appears, then, that a fine-scaled form is able to thickly populate the streams of one basin while just the reverse occurs in another. It also will be recalled that a coarse-scaled form, C. occidentalis, which is more abundant in the Sacramento, has extended its range to Eel River and neighboring streams as C. humboldtianus, in which the scales are yet larger, and to the streams of Monterey Bay as C. mniolilius, where the scales have also become larger. No representative of C. microps, the rarer Sacramento form, is known from these streams. Likewise, it is C. rimiculus, the more common form of the Klamath, but with fine scales, that has extended its range to the Rogue River. FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 43 gravelly shores, and shallow lake beaches attract much attention. Breeding males are brassy above and on the sides, fading abruptly to dead white on the ventral surface. On the back the metallic color is obscured by small spots and specks of dark olive and black. A stripe five scales wide, brilliant dark vermilion in color, extends from the opercular opening to caudal, where it spreads out over the entire basal portion of the fin. There is a narrow, vertically oblong spot of the same bright color behind the eye and, also, a dash of it along edges of opercle. Below the stripe is a similar one of deep black, which causes both the red above and the white below to stand out in strong contrast. The dorsal is yellowish along the base and the paired fins have a yellowish tint. On turning in the clear watec the fish’s sides reflect the rays of the sun in flashes of crimson, gold, and silvery light. In holding this species in the hand the metallic tints are reflected from the fins and, in the most intensely colored individuals, from the ventral surface as well. The tubercles on the tail and anal fin are dead white. When not in nup- tial color, the lateral stripes are metallic, orange, red, and blackish olive, respectively. The colors of the female are greatly subdued, the general pattern being the same, the whole body, olive above and light beneath, suffused with yellow, the darker areas deep olive or blackish. The lateral stripe is pinkish and not sharply defined. The fins are tinted with olive. The males appear first on the spawning beds and are always represented there in larger numbers, each female being attended by from two to eight or more. Twenty-five males were seen attending one female in a pool. Occasionally another female would enter the pool from below, when she would be met and inspected by a school of males and then allowed to pass on without further notice. Several of these passing females proved on examination not to be ripe. On account of the presence of so many males nothing definite can be observed of the spawning act, more than that the eggs are extruded and shaken down in the gravel by the female while the males struggle over and under her, churning the water to foam by their activities. Eggs artificially removed from a ripe female and quietly cast into the water upstream from the males attracted no more attention than did so much coarse sand. However, they were immediately gobbled up by numbers of Richardsonius egregius, which also attended the females, plunging into the melée of spawning fishes for eggs at every opportunity. The bed, or nest, is a somewhat concave depression in the coarse sand or gravel, measuring from 114 to more than 3 feet in diameter. The nest is located in shallow water, usually less than 12 inches deep, which often proves fatal to the young, for the falling water of the river uncovers the beds at times, and the eggs quickly perish in the hot sun. The eggs are found in large numbers deep among the pebbles. In spawning there is no opportunity for the female to make any selections among the males. Large and small males appear to have an equal opportunity in fertilizing the eggs, for no fighting occurs. Spawning was in progress in the lower Truckee River April 22; Pyramid Lake May 20; ceased May 24; Eagle Lake May 25, the period about ended there; in tributaries of Lake Tahoe June rr. Individuals of this species are very shy, the females being more difficult to catch than the males. When spawning they may be closely approached if one moves very slowly without producing any crunching of the gravel underfoot or allowing a shadow to fall on the water. In the lakes this species attains a large size, one specimen measuring a little over 2 feet. The Indians call them “‘auwé-go,’’ or ‘‘a-wuh,”’ and occasionally catch them along with Chasmistes, but reject them as being undesirable for food. The flesh is sweet and palatable. A very small specimen and a dried head of this species from Eagle Lake were described by Rutter as Chasmistes chamberlaini.2 An inspection of the type and its comparison with prepared skulls of both Catostomus and Chasmistes leave no doubt as to its identity with the former. In fact, the describer suggested no reason for identifying it with Chasmistes or for supposing that it differed from Catostomus. Of the dried head the “prominent hump”’ of the snout, the inclined maxillary, and prominent nasal spines are not particularly characteristic of either Chasmistes or Catostomus. The skull of the type has a long and broad fontanel, the covering of ‘‘thin bone’’ mentioned in the description being merely dried skin. The small specimen has broad papillose lips. A number of specimens were collected at Eagle Lake. They were taken from a large school which was spawning in a favorable place on the northeast shore. Males were largely in the majority, and the females were so wary that none could be taken in the nets even after great perseverance. The water being cold and clear rendered difficult the task of getting even the males. On these the light lateral stripe was orange red, with a broken outline, varying in width from five to six or seven scales. @ Bulletin United States Fish Commission, vol. Xxu, 1902, p. 147. 44 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The dorsal fin was dark olive, pectorals and ventrals tinted with yellowish pink, lips yellowish white, iris brassy. No difference could be found in specimens of this species from Eagle Lake and those from the Lahontan system. In the rivers this species is very numerous. Where the water contains much silt they are light in color, often very pale olive, with a considerable amount of light yellow. Late in the season the red ‘stripe seems to almost entirely disappear from the males and it is not seen at all in the females. ‘The young have several dusky spots on the sides. The affinities of this catostomid will be considered with those of the following species, C. arenarius. Measurements and scale counts are given here, numerous in this case because the Eagle Lake specimens are included in the species. Scales'in lateral Series. cio 6)uiceten cise soja heistarelsta es 81 | 82 | 83 | 84 | 85 | 86 | 87} 88 | 89 | 90 | or talent ean Creeks ocreisicc actus cis riaicicanieiaictisisiahinitpincism niin arse |e qed eel! wa) oma RE ese | GU terete all ly SUCKS Tye eres a lect samnisine sista ceit inistoeiietetisicn ature Eo] SSO Reka ee eeen|) Va UR! St wisi enss Homboldt River, Palisade. i ).).5 dvds ceca ecw apestnh | socel acetone clatter cl Mal} a2] 2] 6] 4 Humboldt River, Carlin. . Bi easel cece 4 sie asf ed Le Little Humboldt River vif is Naor fl ban Pine Creek, Palisade. . cd xs Patek Ime su erst) fy etl fee Star Creek, Deeth..... 2) eed He sy oe eae lie beats WalkerRivers Site. ntes santos sak metrcumicnaion nichid astern te Shee) tei ceo Baral! PS Onl Sie Sa eaol ence Specimiens observeds ofc dusecss sales cucelecentie cee ce 2 1o| 8] 15 | 16 | 17 | 32 | 18 Number of specimens observed ...........0ececeececsetfecscfeces Scales in series below lateral line.................[....|...- INiimber of specimens ODSEr ved chic c Bulletin, United States Bureau Fisheries, vol. xxvu, 1907, p. 77. 48 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. has been taken in the Oregon Lake region, the other, if such really existed, having been unable to maintain itself in the very restricted and reduced basins of which the system is now composed. It seems that C. warnerensis and C. arenarius are probably related, both belonging with the coarse-scaled series. : The following description is of the type, no. 75654, United States National Museum, a male specimen measuring 330 millimeters, collected at the Willows, Pyramid Lake, Nev., May 20, 1913. (Fig. 1.) Head 4.1 in length to base of caudal; depth 4.9; depth caudal peduncle 11.5; snout 2.1 in head; eye 7.2; interorbital space 2.5; width of mouth 4.2; scales lateral series 75; between lateral line and back 15; between lateral line and base of ventral 12; between occiput and dorsal 26. Mouth large, the lips broad and full; 6 or 7 rows of papillz on upper lip, about 8o0n the lower. Eye nearer edge of opercle than tip of snout. The dorsal foramen of the skull is broad and long. Body completely scaled, the scales being nowhere unusually small or densely crowded; those on anterior part of breast deeply embedded and not easily distinguished. Edge of dorsal fin straight. Ventrals inserted below middle of dorsal. Pectorals, ventrals, and anal broadly rounded. Color in life, olive above, light yellowish brown on thesides, silvery suffused with pinkon the ventral surface, back, and sides with metallic reflections; a bright red lateral stripe of irregular width and with Fic. 1.—Catostomus arenarius. ‘Type. Sand-bar sucker. indefinite edges extends from opercle to tip of tail; tubercles on anal and lower half of caudal dead white. In spirits all trace of the bright color disappears; the dorsal parts become blue-black, then brown, the ventral region white or yellowish. The females are less brightly colored in life, the body lacking much of the metallic sheen, and the lateral stripe being but faintly indicated. On attaining large size the body becomes stocky and the head appearsmorerounded. ‘The largest specimen seen measured 20 inches in length and weighed 214 pounds. The first example of this species was seen in the lower Truckee River, where it was picked out from a number of ‘‘cui-ui’’ and red suckers caught by the Indians. They called it “au-w4-go,”’ not distin- guishing between it and the red sucker, C. tahoensis. It was later caught in Fallen Leaf Creek near Lake Tahoe and in the Humboldt River. It was finally observed spawning in Pyramid Lake, May 20. The eggs were being deposited deep in the coarser sand and gravel of the bars near shore. Numerous minnows were in attendance struggling with one another for the eggs. After June 1 no suckers were spawning and none was seen near shore. One large example of this species was found in the collection of the National Museum among some specimens of Catostomus tahoensis which had been collected long ago by H. W. Henshaw at Lake Tahoe.2 2 Catostomus tahoensis first appears in Bulletin 12, United States National Museum, 1878, p. 173, where a brief diagnosis is given, and a specimen collected by J. G. Cooper is designated as the type. Examples collected by Henshaw are also mentioned. A description and figures appear later (Report Chief Engineers, 1878, pt. 3, p. 1610), where the specimens collected by Henshaw are referred to as the types. However, the figures accompanying this description are of one of the examples collected by Cooper, and which was first designated as the type. It is fortunate that the latter is preserved (type no. 5240), for an examination of Henshaw’s specimens reveals the presence of two species, one of which, a relatively fine-scaled form, is represented by Cooper’s specimen. ‘The latter measures 298 millimeters in length. There are 92 scales in the lateral series, 16 between the lateral line and the back and so between the occiput and dorsal fin. The name fahoensis may without doubt therefore be applied to the fine-scaled form. FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 49 MEASUREMENTS OF EIGHT SPECIMENS OF CATOSTOMUS ARENARIUS. Meret bod yA sc ocicaseacwuives csietlnce cele dew es mm..| 294 308 282 419 157 140 126 117 | Reed PRN CRC dine elstaterstetricte clei stass stators ciesk ale sip nia a(cisisiareerncioe ceibins 0.27 0.265 | 0-25 0. 26 0.235 | 0-245 | 0-24 0-235 OETA EI Us ee reece esicin tea ielvibia sinls(aiuiy isles ein aisiaje vies ais Ae -215 +23 +21 .21 +19 -21 +20 +225 Bentitcandalspeduncle sates. cvecsweccins sees cue estos ss| =CO +09 +09 +08 -08 +09 +08 -09 Rengthicaudal pedicle! ce gcc k sia vc vec celoecee ee a +155 +175 -165 +155 +16 +165 +155 “17 Renae Cn Stitt ects cyan win ato's cia aaa nik baie cco ale asafetase siecplete ave +135 +12 +12 +13 +115 -Ir +115 =xt Diameter eye...... ae 035 032 035 03 +045 045 045 04 Interorbital width. +12 105 +10 1I5 -085 +09 +10 095 Depth head....... +18 +172 +17 «175 +15 +16 +16 +15 Snout to occiput. 21 20 2I +205 21 21 aI 195 Snout to dorsal... 6p 515 -49 51s +50 +50 +51 55 +50 RSTIIREN COMO SCLCE SL ere rtee viaie orcielane nioiaiainteiaidlatelsterets siaisiale etal erate val) ga5o +575 +565 +58 +56 +565 -57 -58 Were R tial ASE ON CONSE waite ctelsisistemietale sore ninioaitine lela sniwee ae +132 +14 +14 +13 +15 +125 +14 +13 Menpthy base okeartal cache cic sie nleeeta slurslelacistelecin’s culeciata +08 +075 +09 +085 +005 +08 -08 +08 Height dorsal......... Goad » pogachern saewubbed +145 +145 +15 13 +16 155 +165 +18 Height anal..... +18 182 21 +165 22 19 19 20 Length pectoral. 20 185 20 +19 2r 18 20 20 Length ventral.. 135 133 145 +13 17 14 16 15 Length caudal... 23 21 23 +19 225i | wenicacae 23 23 TDS Re annwic! cleode dor bnnsieesSapgcanent ganctobeucocdadod II Ir Ir II II 10 10 10 GRAN ZAYE fete weieaiiireinsisisle cient nese tis vace veisciaacciay = ey ar 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Scales tatexmenen iene cmethe scie seas tendes neve cues a4 68 73 75 73 13 74 73 74 Scales above lateralline: 70. i coe c ence ec ceee sen eee Se 15 16 14 16 16 15 14 16 Scales below lateral line 12 Ir 12 II 12 13 12 13 Scales before dorsal ad 35 34 36 36 40 40 4I 39 NOE Giri idje a cicie nies ve vias wiscicie oversees cnecenevvnccccas vee we I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 @ No, 1-3, Pyramid Lake; 4, Truckee River near Pyramid Lake; s, Fallen Leaf Creek near Lake Tahoe; 6, Humboldt River, Carlin; 7, Pine Creek near Palisade; 8, Star Creek near Deeth. Pantosteus lahontan Rutter. Lahontan sucker. The relationships of the Lahontan sucker were thought by its describer to be with Pantosteus generosus of the Bonneville system.¢ An examination of the types of the suckers described from the Bonneville Basin, and which have been lately regarded as synonymous with P. generosus, reveals the presence of two species which appear to be generically different, Notolepidomyzon generosus (Girard) and Pantosteus platyrhynchus (Cope). ‘The affinities of P. Jahontan are with the latter. It has an open fontanel and a long slender form like that of P. platyrhynchus. A series of carefully prepared specimens of P. platyrhynchus is not available for a more detailed comparison of the species. The cutting edges of the mouth are provided with sharp, horny coverings. The lips are pendulous and have many prominent papilla. The posterior lip is not deeply cleft, the papillose area opposite the notch extending forward toward the center. The pectorals are pointed and somewhat falcate. The anal frequently extends to the base of the caudal. In life, examples of this species are usually brownish olive above, of a lighter or darker shade, depend- ing much on the surroundings, and lighter to whitish beneath. Often a pale-red lateral stripe appears after death in alcohol. Several males were observed with a bright-red lateral stripe, about equal in width to the eye, extending along the side from middle of head to caudal fin, the color becoming brighter in the region between the head and dorsal fin. ‘The body was light olive above with brassy reflections, lighter on the sides, merging into silvery and then into dead white below. ‘The fins were brassy, the axils of pectorals and ventrals orange red. Anal fin and lower half of caudal with dead white tubercles. Peritoneum dense black. The alimentary canal is very slender, extremely long, and regularly coiled over the ventral surface of the abdomen. The air bladder extends over about three-fourths of the length of the abdominal cavity. Its anterior chamber is somewhat less than one-third as long as the posterior part. Females with nearly ripe eggs were observed in Long Valley Creek, July 13. Ripe eggs were found in examples in Carson River, July 20, and in Quinn River, July 30. Both males and females appeared to be migrating up the Humboldt River early in July, for they were congregating in large number below obstructions. @ Bulletin, United States Fish Commission, vol. xxu, 1902, p. 146, 50 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. This species appears in schools along with Catostomus, small examples of the latter being easily dis- tinguished in the water by the large dark spots on the sides. It usually appears in small numbers in the lower courses of the streams, but is often more abundant where the current is swift. Individuals do not appear to reach a large size; no specimen over 6 inches in length was seen. None was found in the lakes. Small suckers which may belong to this species were reported from Pine Creek, which flows inte Eagle Lake. None was seen at the time of the writer’s visit. MEASUREMENTS OF PANTOSTEUS LAHONTAN, HuMBOLDT RIVER, PALISADE. Men gth of bodyie.e.c snes! 3 mm 121 129 123 127 124 118 100 108 98 110 DPR Gch Heael arate ceviche cbets ecnietan sass 0. 23 0. 2 0. 23 0.22 0. 23 0.225 | 0.25 0. 23 ©. 215 0. 22 Depth body.......... +19 “17 “17 +18 +17 +18 +20 +165 ~165 +16 Depth caudal peduncle. +085 +08 +08 +08 +08 +08 +08 +08 +08 +08 Length caudal peduncle. +16 +16 +165 +17 +165 «Iss +165 +17 +17 +16 Length snout......... +12 +It +125 +125 +125 -1I5 -II +12 «12 «15 Diameter eye... +04 +04 +04 +04 +04 +045 +04 +04 +04 +04 Interorbital widti +08 +08 +08 +085 +08 +08 +08 +075 +08 +075 Depth head,...... +14 +13 +135 +14 +14 +135 +135 +13 +14 +13 Snout to occiput 20 +18 +205 +205 +20 +20 +20 +20 «19 20 Snout to dorsal... 5° 49 +50 +50 49 +49 +50 +50 49 +50 Snout to ventral. . 575 55 +56 -57 58 +56 57 +58 +56 +565 Length base of dorsal. 14 +13 13 +13 125 +145 +13 +135 13 14 Length base of anal. 06 063 065 +07 +165 +07 +06 +065 o7 +065 Height dorsal...... 16 17 +16 16 16 +165 “17 +18 16 +16 Height anal.... 20 +225 ar +20 -215 +21 -2r +20 +20 +20 Length pectoral. 19 20 19 20 20 +20 19 +20 20 +18 Length ventral. 14 145 14 +14 145 +145 +13 15 14 «15 Tengthicaudal yeti. cs cnsctiteccmant acobes +22 +22 +215 +22 +215 +215 +2 +22 +20 .22 Dorsal rays... to Ir 10 Io ro Ir ro Io 10 10 Anal rays..... ‘ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Scales lateral line... . 78 83 77 79 83 82 83 82 81 80 Scales above lateral 5 15 16 18 16 17 16 18 16 15 16 Scales below lateral line. Ir 12 13 12 12 13 13 12 Ir 12 Scalesibetore dorsalil. Taos teeta veces eek 40 41 42 4 43 44 44 44 42 43 Chasmistes cujus Cope. ‘‘Cui-ui.’’ Nothing seems to have been added to the brief original description of this species given by Cope,@ and until now but one specimen, the type, was preserved in any museum. Its distribution is restricted to Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes, where it lives in deep water beyond the reach of ocular observation, except during the brief spawning period, when a migration is made for a short distance up the Truckee River. The annual run begins about April 15, varying somewhat of late years with the condition of the river. The season of 1913 afforded an unusually good opportunity for observation, as the water was compara- tively low and clear, while during the entire spring a reasonably steady flow into both Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes was maintained. The first ‘‘ cui-ui’’ appeared in the river April 13, when several schools passed up rather hastily and lodged in pools below an impassible irrigation dam. ‘This preliminary wave having passed, none was seen again until on the morning of April 22, when schools of 20, 30, or even 50 or more individuals were observed moving slowly and steadily upstream. It was customary for them to congregate and lie for a while below a rapid place, then suddenly and speedily shoot up, singly or in pairs or in small straggling schools, their brilliant red and brassy sides flashing in the bright sunshine. None of these stopped to @ Proceedings, Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1883, p. 149: Cope spelled the Piute name of the species Couia, and it has been thus known to recent authors. The white residents pro- nounce it kwee-wee. Both the latter and Cope’s name are corruptions of the Indian name “Cui-ui” (pronounced Kouie-wee). Fowler holds that Lipomyzon, Cope, 1879 (brevirostris) should be used instead of Chasmistes (Jordan, 1879) (Proceedings, Academy Natural Science, Philadelphia, 1914, p. 53). It will be found, however, that Dr. Jordan (Bulletin, Geological Survey, Hayden, vol. Iv, 1878, p. 417) fully, or at least sufficiently diagnosed the genus Chasmistes as follows: ‘‘ This genus is distinguished from Calostomus by the very large terminal mouth, the lower jaw being very strong, oblique, its length about one-third that of head. The lips in Chasmistes are little developed and are very nearly smooth.” Dr. Jordan wrongly supposed that the specimens from which he described Chasmistes were representatives of Catoslomus fecundus Cope and Yarrow, the type of which he had not then seen, and which, as he later determined, is a true Catostomus. Under the circumstances it seems to be of secondary importance that C. fecundus, the name wrongly applied, was first designated asthetype. (Bulletin, United States National Museum, no. 12, 1878, p. 219.) FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 51 spawn. Some which were dissected did not appear to be ripe. They were very shy and fled at once on the approach of a shadow, the jar of crunching gravel, or a heavy footfall; but the observer could come close if the move was steadily made. The passage of large numbers continued intermittently, until about May 16, when it became evident that the migration was waning rapidly. After May 11 none was seen moving upstream. In the meantime spawning had begun and was progressing with great activity. On April 24 the first females were seen depositing eggs. However, several ripe males and females were secured a little earlier. By May 5 every suitable bar or gravel bed was occupied by spawning fishes, whose activities entirely ceased before the 16th. The spawning is entirely suckerlike; it occurs in relatively shallow water where the flow is rapid, often at the head of a bar which turns or parts the current. At times the dorsal fins project above the surface, and in very shallow places where there is much crowding the whole back is exposed. Two, three, or even five or more males attend a single female during the spawning act. They wriggle over, alongside of, and around her, thrashing the water with such violence that close observation is impos- sible. Spawning fishes are easily alarmed, but if the observer approaches in the water he may occa- sionally get close enough to pick up specimens without difficulty. Eggs may be stripped and fertilized with ease. The ovaries are large, the eggs small and very abundant. Noenemy appeared on the spawning beds, but the habit of depositing the eggs in shallow water often exacts an enormous toll from the young of the species, for a sudden fall in the volume of the river may leave many nests high and dry in a single day. No doubt the migration and spawning activities here described are fairly typical. Usually the water is so high, swift, and roily that very little of what is going on beneath its surface can be seen. Of late years irrigation projects and power plants have at times seriously interfered with the flow of the river and consequently disturbed the normal life of some of its native species. During the winter of rgr1-12 the snow was very light in the mountains and there were no heavy rains. The dam at Tahoe was closed early, and a large amount of water was at the same time diverted from the channel of the Truckee above Derby. ‘The lower part of the river then became so reduced that water began to flow back from Pyra- mid Lake (where it was higher than usual), up the river, down the slough, and into Winnemucca Lake, the surface of which is lower than that of Pyramid Lake. This flow continued until the water of the channel between the lakes was practically as brackish as that of the lakes themselves. No ‘‘cui-ui’”’ appeared in the river until a full month after the usual time, and then not until high water suddenly forced back the brackish flow and sent afresh stream out into the lake. On the advent of this directing current the usual rushof ‘‘cui-ui’’ fromthe lakes began; large schools passed up the river (May 17) and spawned at once. During the earlier back flow sufficient depth was maintained for the easy passage of the fish, but it seems probable that there being no inflow of fresh water the waiting migrants were unable to find the mouth of the river. The time of departure of the fish from the river could not be determined because of high water, as no ‘‘cui-ui’’ were seen at any time going downstream. A fewindividuals were seen in the river June 14, when the water suddenly cleared. On June 5, and for many days thereafter, large numbers of dying, dead, and decaying specimens were found at the mouth of Winnemucca Slough. This mortality among the ‘‘cui-ui’’ is said to be aregular feature of the season at this place. Ifasimilar death rate prevails in the lower Truckee, it was not evident at the time. However, the river was deep, the current strong, and the lake was stormy when the examination was made. A few dead individuals are always found along the river after the breeding season. It is possible and quite probable that the death rate is high just after the breeding season, but there is nothing to indicate that all the fish die after spawning. The dead and dying examples bore no evident scars. Diligent inquiry brought forth no account of the species spawning in the lakes. No one was found who had even seen one there. Hours of observation from tufa domes failed to detect any among the myriads of fishes which could be easily identified. Yet on May 11, 1913, large numbersof ‘‘cui-ui’’ were found depositing eggs along the shallows near some springs on the southwest shore. Both ripe males and females were examined. The Indians were after them almost immediately, and they declared that these were the first that they had seen in the lake. None was observed here May 16 or later. A few individuals were found spawning in Winnemucca Slough. During the breeding season the males differ from the females in color and there is some variation in both sexes. The males have a dense black stripe 5 to 6 scales wide extending ro scales below the 52 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. dorsal fin from the opercle to the base of the caudal. The borders are interrupted here and there by brassy or silvery scales. Above the black stripe are numerous reddish-bronze scales with dark spots. The middle of the back is dusky, and this dark surface, together with the black stripe below, causes the red area to stand out boldly, especially when the fish turning in the water flashes the metallic red in the sunshine. Below the black stripe the body is silvery, many scales having a brassy sheen. The ventral surface is clean, dead white. The upper part of the head is blackish, the lower part whitish. The fins are slate blue, the paired ones lighter than the others. The tubercles are yellowish white. When the fishes are observed in the water from directly overhead, the stripes are very prominent, converging posteriorly and meeting over the caudal peduncle. The head appears lighter than the body, and the fins are very distinct. Some individuals are much duller, but in every speci- men there is at least a strong trace of the red and dark stripes. In the female the whole upper surface is dark brownish-black, not the olive color usually seen in suckers. The sides are brassy, often more or less dull, and frequently the darker color is broken up into clouds on the sides. Occasionally the entire dorsal region of a female is tinged with a reddish coppery hue, the edges of the scales having a decided metallic luster. Sometimes the females are called black suckers. At times whole schools of both sexes were seen, apparently ready to spawn, but without a single individual with fully developed colors. Some Indians assert that they can distinguish between ‘‘cui-ui’’ from the different lakes. Those from Winnemucca, said to be lighter in color and inclined to bespotted, are known as Izhi-‘‘cui-ui.’’ The writer after examining many specimens from both lakes was unable to detect any difference. Observers differ somewhat as to the most distant point reached by C. cujus during the nuptial migration. It appears in large numbers at the great bend of the Truckee, and it certainly ascends the river somewhat beyond the confines of the ancient Lake Lahontan. It never quite approaches the swift water above Reno. It would no doubt be a physical impossibility for the species to stem the turbulent water of the river canyon. The great blunt head and huge body, loaded down with eggs and fat, and the relatively small and weak caudal fin are not calculated to lend speed or endurance to a fish entering the current of a river for perhaps the first time. If Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes contract and become too salty for fresh-water species, as may possibly transpire if much water is with- drawn from the Truckee River for irrigation purposes, this species no doubt will disappear. Spawning appears to be more active at night than in the daytime, and so, also, is migration. This became evident from direct observation and from the fact that early morning usually revealed greatly changed conditions in the river population. At times ‘‘cui-ui’’ appeared in such large and densely packed schools that considerable numbers were crowded out of the water in shallow places, especially on the gently sloping river bars. Once several hundred were observed stranded near the mouth of the river. In some places they were jammed together in masses two or three deep. Some were crowded entirely out and dead, while others were in water a foot deep, yet pushing close to the main group in a perfectly demoralized con- dition. When one such conditionally free individual was carried some distance away and headed upstream, it passed on its way with great speed, but if removed a short distance only it returned to the mass like an iron to the magnet. It was impossible to separate any number and get them started away from the stranded school. Cormorants, gulls, and pelicans in great numbers were attacking them, and many of the still wriggling fishes had lost their eyes and strips of flesh had been torn from their sides. The stomachs of all specimens examined were devoid of food. The largest specimen seen measured 670 millimeters, the smallest 410. Males. Females. Length Weight. Length, Weight. Inches. Pounds. Inches. Pounds. 20-5 3 24-75 6 17-25 2 23-5 5-25 19-75 3 20-5 35 19-25 3 21.25 4 21.35 35 21-75 4:75 20 3-25 22-5 5 20-75 3-75 FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 53 The flesh of this species is highly prized by the Indians. In former times the coming of the “* cui-ui ’’ was a great event, not only for the Pyramid Lake tribe but also for other Piutes from far to the south, who sometimes reached the fishing grounds in such a starved condition that many were unable to survive the first feast. At present numerous little camps may be seen along the river dur- ing the spawning period. The fishes are caught in large numbers and tons of them are dried for later use. They are taken most easily when the river is roily, the fishermen hooking them with an impro- vised gaff which is drawn quickly through the muddy water. Knowing the ‘‘cui-ui’’ habit of resting in ‘schools in quiet water, the Indian establishes his camp accordingly, and the willows, wire fence, or hastily constructed rack are soon covered with unsalted drying fish, which attract numbers of flies and send characteristic odors a long distance down the wind. When properly cooked, the flesh is sweet and palatable, equal to that of some fishes which bring a fair price in the city markets. The uncleanly methods of preservation employed by the Indians have caused the ‘‘cui-ui’’ to be regarded with prejudice, and white people of the region will noteat them. A male specimen measuring 600 millimetersin length is here described, and measurements of others follow: Head, 3.7 in length to base of caudal; depth, 4.3; depth caudal peduncle, 3.5 in head; snout, 2.2; eye, 10.5; width mouth, 3; interorbital space, 2.3; height dorsal, 2.3; anal, 1.4; length pectoral, 1.5; ventral, 2; caudal, 1.4. o a ee ee ed St) i BH Ah Fic. 2.—Chasmistes cujus. ‘Cui-ui.” Head and body extremely robust, broad, and round; top of head broad and slightly convex; cheeks puffed out; eye small when compared with the great size of head; snout projecting beyond mouth, evenly rounded in life, the premaxillary process presenting no ‘‘hump,”’ the latter being characteristic of poorly preserved or dried specimens; lips smooth, the lower broad and pendulous; both lips plainly show traces of papilla, which appear as if once developed but since united and grown over. Posterior margin of opercle broadly and evenly rounded, the free fleshy edge about equal in width to half the diameter of eye. There are 43 gillrakers on the first arch. All have wide, papillose edges, the lower ones being especially broad and brushlike, the upper ones falcate and comparatively narrow. The digestive tract is long and coiled many times. ‘The testes are of huge dimensions and lobular. The air bladder extends to a point above posterior edge of base of ventrals. Peritoneum dusky, almost black. The skin of the head is smooth, the dorsal surface with many minute tubercles. Body completely scaled, the scales large and even, nowhere densely crowded. Each scale, excepting those on the ventral surface and immediately above and behind the pectorals, with a tubercle at its tip. Rays of fins with tubercles; those on pectorals, ventrals, and dorsal small; on anal large and sharply pointed. Base of second dorsal ray inserted half way between tip of snout and posterior edge of last caudal vertebra. Ventrals below posterior half of dorsal; pectorals broadly rounded; anal obtusely pointed; caudal concave. The females are more stocky than the males, and with their huge heads, large rounded bodies, and relatively short fins are very ungainly looking fish. The scales and fins are without tubercles. Species related to Chasmistes cujus are found in the Bonneville and Klamath Lake Basins. 54 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. MEASUREMENTS OF CHASMISTES CUJUS, TRUCKEE RIVER, NEAR MovurTH. Ten PEON MOU Us ne wcetcd tenia mice lke sae mm..| 444 410 416 420 410 412 418 492 437 Length head......... anicietenttaewiststeina ticnista aatiestes o. 28 0. 27 0.285] 0.275 | 0.30 ©. 29 o. 28 0. 275 0. 275 Depth body........ Shc 22 22 +2I 225 -ar 22 .22 185 -19 Depth caudal peduncle... °9 °9 °9 085 +083 °9 +085 °75 +08 Length caudal peduncle os 15 145 1s +15 +16 +18 +162 +16 1s Length snout......... ae +13 +13 +13 +13 +142 +135 +125 +125 +12 Diameter eye... on 03 027 03 +035 +03 +035 +03 +03 +03 Interorbital width 13 12 13 12 +13 —x3 +125 IIs 12 Depth head....... 185 18 19 +185 +19 +195 +20 176 185 Snout to occiput.. 23 22 23 +22 23 +23 +23 -2r +215 Snout to dorsal... 52 50 +515 50 52 +545 +52 +495 -5I Snout to ventral.... 57 57 57 +58 +63 - 605 59 57 “57 Length base of dorsal. 155 135 1s Is 165 +165 14 +155 15 Length base of anal... sp 085 +09 Io +095 10 10 +09 +09 10 Height dorsal....... a wiXa: +14 +13 -125 +14 +14 -12 12 -125 Height anal..... 5 +20 +20 +19 +18 +20 +225 + 205 - 195 +195 Length pectoral. + 205 19 +185 185 +20 20 18 175 +185 Length ventral. . 54 Iss +135 13 +13 Se -145 125 135 et Length caudal..............+ be|| tata +21 +21 +20 +205 +205 +215 +185 +195 DORSAL AG Herel eresniclals pisis\elals aieistnielfeletnin etteie nia eietsteo tet Ir 10 Ir Ir 12 Ir Ir 12 Ir Anal rays......... 7 7 7 7 8 7 7 7 8 Scales lateral line..... 60 60 64 62 66 64 62 61 6r Scales above lateral line. . 13 13 14 13 14 14 13 13 14 Scales below lateral line. . Sc 10 bt) Ir 10 12 10 10 10 Io Scalesibefore'dorsalie- 7. as sae tanpenclanes sissies riers 29 30 32 32 3r 33 3r 35 33 Wenpthioti boa y-nmenscrstccemastee cess mm 422 417 538 525 485 SIS 451 445 452 cy é 2 2 2 2 2 a Length head. . 0. 27 0-275 | 0.275 | 027 0.285 | 0.275 | 0.285 | 0275 ©. 28 Depth body........... 215 20 -225 22 24 215 22 22 .225 Depth caudal peduncle. . . 08s 08 08 08 + 082 08 085 085 085 Length caudal peduncle. . i 165 165 162 +155 +145 14 155 +155 =055 Length snout............ RA rece) +13 +125 +13 +14 +14 +13 +13 +132 Diameter eye....... ae 03 03 034 025 029 +028 03 03 03 Interorbital width. . od 125 12 +12 125 +13 +125 125 +125 +12 Depth head......... welt) x95) +18 +185 +19 +195 +185 +19 +175 +18 Snout to occiput. . 225 215 21 225 +225 225 22 215 22 Snout to dorsal. . . sr 505 5r 505 +50 515 505 493 st Snout to ventral, .. . 57 57 58 60 +575 57 595 59 -58 Length base of dorsal. 14 15 125 133 +145 125 135 14 13 Length base of anal. Sy ters 09 +09 073 +075 08 . +09 +08 Height dorsal....... : +12 +12 +II +12 +13 +13 +125 +132 +125 Height anal.... 19 2ar +145 Is 15 16 16 174 +155 Length pectoral... 19 18 175 18 +165 18 18 8 +165 Length ventral... Pi +13 +14 .Ir +12 IIs +12 -1Is +125 oXE PSHE CAUICLAL ort ecm cic crs aeicnietlais ohes vicstaty starter +21 +20 +185 +18 +17 +175 +19 +20 +185 LOSE IR a aS eC aD eho en Oboe: Nese Mocs a aoe Ir Ir to Ir Ir Bo) It Ir Ir Anal rays......... 7 7 7 7 7 Scales lateral line..... 64 59 62 64 59 62 6r 62 6r Scales above lateral line. . 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 13 14 Scales below lateral line. . 10 Ir Ir Io 10 10 10 ro Io Scalesibefore dorsal... 2... cess eenmeccn - | 32 30 33 29 3I 3r 29 3r 28 Richardsonius egregius (Girard). Red-striped shiner. This beautiful little fish is almost universally distributed throughout the brooks, rivers, and lakes of the region.¢ It is found not only in the lower courses of the rivers where the water is deep and quiet, but it also stems the swift currents of the high mountain tributaries, following closely in the @ R. egregius has been reported from two localities in the Sacramento Valley (Bulletin, United States Bureau Fisheries, vol. XXXVI, p. 135). On direct comparison with examples from the Truckee Basin, the specimens upon which this report was based, including the type of Phexinus develandi, were found to differ in no respect from typical individuals of R. egregius. ‘The writer has at different times attempted to secure specimens of this species from the Putah Basin, including Aetna Springs Creek, the supposed type locality of P. clevelandi, but without success, and it seemed safe to conclude that it is not a native of that basin. Now, Rutter’s discovery of the species in a tributary of Feather River reopens the question. In this connection, however, it will be recalled that Agosia robusta, Pantosteus lahontan, and Catostomus tahoensis were also reported by the same author from atributary of the Feather River. Since neither of these four forms has been seen elsewhere in the Sacramento River, excepting possibly R. egregius as P. clevelandi, the suggestion is offered that either these species have been recently introduced along with trout from the Truckee Basin or that Rutter was lead into an erroneous statement from a confusion of labels. FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 55 wake of the smallest trout. It is best known as a river species—the bait fish of the angler, the “minny’’ of the small boy, and the food of the kingfisher and tern. It delights in the slow ripples and the quiet, shallow pools, where large numbers may be seen swimming lazily about over the submerged bars, occasionally turning their silvery sides to the bright sun. In the lakes it congregates in large schools, swimming about submerged logs, tops of fallen trees, wharves, and other sheltered places. The relationships of the species appear to be with R. balteatus and R. hydrophlox, in some characters approaching the latter more closely. It may not be out of place to remark, however, that speculation regarding this and other western species of the genus will remain more or less futile until something more definite is known of the fauna of the upper Columbia and the Bonneville Basins. In describing this species Girard gives the locality as unknown. ‘The register in the National Museum records Humboldt River, the entry having been made in February, 1857. The type is in all respects like specimens of the species from the Humboldt and other rivers of the Lahontan system. This is one of the most brilliantly colored fishes of the West, not even excepting the trout. The brightest hues appear for a short time only during the breeding season and are seen at their best in the males. While examining Fallen Leaf Creek, a tributary of Lake Tahoe, on June ro, large schools of this species were observed making their way up the smaller tributaries, progressing chiefly at night, when they might be seen or heard struggling over the small rapids and leaping the miniature falls. Both sexes were highly colored, the males especially so, where small whitish epidermal nodules appear on the surface of the head, on the opercles, throat, and body, each scale along the sides having from one to three on its posterior edge. Later observation indicated that these fishes were at that time rapidly attaining the most advanced stages in their brilliant nuptial color. Specimens were collected from day to day and the changes in color noted. Many ripe males were found at the time, but only an occasional ripe female. One of the latter was a deep olive green above, lighter on the sides, and silvery beneath, brassy and silvery metallic reflections appearing on various parts of the head and body. A distinct brassy stripe extended from the posterior border of the eye, across the upper edge of the opercle, straight along the side of the body and upper third of the caudal peduncle. Below the lateral line was a broad, indistinct area of violet pink over a brassy ground, the latter becoming more intense ventrally. Belly silvery, a narrow, bright-red axillary dash present. Iris tinted with pink. The females mostly were duller at first, many being seen with but a trace of the metallic or red color. A ripe male was deep olive green above, lighter on the sides, and whitish be- neath. When viewed from the side or from below, silvery and brassy reflections appeared, these being suffused with a tint of violet pink, an occasional scale or group of scales remaining dark in any light, Two rather distinct brassy stripes extended from snout to caudal, one beginning at upper anterior edge of eye, crossing upper edge of gill opening, and extending posteriorly to upper third of caudal peduncle, the other, less definite in outline, passing from corner of mouth across preopercle, where it broadened and became brilliantly iridescent, along head and body above base of pectoral and straight back to caudal. Posteriorly the lower stripe became somewhat indistinct, but as the fish turned it flashed brighter in the sunlight. Below the lower stripe the sides were strongly suffused with pink, the suffu- sion growing more intense and darker in tone toward the axil of pectoral where it was light blood red, a dash of brilliantly burnished brass extending forward on base of pectoral to a point below the edge of preopercle. The fins were yellowish orange with metallic reflections, and likewise the body at bases of ventrals and anal. Other males were much subdued in color, some possessing scarcely a bright tint. As time passed the color of even the brightest rapidly increased in intensity, the brassy reflections becoming more highly burnished, a broad, blood-red band appearing above the base of the pectorals and extending to the origin of the anal, the posterior part being yellowish and brokenintospots. Theabdomen became dead white. The most brilliantly colored males had a narrow red stripe below the eye, and the lateral dusky stripe that is present in all and which persists in preserved specimens was deep black. When placed in alcohol, the color soon became brighter on all parts of the body, and even appeared in specimens where none was seen in life. In preserved specimens the bright tints soon pass away, leaving the body with a pale, silvery sheen, very dark above, with a broad black lateral stripe, above which is a narrow @ Pacific Railroad Survey, x, 1858, p. 291. 56 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. yellowish stripe, and below which the sides are covered with spots more or less definitely arranged in stripes.@ j During the nuptial migration of Catostomus, before noted, large numbers of this species followed the female suckers, feeding on the eggs. Many eggs were found in the stomachsof the minnows. Neither male nor female spawning suckers objected to the presence of the minnows, the latter swarming about and at times darting over and under them. Many examples were caught with hook and line in Lake Tahoe. None of these exhibited bright colors, although taken at the time when others of the species were spawning in the streams near by. On dissection the ovaries of some of these were found to contain large eggs, although in most cases they were immature. Females here far outnumbered the males. On May 14 specimens in nuptial colors and nearly ripe eggs were secured in the Truckee River near Pyramid Lake. Examples taken at the same place April 24 had only traces of red color. Specimens from the Humboldt River collected after July 1 had spawned. These were generally lighter in color than those of the Tahoe region, as were also examples from Carson and Walker Rivers. A few specimens taken August 11 in Walker River near the outlet contained large numbers of almost fully developed eggs. Some rather brightly colored males were found there at the same time. The teeth of 20 specimens were examined, and in general they numbered 2-4 on the right side, 2-5 on the left. Variations of 1-4 and 1-5 were observed, and in one example an extra row of 2 teeth appeared on one side, making 3 rowsin all. The teeth of the outer row are strongly hooked, and when a grinding surface appears it is very narrow and indistinct. ‘The alimentary canal is S-shaped and very Fic. 3.—Richardsonius egregius, Red-striped shiner. short. The gillrakers number 8 or 9, occasionally 7; of these, 5 or 6 are on the lower arch. They are very short and for the most part sharply pointed. ‘The peritoneum is silvery, immaculate on the belly, generally covered with blackish spots on the sides and above. The spots are more numerous and the effect darker in specimens from the mountain streams, while in examples from the sandy rivers of the desert they are less numerous and the color effect decidedly lighter. Individuals show much variation in the size, shape, and number of pigment spots. ‘The edges of the dorsal and anal are straight or slightly concave. ‘The caudal is large and deeply cleft, especially in male examples. @ Richardsonius balteatus is a species which exhibits a range and variety of coloration similar to that of R.egregius, and seem- ingly a lack of appreciation of this is what led Evermann and Cockerell (Proceedings, Biolographical Society, Washington, xxu, 1909, P. 185) to the conclusion that examples of R. balteatus from Warm Springs, Oreg., represented a new form which they name R. thermophilus. ‘The warm springs from which the locality gets its name flow into a marsh, where water of an even temperature is maintained throughout the year. Silver Creek drains this marsh. ‘The water is full of alge and at times swarms with minute crustacea and the larve of insects. Many large, well-fed, fat fishes collected here belonged to three genera of minnows, and they were much alike in color and form, differing in the same way from other specimens of like species taken at various places in Silver Creek, just as trout from a deep, shaded pool differ from those living in a shallow, sandy stream. The specimens of R. balteatus found here and in other parts of Silver Creek possess certain characteristics of a local nature, as do other examples of the species from particular parts of its very wide range, but although attempts have been made to coordinate these local variations with reasonable geographic distribution no success has been achieved. The description of R. thermophilus mentions no distinctive characters and contains nothing more than had been previously published regarding the specimens upon which the species is based, save a figure of an enlarged scale. This differs in no way from others of L. balteatus from various places in the Columbia Basin. FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA, 57 females are larger than males, their bodies are more robust, and their fins are lower and shorter. The largest individuals seen measured 5} inches. The food seems to consist mostly of aquatic larvee and winged insects. No alge or other vegetable matter was found in the stomachs, except such as might have been swallowed by accident. The scales are very regular in size over the entire body; small, deeply embedded, and scarcely evi- dent on the breast. ‘There are from 52 to 6r in the lateral line, 54 to 59 being the usual number. The following tables give the scale rows and fin rays in a number of examples: , E Scales above Scales in lateral line. fateraliines Number of scales........... 52 | 53 | 54] 55|56|57|58| 59 | 60] 6r | 12/13] 14 Number of specimens é ...| 2| 8] 16] 20| 16 | 22] 20] 16] 11 | 3] 21 | 48] 20 Rays in Rays in Number of rayS.......0ceececeeeeecenenceneseesesreseseneeneeterecenetccnceneersearscseccesereces ens 7 Number of specimens Careful measurements and a direct comparison of specimens reveal no characters peculiar to any particular isolated basin. Measurements of 20 specimens follow. MEASUREMENTS OF RICHARDSONIUS EGREGIUS. FALLEN LEAF CREEK, NEAR LAKE TAHOE. Mengzth Ol DOA Yin. Bulletin, United States Bureau Fisheries, vol. xxvm, 1907, p. 139- 68 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The gillrakers are short and stubby; 6 or 7 small protuberances. The body is deep and robust; no more so, however, than many examples from the Columbia or Bonneville systems. ‘The lateral line sometimes extends to the last scale, although in most cases it is less complete. It often differs on opposite sides of the body, and sometimes it extends the entire length, but interrupted at irregular intervals. It is found to end anterior to the dorsal or at any point between the dorsal and caudal fins. Ends . Almost Ends ear Ends Meet terea lint eu are cratyiatevatecinistaietniny\ola/aja,sivteleictoiein\winiw aletopeieueinlals oi ala's x sisin.cisimia tals ova iniel ole complete. tore : sniddle epee Specimens from— Susan Creek......... 13 5 I 8 Carson River........ TI sin iniwiviniehetass 7 2 Fallen Leaf Creek........ ele cae? Baa Se Fa} Wesbaciogas fim bold tpRi ger ealisnle se ten cece rae desire late eeleibasinioinie ajeipin/elamyn hielo sela/sleetera ate Op ipeci toad 12 3 Star Creek... cscccessees Ana ribs coacere. 9 14 Marys Creek... 503 12 5 ol Sr curcice.. RYOTE TOOT as wioloreiaie neiasinle cuits cvielwets eistnle wictuistein’s eielelninieteleitelclotn ein ac ietelelets elbialealn(al siete 6 3 3 8 No scattered brown scales occur, their absence, however, not being characteristic of Lahontan spec- imensalone. ‘The dorsal is almost always inserted well behind the ventrals, nevertheless the distance is found to vary from a point near a vertical through the insertion of ventrals to almost halfway between their bases and the anal opening. The pectorals are usually short, not reaching the ventrals. Speci- mens with longer fins are easily found, the pectorals at times extending well beyond the bases of ventrals. Usually there are not less than eight fully developed rays in the ventral fin. When depressed their tips fall short of the anal opening or extend even to the origin of the anal fin. The edges of the fins are trun- cate or rounded, never falcate. Membranous stays do not appear behind the bases of the ventrals. Rudimentary caudal rays number from three to six. A more or less definite, broad, dark, lateral stripe is present, although in some cases it is poorly defined and seen only on the caudal peduncle. Usually a distinct narrow stripe appears along the side of the abdomen. Dark blotches of variable size are often present, but the dark pigment is not confined to particular scales. Examples from the desert are lighter than those from wooded areas, the stripe being present on individuals from both regions. This stripe is not black and sharply defined as in specimens of A. nubila from the coast region of Oregon and Washington. ‘The bright silvery area observed by Rutter soon disappears under the action of presery- atives. In life the color is yellowish olive above, growing brassy on the sides and yellowish beneath. The spots and stripe are olive black. End of maxillary and small space behind it, a spot posterior to edge of opercle, median area of throat and breast, a broad axillary area of both pectorals and ventrals, and a narrow space along base of anal, bright crimson with a slight brassy reflection. Fins tipped with yellowish red. The teeth in ro examples were 4, 1-1, 4, strongly hooked, and without grinding surface. The alimentary canal is not longer than the entire length of the individual. The peritoneum is jet black, occasionally lighter. The bladder extends over about four-fifths of the visceral cavity. A female caught at Tahoe City June 27 was full of nearly ripe eggs. The scales are very small, convex, rounded in outline, and possess both basal and apical radii. They are almost if not altogether indistinguishable from those of Hesperoleucus mitrulus, thus rendering their minute structure useless as a generic character. This species inhabits both streams and lakes. In the rivers it is most often taken on the ripples. In lakes it frequents the shallow water, swimming near the bottom, or in crevices between rocks. From above, when seen in the water, the color is decidedly black. In the lakes it was taken with hook and line, a method which will often secure very small fishes where the net fails on account of deep, clear water or rough bottom. Agosia nevadensis and A. velifer are very distinct from this form and are easily recognized. FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 69 MEASUREMENTS OF AGOSIA ROBUSTA. Fallen Leaf ba a Tallac, Lake Susan Creek, ro miles below Susanville, Length of body................ mm..| 60 58 58 56 79 52 60 55 58 60 Length head. 0. 24 0. 26 0. 24 0. 23 0. 26 0. 26 0. 26 0.25 0.25 0.25 Depth body.. 25 20 25 22 26 25 22 21 24 225 Depth caudal peduncl J 115 115 105 12 +10 +12 II yee 12 12 Length caudal peduncle....... Palin paae +26 +24 +25 +26 +2 +23 +23 +25 +24 DCHStEHONE ec scene viens cea act} +10 +08 +08 +08 +085 +10 +07 +08 +08 IDNAIHIeLETE Ve ine icie clon voice oak lak -06 +055 +06 +06 +045 +06 +05 +05 +05 +055 Witerorp lta) width, ees. cence acl clevs -07 +075 -065 +06 +07 -08 -08 -08 +07 Mer Ei He Ay erat sis ahs ecaceih ecules chu aiklnidhe:sivtatale +17 +17 +17 +16 +16 -18 +16 ~16 -18 +17 STEGER Ee \(a7 een yo 15 | os es ce pe ce A -20 +21 .20 +20 +20 22 +20 20 20 +20 MMONG EQ GOtSal oy << yates ac vie. essere aie alessio mesa +56 +53 +55 -54 +54 -58 +55 -55 +55 -56 MIHOTULONPETRCCALS ai ctnloate nictsfaie sictnieietrispeie epnale +50 +47 +50 +48 +5 +52 +54 +51 +48 +51 Length base of dorsal. II 115 12 12 Ir sine 10 10 10 12 Length base of anal 10 10 095 Ir 10 +09 10 085 09 08 Height dorsal. . 19 20 19 19 16 +17 165 18 16 16 Height anal.... 16 18 16 18 16 +17 16 16 16 16 Length pectoral Sel 20 23 19 +22 17 -138 17 17 17 17 Length ventral... ova elajaseis a's ajeiniaieisje {5 +17 +15 +16 +13 «15 -14 +15 +13 14 ESOt ie HEM CA CAN atu cat a) 2) a]afaloiafuieia t\<[n's.sts\si sloisie,occie sma -25 -24 +25 +235 +24 +23 «aa +23 +23 POrsalinays saci claielsicicie’e a/atireisieiticsints cone 8 8 9 8 7 8 8 7 7 8 Anal rays.......... 7 7 7 a 8 7 7 7 7 7 Scales lateral line 75 76 73 68 7° 7 67 73 638 65 Scales above lateral line 13 13 13 13 13 12 14 13 12 14 Scales below lateral line 9 9 10 10 9 9 Io 9 Ir PEST ESE Stat araiaiaiei etait winv (sto Bis =ie'd’s slate ofoleimaie-cia'e aie I ° ° ° ° 2 2 2 ° ° Coregonus williamsoni Girard. Mountain whitefish. Sufficient material for a careful comparison of whitefish from the Lahontan and Columbia systems isnot at hand. They seem to be alike, but the appearance of differences when series of each are com- pared would not be regarded with surprise. The species is found in the Truckee, Walker, and Carson Basins, it was reported from the Humboldt, but no evidence of its occurrence elsewhere in the system was found. It spawns in October, large numbers then moving up the tributaries of Lake Tahoe. The migration is said to last about two weeks, being at its height near the middle of the month. Males collected at that time had tubercles on the. posterior part of the body and tail, both above and below the lateral line. An example from Carson River, near Genoa, was silvery in life, tinted with pale olive above, white beneath. This specimen measured 395 millimeters. A smaller one, 185 millimeters long, was silvery, somewhat darker above than below. When the body was turned, indistinct parr marks appeared in some lights on the sides, which became more evident after preservation. Examples from 150 to 230 milli- meters long, taken at Lake Tahoe, show no parr marks, while others measuring 95 to 145 millimeters, collected in Fallen Leaf Creek, are broadly marked along the sides. These usually have nine almost square, round, or somewhat oval dark spots on the sides, each of which is about four scales wide, their edges extending just below the lateral line. The first is immediately behind the gill opening; the last at the base of the caudal fin. Those near the middle of the body are largest. Occasionally a spot is very small or absent, or a supernumerary may appear anywhere along the median line. Above this row are many smaller spots, close together and without any definite arrangement. With growth the smaller spots are first to disappear. The mountain whitefish seems to be particularly fond of the eggs of spawning fishes, and sometimes their stomachs will be found filled with the eggs of their own species. It rises to the fly at times, is as game as a trout, and by some is preferred as a food fish. A further comparison of specimens of this species with those of C. oregonus Jordan and Snyder, from the Willamette River, fully warrants the recognition of the latter. 70 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. MEASUREMENTS OF COREGONUS WILLIAMSONI. Lake Tahoe. Fallen Leaf Creek. | Length of body.......... mm..| 238 228 207 200 187 185 114 12 Is 103 102 101 i 9 2 2 2 é Length head. 0.195 | 0.205 | 0.215 | 0.22 | 0.22 | 0.215 | 0.23 | 0.21 | 0.22 | 0.23 | 0.23 0.24 Depth body.......... -18 +20 +21 +195 | +20 +195 | +20 +18 -19 +17 +19 +17 Depth caudal 06 065 | .06 -06 06 +065 | -065 06 06s | .06 +06 06 Length caudal p Ble ama +135 Zia loc! 145] +14 +14 ts 16 |- «15 +15 +14 Length snout,....... +s+| +06 +065 | 065 +065 +065 +06 -065 | -07 +07 +065 | .06 +07 Tengtinmaxillary: ho .0:0 5 ieee cui +055} +055] «06 -06 +06 +055 | -065| -065| .065| .065 | .065 +07 IRIEL EV Ese Ia pierc este ainslooe cies +05 +05 +05 +05 +05 +055 +06 +06 +065 | -06 +065 +07 Uniterorbital qridth yo: 22 osehiivelees +065 | .065 | .06 +06 +06 +06 +065] -06 +06 +07 +065 +065 EDL Meadors wees se veneer cane BEES ||, oes WLAS (|) Oral +15 +145 | +35 novel +14 «145 | +15 -145 HOME COGSCIPIIts cieyeics sews sete esta ieie +16 +17 +17 +17 +18 +18 +18 7 17 +18 +185 +19 SSHOEIEO CLOPSA Mier. neieisicie/= ereitvlese slain ethic S335) «45s |) Asi +46 «46 +46 +45 +445 | +43 +44 +445 +445 SSOMLESEONWETIETEM LY, [aha wtata’stuistelotetetets stele alls +53 535 | +535 +55 “55 +555 +51 +51 +50 +51 +5I +53 Length base of dorsal,................ +125 | .12 eX0G |) eax *I05 | «Ir +12 +12 +12 -12 ripe | +125 Length baseofanal.................. +105 | -I0 +095 | +095 | «10 +10 +10 +Jos | «11 Sxxs)|) exe +It 1s rapa slats (oy ES Serer gnarooensobean +135} «125 | -1g +12 ora +13 +14 arg exasi| ers +33 -125 is CaP ei Wa asa aan Asedonoddeadeecn -Ir +II oxz +10 SXOGi|) (Xr +12 Fine «105 | -12 axe +12 Werigthipectoralyseaas.t-pe sek eeicen +15 e155 | +165} ~165| -x75| «16 17 -16 -15 -17 +175 -17 Bength vetttral ss. weeds oss eiceeiseeeoee «125 | 13 +12 +13 +13 -235.] = x3 +13 +II +14 +12 -12 Gpenpthicaudaly.: se -iccesbskacae mate sae +165 17 “17 °17 -18 -18 +22 +205 +20 +215 | -20 +20 NOS Se TAGS yo cninte wat ane cial oeeetstettd 12 12 II Ir 12 12 II II Ir Ir 12 Analrays...... gees 12 II =e A orp once II II 12 II | BA Set II Ir Scales lateral series... 82 89 85 85 87 85 82 89 86 86 80 85 Scales above lateral lin 8 9 9 9 9 9 Io 10 Io 10 9 10 Scales below lateral line 7 8 8 8 8 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 Scales before dorsal..............-.++. go 32 30 31 33 32 33 34 34 32 31 3r Salmo henshawi Gill and Jordan. Tahoe trout. This trout is best known to ichthyologists and anglers from fish caught in Lake Tahoe, in its numer- ous tributary streams and small lakes, and in the upper portions of the Truckee River. Here its most striking characteristic is the dark-olive body with an array of large black spots scattered almost uni- formly over the entire surface. The species is distributed throughout the entire Lahontan system, however, and living under greatly diversified conditions it seemingly reacts to its surroundings, appear- ing in a medley of variations of color, such as are not often observed among individuals of a single species. Examples in bright nuptial dress may be seen in Lake Tahoe in May and early June. The males are then of a dark yellowish-olive color, with faint metallic reflections, the dark color being uniform from the back to the ventral surface. On the side is a broad, pinkish stripe, indefinite in outline, but about ro scales wide and located mostly below the lateral line, originating at the opercle and extending to below the adipose fin, beyond which it gradually fades out and disappears. Each scale included in this stripe and also in a broad area above and below is narrowly edged with pale yellow. The opercle, preopercle, subopercle, and a triangular spot above the axil of pectoral are scarlet or yel- lowish scarlet. The under surface of the lower jaw has two parallel stripes of bright red, the color not extending on the mandibular side of the membranes. There is a patch of bright red on the tongue beneath the tip. The inner edge of the shoulder girdle is bright red. One or more small orange spots may often be found on the head, especially on the cheeks and jaws. ‘The entire head and body, together with the unpaired fins, are marked with dense, brownish-black spots, usually larger than the pupil, and rounded oval in outline, widely spaced and fairly regular in distribution. On the dorsal fin the spots are arranged in five pretty well defined rows, parallel with the outline of the back. The adipose fin bears two or three spots; they are numerous on the caudal, but not more than six or seven occur on the anal, usually at the base. Females are similarly colored, though much lighter and with more metallic luster. Males often vary toward lighter tints, while some females are occasionally darker than the others, sometimes rendering the determination of sex on color alone very difficult. Frequently a very light- colored, silvery specimen of either sex appears. Such fishes are distinguished by the bright metallic luster of the sides and also by having smaller and more elongate spots. ‘These are known as silver trout, FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 71 and are said to frequent the greater depths. They represent Salmo clarkii tahoensis Jordan and Ever- mann.¢ A specimenof thissort measuring about 14 inches was caught near the mouth of Cascade Creek. It was very silvery in color, lacking the red and rich olive shades of the more usual type. The spots were small and elongate, contracted laterally instead of from all sides. A silver trout, caught by Mr. Ralph Lowe, near Brockway, measuring 23 inches and weighing 5 pounds, was dull silvery over nearly the entire surface, the upper parts tinted with brownish and having purplish reflections. A broad, indistinct lateral stripe of light pink extended posteriorly to near the anal fin. The head was dusky above, the cheeks silvery, with a pinkish tint, the skin beneath the maxillaries bright red. This specimen was apparently 6 years old, as indicated by an examination of the scales. These so- called silver trout sometimes attain a great size, one having been caught which weighed 29 pounds. The trout seen in the smaller lakes and streams of the Tahoe Basin were like those of the lake itself. Those seen in the Truckee River near Lake Tahoe, at Truckee, and farther down the river were much like those of the lake, the spots being usually smaller and possibly more numerous. Trout are at times rather common throughout the entire course of the Truckee River. Before the introduction of irrigation dams, power plants, factories, and sewers they were abundant, but now the partly diverted, interrupted, and contaminated river is a very precarious summer home for the larger fishes at least. On the appearance of rain in the mountains, and the following rise of the river, trout begin to mi- grate from Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes, passing up the stream in a leisurely way, briskly running the rapids, or loitering about in the deep pools. They often pass the great bend in December or even as early as October and continue upstream, migrating in waves or schools and series of schools. With the advancing season the fish grow more numerous, appearing in incredible numbers as the run reaches its maximum. The trout of this migration are locally known as redfish. After becoming acquainted with the dark and comparatively small Tahoe trout, one regards the huge redfish with amazement, its long and powerful body gleaming with flashes of gold and silver, and the great red cheek spot glowing like a coal of fire. By some observers it is regarded as entirely dis- tinct from the Tahoe trout and also from the smaller fishes of a later run. The Piutes call it “Tomoo- agaih,”’ or winter trout. A large male redfish dipped from the pool below the dam at Thisbe (March 26) was colored as follows: Whole body suffused with pink and yellow, the color approaching vermilion in some lights or darker red in others, the yellow with metallic reflections. The yellow color is more intense above and below, the pink brightest in the region of the lateral line, but not distinctly outlined as a stripe. Opercle bright, livid red; subopercle like body; preopercle reddish yellow, much brighter than body, but duller than opercle. An indefinite, small pinkish spot midway between eye and opercle. A few deep-orange, coin-shaped spots somewhat smaller than eye, scattered here and there on the body near bases of pec- torals and on the breast. The caudal fin is yellow, the dorsal suffused with yellow, the paired fins with purplish red. The area beneath the mandible is strongly marked with bright red, the color confined to the side next to the branchiostegals. More brilliantly colored examples are often seen where the red of the opercle is more livid and spreads to the shoulder girdle, the lateral stripe better defined and more intense in color, and the entire head and body of a brighter hue. The females are similar though paler in color. The small orange spots referred to are remarkable in that they appear, without regu- larity, on any part of the body except in the region of the lateral line. One was seen on the lower jaw, another on the base of the caudal, and one on the adipose fin. In addition to the bright colors noted above, the head and body are sprinkled with black spots which are smaller than in the Tahoe trout. The red color beneath the jaw is apparently always present in the redfish. The migration of the redfish ceases in March. The running fishes do not appear to go upstream farther than the approach of the swift water of the canyon above Verdi. As the redfish migration slowly wanes, large numbers of smaller trout enter the Truckee River and pass up with considerable rapidity. Smaller, generally darker in color, and more heavily spotted than those of the preceding run, and arriving with the spring, they are called by the Piutes “Tama- agaih,’’ meaning spring trout. The native name is passed on by the anglers as plain tommy. Like @ Bulletin 47, United States National Museum, p. 2870. > Jordan and Evermann, Bulletin 47, United States National Museum, p. 493 (Salmo mykiss henshawi) and p. 2870 (Salmo clarkii tahoensis). WZ BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. the redfish, the movements of the tommies are apt to be somewhat irregular, depending on the state of the river, appearing and passing in large numbers while the water is rising and being less numerous when itislow. Advance scouts of the tommies come in with the last of the redfish, while an occasional lingering individual of the latter is overtaken by the advancing hordes of tommies. But on the whole the two migrations are distinct, and fishes belonging to each may be distinguished with some degree of certainty. The second migration usually occurs in April, being well over by May 1. Individuals which have not yet spawned may be found in the river during May and even later. By the latter part of June, certainly by the middle of July, the lower part of the river is practically clear of large trout. At times many very silvery tommies appear in the lower Truckee, and again only an occasional one will be seen. Silvery redfish also occur. These are not to be confused with the emerald trout, which have not been reported from the river. In Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes trout abound, and they grow to a large size. Specimens of 9 or 10 pounds are common, while sometimes examples weighing over 20 poundsarecaught. Consider- able variation in color is found here, especially early in the season, when breeding fishes are returning from the river. An example 2 feet long, taken in Pyramid Lake May 29, in life was clear greenish olive on the upper surface, this color becoming diffuse on the sides, where it gave place to silvery, strongly tinged with pink, the ventral surface of the body, throat, and chin being white. The whole dorsal surface when seen from the side appeared silvery with a suffusion of pink, instead of greenish olive, as when viewed from above. Cheeks pinkish, the upper edge of opercle brassy. Paired fins and anal tinted with orange red. Dorsal and adipose fins like the back. A red gash present on the under man- dible. Small black spots scattered rather evenly over head and body, varying in size from about a third the diameter of pupil to mere specks. They were largest on the upper surface and on the caudal fin. Many examples similar in color were seen. The red was never entirely absent from the throat, and small, round, brassy spots were frequently found on the head and body. Large, fat examples are sometimes taken, the general color of which is very pale and silvery, the spots being few and small, exact counterparts of the silver trout of Lake Tahoe. Several specimens taken on the western side of Pyramid Lake late in May were brilliantly colored and dark like the migrating trout. Their fins were frayed, they had spawned, and it was quite apparent that they had but recently returned from the river. Rarely an individual is caught which has no spots below the lateral line except on the caudal fin and only a few above. Trout from Winnemucca Lake are like those from Pyramid Lake. An examination of many from both localities gave the impression that those from the former were somewhat lighter in color. Anglers usually distinguish trouts by color and form, and in the Truckee Basin they generally recognize 6 varieties: In Lake Tahoe, the Tahoe trout, dark in color, with large spots; the silver trout, silvery in color, with small, elongate spots, body deep and heavy; the royal silver trout, deep blue above and silvery on the sides, with few or no spots. In the lower Truckee River and the lakes, the redfish, migrating from Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes, brilliant in color, the red cheek especially prominent; the tommy, a smaller and relatively large spotted fish, which appears in a separate run following that of the redfish; and, finally, the greenback (emerald trout) of the lakes, green above, silvery on the sides, and with very few spots. Except the royal silver and the emerald trouts, these appear to be representatives of the same species, no character or set of characters having been found which will serve to distinguish between any of them. ‘The introduction of marked fingerlings of the redfish into Lake Tahoe and of small Tahoe trout into Pyramid Lake might lead to interesting results. Questions at once arise regarding the two migrations of trout in the lower Truckee River, and it may be briefly stated that nothing has been accomplished by way of explanation except negatively. The redfish and tommies are found in both lakes, and the migrations appear to proceed from both at about the same time. The following table is presented to aid in expressing the numerical variation seen in the spotting of trout from different localities. ‘Typical specimens were selected, and a line drawn along the side of the body from the gill opening to the middle of the base of the caudal. ‘This was crossed by another passing vertically through the anal opening, thus separating body and tail and dividing each into an upper and lower half, FISHES, LAHONTAN SYSTEM OF NEVADA AND NORTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA. 73 NuMBER OF SPOTS ON TROUTS FROM DIFFERENT LOCALITIES. Truckee River. SUCRCANLIY) ered el aiaielafeisis pipletaie(atbial detetelaia'e o.cikiaiays\o.cle Lake Tahoe, Pyramid Lake. Redfish. Tommy. Length of specimen...................- mm,. 370 390 675 720 500 555 529 584 4oo MIDOES OM MEAG Se eccicis cian piejunis sis aiee'a oajels cists eine aislerats 55 60 16 12 44 68 65 20 13 Body above line... 95 103 100 44 IIs 92 102 51 43 Body below line... 113 53 45 49 175 159 120 16 ° Tail above line... 43 45 39 63 59 52 42 4° Tail below line... 59 44 25 3 57 82 56 28 7 Dorsal fin..... 36 42 86 103 55 45 66 52 41 Adipose fin 5 4 2 8 6 4 Caudal...... 66 93 234 284 145 162 184 65 95 JAE aa dhobe lQuanane Geen copes oS OOP nOse aagooe 28 20 27 26 23 16 12 6 17 The native trout seen elsewhere in the Lahontan system belong to this species. Those of the Humboldt, Carson, and Walker Rivers are lighter in color than fishes from Lake Tahoe. Like other trout they are darker in deep, shaded water and lighter and more silvery in the open rivers. Large trout of this species are found in the upper part of Walker Lake, where the water is comparatively fresh. S. henshawi is a more slender trout than the rainbow. The head is longer and more pointed, and in some cases the body is very elongate. MEASUREMENTS OF FRESHLY KILLED SPECIMEN. Motalletigth. jc ccsecciescus inches. .| 2244 | 2334 | 2934 | 2534 | 2134 | 2534 | 24 2734 | 263% | 24 23 2638 | 2134 | 20% PICO eee neater nk do....| 4% | 34] 6%| 434] 334 | 536] 4 5% | sia] 436| 44] 4%| 354 358 Depth caudal peduncle....... do....| 158} 15 aps 17 1% | 2 4] 2 17%| 134 1% 1 14% 1% engined): soa) scevassheriees LOE eye] esau |e 648) se] 458] 534 | 54] 534] 534] sta] 47 534 | ave 4 Wetiteneenctc se ceete tees pounds..| 3% | 3 8%} 434] 241 5%4| 334| 7 5% | 334| 3% | 334 | 234 2% In addition to the above, the following measurements and weights may be of interest. The fishes were taken in Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes. Length. Weight. Length. | Weight. Length. | Weight. Length. | Weight. Length. | Weight. Inches. Pounds. Inches. Pounds. Inches. Pounds. Inches. Pounds. Inches. Pounds. 154 1% 21% 2% 24 34 2634 5% 18 14 2154 3% 2278 3% 24 3% 2614 3% 20% 2%, 2154 238 23 34 2534 4% 2734 1 2I 24 20% 2% 23% 3 2514 5% 294 834 2314 3% In this species the basibranchials bear teeth which are generally numerous and large. Occa- sionally specimens will be found in which the teeth are few and frail or entirely absent. Many ex- amples observed at the Truckee Dam at Thisbe were without exception supplied with basibranchial teeth. At another time 20 individuals examined at the same place produced 6 examples without such teeth. An occasional specimen taken in Pyramid and Winnemucca Lakes had none, the number running about 1 to 10. It here appeared probable that teeth are more often absent in larger individuals, those over 500 millimeters in length, than in the smaller ones. The gillrakers usually number from 23 to 25. ‘The branchiostegals number ro or 11, often 12, rarely 9. EN sterabress Off pilin OLS "¥.5-/,5c'cra cicts seine via era: salats cw aise aie [a sins Sisiate o siete as slates icoaea Reon rence eeieae 22| 23 | 24| a5 | 26| 27 ee rn mie thy Wed yeh) ond Ameo. Nehela | aloe ce ON Fitri bees Mier ITRILCIOSE ORES No cca alk ee cisterns © eine sre conic eee crave siele’e ofp Cee aac ee Eee ree ponies ach oeesueee 9] 10] 1r| 12 NE aE: Sali Oi hy eck te hn els Peale e be gl tae lag ag There are from 70 to 85 ceca present. There are usually from 153 to 163 scales in the lateral series sometimes as few as 150 or as many as 170; 29 to 39 above the lateral line. 74 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Measurements of a series of specimens are here presented: LAKE TAHOE NEAR TALLAC, CAL., JUNE 20, 1911. Rerigth'of' body... /oc..ce ee mm..| 325 300 274 318 280 324 305 295 344 310 Cy s é é $ Q i Q 2 TUPRIGE IS IMMA cleats ae riee ae mains ecg eaes 2 - . ty “ RB Ait 43 X ’ ey MADELINE PLAINS | - a ——— ps y, - \ y if q SS . p ‘ a > x iy las a a9” my. =! Sheen: Bein IRE 7s a es LAKE LAHONTAN : | Ae 3 showing | . aed g , hat Se Water Area and boundary ¢ . - f of LEGEND : 4 Hydrographic Basim : 4 f ,? by | Avea of Lake at Highest Stage : ‘ x Net ¢ ISRAEL C. RUSSELL . : Outline of Hydrographic Basin st | " y ,; ( Reproduced Fromm map of the Geological Survey ) = | WesternIimit of BonnevilleDrainage “= =” ry fas | > ad | Scalein Statute Miles Jag an 2 oe oe oe ee ee Frcs | | - -* aM ae al ———— - ~ sks aad & = i i Sle ral 17° 116” 15” AHoen & Co. Lith Baltimore —* fi (beep >, eS Va el Ve, i ad + i qs & . jo” 7 PP ; Ay , . - S a Pal ageeren! s : fans ‘ae : 7 i . 4 < Nh » - ie . ¢ ‘ie ae i . : : Te, ake - p & wre as oe ne oe y. NOTES ON THE EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TWELVE TELEOSTEAN FISHES ad By Albert Kuntz, Ph. D. St. Louis University, School of Medicine and Lewis Radcliffe Scientific Assistant, United States Bureau of Fisheries ad Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Woods Hole, Mass. 87 CONTENTS. Key. to egrsiof.;certaisn fishies) 2) occ 3) si75.c ious cc iaparayelese otelone ese casva ale ete minis eachnv ete ens lane reve isiauctaye ia eiecaslers Tattogajonitis((Linneus).. Vatitogers.). Wo. teens anaes ee atcte na Morerdcetetets ete civics aie» elteietelste (autogolabrus adspersus\(Walbaum). (Cunmerns ii -p nets eeieeeie esioe va eres in eis = viel oaelatse eles Stenotomiusichrysops|(Tinumeeis) 5 MSCtp sjeyatecerere tele oie sbete tes eeisiicinies - levies ie eielsiavalsicleiael= pie iia Prionotus\carolinus(Linnets). Sea robinentestotsap ie atettem soe. so wieroisia ss eieye nievie's.« elon ss areib Merliuccius biltnearis|(Mitchsll)2) Wtbiste ya reeso:s syeperore vase) sjapegescin sie) lmip oie /ae clogs pte tastes ceasselelabaleiciessietee Porouotus triacanthus (Peck): “Bittterfisht wr. sauectas cee cate atoss ee eek cece ate eiaieetesreseets Anchovia argyrophana (Cuvier and Valenciennes). Anchovy.................020seseeeeeeees Brevoortia tyrannus|(atrobe)., (Menhaden pory co .c: «clentsletiele iereisicis reo) Vsucls eishe «lniatesicis cieleistetete Pomolobus estivalis (Mitchill). Blueback, glut herring. .............. 0.0 sce e eee cece eee eee Menidia menidianotata (Mitchill). Stlverside si. 5 josie caieis svelte ees slareiele «simile soe 6 vise eieleigele Gasterosteus aculeatus Linneus. Three-spined stickleback ........... 0... ccc cece cece eens Apeltes quadracus (Mitchill). Four-spined stickleback. .............. 0... c ccs ee cece ener ees 88 NOTES ON THE EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TWELVE TELEOSTEAN FISHES. Bo By ALBERT KUNTZ, Ph.D., St. Louis University School of Medicine, and LEWIS RADCLIFFE, Scientific Assistant, United States Bureau of Fisheries. me Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Woods Hole, Mass. & INTRODUCTION. Adequate measures for conservation of our fishery resources and the production of the maximum quantity of food with the minimum of expenditure through proper propa- gation methods require as their basis a reasonably complete knowledge of the life his- tories and habits of the fishes. ‘he first step in this direction is the determination of the character of the eggs and young, so that they may be recognized at any stage of develop- ment. Many of our important marine food fishes—e. g., cod, haddock, hake, mackerel, and halibut—have floating eggs, which may be collected with an ordinary tow net with much less effort than is required to locate and capture the spawning fish. Thus this knowl- edge may serve to locate the spawning grounds and also the schools of spawning fish. The immediate value of knowledge of this character has been well illustrated by Dr. Hjort, of Norway. Knowing the character of cod eggs, he applied this method to the coast banks off northern Norway and thereby “succeeded in finding enormous shoals of cod on certain banks where no fishing was carried on, and where, as a consequence of our discovery, millions of cod were afterwards taken.” The present paper embodies the results of a study of the embryology and larval development of teleostean fishes taken in the region of Woods Hole, Mass., during July and August, 1915. The majority of the species, especially the more important ones, common to this region spawn earlier in the season. Little is known of the breeding habits of the bonito (Sarda sarda), the menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus), the butterfish (Poronotus triacanthus), and the hake (Urophycis chuss). Females of these species in which the eggs were nearly or quite mature and males from which the milt flowed freely were taken. However, all attempts at artificial fertilization failed. The eggs of the bonito and the hake were never taken in the plankton. With the exception of the menhaden, butterfish, and whiting, the eggs of all the species described herein were artificially fertilized and hatched in the laboratory. The eggs of the whiting were artificially fertilized, but all died during 89 go BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. early cleavage. Both eggs and young of all the species with pelagic eggs were taken in the plankton. The embryology and early larval life of several species included in this paper were early studied by Agassiz * and Agassiz and Whitman.? The embryology of one species, viz, Tautogolabrus adspersus, is described and illustrated in great detail by these authors in their fundamental work on the development of osseous fishes.2. Their observations on other species included in this paper are more or less fragmentary. The pelagic eggs and larve identified by them as Cottus grenlandicus are doubtless Prionotus carolinus, as a comparison of their figures with the figures here presented of the eggs and larve of the latter species will show. The eggs and larve described by them as species allied to Motella are probably eggs and larve of the butterfish. Eggs apparently identical with the eggs described by them as those of the Sienna flounder were taken throughout July and August. They were taken in greatest abundance off Gay Head on August 24. These eggs were not identified by the present writers. Observations on the early devel- opment of one species (A peltes quadracus) included in this paper are recorded by Ryder.° The observations recorded herein were made almost exclusively on living material. It is not the purpose of this paper to discuss in detail the embryological development of each species studied, but rather by means of illustrations and descriptions to afford a ready means of identifying eggs or larval fishes at any time during embryonic or larval life. With this purpose in view, the inclusion of several species upon which more or less complete observations have been previously recorded seems justifiable. Acknowledgments are due Homer Wheelon for the preparation of the majority of the illustrations and general assistance in the investigation and Vinal N. Edwards for assiduous collecting of material. KEY TO EGGS OF CERTAIN FISHES. As an aid to the identification of eggs which may be met with in the Woods Hole region during July and August, the following key is appended: I. PELAGIC EGGS. a. Eggs without oil globules. 6. Eggs spherical. c. Egg 0.75 to 0.85 mm. in diameter, highly transparent; pigmentation appears in embryos of 10 to 15 somites in form of small black chromatophores distributed over dorsal surface. Tautogolabrus adspersus (cunner). cc. Egg o.9 to 1 mm. in diameter; in all other respects egg and pigmentation of developing em- bryo resemble precedisa gy... 2.sinye osc: ororsts eles nveis ate eforesers nial leye elelele pie Tautoga onitis (tautog). bb. Eggs ellipsoidal, yolk cortex segmented. d. Major axis but little longer than minor axis, 0.65 to 0.75 mm. long, minor axis 0.1 to 0.3 MM. LESS? cack nce eae pee ONCE eee eens canoe eee Anchovia mitchilli (anchovy). dd. Major axis considerably longer than minor axis. e. Major axis 1.15 to 1.25 mm. and minor axis 0.55 to 0.8 mm. in length; developing embryo Withinegeimpigmented ..:.:.).{2-:35 foie. obs sci sictaie seinen Anchovia argyrophana (anchovy). ee. Major axis 1.2 to 1.5 mm. and minor axis 0.84 to 0.86 mm. in length. Anchovia brownii (anchovy). @ On the young stages of some osseous fishes (part m1). Proceedings, American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. xvu, 1882, DP. 271. > The development of osseous fishes: 1. The pelagic stages of young fishes. m. The pre-embryonic stages of development. Memoirs, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College, vol. x1v, no. 1, pt. 1, p. 1, 1885; pt. I, p. 3, 1889. ¢ On the development of osseous fishes. * * * Annual Report, Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1885, p. 489. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. gI aa. Eggs with oil globules, spherical in form. j. Egg with one (rarely two) oil globule. g. Egg with very large perivitelline space; diameter of egg 1.4 to 1.6 mm., of yolk sphere 0.9 to 0.93 mm.; cortex of yolk sphere segmented; oil globule small, 0.12 to 0.14 mm. in diameter; pigmentation begins several hours after closure of blastopore; at time of hatching small black pigment spots are more or less closely aggregated on upper surface of head and body................. Brevoortia tyrannus (menhaden). gg. Egg without large perivitelline space. h. Egg 0.7 too.8 mm. in diameter; a single large oil globule 0.17 to o.2 mm. in diameter or two smaller ones which later coalesce; in well-differentiated embryo black chromatophores are sparsely scattered over its entire surface, on extra-embryonic blastoderm and oil globule, being relatively large at time of hatching. Poronotus triacanthus (butterfish). hh. Eggs 0.85 to 1 mm. in diameter. #. Oil globule transparent, small, less than 0.18 mm. in diameter. j. Egg 0.85 to 0.9 mm. in diameter; pigmentation first observed in embryos of 15 to 20 somites; black and yellow pigment cells sparsely scattered over embryo and oil globule, and these increase in number and size; before hatching the yellow chromatophores have become aggregated to form heavily Nigmentedtateagese srantsaserttar tease] cisieistoiocay els Stenotomus chrysops (scup). jj. Egg o.9 to 1 mm. in diameter; oil globule about 0.125 mm. in diameter (Sienna Morind eroh Agassiz ard WHICH at) |< .)2)-/-fe)nl< sieleicl=(a's.s eleieia\ ele e) stole «ae Species(?) it. Oil globule opaque, yellowish or brownish in color, 0.19 to 0.23 mm. in diameter; pigmentation appears shortly after closure of blastopore; black chromatophores become sparsely scattered over embryo and oil globule, those on posterior part of body later becoming aggregated in two vertical bands; yellow pigment behind eye, back of otocyst, along side of trunk anteriorly, and in the two WertICAINN ans st reciecacasraterpauiaiscrsiaeerabtetsbe ceca Merluccius bilinearis (whiting). ff. Oil globules several to many. k. Egg o.7 to o.8 mm. in diameter; one or more large oil globules and numerous Smal Ones ae eres eect yesatave axe yare siske ois ciate er ersrayeieis ay svete. Urophycis chuss (hake). kk. Egg 1 to 1.35 mm. in diameter. l, Egg 1 to 1.15 mm. in diameter, slightly yellowish in color but highly trans- parent; 10 to 25 unequal oil globules present; numerous yellow and black pigment cells are present over entire surface of embryo and extra-embryonic blastoderm, before hatching becoming fewer and more scattered. Prionotus carolinus (sea robin). ll. Egg with two to five (rarely one) large oil globules and several smaller ones egg 1.15 to 1.35 mm. in diameter, transparent...... Sarda sarda (bonito); II. DEMERSAL EGGs. m. Eggs attached by adhesive threads arising from egg membrane. n. Adhesive threads arising in a tuft from one point on egg membrane. o. Egg yellowish, semiopaque, 1.1 to 1.2 mm. in diameter; 5 to 12 large. oil globules of unequal size and numerous smaller ones present; black chromatophores become sparsely scattered over embryo and blastoderm, followed by yellow ones on embryo; later black ones become aggregated in a few areas on top of head, in series along base of ventral-fin fold, and a few at base of dorsal-fin fold pos- is ato} d hy R Rees ea ONO oo Menidia menidia notata (silverside). oo. Egg tinted with yellow, more transparent than preceding, 0.9 to I mm. in diameter; one or two large oil globules and few smaller nn. Adhesive threads scattered over surface of egg membrane. 92 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. p. Egg about 1.5 mm. in diameter, yellowish, opaque; oil globules numerous, unequal, grouped together; roots of threads scattered over egg membrane. .Fundulus heteroclitus (common killifish). pp. Eggs smaller, 1.1 to 1.4 mm. in diameter. q. Egg 1.1 to 1.3 mm. in diameter, slightly yellowish, almost transparent, held together by a tangle of coarse adhesive threads; 12 to 20 unequal oil globules grouped together. Lucania parva (rainwater fish). qq. Egg 1.2 to 1.4 mm. in diameter, yellowish, highly transparent, held together by a tangle of very minute adhesive threads; a single large oil globule and groups of minute oil globules DEES Ee ei ect istereices Cyprinodon variegatus (short minnow). mm. Egg membrane adhesive, no threads. r. Egg about r mm. in diameter, yellowish, semitransparent, glutinous, with a relatively large perivitelline space after fertilization; oil globules small, unequal, scattered; embryo with very little pigment up to time of hatching. Pomolobus estivalis (glut herring). rr. Eggs larger, 1.5 to 1.7 mm. in diameter, clinging together in a rather rigid mass. s. Egg 1.5 to 1.7 mm. in diameter, yellowish, semiopaque; oil globules numerous, very unequal in size, mostly clustered at upper pole of egg. Gasterosteus aculeatus (three-spined stickleback). ss. Egg 1.5 to 1.6 mm. in diameter, darker and more opaque oil globules fewer in number and smaller than in the preceding. .. .Apeltes quadracus (four-spined stickleback). TAUTOGA ONITIS (Linnzus). TAUTOG. Spawning.—The principal spawning month for the tautog is June. Although the majority of the fish taken after July 1 were spent, eggs were abundant in the plankton as late as July 15. During the latter half of July they became gradually less abundant, but were taken in small numbers as late as August 20. The tautog is prolific, but difficulty is experienced in obtaining eggs from captured fish in quantities sufficient for successful fish-cultural operations. Little difficulty, however, was experienced in obtaining and artificially fertilizing the eggs required for embryological study. Eggs.—The eggs are highly transparent, spherical in form, and 0.9 to 1 mm. in diameter. The egg membrane is thin and horny. The yolk sphere contains no oil globule. The protoplasm which invests the yolk sphere in a very thin layer is finely granular and hardly perceptible until fertilization has taken place and the process of concentration that results in the formation of the blastodisc is initiated. As soonas fertilization has taken place a relatively small space, the perivitelline space, becomes apparent between the egg membrane and the delicate vitelline membrane which incloses the yolk sphere. Blastodisc.—As soon as fertilization has taken place, the protoplasm becomes con- centrated at one pole of the yolk sphere into a lenticular mass, the blastodisc. During this process the protoplasm slowly flows toward the pole of concentration. The “streaming’’ movements early described by Ryder * that occur in the protoplasmic @ Ryder, J. A.: A contribution to the embryography of osseous fishes * * * . Report United States Fish Commission 1882, P. 455-605. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 93 layer during the process of concentration are less apparent in the eggs of this species than in the eggs of many other species of teleosts by reason of the extremely minute size of the protoplasmic granules. The process of concentration occupies less than one-half hour. The fully differentiated blastodise (fig. 1, BD.) comprises nearly all the protoplasm contained in the egg. It is circular in outline and of nearly uniform thickness throughout the central area, thinning out abruptly near the periphery. At the periphery it thins out gradually into a very thin layer of protoplasm, which continues to invest the yolk sphere. Segmentation.—tThe first act of cleavage occurs less than one hour after fertiliza- tion. Later acts of cleavage follow each other in rapid succession. Blastoderms in advanced stages of cleavage may be observed within four hours after fertilization. As the moment of cleavage approaches, one axis of the blastodisc becomes somewhat longer than the other. ‘The first plane of cleavage cuts the blastoderm at right angles to the longer axis (fig. 2). The second plane of cleavage cuts the first at right angles. During the four-cell stage (fig. 3) the two axes of the blastoderm are approximately equal. The third planes of cleavage cut the blastoderm approximately parallel with the first (fig. 4). As the third act of cleavage occurs one axis of the blastoderm again becomes distinctly longer than the other (fig. 4). Typically, the eight blastomeres formed by the third act of cleavage lie in two symmetrical series of four cells each. As the fourth act of cleavage occurs, the two axes of the blastoderm again become approximately equal. The blastoderm now becomes more or less circular in outline and approaches true radial symmetry more and more closely as cleavage advances. The first two or four blastomeres are usually approximately equal in size and quite symmetrical. As the third act of cleavage occurs, symmetry is usually disturbed. Early blastoderms of more than four cells show a marked lack of symmetry and frequently some disparity in the size of the constituent cells. However, blastoderms of 8, 16, and 32 cells are found occasionally which remain almost ideally symmetrical. Beyond the 64-cell stage symmetry or lack of symmetry in the arrangement of the cells is not easily observed. Blastoderms in advanced stages of cleavage usually appear radially symmetrical. Formation of the periblast.—The cells at the margin of the blastoderm are not sharply limited peripherally, but remain continuous with the thin layer of protoplasm at the surface of the yolk. As segmentation advances this layer of protoplasm becomes concentrated at the periphery of the blastoderm into a somewhat flattened protoplasmic ridge that gives rise to the periblast (fig. 5, PB). Before this ridge of protoplasm has become fully differentiated, nuclei become apparent near the margin of the blastoderm and gradually become distributed throughout the entire protoplasmic ridge. The periblast nuclei as observed by Agassiz and Whitman,? doubtless are derived from the peripheral cells of the blastoderm. When fully differentiated the periblast consists of a flattened syncytial ridge of protoplasm with nuclei apparently like those of the cells in the blastoderm distributed throughout its entire extent. Until nuclei are present throughout the peripheral area of the periblast it remains continuous with the peripheral cells of the blastoderm. As segmentation advances further the peripheral cells of the blastoderm become completely cut off from the peri- ie 4 Agassiz and Whitman: On the development of some pelagic fish eggs. Proceedings, American Academy of Arts and Sciences, - 20, 1884, 69571°—18——7 94 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. 1.—Fertilized egg with fully developed blastodise (BD). Fic. 2.—Egg with blastoderm of 2 cells. Fic. 3.—Egg with blastoderm of 4 cells. Fic. 4.—Egg with blastoderm of 8 cells, = PP Fic. s5.—Egg with blastoderm in late cleavage stage. Fic. 6.—Egg with blastoderm showing germ ring (GR) fully PB, periblast. differentiated and an early stage in the differentiation of the embryonic shield (ES). PP, posterior pole of blastoderm. TAUTOGA ONITIS. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 95 —Pp Fic. 7.—Egg showing advanced stage in differentiation of Fic. 8.—Same as figure 7, lateral view. embryonicaxis. EA,embryonicaxis; EES, extra-embryonic area of embryonic shield; GR, germ ring; PP, posterior pole of blastoderm. Fic. 9.—Egg with advanced embryo, with 8 somites. Fic. 10.—Egg with advanced embryo, shortly before batching. Fic. 11.—Newly hatched fish, actual length 2.1 mm, TAUTOGA ONITIS. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. 17.—Adult fish. TAUTOGA ONITIS. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 97 blast. A thin sheet of protoplasm, the central periblast, which is also invaded by nuclei now advances centripetally from the periblast beneath the blastoderm. During early cleavage the blastoderm is essentially a lenticular mass of cells. As segmentation advances, it becomes distinctly dome-shaped, leaving a cavity beneath its central area. This cavity, which is the cleavage cavity, now lies between the blastoderm and the central periblast. Formation of the germ ring.—The germ ring, when fully differentiated, appears as a thickened peripheral zone of the blastoderm (fig. 6, GR). This zone becomes roughly outlined before the marginal cells of the blastoderm are completely cut off from the periblast. The thickening is at first more apparent than real, being due primarily to the thinning of the central area of the blastoderm, by reason of which its under surface becomes concave. After the blastoderm is completely cut off from the periblast, cells at the periphery grow inward (invaginate), thus adding somewhat to the thickness of the germ ring. Before invagination begins the cells forming the surface layer of the blastoderm become distinctly flattened. This layer plays no part ininvagination. The cells which grow inward from the periphery are derived from the deeper layers. The full extent of the ingrowth of cells from the periphery of the blastoderm can not be determined in living material. For a detailed discussion of the réle of invagination in the formation of the germ ring and the embryonic shield based on a careful study of histological sections the reader is referred to Wilson’s paper on the embryology of the sea bass. As the blastoderm gradually grows larger the germ ring, which in its earlier stages involves but a narrow zone, increases somewhat in width by the centrifugal growth of the blastoderm as well as by the invagination of the marginal cells. Formation of the embryonic shield and differentiation of the embryo.—Before the germ ring is fully differentiated it becomes apparent that invagination advances more rapidly at one pole than round the rest of the periphery of the blastoderm. This is the posterior or embryonic pole (fig. 6, pp). At this pole a broad tongue of cells is pushed forward into the cleavage cavity. Viewing the blastoderm from above, there soon appears at the posterior pole a roughly triangular area which is obviously thicker than the adjacent areas. ‘This triangular area marks an early stage in the differentiation of the embryonic shield (fig. 6, Es). The blastoderm now increases in size more rapidly than in the earlier stages, and the germ ring gradually advances around the yolk sphere. As the blastoderm spreads over an increasingly greater area of the surface of the yolk, the embryonic shield grows larger and becomes more definitely outlined. Soon there occurs a linear thickening along its anteroposterior axis that marks the axis of the future embryo (fig. 7, EA). The embryonic shield is now differentiated into an embryonic and an extra-embryonic area. The further differentiation of the embryo begins in the anterior or head region and gradually advances posteriorly. Before the embryonic axis is well differentiated, the blastoderm covers more than half the surface of the yolk sphere, and the circum- ference of the germ ring is actually decreasing. As development advances much of the material contained in the germ ring becomes incorporated in the embryo. The part played in this process by concrescence in the sense of His® and confluence in the @ Wilson, H. V.: The embryology of the sea bass (Serranus atrarius). Bulletin United States Fish Commission, vol. rx, 1889, DP. 209-277. > His, W.: Zur Frage der Langsverwachsung von Wirbelthierembryonen. Verh. d. anat. Ges., 1891, p. 70-83. 98 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. sense of Sumner? can not be discussed in this paper. This entire process is doubtless but a part of a larger process by which much of the material contained in the embryonic shield becomes incorporated in the body of the embryo. By the time the embryo is well formed the blastoderm covers approximately three-fourths of the surface of the yolk sphere. As development advances the blasto- derm soon covers the entire yolk sphere and the blastopore is closed. The closure of the blastopore occurs within 18 hours after fertilization. At this time the embryo extends approximately halfway round the circumference of the yolk sphere and segmentation of the body has already begun. Figure g illustrates an egg shortly after the blastopore is closed. The embryo remains highly transparent and shows no evidence of pigmentation. The beginning of pigmentation is observed in embryos with 15 to 20 somites. The chromatophores first appear as minute rounded black dots scattered over the dorsal aspect of the embryo. As the time of hatching approaches, the chromatophores become somewhat larger and show irregular pigmented processes. However, the embryo remains highly transparent (fig. 10). The extra- embryonic blastoderm remains free from pigment. Larval development.—Incubation at laboratory temperature—i. e., in water at approximately 22° C.—occupied 42 to 45 hours. In the tidal hatching boxes at the same time incubation occupied approximately 48 hours. b The newly hatched larve (fig. 11) are approximately 2.2 mm.in length. The head is slightly deflected. The yolk sac remains relatively large. It is ovate-elliptical in form and free from pigment. The vent is located at some distance from the posterior margin of the yolk sac and a little more than half the length of the body from the anterior end. ‘The depth of either dorsal or ventral fin fold is less than the depth of the body just posterior to the vent. The chromatophores have grown somewhat larger, but have not increased materially in numbers. They remain confined more or less closely to the dorsal and dorsolateral aspects of the body. ‘The fin folds and the posterior caudal region of the body remain entirely free from pigment. One day after hatching (fig. 12) the larve have grown to a length of 2.8 to 3 mm. The yolk sac is greatly reduced and the head is no longer deflected. The chromatophores have increased materially in size and show well-developed pigmented processes, but ate apparently fewer in number than in the newly hatched larve. Individual pigment cells, doubtless, have become intimately associated with each other to form larger chromato- phores. The larve now have a distinctly blackish color. Four days after hatching (fig. 13) the larve have grown to a length of 3.2 to 3.5 mm. ‘The yolk is completely absorbed. Larve kept in dishes of sea water as well as those hatched in the tidal hatching boxes now begin to die rapidly. The critical period for this species, therefore, comes about the fourth day after hatching. At this stage black chromatophores are more or less uniformly distributed over the dorsal and lateral aspects of the body. However, the posterior caudal region remains free from pigment. Figure 14 illustrates a young fish 5 mm. in length taken in the plankton. In young fishes at this stage growth is indicated more especially by the increase in the depth and thickness of the body than by the increase in length. The distribution of pigment remains essentially the same as in larve four days after hatching. However, the chro- matophores are larger and have increased materially in numbers. a Sumner, F. B.: Kupffer's vesicle and its relation to gastrulation and concrescence. New York Academy of Sciences, Memoirs, vol, 01, pt. 11, 1900, p. 47-83. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 99 In young fish 10 mm. in length (fig. 15) the dorsal, anal, and caudal fins are becom- ing well differentiated. The distribution of pigment remains essentially as in the early stages. However, the number of chromatophores, as well as the quantity of pigment, has materially increased. As development advances the young fish gradually assume adult characters. Young fish 30 mm. in length (fig. 16) exhibit nearly all the diagnostic characters of the species. The depth of the body in proportion to its length is rapidly increasing and the back is becoming strongly arched. The ground color of the body at this stage is greenish. ‘The black chromatophores have become aggregated to form heavily pigmented areas, which are roughly arranged in transverse bands and give the body the transversely banded appearance characteristic of the adult. TAUTOGOLABRUS ADSPERSUS (Walbaum). CUNNER. Spawning.—This species spawns in June and July. The majority of the fish taken after July 1 were spent. However, eggs were abundant in the plankton until July 15 and were taken in small numbers as late as August 15. Eggs.—tThe eggs are transparent, spherical in form, and 0.75 to 0.85 mm. in diameter. They contain no oil globules and can be distinguished from the eggs of Tautoga omtis only by a slight difference in size, the latter having a diameter of 0.9 to 1 mm. Embryology.—The embryological development of the eggs of this species is typical of pelagic teleostean eggs. It conforms in all essential details to the course of devel- opment as outlined for the eggs of Tautoga onitis and will not, therefore, be discussed in detail. Early and advanced stages of cleavage are illustrated in figures 18 to21. Figure 22 illustrates an egg in which the embryonic axis is becoming well differentiated. Pigmentation is first observed in embryos which show 10 to 15 somites. ‘The earliest chromatophores appear as minute black dots distributed over the dorsal aspect of the body. The extra-embryonic blastoderm remains free from pigment. The distribution of chromatophores during the early stages is essentially the same as in embryos of Tautoga onitis, and the blastoderm does not undergo any material change until after hatching. However, in the latter species the chromatophores are more numerous and somewhat larger. Larval development.—Incubation at laboratory temperature occupied approximately 40 hours. The newly hatched larve (fig. 24) are 2 to 2.2 mm. in length. The yolk sac remains relatively large, and the head is slightly deflected. The vent is located some distance from the posterior margin of the yolk sac and a little more than half the length of the body from the anterior end. The depth of either dorsal or ventral fin fold is greater than the depth of the body posterior to the vent. The chromatophores remain small and are limited almost entirely to the dorsal and dorsolateral aspects of the body. The posterior caudal region and the fin folds remain free from pigment. Soon after hatching the distribution of pigment undergoes a marked change. The chromatophores gradually become aggregated into compact masses, as illustrated in figure 25, in a larval fish less than one day after hatching. These masses of chroma- tophores become aggregated still further to form a heavily pigmented area in the dorsal region of the abdominal cavity, another just over the vent, and a third on the ventral aspect of the body approximately halfway from the vent to the tip of the tail. These pigmented areas are illustrated in figure 26 in a larval fish three days after hatching. 100 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. 18.—Egg with blastoderm of 2 cells. Fic. 19.—Egg with blastoderm of 4 cells. Fic. 20.—Egg with blastoderm of § cells. Fic. 21.—Egg with blastoderm in advanced stage of cleavage and periblast (PB) differentiated. Fic. 22.—Egg showing a moderately advanced stage in the Fic. 23.—Egg showing advanced embryo. differentiation of the embryo. TAUTOGOLABRUS ADSPERSUS. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. IOI > Tee, —e ELMO: See SA NY Fic. 29.—Adult fish. TAUTOGOLABRUS ADSPERSUS. 102 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. At this time the yolk is completely absorbed and the larval fish have grown to a length of 2.8 to 3 mm. During the fourth day after hatching, larval fish kept in dishes of sea water began to die rapidly. Few survived beyond the fifth day. The critical period comes some- what earlier for this species than for Tawtoga onttis. As the young fish grow older, one or more small pigmented areas appear dorsally just posterior to the head, another on the dorsal aspect of the body opposite the one on the ventral aspect and halfway from the vent to the tip of the tail, and one or two very small areas at the base of the ventral-fin fold near the tip of the tail. These, in addition to the pigmented areas shown in figure 26, are illustrated in figure 27 in a young fish 4.2 mm. in length. In young fish 8 mm. in length (fig. 28) the distribution of pigmented areas remains essentially as in the preceding stage. However, the two small areas which appear at the base of the ventral-fin fold near the tip of the tail now appear at the base of the caudal fin at the posterior end of the body. The dorsal, anal, and caudal fins are now well differentiated and the young fish are gradually assuming adult characters. STENOTOMUS CHRYSOPS (Linnzus). SCUP. Spawning.—As is well known, this species spawns largely in June. The majority of the fish taken after July 1 were spent. Eggs were not abundant in the plankton at any time during July, but were taken in small numbers as late as August 15. Eggs.—The eggs are transparent, spherical in form, and 0.85 to 0.90 mm. in diameter. The yolk sphere contains a single oil globule which normally rests at the upper pole. The egg membrane is thin and horny. Embryology.—The embryological development of this species, like that of the species above described, is entirely typical of teleosts with pelagic eggs. It conforms so closely to the course of development as outlined above for Tauwtoga onitis that a detailed description would be superfluous. The eggs being somewhat smaller than those of the last-named species, development advances somewhat more rapidly. In water at approximately 22° C. incubation occupied not over 40 hours. Pigmentation is first observed in embryos showing 15 to 20 somites. Black and yellow pigment cells appear sparsely scattered over the embryo and the oil globule. As development advances, these pigment cells become larger and more numerous. In figure 31 yellow pigment on the embryo is indicated by coarse stippling, while the black is shown in solid color. As the time of hatching approaches, the yellow chromatophores become aggregated to form heavily pigmented areas. The extra- embryonic blastoderm remains free from pigment. Larval development.—The newly hatched larve (fig. 32) are approximately 2 mm, in length. The head projects slightly beyond the anterior end of the yolk sac and is not appreciably deflected. The oil globule remains in the posterior end of the yolk sac. The vent is located a short distance from the posterior margin of the yolk sac, but less than half the length of the body from the anterior end. Small groups of black chromatophores remain sparsely scattered over the dorsal and dorsolateral aspects of the body. The yellow pigment is distributed as follows: A few small areas on the dorsal and lateral aspects of the head, a lateral area just posterior to the otocyst, a small area above the vent, another opposite the vent on the dorsal aspect of the body, and a EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 103 Fic. 30.—Egg with blastoderm in advanced stage of cleavage, Fic. 31.—Egg showing advanced embryo. periblast (PB) differentiated. Fic. 32.—Larval fish several hours after hatching, actual length 2 mm. Fic. 33.—Larval fish 3 days after hatching, actual length 2.8 mm. STENOTOMUS CHRYSOPS. 104 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. LIDDY = Fic. 36.—Young fish 25 mm, in length. ‘ tf Mini edereveuvecerhiT Tana i Ht iV ny ee anna ‘ nN a ui Fic. 37.—Adult fish. STENOTOMUS CHRYSOFS. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 105 transverse band approximately halfway from the vent to the posterior end of the body extending from the base of the ventral-fin fold onto the dorsal-fin fold. Both black and yellow chromatophores remain associated with the oil globule. As development advances the transverse yellow band soon disappears. Before the close of the third day after hatching, when the larval fish are 2.8 to 3 mm. in length (fig. 33), the yellow pigment is greatly reduced. A small yellow area remains just back of the eye, another at the posterior margin of the opercle, and a third over the vent. A little yellow pigment also remains more or less diffusely scattered over the anterior region of the body. The distribution of black pigment also has undergone a marked change. A few small areas occur on the dorsal aspect of the head and the lateral aspect of the anterior region of the trunk. The young fish is marked further by a black spot at the anterior aspect of the vent and a series of black spots near the base of the ventral fin-fold posterior to the vent. At this stage the yolk is completely absorbed and the head is relatively large. During the fourth and fifth days after hatching, the larval fish kept in dishes of sea water died rapidly. Few survived until the sixth day. In young fish 5 mm. in length (fig. 34) little yellow pigment remains. The black spot at the vent also has disappeared, but the characteristic series of black spots near the base of the ventral-fin fold has become more prominent. The young fish is relatively plump anteriorly and tapers gradually toward the posterior end. Young fish 10 mm. in length (fig. 35) show increased pigmentation in the dorsal region of the abdominal cavity. The series of black spots on the ventrolateral aspect of the body still remains. In addition a series of black spots has become apparent along the lateral line over the posterior half of the body. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins are becoming well differentiated. Young fish 25 mm. in length (fig. 36) already show some of the diagnostic characters of the species. The body is relatively plump, but the back is not arched as in the adult, consequently the depth of the body is relatively small. The ground color of the body is brownish yellow. Black chromatophores have increased materially in numbers and are arranged in somewhat irregular transverse bands that give the young fish the transversely banded appearance characteristic of the young of this species. PRIONOTUS CAROLINUS (Linnzus). SEA ROBIN. Spawning.—This species spawns in June, July, and early August. Fish ripe for stripping were taken in small numbers during the first half of July. Eggs were abundant in the plankton throughout July and were taken in small numbers as late as August 24. The spawn is abundant, and no difficulty was experienced in obtaining and artificially fertilizing eggs for embryological study. Eggs.—The eggs (fig. 38) are spherical in form and 1 to 1.15 mm. in diameter. They are slightly yellowish in color, but highly transparent. The yolk sphere contains a variable number (10 to 25) of oil globules of unequal size scattered over the surface. As development advances, some of these oil globules may become aggregated. Usually, however, they remain distributed more or less uniformly over the surface of the yolk. The egg membrane is thin and horny. Embryology.—These eggs develop in a manner typical of pelagic teleostean eggs. They are somewhat larger than the eggs of Tautoga onitis, and therefore development 106 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. 38.—Mature unfertilized egg. Fic. 39.—Egg with blastoderm of 2 cells. Fic. 40.—Egg with blastoderm of 16 cells. Fic. 41—Egg showing early stage in the differentiation of the embryo. Fis. 42.—Egg with embryo well differentiated, blastopore, Fic. 43.—Egg with advanced embryo, closed. PRIONOTUS CAROLINUS. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 107 Sa eaten —— 2, eas ~ od =e Fic. 46.—Young fish 4 mm. in length. eee Fic. 49.—Adult fish. PRIONOTUS CAROLINUS. 108 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. advances somewhat less rapidly. The volume of protoplasm in proportion to the volume of yolk is relatively small, yet the blastodisc is relatively thick; consequently, during the early stages of cleavage (fig. 39) the blastoderm covers a relatively small area of the surface of the yolk sphere. The first act of cleavage occurs within 1.5 hours after fertilization. The successive acts of cleavage follow each other very regularly. The early blastoderms are usually more nearly symmetrical than are those of Tautoga onitis or either of the other species described. A blastoderm of 16 cells in which symmetry is somewhat disturbed is illustrated in figure 40. Within 20 hours after fertilization (fig. 42) the embryo is well differentiated and extends halfway around the circumference of the yolk sphere. The blastopore is not yet closed. The embryo shows 10 to 12 somites and pigmentation has already begun. Numerous yellow and black pigment cells are present over the entire surface of the embryo and in the adjacent areas of the extra-embryonic blastoderm. Pigment cells arise earliest in the embryo and gradually become apparent in the remoter parts of the blastoderm. Yellow pigment arises somewhat earlier than black pigment in these embryos. At 42 hours after fertilization (fig. 43) both black and yellow chromatophores are larger and fewer in number than during the earlier stages. They are now sparsely dis- tributed over the surface of the embryo and throughout the extra-embryonic blastoderm. Larval development.—Incubation in water at a temperature about 22° C. occupied approximately 60 hours. The newly hatched larve (fig. 44) are approximately 2.8 mm. in length. The yolk sac is relatively small and still contains oil globules. The head is not markedly deflected. ‘The vent is located just posterior to the yolk sac. The pectoral fins are prominent. The depth of either dorsal or ventral fin fold is greater than the depth of the body posterior to the vent. Black and yellow chromatophores are sparsely scattered over the head, the anterior region of the trunk, and the dorsolateral and ventrolateral aspects of the trunk farther posteriorly. The body is marked further by two transverse yellow bands, one just posterior to the pectoral fins, the other approxi- mately halfway from the vent to the posterior end of the body. These bands of pig- ment extend onto the fin folds. The general color of the head and pectoral fins is yellow- ish. In figures 44 and 45 black pigment is indicated by solid color, while yellow pig- ment is indicated by short lines. As development advances a material reduction of the yellow pigment becomes apparent. Five days after hatching (fig. 45) the yellow markings characteristic of the newly hatched larve are no longer apparent. The head and the pectoral fins still show yellow pigment. Some yellow chromatophores also remain at the vent and at the former location of the posterior transverse band. Black chromatophores are sparsely scattered over the body and a few appear also in the dorsal and ventral fin folds. The posterior caudal region remains practically free from pigment. Larval fish five days old have grown to a length of 3.1 to 3.4 mm. ‘The head is relatively large. The pectoral fins are large and prominent. The critical period for this species is reached during the fifth or sixth day after hatching; when kept in dishes of sea water, few survived until the seventh day. Young fish 4 mm. in length (fig. 46) are characterized by a very large head and rela- tively great depth of the body in the anterior region of the trunk. The ground color of EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 109 the body remains yellowish. Black chromatophores occur sparsely scattered over the dorsal and lateral aspects of the body and in a series along the ventrolateral aspect of the body near the base of the ventral-fin fold. In young fish 8 to 10 mm. in length (fig. 47) the dorsal, anal, and caudal fins are becoming well differentiated, and the free rays of the pectoral fins characteristic of the species are already present. The general color of the body and the distribution of black chromatophores remain essentially as in the preceding stage. In young fish 25 to 30 mm. in length (fig. 48) the general color of the body has become darker, and the trunk is marked by heavily pigmented areas that give it a transversely banded appearance. ‘The fins are well differentiated. The head is long and somewhat pointed and shows the bony structure characteristic of the adult. The young fish are gradually assuming the appearance of the adults and already show many of the diag- nostic characters of the species. MERLUCCIUS BILINEARIS (Mitchill). WHITING. Spawning.—Eggs of this species were present in small numbers in the plankton late in July and throughout August. Males ripe for stripping and females nearly ripe were taken in the traps in Menemsha Bight late in July. A few females apparently ripe for stripping were taken in the same traps on August 6. The eggs were successfully fertilized, but all died during early cleavage. The majority of the fish taken in these traps on August 16 were smaller than those taken earlier. Among them were found a number of spent females. but none ripe for stripping. Apparently the spawning period for this species is a protracted one and not all the eggs mature at one time. Eggs.—The eggs are highly transparent, spherical in form, and 0.88 to 0.95 mm. in diameter. The yolk sphere contains a relatively opaque, yellowish or brownish oil globule 0.19 to 0.23 mm. in diameter. The protoplasmic layer is finely granular. The egg membrane is thin and horny. Embryology.—The embryological development of this species is entirely typical and does not differ essentially from the course of development as outlined for Tautoga onitis. Early and advanced stages of cleavage are illustrated in figures 50 and 51. Pigmentation begins soon after the closure of the blastopore. At this time the embryo extends approximately halfway around the circumference of the yolk sphere. Black chromatophores become sparsely scattered cver the embryo and the oil globule. The extra-embryonic blastoderm remains free from pigment. The distribution of chromatophores several hours after the beginning of pigmentation is illustrated in fig- ure 52. As the time of hatching approaches (fig. 53), yellow pigment also becomes apparent on the embryo. Yellow pigment areas occur just back of the eye, back of the otocyst, in a series along the lateral surface of the anterior region of the trunk, and in two vertical bands on the posterior half of the body. The distribution of black pigment on the anterior half of the body remains essentially as in the earlier stages. Farther posteriorly all the black chromatophores have become aggregated in two vertical bands. Larval development.—Incubation occupied not over 48 hours. The newly hatched larve (fig. 54) are approximately 2.8 mm. in length and relatively slender. The head is slightly deflected at the anterior end of the yolk sac. The vent is located immediately 69571°—18——8 110 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. so.—Egg with blastoderm of 4 cells. Fic. 51.—Egg with blastoderm in advanced stage of cleavage, periblast (PB) differentiated. Fic. s2.—Egg with moderately advanced embryo. Fic. 53.—Egg with advanced embryo. Fic. 54.—Newly hatched fish, actual length 2.8 mm. MERLUCCIUS BILINEARIS. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. Fic. 55.—Young fish 6.5 mm, in length, Ry Soa) Fic. 57.—Young fish 23 mm. in length. MERLUCCIUS BILINEARIS. IIL 112 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. posterior to the yolk sac, not at the margin, but laterally near the base of the ventral- fin fold. The depth of either dorsal or ventral fin fold is greater than the depth of the body posterior to the vent. Black chromatophores occur sparsely scattered over the head and anterior trunk region and on the oil globule. Two small groups occur also near the margin of the dorsal-fin fold. A small yellow area occurs laterally just posterior to the otocyst. Farther posteriorly the body is marked by two vertical bands of black and yellow pigment, one of which is located a short distance posterior to the vent and the other somewhat more than half the distance from the vent to the posterior end of the body. All the newly hatched larve kept in the laboratory died within 24 hours. Neither were larve of this species taken in the plankton. ‘The later stages here described were selected from specimens taken by W. W. Welsh at or near the surface at the Grampus station 10258, August 25, 1914, about 20 miles south of Marthas Vineyard, Mass. A young fish 6.5 mm. in length is illustrated in figure 55. At this stage the head is relatively large, and the body tapers gradually toward the posterior end. The lateral position of the vent is still apparent. The dorsal region of the abdominal cavity is heavily pigmented. Large black chromatophores occur on the dorsal aspect of the head and the anterior region of the trunk. The body is marked further by a vertical band just posterior to the vent, another approximately halfway from the vent to the posterior end of the body, and a third near the posterior end of the body. In young fish 11 mm. in length (fig. 56) the head remains relatively large. The dorsal, anal, and caudal fins are becoming well differentiated. The dorsal region of the abdominal cavity remains heavily pigmented. Large black chromatophores now occur along the entire dorsal aspect of the body except in the caudal region. The three ver- tical bands described above are still present but are less distinct than in the earlier stages. In young fish 20 to 25 mm. in length (fig. 57) the pigmentation characteristic of the earlier stages is no longer apparent. The dorsal and dorsolateral aspects of the body are more or less uniformly, but only lightly, pigmented. The head is long and the body is relatively slender. The young fish are now gradually assuming the general appearance of adults and already show some of the diagnostic characters of the species. PORONOTUS TRIACANTHUS (Peck). BUTTERFISH. Spawning.—The spawning habits of this species are practically unknown. The data available indicate that these fish leave the inshore waters during the spawning season. Inthe Woods Hole region, there is a run of fish in June, lasting a week or longer. After this relatively few butterfish are taken in the inshore waters until about Septem- ber 1, when they again become abundant. During the first half of July, 1915, adult butterfish were taken in considerable numbers and daily examinations made. The majority of the males were ripe for stripping, and many of the females were apparently nearly ripe. However, mature eggs could not be obtained. After July 15 the catch gradually fell off until relatively few butterfish were taken. The majority of these were smaller than those taken early in July. About August 15 fish of larger size again were taken, but these were spent. At this time schools of butterfish were reported offshore. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 113 Fic. 58.—Egg with blastoderm in advanced stage of cleavage. iG. s9.—Egg showing advanced stage in differentiation of embryonic axis. Fic. 60.—Egg with embryo showing 12 to 14 somites, blastopore apes Fic. 61.—Egg with advanced embryo. Fic. 62.—Newly hatched fish, actual length 2 mm. PORONOTUS TRIACANTHUS. 114 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. rere | Fic. 64.—Larval fish 3 days after hatching, actual length 2.3 mm. sett eT TO ene nas cg a ~ aw, oe, Fic. 65.—Young fish 3.2 mm. in length. Fic. 66.—Young fish 6 mm. in length. PORONOTUS TRIACANTHUS. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 115 Eggs were first taken in the tow in Muskeget Channel on July 30. They were present in the plankton off Gay Head throughout August, being especially abundant on August 20. Larval fish 2 to 3.2 mm. in length were taken at this point on August 12 and again on August 16. On August 7 a young butterfish 6 mm. in length and on August 14 another 7.5 mm. in length were taken in Woods Hole Harbor. Eggs or newly hatched larve were never taken in the harbor. These larger young fish show many of the diagnostic characters of the species and can be positively identified. Although young fish between 3.2 and 6 mm. in length were not taken, it is believed that the eggs and smaller larval fishes here described are this species. The authors have since learned that at the Gloucester, Mass., fisheries station, from July 15 to 31, inclusive, 609,000 eggs were secured and somewhat over 60 percent hatched. This is believed to be the first successful attempt at taking the eggs from the parent fish. Eggs.—The eggs are transparent, spherical in form, and 0.7 to 0.8 mm. in diameter. The yolk sphere usually contains a single transparent oil globule 0.17 to 0.20 mm. in diameter. Eggs with two oil globules of smaller size are not uncommon, but as develop- ment advances these coalesce. The egg membrane is thin and horny. Embryology.—These eggs develop in a manner typical for pelagic teleostean eggs. An advanced cleavage stage is illustrated in figure 58. Figure 59 illustrates an advanced stage in the differentiation of the embryonic axis. Figure 60 illustrates an egg shortly after the closure of the blastopore. At this time the embryo extends approximately “halfway around the circumference of the yolk sphere. As soon as the embryo is well differentiated, black chromatophores appear sparsely scattered over its entire surface as well as in the extra-embryonic blastoderm and on the oil globule. As the time of hatching approaches (fig. 61) these chromatophores become relatively large. Larval development.—Incubation occupies less than 48 hours. The newly hatched larve (fig. 62) are approximately 2 mm. in length. The head is slightly deflected at the anterior end of the yolk sac. The vent is located just posterior to the yolk sac, not at the margin, but laterally, considerably above the margin of the fin fold. Large black chromatophores are sparsely scattered over the body and the oil globule. A small group of chromatophores also remains in the posterior region of the yolk sac. Soon after hatching, a small amount of yellow pigment becomes apparent. Small yellow areas appear on the head and the dorsal surface of the body, another at the vent, and a few on the oil globule. The black chromatophores, as illustrated in figure 63, in a larval fish one day after hatching, gradually become aggregated into small groups. By the close of the third day after hatching (fig. 64) these groups of chromatophores have become aggregated still further to form a heavily pigmented area on the nape, another in the dorsal region of the abdominal cavity, a third on the ventral surface of the body less than half the distance from the vent to the tip of the tail, and a fourth directly opposite the third on the dorsal surface of the body. At this time the yolk is completely absorbed and the larve are approximately 2.3 mm. in length. The larval fishes kept in sea water died before the close of the fourth day. In young fish 3.2 mm. in length (fig. 65) the head is relatively large and the anterior region of the trunk relatively deep. The distribution of pigment remains essentially as in the preceding stage. 116 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. In young fish 6 mm. in length (fig. 66) the depth of the body in proportion to its length has increased materially. Black chromatophores are sparsely scattered over the anterior two-thirds of the body, being most abundant in the area corresponding to and adjacent to the heavily pigmented areas in the preceding stage. Figure 67 illustrates a young fish 15 mm. in length. The dorsal, anal, and caudal fins are now well differentiated, and the young fish is gradually assuming the general appearance of the adult. Fic. 67.—Young fish 15 mm. in length. Fic. 68.—Adult fish. ’ PORONOTUS TRIACANTHUS. ANCHOVIA ARGYROPHANA (Cuvier and Valenciennes). ANCHOVY. Spawning.—tThe eggs of this species were present in small numbers in the plankton off Gay Head throughout August. They were at no time abundant, and none were taken in Woods Hole Harbor. The species probably spawns in offshore waters. Spawn- ing probably occurs regularly in the evening. Eggs taken at the same hour on suc- cessive days were in approximately the same phase of development. Newly spawned eggs were not observed. During the latter half of August adult fish were taken occasionally. Some of these were spent and none were found ripe for stripping. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 117 Eggs.—tThe eggs are highly transparent and ellipsoidal in form, having a major axis of 1.15 to 1.25 mm. and a minor axis of 0.55 to 0.80 mm. ‘The yolk is broken up by refraction planes, giving it the appearance of being made up of large cells. The eggs of this species resemble those of Anchovia brownii more closely than those of Anchovia mitchilli.% Embryology.—The embryological development of these eggs differs from that of the pelagic eggs here described only in a few unimportant details. The protoplasm becomes concentrated to form the blastodisc at one pole of the major axis. As the blastoderm grows round the yolk, its posterior pole does not remain at a relatively fixed point, as is the case in many spherical teleostean eggs, but recedes as the anterior pole advances. The center of the blastoderm, therefore, remains at one pole of the major axis. (Figs. 69 and 70.) The blastopore finally closes at the opposite pole. ’ Fic. 69.—Egg showing an early stage in differen- Fic. 70.—Egg showing a late stage in differentiation tiation of embryonic axis, of embryonic axis. ANCHOVIA ARGYROPHANA. When the embryo is fully differentiated, it lies approximately parallel with the major axis of the egg, the head being strongly deflected at the end of the yolk mass. (Fig. 71 and 72.) Larval development.—The newly hatched larve are approximately 3 mm. in length. The yolk sac remains relatively large and tapers to a point at the posterior end. The body is relatively slender, and the vent is located less than one-fourth the length of the body from the posterior end. Black chromatophores occur in a series along the intestine posterior to the yolk sac and at the base of the ventral-fin fold posterior to the vent. Figure 73 illustrates a larval fish approximately eight hours after hatching. One day after hatching (fig. 74) the larve have grown to a length of approximately 3.4 mm. The yolk is largely absorbed. The distribution of pigment remains essen- tially as in the newly hatched Jarve, but the chromatophores have increased mate- rially in size. @XKuntz, A.: The embryology and larval development of Bairdiella chrysura and Anchovia mitchilli. Bulletin Bureau of Fisheries, vol. Xxx10, 1913, Pp. 14. 118 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. 71.—Egg with embryo well formed, shortly after closure Fic. 72.—Egg with advanced embryo. of blastopore. Fic. 75.—Young fish 5,2 mm, in length, ANCHOVIA ARGYROPHANA. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 119 In young fish 5.2 mm. in length (fig. 75) the dorsal and anal fins are becoming differentiated. In the posterior abdominal region the intestine is convoluted, as is characteristic of the young of many clupeoid fishes. The body remains almost color- less. The chromatophores along the intestine and at the base of the ventral-fin fold are less conspicuous than in the earlier stages. BREVOORTIA TYRANNUS (Latrobe). MENHADEN, POGY. Spawning.—For years data on the spawning habits of the menhaden have been sought with little success. Observations on the movements of the schools and exami- nations of the reproductive organs lead to the belief that in New England spawning takes place in late spring or early summer and that from Chesapeake Bay southward the season is late fall or early winter. Some reasons have been advanced for believing that in the Chesapeake region, at least, there are two spawning seasons. A very important addition to our knowledge of the life history of this species has recently been made by W. W. Welsh, of the Bureau of Fisheries, in identifying the larve. His specimens were about 24 mm. long, taken in St. George Sound, Carabelle, Fla., Janu- ary 15, 1913. On February 22, 1914, examples about 30 mm. in length were taken near the mouth of the Potomac River, off Piney Point, Md., by the junior author, and on October 21, 1914, specimens about 20 mm. in length were collected in Woods Hole Harbor. Observations made at Woods Hole this season indicate that the main body of fish spawn in June and that spawning continues throughout July and August and apparently later, as the Grampus obtained eggs and larve to the westward of Marthas Vineyard and in Nantucket Sound the last week in October, 1915. About June 30 larvee were common in the plankton in the harbor and were not rare as late as July 20. The young, with most or all of the adult characters, were not infrequently taken in abundance between July 10 and August 10. For several days about July 21 adult fish were present in Vineyard Sound. Examinations of the reproductive organs of some of these fish indicated that they were about ready to spawn, and others were spent. Some of the males had enlarged testes with active spermatozoa, and the ovaries of some of the females were greatly distended. Individual eggs were occasionally taken in the tow in the harbor throughout July. On August 20 they were quite abundant in the plankton off Gay Head and were still present on the 24th. Eggs.—The eggs are highly transparent, spherical in form, and 1.4 to 1.6 mm. in diameter. The perivitelline space is very large. In this respect these eggs resemble the eggs of the shad and the European pilchard. The yolk sphere is approximately 0.9 mm. in diameter and contains a transparent oil globule 0.12 to 0.14 mm. in diameter. The egg membrane is thin and horny. Embryology.—The embryological development of these eggs does not differ essen- tially from the course of development as outlined above for the eggs of Tautoga onitis. An advanced stage of cleavage is illustrated in figure 76. Figure 77 illustrates an advanced stage in the differentiation of the embryonic axis. Figure 78 illustrates an egg shortly after the closure of the blastopore. The embryo is relatively long and slender and at this time extends more than two-thirds around the circumference of the yolk sphere. 120 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. 76.—Egg with blastoderm in advanced stage of cleavage. Fic. 77.—Egg showing advanced stage in differentiation of embryonic axis. Fic. 78.—Egg showing embryo with 22 to 24 somites, blastopore Fic. 79.—Egg with advanced embryo, closed. hae Fic, 80,—Newly hatched fish, actual length 4.5 mm, BREVOORTIA TYRANNUS, EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. - atnot let ee ee Fic. 81.—Larval fish 4 days after hatching, actual length 5.7 mm, Fic. 82.—Young fish 9 mm. in length. Fic. 83.—Young fish 23 mm. in length. Py S PRR apa Hees, 1} eS. NR Gs Fic. 84.—VYoung fish 33 mm. in length. BREVOORTIA TYRANNUS. 121 122 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Pigmentation begins within several hours after the closure of the blastopore. Before the time of hatching (fig. 79) small black chromatophores appear more or less closely aggregated on the dorsal and dorsolateral aspects of the embryo. The extra-embryonic blastoderm remains free from pigment. Larval development.—Incubation occupies not over 48 hours. The newly hatched larve (fig. 80) are approximately 4.5 mm. in length and relatively slender. The head is slightly deflected at the anterior end of the yolk sac. The vent is located less than one-fifth the length of the body from the posterior end. Pigment is less abundant than before hatching. Small black chromatophores now occur on the dorsal aspect of the Fic. 86.—Adult fish. BREVOORTIA TYRANNUS. body near the base of the dorsal-fin fold and on the ventral aspect of the body posterior to the vent. Four days after hatching (fig. 81) the larvze have grown to a length of approximately 5.7mm. Pigment is no longer apparent on the dorsal aspect of the body except near the tip of the tail. A small group of chromatophores occurs in the caudal region, also on the ventral aspect of the body. Black chromatophores are now present in a series along the digestive tube from the level of the pectoral fins to the vent. In young fish 9 mm. in length the dorsal fin is becoming differentiated. In the posterior abdominal region the intestine is already distinctly convoluted. ‘The distribu- tion of pigment remains essentially as in the preceding stage. In young fish 23 mm. in length (fig. 83) all the fins are well differentiated. The body remains relatively slender. Black chromatophores now occur superficially on the nape, along the margin of the opercle, near the base of the dorsal, anal, and caudal fins, EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 123 and in small groups posterior to the dorsal fin and just ventral to the pectoral fins. Black pigmented areas occur internally along the dorsal wall of the abdominal cavity and in a series at the dorsal level of the notochord. Figure 84 is an illustration of a specimen 33 mm. long. Scales are present, the back is becoming pigmented, there is a distinct lateral stripe of dark pigment, and black chromatophores are present on dorsal and caudal rays. At this stage the fish is more slender than the adult. Ina specimen 41 mm. long (fig. 85) the characters of the adult are more apparent. The body is deeper and more heavily pigmented than the preceding, and the black blotch on shoulder is distinct. POMOLOBUS AESTIVALIS (Mitchill). BLUEBACK, GLUT HERRING. Spawning.—This species spawns in fresh and possibly in very slightly brackish water. In some localities, at least, the spawning season appears to be an extended one. The reason, in part at least, for this is believed to be that young fish coming to maturity may ripen their eggs at a somewhat later date from the regular run of fish. Among the fish taken during July in small ponds with an outlet to the ocean the majority of the females were spent, a few females and many small males were ripe for stripping, and a considerable number of both males and females were still unripe. Young fish 30 to 60 mm. in length were present in the same ponds in abundance. Eggs.—The eggs are demersal and somewhat adhesive, semitransparent, and yellowish in color. When water-hardened they are spherical in form with a diameter of approximately 1 mm. (fig. 87). The egg membrane is relatively thick, and its inner surface appears finely corrugated. After fertilization has taken place a relatively large perivitelline space becomes apparent. Embryology.—The volume of protoplasm in proportion to the volume of yolk is considerably greater in these eggs than in the pelagic eggs already described. In the unfertilized egg the protoplasm is disposed in a layer of uniform thickness investing the yolk sphere. It is distinctly granular in structure; consequently, after fertilization has taken place, the protoplasmic movements involved in the formation of the blastodisc may be readily observed. The fully differentiated blastodise (fig. 88 BD) is relatively thick and covers a relatively large area of the surface of the yolk sphere. Near the periphery it thins out abruptly and then fades away gradually into the very thin layer of protoplasm that remains at the surface of the yolk. The yolk sphere now shows apparent lines of cleavage that give it the appearance of being broken up into large cells. ‘This structure in the yolk is less apparent in these eggs than in the eggs of Anchovia and certain other teleosts. Cleavage takes place very regularly and ina manner typical for teleostean eggs. The volume of protoplasm being relatively large, the early blastomeres are correspondingly large and show a marked tendency to assume a spherical form (figs. 89 and go). As cleavage advances the radius of the blastoderm gradually increases. This peripheral growth of the blastoderm becomes apparent before the periblast is well differ- entiated (figs. 91 and 92). After the periblast is well formed the blastoderm grows round the yolk more rapidly. When the germ ring is well differentiated the blastoderm covers more than half the surface of the yolk. Figure 93 illustrates an egg in which the germ ring is fully formed and the differentiation of the embryonic shield is well started. The embryonic shield becomes relatively long and narrow. The embryonic axis, when 124 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. 88.—Egg with blastodisc (BD) fully differentiated, Fic. 89.—Egg with blastoderm of 2 cells, Fic. 91.—Egg with blastoderm of 64 cells, Fic. 92.—Egg with blastoderm in moderately advanced stage of cleavage, early stage in differentiation of periblast (PB). POMOLOBUS STIVALIS. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 125 Fic. 93.—Egg showing an early stage in the differentiation of | Fic.94.—Egg with embryo well differentiated, blastopore (BP) the embryonic shield (ES), germ ring (GR). nearly closed. Fic. 95.—Egg with embryo showing 24 to 26 somites. Fic. 96.—Egg with advanced embryo. Fic. 97.—Newly hatched fish, actual length 3.5 mm. POMOLOBUS ZiSTIVALIS. 69571°—18—_9 126 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. fully differentiated, extends more than halfway around the circumference of the yolk sphere. Although the blastoderm early covers a large portion of the surface of the yolk, the blastopore does not close until the embryo is well formed and segmentation of the body has begun (fig. 94). The closure of the blastopore occurs within 16 hours after fertilization. At this time the embryo extends fully two-thirds around the circumference of the yolk sphere. Figure 95 illustrates an egg shortly after the blastopore is closed. As the time of hatching approaches the embryo increases in length until it makes more than a complete turn within the egg membrane. It becomes relatively opaque but shows very little pigment. Larval development.—Incubation at laboratory temperature occupied approximately 50 hours. The newly hatched larve (fig. 97) are approximately 3.5 mm. in length and relatively slender. The head is somewhat deflected at the anterior end of the yolk sac. Fic. 100.—Young fish 30 mm. in length. POMOLOBUS XSTIVALIS. The vent is located near the posterior end of the body. Black chromatophores occur sparsely scattered over the yolk sac and in a series along the intestine. One day after hatching (fig. 98) the larva have grown to a length of 4mm. The greater part of the yolk is absorbed and the head is no longer deflected. The general appearance of the larva has not changed materially, although the series of chromato- phores along the intestine has become more marked and a few chromatophores appear at the base of the ventral-fin fold posterior to the vent. Four days after hatching (fig. 99) the larve have attained a length of 5 mm. or over. The yolk is completely absorbed. The distribution of pigment remains essentially as in the earlier stages. Figure 100 illustrates a young fish 30 mm. in length. Young fish 30 to 50 mm. in length, as indicated above, were present in abundance during July in the waters in which adult fish were found spawning. Young fish of this size have the general appear- ance of adults and show all the diagnostic characters of the species. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 127 MENIDIA MENIDIA NOTATA (Mitchill). SILWERSIDE. Spawning.—This species spawns in June and July. The height of the spawning season is reached, doubtless, before July 1. The great majority of the fish taken early in July were already spent. Eggs.—The eggs are spherical in form, 1.1 to 1.2 mm. in diameter. They are demersal and are held together in ropy clumps by a tangle of adhesive threadlike processes, a tuft of which arises from the membrane of each egg. The yolk sphere contains 5 to 12 large oil globules of unequal size and numerous smaller ones. The larger oil globules may or may not be aggregated; the smaller ones are distributed more or less uniformly over the surface of the yolk. The eggs are yellowish in color and semi- transparent. The egg membrane is thick and the micropyle relatively large (fig. 101). These eggs are very similar to those of the related species, Kirtlandia vagrans, described in an earlier paper,* but are somewhat larger. Embryology.—These eggs, being somewhat larger and much more heavily laden with yolk material, develop much less rapidly than do the pelagic eggs here described. In all other essential respects their embryological development follows a course prac- tically identical with that as outlined for the eggs of Tautoga onitis. Successive stages in the process of cleavage and the differentiation of the embyro are illustrated in figures 102 to 106. The embryo is well differentiated and shows 20 to 24 somites within 40 hours after fertilization (fig. 106). The beginning of pigmentation is observed during the third day of incubation. Black chromatophores become sparsely scattered over the embryo and the extra- embryonic blastoderm. Yellow chromatophores appear only on the embryo. As development advances, black chromatophores become aggregated in a few areas on the dorsal aspect of the head and in a series at the base of the ventral-fin fold. A few black chromatophores appear at the base of the dorsal-fin fold near the posterior end of the body. The black chromatophores in the extra-embryonic blastoderm gradually become arranged along the extra-embryonic blood vessels. Small yellow chromatophores remain sparsely scattered over the embryo for some time, but gradually become less conspicuous. Larval development.—Incubation at laboratory temperature occupied 8 to 9 days. The newly hatched larve (fig. 109) are approximately 5 mm. in length and relatively slender. The yolk is largely absorbed before hatching. The vent is located just pos- terior to the yolk sac. From this level the body tapers gradually toward the posterior end. Black and yellow chromatophores are aggregated on the dorsal aspect of the head and in the dorsal region of the abdominal cavity. Black chromatophores are present on the ventral aspect of the yolk sac, in a series at the base of the ventral-fin fold, and in a few small groups at the base of the dorsal-fin fold toward the posterior end of the body. Five days after hatching (fig. 110) the larve have grown considerably, but the majority of them do not exceed 5.5 mm. in length. The yellow pigment is materially reduced. Black chromatophores have become more abundant on the dorsal aspect of the head and anterior trunk region. The body is marked further by a series of black chromatophores at the base of the ventral-fin fold and another at the ventral level of the notochord. , @ Kuntz, A.: Notes on the embryology and larval development of five species of teleostean fishes. Bulletin, Bureau of Fisheries, vol. XxXIV, 1914, P. 420. 128 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Fic. 103.—Egg with blastoderm of 16 cells. Fic. 104.—Egg with blastoderm in advanced stage of cleavage, periblast (PB) differentiated. Fic. 105.—Egg showing germ ring (GR) well differentiated and Fic. 106.—Egg showing embryo with 22-24 somites. early stage in differentiation of embryonic shield (ES). MENIDIA MENIDIA NOTATA. EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 129 Fic. 112.—Young fish 13 mm, in length, MENIDIA MENIDIA NOTATA. 130 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Young fish 8 mm. in length (fig. 111) do not differ essentially in their general appear- ance from the young fish 5 days old just described. The distribution of pigment also remains essentially the same. In young fish 12 to 15 mm. in length (fig. 112) the distribution of pigment observed in the earlier stages is still apparent; however, black chromatophores are becoming more abundant on the dorsal aspect of the body. The silvery lateral band characteristic of the species is not yet well differentiated. The dorsal, anal, and caudal fins are well formed, and the young fish are gradually assuming adult characters. GASTEROSTEUS ACULEATUS Linnzus. THREE-SPINED STICKLEBACK. Spawning.—The spawning season of this species begins in May (Edwards) and con- tinues until late in July. Females ripe for stripping were taken as late as July 24. Males ripe for stripping were not secured. Fertilization was accomplished by macerating the testes of the male in the water into which the eggs were stripped. Eggs.—The eggs are demersal and adhere firmly in small clumps. They are some- what irregular in form when stripped from the female, but become spherical as soon as they become water-hardened. If they adhere closely, adjacent surfaces may remain somewhat flattened. ‘They are yellowish in color, semiopaque and have a diameter of 1.5to1.7mm. The egg membrane is thickand apparently smooth, but strongly adhesive, The yolk sphere contains numerous oil globules of unequal size, which are usually aggre- gated more or less closely. Very minute oil globules also occur sparsely scattered over the surface of the yolk sphere (fig. 113). Embryology.—The eggs of this species develop typically. The volume of protoplasm in proportion to the volume of yolk is comparatively small; consequently the blastodisc (fig. 114 BD), as well as the early blastoderm (fig. 115), covers a relatively small area of the surface of the yolk. Early development advances quite rapidly. Within 24 hours after fertilization the embryo is well differentiated and the blastopore is closed (fig. 116). Before the close of the third day of incubation the embryo extends nearly around the circumference of the yolk sphere (fig. 117). The head is relatively broad, and the body tapers gradually toward the posterior end. Circulation may be observed through- out the entire extra-embryonic blastoderm. Small black chromatophores are present on the dorsal surface of the anterior region of the trunk and in the adjacent areas of the extra-embryonic blastoderm. As the time of hatching approaches, the embryo grows larger and the yolk becomes materially reduced (fig. 118). A close-meshed network of blood vessels becomes ap- parent over the entire surface of the yolk sphere. Chromatophores have become larger and more numerous. ‘They are now present over the entire dorsal surface of the embryo, in the adjacent areas of the extra-embryonic blastoderm, and in a series along the ventrolateral aspect of the body posterior to the vent. Larval development.—Incubation at laboratory temperature occupied approximately six days. The newly hatched larve (fig. 119) are 4.2 to 4.5 mm. in length. The vent is located a short distance posterior to the yolk sac and more than half the length of the body from the anterior end. The general color of the body is yellowish. Diffuse yellow pigment and small yellow chromatophores occur over the entire body. Large black chromatophores are more or less closely aggregated on the dorsal surface of the body, EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. I31 Fic. 113.—Mature unfertilized egg. Fic. 114.—Egg with fully differentiated blastodisc (LD). Fic. 115.—Egg with blastoderm of 4 cells. Fic. 116.—Egg 24 hours after fertilization. Fic. 117.—Eggs 68 hours after fertilization. Fic. 118.—Egg 4 days after fertilization. GASTEROSTEUS ACULEATUS. 132 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. on the surface of the yolk sac adjacent to the body, and on the ventrolateral aspect of the body near the base of the ventral-fin fold. * Three days after hatching (fig. 120) the young fish have grown to a length of 6.2 to 6.5mm. ‘The general color of the body remains yellowish, and the distribution of black pigment remains essentially as in the newly hatched larve. However, the chromato- phores have increased materially in number. Eight days after hatching (fig. 121) the young fish have attained a length of ap- proximately 7 mm. The general color of the body is now darker than in theearlier stages. Black pigment has become more abundant, and the yellow pigment is ma- terially reduced. Black chromatophores are present over the entire surface of the body but are closely aggregated only on the dorsal and dorsolateral aspects. SAS F Fic. 119.—Newly hatched fish, actual length 4.3 mm. Fic. 121.—Larval fish 8 days after hatching, actual length 7 mm. GASTEROSTEUS ACULEATUS. APELTES QUADRACUS (Mitchill). FOUR-SPINED STICKLEBACK. Spawning.—This species is known to spawn in May and June (Sumner). The spawning season continues until late in July. Females ripe for stripping were taken as late as July 24. A considerable number of females were taken on August 3 but all were spent. Asin the case of Gasterosteus aculeatus, males ripe for stripping were not secured. Fertilization was accomplished by macerating the testes of the male in the water into which the eggs were stripped. Eggs.—The eggs are demersal and adhere firmly in small clumps. They are similar to the eggs of G. aculeatus here described but more intensely yellowish and consequently more opaque. They are somewhat irregular in form when stripped from EMBRYOLOGY AND LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 133 Fic. 122.—Mature unfertilized egg. Fic. 123.—Egg showing advanced stage in differentiation of embryonic shield. Fic. 124.—Egg 48 hours after fertilization. Fic. 125.—Egg 4 days after fertilization. Fic. 126.—Newly hatched fish, actual length 4.3 mm, APELTES QUADRACUS. 134 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. the females but become spherical as soon as they become water-hardened. Contiguous surfaces may remain slightly flattened. The average diameter is approximately 1.6 mm. ‘The yolk sphere contains a few oil globules of unequal size which may be aggre- gated more or less closely or widely scattered (fig. 122). Embryology.—The eggs of this species present essentially the same pictures during early embryological development, as do the eggs of the related species G. acwleatus. Their development is entirely typical and need not be discussed in detail. Pigmentation begins relatively early, and pigment is developed rapidly. Four days after fertilization (fig. 125) large black chromatophores are present over the entire surface of the embryo as well as in the adjacent areas of the extra-embryonic blastoderm. Small yellow chromatophores also occur scattered over the surface of the embryo but are not conspicuous. Larval development.—Incubation at laboratory temperature occupied approximately six days. The newly-hatched larve (fig. 126) are 4.2 to 4.5 mm. in length. The vent is located a short distance from the posterior end of the yolk sac and slightly more than half the length of the body from the anterior end. The general color of the body is dark brown. Yellow pigment remains sparsely scattered over the body but is ob- scured by the greater abundance of black pigment. Large black chromatophores are closely aggregated over the entire surface of the body and the upper half of the yolk sac. The newly hatched fish is similar to the newly hatched larva of G. aculeatus, but much more heavily pigmented. THE OCCURRENCE IN VIRGINIA OF GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS SIMILAR TO THOSE OF MARENNES * By Philip H. Mitchell and Raymond L. Bamey rd Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Woods Hole, Mass., and the Biological Laboratory of Brown University 135 RIVES eva ites Site AIAG ME OMS TR d * > , ef af ; > 5 ‘ . wy int ae hs lokt aban ba ake be Tea “ut t esteem Ykutovier) nwo lo yinterda.t lastent 4 . . : J : ; . ‘ ‘ 1 aay Any aS ety ig coe me Ne By MV Mod te AD ra Py mii wrod 1 Baomyad bos Nodal A git ya Niue ; ; a Oke WN we THE OCCURRENCE IN VIRGINIA OF GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS SIMILAR TO THOSE OF MARENNES. am By PHILIP H. MITCHELL and RAYMOND L. BARNEY. & Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Woods Hole, Mass., and the Bio- logical Laboratory of Brown University. ad INTRODUCTION. The appearance of green-gilled oysters in Lynnhaven Bay, Va., in such large quan- tities during the fall and early winter of 1915 that several of the oystermen of the vicinity were unable to sell their product because of the dark-colored gills led to this investi- gation. The problem is of considerable economic interest since the entire oyster industry of Chesapeake Bay was at stake, the green-gilled oysters being found in locations many miles distant from one another. Moreover, if this outbreak could be proved to be an exact reproduction of the greening of the popular Marennes oysters, it might be the basis of oyster culture in Virginia from an entirely new point of view. Further than this, the study offered an interesting scientific problem which narrowed itself down, in the consideration of the writers, to a physiological and chemical study of the pig- ment and the manner in which the oyster re-acted to it. The main purpose, however, in this study has been to find whether or not the greening of the gills in the Lynnhaven oysters is the same as that in the choice Marennes oysters, for a glance at our American oysters shows that they are very similar in general appearance and in the distribution of the pigment to the descriptions and drawings of the Marennes oysters. HISTORY. In the past there has been considerable work done on the green coloration of oys- ters, especially in Europe. Papers have been written on both the green-gilled and the copper-green oysters. The genuine green-gilled oyster was first worked on by M. Gaillon, who published his first paper in 1820. In this paper he explained the French custom of placing the oysters in claires or large reservoirs just within the high-tide mark and allowing them to remain there for a considerable length of time or until the gills and palps showed the green tint. He recognized that if the tanks contained a certain diatom, Navicula ostrearza, in large quantities, the oysters would take on the green coloration, but that when the oysters were taken from the tanks and placed in fresh sea water, or allowed 137 138 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. to remain in the tanks after the growth of the diatoms had ceased, the oysters would arrive gradually at their normal color in three or four weeks. Furthermore, Gaillon pointed out that common chlorophyll was not the coloring matter. His conclusion that the Navicula ostrearia was the cause of the greening of Marennes oysters was accepted and corroborated by other European biologists later in the century. Gaillon, how- ever, offered no proof as to how the green substance reached the gills. He noticed that no other organs of the body except the gills and palps were ever colored, but he did not try to show how the coloration took place. He intimated that perhaps the green substance entered the gills through the gill filaments, but he could not offer scien- tific evidence of such entrance. Valenciennes in 1841 drew attention to the fact that beside the gills and palps, the liver and intestines often showed a green tint, while the heart, reproductive system, muscles, and blood showed no abnormal color whatsoever. Gaillon, in a second paper in 1824, suggested what appeared to be the proper explana- tion of the green colorations in the gills, palps, liver, and intestines by saying that the coloring material is taken into the alimentary canal and that the oyster’s gill tissue selects and deposits the coloring matter much the same as the osseous tissue of pigs fed on madder selects and deposits the red coloring of that plant. Thus it will be seen that Valenciennes in 1841 was hardly more than corroborating the work done by Gaillon in 1821 and 1824. Valenciennes, however, did considerable work on the chemistry of the pigment. He found that the coloring material of green-gilled oysters was insoluble in water, alcohol, ether, weak alkalies, or weak acids and that the only reagents that would dissolve the pigment were those that destroyed it forthwith. He, furthermore, came to the conclusion that the green-gilled pigment had no connection whatsoever with any me- tallic element, thus putting the green-gilled problem in a different category from the copper-green oyster with which it had oftentimes been confounded. In 1861 Coste brought forth the suggestion that the greening of Marennes oysters was due to iron salts in the soil on the bottoms of the claires. This theory had been advanced several times, but Bornet and Ad. Chatin showed without much doubt that in certain places the oysters in the claires would remain indefinitely white and then, suddenly, would take on the green coloration, due in their estimation to a change in the flora of the park and not because of the fact that the floor of the claire had changed in its elemental composition. Sullivan in 1870 came to the conclusion that green-gilled oysters contained no copper. Dyer in 1877 showed that oysters put in dishes that con- tained Navicula ostrearia became green in 36 hours. Puysegur in 1880 published the results of some of his observations on greengills, mentioning especially that he had turned the gills of normal oysters green by immersing the oysters for only a few hours in water that contained the Navicula. Borney, Ducaisne, and others observed the same results from similar experiments. In 1886 Ray Lankester, the eminent English biologist, affirmed the work of Valen- ciennes as regards the absence of any metallic compound in the green pigment that caused the gill coloration. In this paper Lankester made it his purpose to demonstrate three things: 1. That the oysters do swallow the Navicula ostrearia. 2. That a pigment having the same peculiarities determined by Valenciennes, or from which Valenciennes’s pigment could be derived, actually occurs in the Navicula ostrearia. OCCURRENCE IN VIRGINIA OF GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS. 139 3. That there is some mechanism in the oyster by which the pigment of the Navicula ostrearta, being taken into the oyster’s alimentary canal, can be absorbed and deposited in the gills and palps. These points Lankester well brought out. He concluded, through the fact that he found many frustules of the diatoms in the intestines and stomachs of green-gilled oysters, that they must have swallowed them. Further than that, he observed the pigment of the Navicula ostrearia chemically and spectroscopically and found it to have exactly the same properties as the green pigment of the Marennes oyster. Lankester also did con- siderable work on the histology of the oyster gill in an effort to find and demonstrate the exact distribution of the pigment. This distribution of green material he found to be in amceboid leucocytes that work their way through the epithelial cells of the gills and move around on the external surface of the gills. These cells he called ‘secretion cells,” and they are found on all normal oyster gills. With this work Lankester also published a minute description and a set of colored drawings of the Navicula ostrearia and the distribution of its pigment throughout the oyster. In 1899 Herdman and Boyce, two English investigators, published a paper on “Oysters and Disease,’ in which they drew attention to the fact that copper-green oysters and green-gilled oysters were two different abnormalities. This paper was merely a review of the work that had been done on the green oysters up to that time, supplemented by a study of the histology of the two different types of green abnormality. Ryder, whose work has been published in several United States Fish Commission reports, did much investigation on green oysters, but the copper-green oyster received his atten- tion especially. The only papers dealing with the conditions that show the effect environment may have on the growth of the Navicula ostrearia and the consequent greening of the oysters are those by Boubés and Calvet. Boubés, in his ‘‘Lostreiculture 4 Arcachon,”’ gives a general survey of natural, legal, and economic conditions affecting the oyster industry at Arcachon, contrasting these with circumstances at Marennes. In this publication he mentions the most important fact that, when the claires are allowed to get too salt, the product, the greengill, is not so good. He intimates in this statement that a high specific gravity is not conducive to the life of Navicula ostrearia. Calvet, 1910, in “Du Vertissement des Huitres,”’ discusses the conditions that tend toward an optimum “greening” of oysters left in the claires, taking into consideration the temperature, the specific gravity of the water, the depth of the water, the nature of the bottom, and the effect of light on the growth of the Navicula ostrearia, and therewith the greening of the gills. THE GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS OF VIRGINIA. The oysters found to possess this abnormal condition in Virginia were the large typical Chesapeake oysters. The gills at the height of the epidemic showed a green color, which extended in many cases up into the palps, turning them, also, a greenish color. ‘The liver appeared a somewhat darker brown than in the normal oyster, but the rest of the oyster’s body seemed perfectly normal. ‘The larger number of the oysters observed were in a well-nourished condition and appeared very “‘fat.’”’ Indeed, the people in the vicinity of Lynnhaven used them freely, claiming that they possessed a more delicate flavor than the ordinary white oyster. ‘The oyster dealers of the place also shipped considerable quantities to distant destinations where, according to reports, they received ready sale. 140 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The epidemic itself was spread over large areas, which, in some cases, were many miles distant from one another. Lynnhaven Bay, with the two large creeks that com- bine to form it, was the seat of the most serious outbreak at the time of this study. The same location had been reported to have suffered in a like manner in 1912. From testi- mony taken from various oystermen of Hampton and Phoebus, greengill had appeared at different dates, but all who were interviewed agreed that the last general epidemic occurred in 1912. At that time the greengill was distributed the entire length of Hamp- ton Bar and Flats from Newport News to Phoebus and Mill Creek, and both the north- west and southwest branches of Back River also suffered. The present outbreak again affected Mill Creek and both branches of Back River. Farther north and more on the open coast greengill was found in considerable quantity on Drum Island Flats, but Hampton Bar and Flats at the time of this investigation were free of the epidemic. It was learned, however, that oyster beds from Cobbs Island down to Goodwins Island had suffered in various years and at various locations from greengill. An effort was made in taking these data to get general information from those inter- viewed in regard to weather conditions, temperature, depth of water, and general loca- tions of outbreaks with their relationship to the greening, but with little success. The theory offered by one individual would be contradicted by the next person interviewed, so that no facts or ideas common to all observers were obtained from those most closely connected with the oyster industry. Not being able to gain specific knowledge of the general relationships of greengill with weather, temperature, salinity, etc., from interviews, and at the same time trying to find some connection between the true Marennes green-gilled oyster and the greengill at hand, it was decided to take water samples from locations where the epidemic was preva- lent and observe the temperature, salinity, and the vegetable life in the water. Sam- ples thus studied were taken on January 4, 5, and 6, 1916. ‘The weather of these days was rainy or cloudy, with the temperature varying from the freezing point to about 15°C. The water samples were taken from places where the water was not more than 6 inches deep and which, therefore, was open to a considerable change of temperature during the day and night. No doubt the temperature of the water during the night lowered to within 2 or 3° C. of freezing, while during the day it increased to perhaps 12 or 13°C. For about a week before these samples were collected, there had been a heavy storm blowing from the southeast, and the bottoms of Lynnhaven Bay and the coves, which up to the time of the storm were reported to be covered with a green carpet of vegetable life, showed nothing but the typical gray clayey mud with the water very much roiled. Samples were taken, however, and in five of the six samples obtained in various parts of Lynnhaven Bay diatoms were found that exactly answered the descrip- tion of the Navicula ostrearia as set forth by Lankester. The temperature of the water ranged from ro and 11° C. in shallow places to 5 and 6° C. in the deeper water. The specific gravity of the samples varied from 1.018 to 1.019. The results of this collection were as follows: . Navicula . Navicula Location. eg Specific ostrearia Location. toupee, ea ostrearia ure. gravity. | present. ure. gravity. | present, °C, nGe Opposite Croonenbergh’s Croonenberghis cove! i: :s1:\hidestaavitcelsian tae decease Yes. oysterhouse............. 11-3 1.018 | Yes. Opposite Fentress’s crab Croonenbergh’s claire...... 10.0 1.019 | Yes. ( ERR Oenre reared een Gada eer, A Riase sees Yes. poun Cove at Willard Diggs..... 5-6 1-018 | Yes. Fentress’s crab pound.....|.............. heh Seve No. OCCURRENCE IN VIRGINIA OF GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS. 14I Other observations on specific gravity and temperature were recorded as follows: : Tempera- | Specific . A Tempera- | Specific . Location. rice ecavites Tide. Location. pies eravity: Tide. Mies es Near oyster house......... 5-0 1-019 | Rising. Beginning of east branch. . 6.0 1-or9 | Rising. Middle of east arm........ 6-0 I-o19 Do. Midway up east branch... 6.5 I-019 Do. At the same time with these observations, examinations were made of the contents of the stomachs of several oysters just taken from Croonenbergh’s Bar, and in every case diatoms or the frustules of diatoms were found that were of exact description of the Navicula ostrearia. Ina similar manner, as at Lynnhaven, the water of Back River was studied. Where- ever a water sample was taken, oysters were dredged and in every case showed the greengill. The weather there was the same as had been experienced at Lynnhaven, and the water was very much roiled. The specific gravity and temperature of the water varied from 1.015 to 1.017 and from 8.5 to 10° C., respectively. In the five samples taken, approximately half a mile apart, two contained diatoms which were identified as Navicula ostrearia. The observations in Back River were as follows: . Navicula . Navicula Specific | Tempera- . . Specific | Tempera- * Location. A ostrearia Location. rs ostrearia gravity. ture. present. gravity. ture, present. Creek south of Hampton Wis Cove opposite Hampton Cr Institute Farm.......... 1.017 9-0 | No. Marat.) teneten cea, 1.015 9-5 | Yes. Sherwood Farm........... 1.016 10.0 | Yes, North of Sherwood Farm, eek on opposite side..... 1-015 9-5 | No. MCAUSHOLe ewe cenascee ren I-0165 8.5 | No. The Navicula ostrearia was also found in the green scum that clung to the shell of one of the oysters dredged in this observation. On January 19, 1916, a sample of water from the western arm of Lynnhaven Bay, Va., was examined after a two days’ shipment during very cold weather. The sample, despite the cold weather, yielded many different kinds of vegetable organisms, among which was observed the Navicula ostrearia. On February 18, 1916, a water sample from Lynnhaven Bay was examined that showed by far a larger number of organisms with the characteristic Navicula ostrearia appearance than any water sample yet taken. On March 17 another water sample was received from Lynnhaven and examined, but this showed no Navicula organisms whatsoever. Possibly this absence of the above- mentioned organisms was due to the fact that the sample was taken in deeper water and with a large bottle that had a very narrow neck. The shape of the bottle was in itself enough to prevent obtaining an average and acceptable sample. On April 17, 1916, another water sample from Lynnhaven arrived and was examined. This, how- ever, showed no Navicula, but the absence on this occasion of the diatoms could be reasonably laid to the report that the greengills were clearing up in the bay and that no very green oysters could be found. Those which did have any pigment were very pale. On June 14, 1916, a similar water sample was examined, but this showed no Navicula ostrearia. In an effort to ascertain whether the Navicula ostrearia inhabited the waters where the greengill had never been known to exist, and to further the theory that the blue 69571°—18——10 142 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. diatom caused the greening, Narragansett Bay was studied in a general way with respect to its diatom growth. In samples taken in different parts of the bay and in sheltered locations along some of its inlets no diatoms that in any way answered the description of Navicula ostrearia were found. Further than that no classification of American diatoms that could be obtained gave any description of a Navicula of the characteristics that were typical of the organism found in the southern waters. Following are the results of the examination of water samples from Narragansett Bay: . Navicula : Navicula ‘ Specific | Tempera- F . Specific | Tempera- ; Location. A ostrearia Location. : ostrearia gravity. ture. present. gravity. ture. present. RG: I Seelonle River... csc. --=m eae) oc> soil = 4 No. Crescent Park Bridge....---.. 1-014 4 No. Warwick COVES: cess cmesamebe| manisteh cicere 7 No. Dodge’s oysterhouse.......---- I-O1r 3 No. Shawomet Beach Cove....--.-|.........- 6 No. The examination of the alimentary canal of 13 oysters with greengills which arrived some three or four days after shipment from Virginia showed in every case the presence of Navicula ostrearia frustules in the digestive tract. In 8 oysters the stomach contents were examined; in 3 the intestines were opened and their contents examined; while in the 2 others excrement was obtained from the rectum and in every case the presence of the sought-for frustules was determined. NAVICULA FUSIFORMIS var OSTREARIA. Lankester describes the Navicula fusiformis var. ostrearia, as a minute spindle-shaped diatom which measured about 4, of an inch in length and 7/55 of an inch in breadth. It has two long and relatively large yellow-brown endochromes stretched out parallel to the surface of the organism, while at the tip ends, or scattered sometimes throughout the length of the organism, was a pale blue-colored protoplasm. The Navicula has a cen- trally located nucleus and several vacuoles located at intervals along its length. The organism found in Virginia compares almost exactly with this description. Its measurement, obtained in this investigation, was about z$5 to x45 of an inch in length, while in breadth at its broadest point it was found to be between yp5q and ze5q Of aninch. In only this one particular are the observations at variance with Lankester’s, but it is believed that either his drawings are not proportional to his measurements or there has been some typographical mistake in stating that the width of the organism at its greatest breadth is 7455 of an inch. Indeed, that measurement would mean that the organism was about 3 micra in diameter, which is absurdly small. The mistake is believed to be one of typography and not of scientific inaccuracy, since Lankester’s drawings show the length and breadth relationship of his organisms to be exactly what was observed in the diatoms of the Virginia epidemic. The two endochromes, yellowish-green in color, were exactly analogous to those which Lankester deals with in his paper, while the blue protoplasm was also found in analogous locations, usually in the tip ends, but sometimes distributed throughout the entire length of the diatoms. Under changes in osmotic pressure the blue pigment, as well as the yellow-green endochromes, was affected. The blue pigment, which under ordinary conditions was held near the ends of the diatom, was freed suddenly from its location. It was diffused sometimes throughout the body of OCCURRENCE IN VIRGINIA OF GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS. 143 the organism and at other times it appeared in tiny droplets floating around inside the diatom. ‘The green endochromes, sometimes one and sometimes both, often became twisted and curved out of their normal symmmetrical positions during osmotic changes and gave the diatoms an unbalanced appearance. The nucleus was always centrally located and under normal conditions was surrounded by a mass of transparent proto- plasm. ‘The vacuoles were located at intervals along the length of the organism. Observations on the size of the Navicula ostrearia were as follows: Length, 131, 99, 93, and 128 micra; width, 12.8, 9.6, 9.1, and 11.6 micra. The frustules of the Navicula ostrearia found in the Chesapeake answer perfectly the descriptions given of the frustules of the Marennes Navicula.t They show a thick and distinct raphe with a valve difficult to distinguish. At a glance they appear smooth without transverse strie, these being scarcely visible. The appearance of the Virginia Navicula ostrearia compares exactly with that of the European diatom as set forth in Van Huerck’s classification, ‘‘A Treatise on the Diatomacee.”’ HISTOLOGY OF THE GREENGILL. In order to study the distribution of the green pigment in the gills, histological sections were cut and examined microscopically. The method followed was simply to kill the tissue in HgCl,, and then run it up through soft and hard paraffin, cut, and finally stain with differential stains. Haidenhain’s hematoxylin and eosin or orange G seemed to answer the purpose very well. It was found that the pigment was localized in relatively large, irregularly shaped cells which gave a granular green appearance. ‘These cells did not react to any stain to give a coloring to them but remained green under all conditions. The pigment looked somewhat darker green after staining than it appeared in smears of the gill unstained, but this was probably due to a slight darkening that Haidenhain’s had on the pigmented cells or because of the surrounding tissue which was stained very darkly. The location of these cells was in the epithelial tissue of the gill filaments and along the epithelium which lined the interlamellar water space, especially in the vicinity of the interlamellar junctions. The appearance and location of these green cells exactly coincides with the description that Lankester gives of his ‘‘secretion’’ cells. White gills of Narragansett Bay oysters were studied histologically by the same methods that were used in the greengill study. These showed exactly the same dis- tribution of the large, irregular-shaped cells with granular protoplasm. These, however, were stained by orange G or eosin. The location and appearance of these cells were the same as of the pigmented cells in the greengills. This demonstrated that secretion cells were always present in and on the gills. Lankester said that these cells “furnish pre- cisely the mechanism which we should expect to find in order that the blue pigment absorbed by the blood of the oyster from the contents of the alimentary canal, namely, from ingested Navicula ostrearia, should be deposited at a particular spot on the animal’s body. ‘These secretion cells do not occur on other parts of the external surface of the oyster. They are limited to the surface of the branchize and to the adoral surface of the labial tentacles.” This selection and deposit of a pigment in a given tissue has been likened, as was formerly mentioned, to the deposition of the red color in the osseous tissue of pigs fed on madder. There is the same analogy found in experiments in which canaries are fed cayenne pepper, a diet which if continued will turn the wings a dark orange color. @ Dr. Albert Mann has examined some of the material and has confirmed the authors’ identification of the Chesapeake diatom as Navicula ostrearia. 144 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Another analogy to the selective power of the blood cells in green-gilled oysters is the selection by certain secreting organs in other animals. Palmer and Eccles have shown that cows fed on carotin will eliminate the pigment through the milk. More than that, they have proven that the carotin will be selected by fat cells and in this form will be received into the milk. The kidney cells in all mammals also have a selecting power in separating out certain urine pigments which are later eliminated in the urine. The secretion cells in the oyster doubtless manufacture mucin under ordinary conditions, and probably in the exercise of this function dispose of the green pigment if the oyster again becomes colorless. In a continuance of the microscopic study of the greengill, smears were made of the teased tissue of the pigmented gills. These showed the presence of the pigment in large irregularly shaped cells, the granular cytoplasm being distinctly green. These cells moved about in a typical amoeboid manner, which led to the conclusion that possibly the secretion cells were nothing more than leucocytes. Smears of this gill tissue were compared with smears of white gills, and in each case the characteristic amoeboid leucocytes appeared. Wright’s bloodstain was then used on several smears, and in each case the green leucocytes stood out green against those of the white gill, which stained red with the eosin of the stain. To prove that the Navicula ostrearia was the actual cause of the greening, an attempt was made to develop greengill in a normal white oyster taken from Narra- gansett Bay, where the greengill has never been known. ‘The oyster was placed in aerated sea water which contained the Navicula ostrearia. After a week’s time the oyster was examined and showed a pale green color in its gill tissue. To further prove that deposits of green pigment had occurred, smears were made of the gill tissue, and in each case they showed the characteristic green amoeboid cells. Experiments to substantiate this study would have been continued, but the water samples subsequently obtained from Virginia were never very rich in diatom growth, and such efforts on the water samples received seemed futile. A control, however, was run on this greening experiment by placing an oyster from Narragansett Bay into aerated sea water from Virginia which contained no Navicula ostrearia. After a week’s time this oyster was examined and showed no green coloration whatsoever. The secretion cells examined in a smear of the gills were normal in appearance. The fact that green-gilled oysters depended on the presence of blue diatoms in considerable quantity, and the fact that the water samples from Virginia contained very few of the desired Navicula with which to carry on greening under controlled conditions, suggested the possibility of growing the Navicula in artificial culture media. Efforts, however, were all with negative results. Several culture media were tried at different temperatures, but none seemed to help in cultivating the organism. The solutions tried as media for the artificial cultivation of the diatoms were as follows: . Unfiltered sea water, sp. g. 1.014. . Filtered sea water, sp. g. 1.014. . Filtered sea water, sp. g. 1.014, 1 per cent lactose broth. . Filtered sea water, sp. g. 1.014, 1 per cent dextrose broth. . Filtered sea water, sp. g. 1.014, 1 per cent oyster broth. . Filtered sea water, sp. g. 1.014, 1 per cent ammonium nitrate. g g . Filtered sea water, sp. g. 1.014, 1 per cent ammonium chloride and sodium phosphate. . Filtered sea water, sp. g. 1.014, 1 per cent urea. om An WwW NH OCCURRENCE IN VIRGINIA OF GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS. 145 @9, Artificial sea water, 1,000 cc. of H,O, 25 gr. of NaCl, 1 gr. of MgSO,, 5 gr. of CaCl,, rgr.of NaBr. @10. Artificial sea water, 1,000 cc. of H,O, 1 gr. of HNa,PO,, 15 gr. of NaCl, 1 gr.of NaBr, 1 gr. of CaCly. 11. Artificial sea water, same as No. g, with straw and moss added. 12. Artificial sea water, same as No. 10, with straw and moss added. One set of these solutions was kept at room temperature and another at approxi- mately 26° C. The solutions which contained the dextrose, lactose, and oyster broths were ster- ilized to prevent too flourishing bacterial growth. The broths here mentioned were those used in bacteriological work. These solutions were then inoculated with a considerable quantity of diatoms of different species, but in no case did any reproduce, though some lived at least three days in the new environment. From observations of the water samples from Virginia it was noted that continual slight motion of the water sample and aeration tended toward prolonged life of the diatoms. Further experiments on the isolation and artificial cultivation of these and other diatoms are projected. THE CHEMISTRY OF GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS. The only chemical work that had been done on the green pigment of Marennes oysters at the time of this investigation was summed up in Lankester’s work. That work shows that the pigment was insoluble in water, dilute acids, dilute alkalies, alcohol, ether, glycerine, and benzol, either hot or cold, and that the coloration was not due to the presence of copper or any other metallic element. It shows further that strong acids or alkalies dissolved but at the same time destroyed the pigment. Lankester examined spectroscopically green-gilled tissue with the use of a powerful ray of light. He found, however, that this demonstrated no isolated absorption bands in the spectrum. He also examined in like manner a mass of Navicula ostrearia, but detected no absorption bands in the spectrum. The first investigations in this problem carried on in respect to the chemistry of the greengills was to ascertain whether or not there was any copper present in the gills. Four grams of desiccated greengill were digested in sulphuric acid and potassium nitrate. After complete digestion, and after making the solution ammoniacal, only the faintest trace of yellowish-green color could be detected. This test showed the absence of all but the faintest trace of copper, which has been found to be present in all oysters. This experiment was repeated with the same result. Lankester said in this connection: “Whilst there are so many considerations which explain the origin of the notion that copper may be responsible for the green color of the ‘huitres de Marennes,’ although that metal has nothing to do with it, it is extremely remarkable as a coincidence that of late years it should have been established that copper in minute quantities is a normal con- stituent of the blood of molluscs.’ Further evidence that the greengill contained no abnormal amount of copper was seen in the fact that the people of the vicinity who ate the oysters raw in considerable quantities noticed no abnormal taste. Surely had the green color been due to a copper compound, there would have been enough present in specimens so intensely pigmented to have given the so-called coppery taste that many observers claim is characteristic of oysters containing excessive copper. 99 and 10 contained also a considerable quantity of dead diatom material. 146 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The solubilities of the pigment were then studied, using the green-gilled tissue as freshly taken from the living oyster and the tissue after it had been thoroughly dehy- drated. The gills of several oysters extracted in alcohol, 95 or 100 per cent, gave a slight yellowish-green coloration to the extract. A carbon disulphide extract of green- gills yielded also a yellow-colored solution. But when either one followed the other the second was always somewhat paler. The gills, however, always remained green after such extraction, showing that the green pigment was insoluble in carbon disul- phide or alcohol. White oysters yielded the same results. So it appears that these extractions were merely dissolving a pigment common to any oyster gill, probably a lipochrome. A yellow carbon disulphide extract was evaporated down and left a yellow residue that was insoluble in water. This residue was mixed with oil and subjected to the Crampton-Simon test for the detection of carotin. The result was negative. Chlo- roform and ether were also turned a yellow color when used to extract the greengill, but as in the case of other solvents, the extract did not differ from that obtained from normal oysters. In dehydrating the green-gilled tissue, the following reagents were used in the order mentioned: Alcohol, ether, and carbon tetrachloride. This method always left the car- bon tetrachloride slightly yellow colored and gave a dark green residue of dried gill tissue. This dehydrated tissue was then ground and used in solubility tests that fol- lowed. The solvents in different strengths of alkali and acid were used, with the following results: ALKALI. , 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.6, 1.2, 1.5, 3, and 6 per cent potassium hydroxide; no pigment dissolved. Material from greengill swelled up into a flocculent gelatinous mass with unchanged color. The supernatant fluid gave an opalescent appearance, but there was no solution of the pigment. 12, 30, and 60 per cent potassium hydroxide; decomposed green-gilled material, leaving a greenish- brown residue. The same results were detected when the solutions were kept at room temperature during 24 hours. or when boiling solutions were used during short periods. ACID. 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.2, 2, 2.5, 3, and 3.5 per cent hydrochloric acid ; no action noticeable. 4, 7, and 15 per cent hydrochloric acid; slight yellowish-green coloration, but green-gilled material remains unchanged. 18 per cent hydrochloric acid; disintegrated tissue and turned black. In the last four strengths of acid recorded, probably disintegration was taking place, while actual dissolving of the original pigment did not occur. The above results on acids were detected when the solutions were either hot or cold, or when the pigment was allowed to remain in the solution for a period of 24 hours. The same results were observed when alkalies were used. Hot or cold water did not dissolve the green pigment. After the pigment had been shown to be insoluble in the common solvents, experi- ments were undertaken to ascertain if there was any chemical combination of the pigment with a protein or fat molecule. In the investigation on this point, green-gilled tissue was subjected to a gastric digestion first, by putting several gills into a 0.2 per cent acid solution of pepsin and allowing the digestion to go on for three days at 37° C. On the third day the digestion was examined, and a small amount of green material was OCCURRENCE IN VIRGINIA OF GREEN-GILLED OYSTERS. 147 found as a residue, while the liquid had a greenish opalescense. This liquid was filtered off, and the green substance was subjected to a number of different solvents, both hot and cold, but the pigment still remained insoluble in all reagents used. The solvents tried after gastric digestion were: Alcohol, water, 2 per cent sodium chloride solution, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, toluene, carbon tetrachloride, acetone, ethyl acetate, 0.5 per cent sodium carbonate, 12 per cent sodium hydroxide, 0.2 per cent hydrochloric acid, and 12 per cent hydrochloric acid. The green residue of this digestion was then placed in a pancreatic digestion with the addition of a number of other green-gilled tissues. This digestion was carried out by adding a small amount of tested pancreatin to a 0.5 per cent sodium carbonate solution, and allowing the green material to remain in this for three or four days at 37° C. The result in this case was very similar to the gastric digestion, a green residue remaining with a greenish-opalescent supernatant solution. After filtering and washing the residue with distilled water, the green pigment was still found to be insoluble in the solvents used, whether at boiling or room temperature. The following solvents were used after the pancreatic digestion: Alcohol, water, sodium chloride, 2 per cent; ether; chloroform; carbon tetrachloride; carbon disul- phide; toluene; acetone; ethyl acetate; sesame oil; olive oil; glycerol; cottonseed oil; linseed oil; paraffin oil; gasoline; acetic acid, 0.5 per cent; lactic acid, 1 per cent; lactic acid, 0.5 per cent; salicylic acid; and sodium carbonate, 0.5 per cent. Putrefaction destroyed the pigment slowly. A solution containing several green- gills allowed to putrefy gave a dark green color to the liquid. Green oysters allowed to die and putrefy showed that the gills turned black, or a very dark green, and finally were thoroughly destroyed, leaving a black mass of foul-smelling organic matter. The green residue of a pancreatic digestion was then subjected to saponification in a I per cent alcoholic sodium-hydroxide solution. This solution was made by distilling absolute alcohol over potash until a distillate was collected that was free from all impur- ities that might give a yellow color with alkalies. This distillate was then made into a 1 per cent solution of alcoholic sodium hydroxide, using chemically pure sodium hydroxide. The green pigment material was thereupon allowed to saponify by boiling two hours, after which the solution was filtered. The saponification yielded a yellow- colored solution. This was neutralized with hydrocholoric acid with the resulting pre- cipitation of sodium chloride. This solution was then evaporated down to about 10 cc., filtered, and studied spectroscopically. As a control on this experiment, a like quantity of normal gills was subjected to a similar pancreatic digestion. The solid matter that remained after a three days’ diges- tion was then saponified for two hours at boiling temperature in a 1 per cent alcoholic sodium-hydroxide solution prepared as above. The resulting solution was very nearly colorless, and after neutralizing, filtering, and evaporating, only a suggestion of yellow color could be detected. The spectroscopic examination of the green-gilled saponification showed an absorption band covering the violet end of the spectrum. Examination of the normal gill material obtained from saponification showed no shadows whatsoever in the spectrum. To establish the fact that the green coloration of the gills in Virginia oysters was not due to the presence of a bacterial pigment, the pigmented gills were subjected to bac- teriological examination. 148 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Small pieces of the pigmented gill were placed in sterile water and shaken up thoroughly and then plated out on nutrient agar in Petri dishes, with the usual bacteri- ological technique. No color-producing organisms were obtained in three trials. Abun- dant colonies of white bacteria were observed. CONCLUSION. The investigations seem to warrant the following conclusions: 1. The Chesapeake green-gilled oyster is the same as the so-called Marennes oyster.? This conclusion is reached since the Virginia oyster corresponds exactly to the descrip- tions of the Marennes oyster in general appearance and in microscopic examination. The greengills and palps of our southern oyster coincide precisely with the descriptions and drawings of the French oysters, and the method of distribution by secretion cells and the location of the pigment in definite tissues of the gills, as explained by Lankester, is the same as has been found in these observations of the Lynnhaven oyster. A diatom answering the same description as the Navicula ostrearia, recognized as the cause of the greening of Marennes oysters, has been identified wherever green oysters were found in the Chesapeake. The frustules of the diatom have also been obtained from the intestines of the green oysters in this observation exactly as Lankester noted in his study of the Marennes oyster. Again, this investigation agrees thoroughly with the conclusions of several European workers that the pigmentation of the gill can occur by allowing the oyster to remain in sea water in which there are Navicula ostrearia, but that there is no coloration if the Navicula are absent. The observations in this investigation on the chemistry of the pigment of Chesapeake green oysters are exactly the same as those made on the Marennes greengills by Lankester. The extreme insolubility of the pigment noted by this investigator as characteristic of the European oyster is in direct harmony with the studies recorded in this investigation. 2. No evidence that the coloration of the gills of Chesapeake green oysters was due to bacteria was found in the investigation. 3. The pigment found in the greengills of Chesapeake Bay oysters yields a saponifica- tion product that shows an absorption band covering the violet of the spectrum. @ This statement must be understood as referring to the color and its cause, the only subject treated in this paper, Euro- pean oysters, as is well known, are not of the same species as American oysters. Marennes oysters in Europe are prized above others, because of the excellent qualities associated with the green-gilled condition. This paper shows that the green- gilled condition in American oysters is identical with that in the oysters of Marennes. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Bouskés, CHARLES. 1909. L’ostreiculture 4 Arcachon. 333 p., illus., map. Bordeaux. CaLverRT, Louis. 1910. Contribution a l’etude du verdissement des huitres. (Rapport presente au Congres des Sables-d’Olonne.) Ve Congres national des peches maritimes. Memoires et Comptes rendus des seances. T.I., p. 673-711. Orleans. HERDMAN, WILLIAM ABBOTT. 1898. Life conditions of the oyster: Normal and abnormal. Third and final report of the committee ...on the elucidation of the life conditions of the oyster under normal and abnormal environment, including the effect of sewage matter and pathogenic organisms. (Drawn up by Herdman, Boyce, and Kohn.) Report of the British association for the advance- ment of science for 1898. Section D., 11 p. London. 1899. Oysters and disease. Amn account of certain observations upon the normal and pathological histology and bacteriology of the oyster and other shellfish. (Lancashire sea-fisheries memoir no. I.), 60 p., vul pl., partly col. London. KELLOGG, JAMES L. 1g10. Shell-fish industries. 361 p., 67 text fig., 33 pl. New York. LANKESTER, EDWIN Ray. 1886. On green oysters. Quarterly journal of microscopical science, vol. XXvI, n. s., p. 71-94, pl. vu. London. Lewis, F. W. 1861. Notes on new and rarer species of Diatomacez of the United States seaboard. Proceedings, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, p. 61-71. Philadelphia. Mann, ALBERT. "1894. List of Diatomacez from a deep-sea dredging in the Atlantic Ocean off Delaware Bay, by the United States Fish Commission steamer Albatross. Proceedings United States National Museum, vol. Xvi, p. 303-312. Washington. MurrRAY, GEORGE. 1896. On the reproduction of some marine diatoms. Royal society of Edinburgh. Proceedings, 1895-1897. vol. XXI, p. 207-218, 3 col. pl. Edinburgh. ScHRGTER, C. 1896. Die Schwebeflora unserer Seen. (Das Phytoplankton). 59 p.,1 pl. Ziirich. Sutiivan, W. K. 1870. Report on the composition of the soils of oyster grounds; and on qualities which exert most influence on oyster cultivation. Appendix H. Report of the commission appointed to inquire into the methods of oyster culture in the United Kingdom and France, with a view to the introduction of improved methods of cultivation of oysters in Ireland, p. 166-176. Dublin. van HeEurcK, H. 1909. Diatomees. Resultats du voyage du S. Y. Belgica en 1897-1899. Rapports scientifiques ... Botanique. 128p.,xmpl. Anvers. WOLLE, FRANCIS. 1894. Diatomacez of North America. 47 p.,cxu pl. Bethlehem. 149 » i P } r taf , ‘ ui if Tekics( deny THaeaey tes 3. 1 : é ° sw i ry ; | sb vise ‘ads Ov Shemty i Gotuhera) fia alae apeenceE Aaa ; ; E prwbertatels « it j ' u i Havetanisen arse |) { i areal Cus Wh takeoeniont geojeneede ty heya preadarers cwifistusit 1A pat ‘YT } NUTRITION OF OYSTERS: GLYCOGEN FORMATION AND STORAGE & By Philip H. Mitchell am Contribution from the United States Bureau of Fisheries Biological Station, Woods Hole, Mass., and the Biological Laboratory of Brown University 151 ser le ay ee Pt lis sence ry an TY Bi aire SoaBA lo ebcniAl bist leshgelsil ssh Ns boil iales® nat ub trea cae bib oc aueseatem crit NUTRITION OF OYSTERS: GLYCOGEN FORMATION AND STORAGE. ? om By PHILIP H. MITCHELL. oe Contribution from the United States Bureau of Fisheries Biological Station, Woods Hole, Mass., and the Biological Laboratory of Brown University. ah INTRODUCTION. More and more the difficulties of producing well-nourished oysters for market are prone to increase. The continued increment of population along the seaboard causes ever greater pollution of those waters especially suitable for the ‘‘fattening”’ of oysters. Not only does the fresher water of bays and inlets increase the meats of oysters by causing osmosis of water into the tissues, but the actual food for oyster fattening in the true sense tends to be more abundant in such waters. Modern sanitary limitations to oyster culture have therefore made it important to the industry that further information concerning food for oysters and the conditions under which they can be made to yield larger amounts of marketable meat be obtained by investigation. The present paper is one step in that direction. Chemical analysis of oyster meats would seem to offer the only reliable method of estimating the food value of oysters, since the size and weight of either the entire oyster or the “‘shucked”’ meats depend so much on the relative amounts of inorganic matter present as shell and sea salts and on the relative amount of water present that the food value is not truly shown. Estimations of glycogen in the oyster promised an especially fruitful method of studying changes in its nutritive condition, because this substance may constitute the most abundant single constituent when present to the extent of 20 or 25 per cent of the dried meats and because it is subject to very great and com- paratively rapid fluctuations in amount. The actual variations in glycogen must be distinguished, of course, from the percentage changes caused by differences in water and salt content of the oyster. It was necessary then to calculate glycogen for the moisture and ash-free constituents of the entire shell contents of the specimens used. Glycogen estimations were made by the well-known Pfluger method. Ash determina- tions were difficult to make because of the slowness with which some of the organic matter burned and the tendency of some of the inorganic matter to volatilize. The use of porcelain crucibles kept at low red heat during about two hours in a muffle furnace was found to be satisfactory. @ The experimental manipulation, aside from chemical analysis, in some of these experiments was conducted by Dr. G. H. Robinson and in others by Dr. W. W. Browne. Three of the chemical analyses were made by Dr. G. H. White. 153 154 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. SEASONAL VARIATIONS IN GLYCOGEN CONTENT OF OYSTERS. The results indicate a seasonal variation in the glycogen content of oysters. In the specimens observed it was very low during the early summer. This may have been due to spawning or to the fact that the oysters used early in July had been recently transplanted to shallow water, where they would be exposed at very low tides. At any rate the figures show that glycogen may become greatly depleted. It steadily increases, however, during the summer and fall, until just before cold weather it amounts to 20 per cent or more of the dried weight. Lower figures were obtained in the winter. Some analyses to indicate these changes are grouped in Table 1. TABLE 1.—SEASONAL VARIATION IN GLYCOGEN CONTENT OF OYSTERS. Ash in | Glycogen] Glycogen Source of oysters. Date. Cee Average | “Gried | in dried in ash-free 3 meats. meats. solids. Grams. | Per cent.| Per cent. | Per cent. Ir 20 88 36.45 2.77 4:37 31 14 72 25-30 9-47 12.70 29 12 89 23-60 10. 35 13-57 ale Te 19 72 30. 87 9. 69 14-02 ° 27 18 55 25-72 11.80 17-38 . 14 Is 92 19.05 21.50 26.55 3 14 83 22.17 15-52 19-94 These observations were not primarily undertaken for the purpose of studying seasonal variations in the glycogen content of oysters under natural conditions. A large number of determinations on specimens taken directly from the oyster beds are not, therefore, at hand. Those given in Table 1, in fact, are mostly analyses made for comparison with determinations on experimental oysters. Altogether, however, they constitute a sufficiently striking and regular series to be worthy of note and agree with the observations of Milroy. That glycogen would be used up during warm weather might be expected from the author’s experiments on the oxygen requirements of oysters,? which showed the direct relationship between temperature and oxidation. It is well known that increased oxidation in animals involves the utilization of some of the stored-up glycogen. Further observations on the glycogen variations during winter months would furnish chemical evidence as to whether oysters hibernate or continue to feed during the cold weather. These data, so far as they go, favor the hibernation idea. THE FORMATION OF GLYCOGEN FROM DEXTROSE. The formation of glycogen from dextrose was tested out by putting oysters into large, shallow glass dishes containing sea water of known specific gravity and known amounts (usually 0.25 per cent) of either pure dextrose or crude glucose. It was found that larger amounts of sugar were toxic. Experiments employing 1 per cent and even some with 0.5 per cent of dextrose had to be discarded because of high mortality among the oysters. The toxicity of an unphysiological abundance of dextrose is in accord with common observations on higher animals. Oxygen was constantly furnished @ Milroy: Seasonal variation in the quantity of glycogen present in samples of oysters. Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction for Ireland. Fisheries Branch. Scientific Investigation, 1907. No.IV. > Mitchell: Oxygen requirements of shellfish. Bulletin United States Bureau of Fisheries, vol. XxxU, 1912, P. 209. ¢ Lusk: Elements of the science of nutrition. 1909. NUTRITION OF OYSTERS: GLYCOGEN FORMATION AND STORAGE. 155 throughout the experiment by bubbling air from an aspirator bottle through glass tubes reaching to the bottom of the dish. At the end of a period, varying from two to five days, the entire shell contents of the oyster were dried down and analyzed. Analyses, for comparison and control, were made on oysters taken from the same source as those used for feeding with sugar, but analyzed at the beginning of the experiment; and also analyses of oysters from the same lot kept meanwhile in aerated sea water containing no sugar. In one experiment a further control consisted in the analyses of oysters having the same origin as the others, but kept during the time of the experiment in a wire cage suspended in the water near the Government docks at Woods Hole Harbor. Here with garbage and animal and plant life in very great abundance, feeding conditions were about as rich as could be obtained. The results of the experiments are shown in Table 2. TABLE 2.—FORMATION OF GLYCOGEN FROM DEXTROSE. Experi-| Oys- | Average Ashin |Glycogen | Glycogen ment | ters | weight Treatment of oysters. dried | in dried | in ash- No.@ | used.| of oyster. meats. | meats. |freesolids. GROUP I. Grams. I 20 88 | Analyzed at beginning of experiment to be compared with treated | Per cent.| Per cent.| Per cent. oysters Of NOS3 7,15, AUG Ale ocean te eee ise eae sete anoees 36-45 2-77 4:37 2 17 80 | In sea water, sp. gr. 1.023, containing per cent of dextrose d MO le HEC BOCTEEA ES PCCP See EMR cre eee ce x 33-70 4.11 6.20 3 15 59 | Insea water, sp. gr. 1.015, containing % per cent of dextrose duri 29-45 4:38 6.21 4 15 66 | In running sea water in aquarium for 15 days, then treated HEV Gs 35 teas sisins sinc eeen ktncieacaecasiene 23-68 8.55 11-21 GROUP I. 5 14 72 | Analyzed as soon as brought from beds, to be compared with Nos. 6, ep ABREU cys has co chaeh She cB ICTS RlvieVal sare ete sal claret wi acta co aeaTete RIG AL SPU aR 25-30 9:47 12.70 6 20 73 | In sea water, sp. gr. 1.015, containing % per cent dextrose during “nd 21.65 II. 30 14:43 7 20 7o | Insea water, sp. gr. 1.015, with no dextrose, treated like No. 6 during GOMES 5 ooca Set oeiciccd ates ee bee a Oe Ue aici ae lets es me eae LE 24-35 9-43 12-47 8 19 7x | Taken from running sea water in aquarium at time No. 6 ended. Control'of: Nos: Giandlys Baccccice saosae oe poeta alee ha are eet 30-08 8.63 12-36 9 19 72 | Kept in wire cage in Woods Hole Harbor during so hours before analy- Cre orton IC REC nD COBODeDEACT Orb pOne eeCM bent choo’ ccs SSCOnce ee 30-87 9-69 14-02 GROUP II. 10 20 58 | Analyzed as soon as brought from beds, to be compared with Nos. 11, ep PALACE T.Fnra eletatetateteletefulalerctats) ctl Wiel atelatelyln) a lutaia/efetstatstnlal oi tetalel sraielstetetate feleiotetevete 25-57 9-28 12-47 Ir 20 62 | Insea water, sp. gr. 1.015, containing 14 per cent crude glucose during BS VMOUSE moet io ee cine vrotschale crawnioeticlots fran am Oat clotatista er arhoaaoaaiie 14-86 12-08 14-19 12 19 55 | In running sea water in aquarium 48 hours, then treated with glucose Hike/Nojsxx;\ 7a hoping f208)..« cc eetetisid esate = Shee oe adds ahrddd tei tals 19-00 12-75 15-74 13 20 55 | In sea water, sp. gr. 1.015, without sugar during 76 hours. Had been in aquarium 48 hours. Control for No. 12.......-....-eeeceeeseeess 23-12 10-05 13-07 GROUP IV. 14 15 92 | Analyzed as soon as brought from beds, to be compared with Nos. 15 TNL KOE ance row Ricte ata tels since elsin neito eigiee s Muatiniaine ne ccindoiase 19-05 21.50 26.55 15 15 92 | Insea water, sp. gr. 1.022, containing }4 per cent dextrose during 65 OUTS ect serch ita cm aceisia sale snie cea clale reliant Atarer coer tmatdie wos alata 18.33 22.77 27-90 16 Is 92 | In sea water, sp. gr. 1.022, without dextrose during 67 hours... 19:99 21.26 26.33 @ All oysters used in experiments of the several groups came from the same beds at the same time. These results show clearly that glycogen may be formed in the oyster from dextrose, while experiment No. 9 shows that even richest feeding in excellent normal conditions with abundant tide flow did not cause as much glycogen formation as that obtained by treat- ment during the same time with a 0.25 per cent dextrose solution and under somewhat adverse conditions at that. The oysters were crowded into a dish in water that was not changed throughout the time of the experiment. Indeed, experiments Nos. 7 and 8, com- pared with No. 5, show how adverse conditions in the laboratory may tend to lower the 156 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. glycogen content. The great variations in ash percentages are due not only to the differ- ences in density of water, but also to variations in the amount of sea water included in the shell contents used for analysis. The metabolic changes in glycogen, therefore, are more fairly represented by the percentages in the ash-free solids than by those in the total solids of the oyster. It apparently makes no difference whether the oysters at the start contain much or little glycogen. The amount formed in any case is about the same for two or three days’ treatment with dextrose, i. e., 1.5 to 2.5 grams of glycogen to every 100 grams of organic matter. The numbers of oysters used in these experiments would seem to exclude the possibility of accounting for variations by mere individual differ- ences, especially since the dried shell contents of all oysters used in any one experiment were very thoroughly ground and mixed before analysis. The storage of glycogen can not continue indefinitely under the adverse conditions used in these experiments. In one case oysters kept in aerated but unchanged sea water, containing 0.25 per cent of dextrose, during five days, yielded glycogen to the amount of 11.12 per cent of the ash-free solids, but the corresponding figure for some of the same oysters analyzed at the beginning of the experiment was 13.57 per cent. Further experiments to test this point were made as shown in Table 3. TABLE 3.—EFFECT OF VARYING DuRATIONS OF DEXTROSE FEEDING ON GLYCOGEN FORMATION. Experi-| Duration Ash in | Glycogen Bienes ment | of treat- Treatment of oysters (15 used for each analysis). dried | in dried fee No. ment. meats. meats. : solids. Days. Se \ Per cent. | Per cent. | Per cent. 25 1 | Inaerated sea water containing % per cent dextrose during 20 hours........... 32-17 6.07 8.94 26 2 | Same as No. 25 but continued during 44 hours............-..eeeeeeeeeeeee ees gi-12 5-16 7-49 27 3 | Same as Nos. 25 and 26 but continued during 68 hours.....................- 30-35 4°34 6.23 OBI]. a ahihoicce. From same lot as Nos. 25, 26, and 27, analyzed as a control...............-.- 34.40 4-84 7:39 CT ES <1 Se Analyzed at beginning of experiments Nos. 30 to.34 as a control ............. 25-56 3°74 5-08 go 1 | In aerated sea water containing % per cent dextrose, 1 day.................. 33-46 5-06 7.60 31 2 | Same as No. 30, 2 days, water (14 per cent dextrose) renewed second day... . 3-22 6.11 8.87 32 3 | Same as Nos. 30 and 31, 3 days, water (14 per cent dextrose) renewed daily. . 29. 85 4-68 6.68 33 €\| Same aSIND. 395A ABYS ia ee nara care o/- eye rae Mettcicn ess Walia etea/aieeiae oeinints 30. 60 5-03 9-25 34 Sf Satmie aS NOii335) 5 ays iain rsiaia swrais ca’ cries asc claa em cis eeata ccabids dates wana v amie 29.50 4-89 6.97 3 Sif nis ate vis wie From same lot as Nos. 29 to 34 analyzed at end of No. 34ascontrol............ 34-70 | 3-96 6.06 These experiments show that the maximum glycogen formation under these cir- cumstances occurs in about twodays. Although in experiments Nos. 30 to 34 the water containing dextrose was daily renewed and constantly aerated, yet glycogen did not show a progressive dailyincrease. Thecontroloysters (experiment No. 29) wereanalyzed imme- diately after they were brought from the beds at Wareham, Mass. There the specific gravity of the water is lower than at Woods Hole. This explains why the second set of control oysters (experiment No. 35), analyzed after remaining five days in Woods Hole water, gavea higher ash yield than the first lot (experiment No. 29), though taken from the same beds at the same time. What effect this may have had on glycogen formation is discussed later. That the oysters of experiments No. 31 to 34 did not have as high an ash content as those of No. 35 may indicate a failure to remain open and feed continuously under the experimental conditions. With smaller concentration (0.1 per cent) of dex- trose, glycogen formation may continue for three days. (See experiments Nos. 37 and 38, Table 4.) NUTRITION OF OYSTERS: GLYCOGEN FORMATION AND STORAGE. 157 The optimum concentration of dextrose for glycogen formation was found to be about 0.25 percent. It was found that 1 per cent of dextrose was toxic. Oysters exposed to it showed inability to close their shells normally after 24 hours’ exposure and rapidly died off in about two or three days. If removed from the sugar-containing water soon after signs of distress appeared, the oysters recovered their normal behavior in the course of a few days’ immersion in running sea water. Some experiments contrasting the gly- cogen formation in 0.25 per cent dextrose with that in 0.1 per cent dextrose are given in Table 4. TABLE 4.—THE Errect oF DIFFERENT CONCENTRATIONS OF DEXTROSE ON GLYCOGEN FORMATION. Experi-| Concen- : Ash in | Glycogen pees ment | tration of Treatment of oysters (15 used for each analysis). dried | in dried {168 No. | dextrose. meats. | meats. . solids. Per cent. ~ i . | Per cent. | Per cent. 36 o-r | Control analysis to be compared with Nos. 37 and 38.............00.eeeeeeee bs 5-48 8.49 37 -1 | Insea water, sp. gr. 1.015, with o.1 per cent dextrose, 36 hours, aerated : 6-34 9-15 38 -r | Same as No. 37, but continued for 72 hours,.............eseeeseeeveee 7°44 To. 45 SOs ceseciee Control analysis to be compared with Nos. 43 and 44.........0.0cccceeeeeeee 31-92 179 II. 50 43 -1 | In sea water, sp. gr. 1.022, with o.1 per cent dextrose, 24 hours, aerated...... 32-95 9:90 14-76 44 -25 | Same as No. 43, but with o.25 per cent dextrose..........-.-..005 Bec aticescad 31-50 12.70 18.53 45 Newsidewecin Same as Nos. 43 and 44, but without dextrose...............ccseeceeeeeeeees 32-90 8.98 13-38 By comparison of experiments Nos, 37 and 38 with 6, 11, and 12(shown in Table 2), evidence of more rapid formation of glycogen in 0.25 per cent dextrose than in o.1 per cent is seen in addition to the data shown in Table 4. The effect of different specific gravities of the sea water containing dextrose on glycogen formation was studied. Fresh or nearly fresh water did not permit glycogen formation. ‘The evidence points to the fact that any change in the salt concentration at the time oysters are transferred from ordinary sea water to dextrose-containing water is a deterrent to maximum glycogen formation. Experiments bearing on this point are reported in Table 5. TABLE 5.—THE ErFEcT OF VARYING SPEcIFIC GRAVITY OF THE SEA WATER ON GLYCOGEN FORMATION. E ;.| Specific (Ashita Glyco- Glyco- ment | St@vicy Treatment of oysters (15 used for each analysis). dried BETA penta of the ments dried ash-free water. " | meats. solids. : F Per cent.| Per cent. | Per cent 39 1-023 | Control analysis to be compared with Nos. 40 to 45............scceueveeeeees 31-92 7-79 II-50 40 1-000 | In aerated fresh water containing o.r per cent dextrose, 24 hours............ 27°55 8.75 12.08 4t 1-o10 | In aerated water is) fresh, 14 sea water) with o.r per cent dextrose, 24 hours. 22-00 10.79 13-84 42 1-016 | In aerated water (% fresh, 4 sea water) with o.x per cent dextrose, 24 hours. 27-75 10-57 14-64 43 1-023 | In aerated sea water with o.1 per cent dextrose, 24 hours. ..........0.s0es005 32-95 9-90 14-76 44 1-023 | In aerated sea water with 0.25 per cent dextrose, 24 hours 31-50 12-70 18. 53 45 1.023 | Same as Nos. 43 aud 44, but without dextrose, control 32-90 8.98 13-38 46 1-023 | Control analysis to be compared with Nos. 47 to 49 34-20 4:20 6.39 47 r-0co | In aerated fresh water with 0.25 per cent dextrose, 24 hours 31-62 3-82 a 48 1-000 | Same as No. 47, but continued 72 hours, water changed daily 24-84 4-02 5-36 49 1-023'| Control analysis, same lot as Nos. 46 to 48, in sea water until end of experiment No. 48-.... NS 37-60 3-51 5-64 50 1.023 | Control analysis to be compared with Nos. 51 and s2 5.75 4°54 7-08 5 1.006 | In aerated water (14 sea water, 4 fresh) with o.x per cent dextrose, 36 hours. 26.35 5-36 9-28 52 1-006 | Same as No. 51, but continued 72 hours............s0ceeeeeue pieiere neler aaibesion 19.90 5-41 6-75 53 1.023 | Control analysis to be compared with Nos, 54 and s5............. Rafesiaulals shea 37:48 3-69 5-90 54 1-010 | In aerated water (%4 fresh, 44 sea water) with o.1 per cent dextrose 72 hours. . 23-55 4:45 5-82 55 1.023 Cot analysis, same lot as Nos. 53 to 54, in sea water until end of experiment 36:73 4:12 6.50 Oe SGre even ene cece cece eee wneeneneee wenn eee nee sae eweeee errr a NE ae eR 0 LY ee EIU 69571°—18——11 158 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. It is seen from Table 5 that the greatest glycogen formation from dextrose occurred in experiment No. 44. Over 60 per cent increase occurred in 24 hours. Sea water from the harbor where the oysters had been kept previous to the experiment was used, so that during the sugar feeding (0.25 per cent dextrose in the water) the oysters experienced no considerable change in the density of the medium. With lower densities some glycogen formation appeared to occur in experiments Nos. 40, 41, and 42; but the results of experimets Nos. 40 and 41 when compared with the control, experiment No. 45, are not significant increments. This series of experiments (Nos. 39 to 45) was done early in September when glycogen formation in oysters is at its height under natural conditions, so that the oysters kept in a small amount of aerated but unchanged sugar-free sea water were able to show a significant increase in glycogen during 24 hours. Water of specific gravity of 1.015 to 1.016 does not so completely inhibit glycogen formation in oysters that have previously been in water of specific gravity of 1.022 to 1.023. Examination of the results of experiments reported in Table 2 yields additional evidence on this point. An increase in the specific gravity of the sugar-containing medium may also, within certain limits, allow considerable glycogen formation. ‘This is shown by a com- parison of the results of experiments Nos. 29, 30, 31, and 35 as reported in Table 3. An attempt to study the effect of the varying concentrations of specific inorganic salts was made. The immediate object was to find the effect on glycogen storage of adding phosphates to sugar-containing water whose density was low enough to check the glycogen process. The experiments as reported in Table 6 show a tendency of phosphates to interfere with glycogen storage. The experiments, Nos. 61, 62, and 63, in which phosphates were added, all resulted in a lowered glycogen content of the oysters although sugar was plentifully furnished. TABLE 6.—THE EFFECT OF PHOSPHATES ON GLYCOGEN FORMATION FROM SUGAR IN DILUTED SEA WATER. Experi- : Dent Giycogen cyouen ment Treatment of oysters (15 used for each analysis). dried dried ree No meats. | In experiments Nos. 61 to 65 a mixture of equal parts of sea and fresh water (sp. er. | _ 1.010) was used. Per cent.| Per cent. | Per cent. 60 | Control analysis to be compared with Nos. 61 t0 65... . 0.2... seen eee eee ees 29-27 10. 53 14-90 61 | In aerated, diluted sea water, with 0.15 per cent disodium phosphate and o.25 per cent Ge OCT A Bs Soh ar nc odo spOnSO RECO Sesion or HOSA tae secint Slsrodacrneeaaea cn 21.37 9-25 II. 77 62 | In aerated, diluted sea water, with o.5 per cent disodium phosphate and o.25 per cent dextxase) aehotirss: ane basen eeebina ttn: cane een ene nEorieccaamecaneanaemons 24.07 7-32 9. 65 63 | In aerated, diluted sea water, with o.5 per cent disodium phosphate, o.25 per cent dex- | trose, and o.25 per cent calcium chloride, 24 hours. .........0.0cceeeeseceeseceeeneeees 19:77 To. 76 13-40 64 | In aerated, diluted sea water, with 0.25 per cent dextrose, 24 hours................20005- 21.21 12-50 15-838 65 | In aerated, diluted sea water, without addition of salt or sugar, 24 hours, as a control to IN GSS Gxy Gass, atid Gaeeeirate cones a tela tntetietc ccs nicteita che ect mnie tie Sie nictele/sinreista saints anes 23-30 10. 67 13-91 The possibility of the formation of glycogen from dextrose by oyster meats sepa- rated from the shells was tested, because in the present-day practice of the oyster indus- try the meats, before packed for shipment, are washed freely with tap water during periods varying in different establishments from a few minutes to several hours. If the glycogen increment, then, could be obtained during this process by addition of glucose to the wash water, an obvious economy would be attained. Only one such experiment is reported, as time and opportunity for conducting others have not yet been found. The result of this, shown in Table 7, was entirely negative. This might be expected physio- logically. With the circulation destroyed, death coming on in the tissues, and metab- NUTRITION OF OYSTERS: GLYCOGEN FORMATION AND STORAGE. 159 olism coming to a stop, it is hardly likely that a synthetic process like glycogen forma- tion would occur with sufficient activity to overbalance the hydrolytic process of glyco- genolysis known to occur in various dying animal tissues. TABLE 7.—TREATMENT OF SHELLED OYSTERS WITH DEXTROSE. Expe- | Oys-| Total Ash in | Glycogen Gireoren riment | ters | weight of Treatment of oysters. dried | in dried ea No. |used.| oysters. meats. meats. cafes Grams. 2I 14 125 | Opened at packing house of Narragansett Bay Oyster Co, (analyzed at | Per cent. | Per cent. | Per cent. rhe) Sst beet 33 Sa AR CE Une Bcc Sco tor cyte oRedociat eet’ noemborres II. 22 21.58 24-31 22 14 125 may tap water containing o.5 per cent of dextrose during 22 hours...... 8. 42 22.22 24-26 23 TH \Lacte ates In tap water containing no dextrose during 22 hours.........-........ 7-90 22.85 24-80 THE FORMATION OF FAT FROM CARBOHYDRATE NUTRIMENT. The formation of fat from carbohydrate nutriment was also observed in oysters, though experiments on this point were not as numerous as on glycogen formation. Results are shown in Table 8. TABLE 8.—FORMATION OF Fat FROM DEXTROSE.® Expe- Fat in Fat in riment Treatment of oysters. dried ash-free No. meats. | solids. Per cent. | Per cent. +8 | In Woods Hole Harbor so hours before analysis. ........ 2.2... .00ceeeee eee e eevee eeeeeeeeeneeeees 2.55 3-25 > 6 | In sea water containing %4 per cent dextrose, 48 hours.............0000cc0eeecceceecceeenerereeacs 3-13 3-98 Exc: FAmalyzed ‘as coonias | broupht from bedsih = sn. aseph ete seis aes dascecelfie esis ae necks sin eciein cette 3-4t 4-58 © zx |/\In' sea water containing % per'cent plucose, 48 Hours... 6). occ k cde sense ceca det wteeveacvoene 6.36 7-47 @ Further data on these analyses are contained in Table 2. > Oysters used in experiments Nos. 6 and 8 were from the same lot. ¢ Oysters used in experiments Nos. ro and rr were from the same lot. LACK OF GLYCOGEN FORMATION FROM DEXTRIN. The failure of oysters to form glycogen from dextrin was observed in two experiments. This possibility was tested because only crude commercial glucose, which always con- tains dextrin, could be used economically in practical work with oysters. Kahlbaum’s purified dextrin was used. Results are shown in Table 9. TABLE 9.—LACK OF GLYCOGEN FORMATION FROM DEXTRIN. Experi- | Oys- ee Ash in | Glycogen Slvengen ment | ters | J 6i cht of Treatment of oysters. dried | in dried res x No. | used. oysters: meats. | meats. ealide Grams Per cent. | Per cent.| Per cent. 17 14 84-9 | In sea water, sp. gr. 1.022, with no dextrin. Treated like No. 18 during 60 Harirst eh Kee. kee: Eek Pe 21-55 17-22 22-01 18 14 82.8 | In sea water, sp. gr. 1.022, contain GtrS) Si ie gaeees 21.00 16. 86 21-34 19 14 83-5 | Analyzed as soon as brought from b 22-17 15-52 19-90 20 14 83-4 | In sea water, sp. gr. 1.022, containing 4 ours 160 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. NUTRITION BY SEAWEEDS AND PROTOZOA. The nutrition of oysters by fragments of seaweed was also studied. This idea seems to have been little considered because of the generally prevailing view that alge and other microscopic life constitute the food of oysters.* In these experiments oysters were fed in glass jars of aerated water with sea lettuce (Ulva lactuca) chopped into fine fragments and added fresh at intervals of one or two days. It was found that the ma- terial had to be in fresh condition, because if it darkened and decomposed, or if the water in the containers was not changed frequently enough, the oysters would die. That this material was ingested was shown by repeated microscopic observations of the stomach contents of oysters so fed. All the sea water used was carefully filtered through several thicknesses of fine filter paper so that, as shown by subsequent microscopic examina- tion, it was freed from alge. It is true that some alge clung to the sea lettuce, and Protozoa and bacteria from the same source were also present in the preparation. The multiplication of these organisms provided, therefore, a part of the nutrition for the oysters. Several experiments were started, but only one was successfully continued long enough to be of value. The result is shown in Table 6. It indicates that the sea- weed fragments contributed to the nourishment of the oyster. Whether accumulations of seaweed on oyster beds may cause the death of oysters is a question of practical interest to oystermen. Gorham? observed the death of oysters on beds where seaweeds in which Ulva predominated had lodged in masses sufficient to cause putrefaction. In his opinion the seaweed was the cause of death. The following experiments on this point were undertaken: Wooden boxes about 30 inches square and 3 inches deep were filled with sand and gravel, and 25 oysters were laid on top of the gravel in each box. A basket of galvanized wire netting was made so as to fit over the top of each box with a space of 3 or 4 inches above the oysters. Two such boxes, one with the wire basket loosely filled with seaweeds and the other without them, were then anchored together in each of several locations on the shores of Narragansett Bay in waters suitable for oyster culture. The seaweeds used were mostly Ulva with some eelgrass. In one case Ulva alone was used. Four such experiments were carried out. In two of them the oysters were taken up for observation after 29 days, in one after 25 days, and in one after 14 days. In every case the oysters under seaweeds were found to be dead and badly decomposed, with the meats running out of the shell. Of the roo oysters so treated only 7 were found alive and 6 of these had discolored meats showing signs of incipient putrefaction. All the control oysters showed no pathological conditions or signs of decay, and from the new shell formation during the progress of the experiment, showed abundant evidence of flourishing growth. It would seem, then, that although seaweed may serve as food for oysters, accumulations of it in places where the tide does not keep it sufficiently in motion must be guarded against in oyster culture. The nutrition of oysters by Protozoa was also investigated. Rich cultures of various Protozoa were added daily to a dish of filtered, aerated sea water containing oysters. As alge were excluded from this experiment, only Protozoa and bacteria, but with Protozoa predominating, served as food for the oysters. They appeared after 17 days, ® Brooks, William K.: The Oyster. 225 p., 1905. Baltimore. > Gorham: Annual Report, Rhode Island Shellfish Commission, rorq. NUTRITION OF OYSTERS: GLYCOGEN FORMATION AND STORAGE. 161 when the experiment was ended, to be in a nutritive condition comparable to the oysters from the same source examined before the experiment. The result of chemical analysis is shown in Table ro. TABLE 10.—THE NUTRITION OF OYSTERS BY SEAWEED AND PROTOZOA.@ Ash in | Glycogen) Glycogen Treatment of oysters. dried in dried | in ash- meats, | meats. |freesolids. Per cent. | Per cent. | Per cent. Analyzed as soon as brought from beds. (See experiment 1, Table 2) 36-45 2-77 4:37 Fed with Ulva lactuca during 14 days sek Boe 32-56 7-03 10. 43 Fed with Protozoa cultures during 17 days 36.70 4:55 7.18 @ The oysters used in these experiments were from the same lot. An attempt was made to follow the nutritive condition of the experimental oyster by determinations of nitrogen in the dried tissues. From the results of 20 analyses no definite conclusions could be drawn. In the various artificial feedings, changes in the nitrogen content of the tissues were observed, but they were always small and in most cases merely percentage changes attributable to the altered proportions of salts and glycogen, rather than to a change in the actual amount of protein present. » SUMMARY. A summary of the results of this work follows: 1. Evidence was obtained of a seasonal variation in the glycogen content of oysters. A depletion occurs in the warm weather but is followed by a storing-up process in the latter part of the summer and in the fall. Glycogen seems to decrease during the cold- est weather. ‘This favors the idea of hibernation. The results on seasonal variation agree with the results of Milroy. 2. Glycogen may be formed in the oysters from dextrose. Fat storage may occur simultaneously. 3. The optimum conditions for this process are: (a2) Duration of dextrose feeding two to three days; (b) concentration of dextrose equal to about 0.25 per cent; and (c) water density not greatly different from that in which the oysters have previously been. 4. Excess of sodium phosphate in the medium may check glycogen formation from sugar. 5. Formation of glycogen from dextrin was not obtained. 6. Failure of glycogen formation from sugar by oysters taken from the shells was observed. 7. Evidence that Protozoa and fragments of seaweed (Ulva lactuca) may serve as food for oysters is given. 8. Decaying seaweeds lodged above oysters that are under otherwise good grow- ing conditions may cause their death. AB "a Se ats . ty mt of le ot) iat das Pe de FS ef fl ie 1 weenie | : } Wig eyk Aye eS Soro ee ee eee ee ke Lhe Wah feet x eo wo j J As an 9 » shan tx iv wy ae Ese TAI SF ey pote amd! AE ; et coat peter canara Qbageay preventive lh is 8 Eade ans ’ a We per “Tatgaap eee tacte ily Bata ti : WK Hi Lge t t en ay eet oo muaseaty Cyatety tht Far ie BITIM sheaths om Ave fet Hse fn eatery ad) Ae ever sel Ylgers apts ae lo Pp , 4% » : u A j te wea Dink: Wart weenie rau, Sn) dud. Rae 19H AN DY aS RA TOG) } Ms hie! Hiv ian ay) ‘ + ’ fy ont, i hit TAT hogtied “maltehiog “ybarsyt higeit : vA fast TMG 9 ty ny % pansy Wo Witret tee Jinnoceny Ene Ve ned ih vanity © Od i Heth hi AS! CMa « - SERPNP OST ATRreh AECL. Tap TERED eis is TIS 0 ¥ i ¢ iM , rei Ci a s Prvde's ¢ siyse7nee) pewtinet, oe tet ROUEN Lan a tap Prevse es ot 1 Babee “rt atihy 3 ; , ; ane goes \ a wd ntavAl Wort: oy ihe? : ‘ eos ie) fat sith tir Paige & desi ais hy ast Ve y;! , \ \ j ; Wii {4 en itakiey’ Ueisaay et tee ; Hal vowthit te let see} infu bay ai! fase Sat ay f " ( ' am ; ; vias 0} i , : ty , d h ig it py : P ' f TD Oar bas ba : ; i il ~ ‘ene ; Ba, Cee Tey ane ’ etron t he iy { rot ; ey « ; i i yy i i i Hires’ 4 : THE ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF THE GENUS LERNAEA Eo By Charles Branch Wilson, Ph. D. State Normal School, Department of Biology, Westfield, Mass. ead Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Fairport, Iowa 163 ae ATA ens aal VaR ABBE meni es De Ue) May say ahah ney yt aa ie ' 1 in i : ay ; i Pie hi ae \ Raa de ; is as aon vie A Tee ty ie , ui ; i my ie + “4h KD Wey a ‘ Y x : F it) f } ; LAD To eg Mee eT ONS thy a ae ' yay i os AUR Ae Lalas ay 9 ate teas inpitate Tecipeheied amis Girt stinks Rete) aly duet sereatlOl tea By AVE r i : i f : : i ite? i Oe ' ; CTPA DO Whe @ m8 fie, 7 my A i ; Be aig ' esa ENR ae NO Na \ i f ey i Be aX, f Af ne i : 1) if ( ey, Pane tw y A Rd. aon THE ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF THE GENUS LERNAEA. & By CHARLES BRANCH WILSON, Ph. D., State Normal School, Department of Biology, Westfield, Mass. & Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Fairport, Iowa. Pd INTRODUCTORY. During the summer of 1914 while working at the Bureau of Fisheries station at Fairport, Iowa, many new species of copepods parasitic upon fresh-water fish were obtained, and interesting bionomic relations between these parasites and mussel glochidia were discovered. The results of these investigations have already been published.¢ Among the new species was one belonging to the genus Lernea, which proved to be of exceptional interest, since larvee were found in various stages of development. But not enough were obtained to give anything like a complete life history, and conse- quently this was left until the following summer, 1915. At that time additional larval stages were found and the entire development was carried up to the adult form. Two new species were discovered and those already described were carefully re- viewed, so that the entire genus might be placed upon a sound and substantial basis. Specimens of the adults of various species were sectioned and the entire internal anatomy was reconsidered, together with the oogenesis, in the light of the series thus obtained. And it is vastly to the credit of those old observers that all the wonderful advance in technique since their day has only been able to supplement, and not to supplant, their painstaking work. The larve were also sectioned and their anatomy was fully worked out. Material was thus provided for both the external and internal morphology of the larva as well as the adult, for much of the histology, and for the entire life history, all of which have been incorporated in the present paper. This work, especially the life history, is one of the most important factors in deter- mining the systematic position of the genus, which ought now to be fairly well established. With the two new species here presented the number now recognized in the genus reaches 17, more than half of which are American. @ Bulletin, Bureau of Fisheries, vol. 34, 1914, D. 331-374, Pl. 60-74. 165 166 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. HISTORICAL. The genus Lernga was founded by Linneus in 1758, in the tenth edition of his “Systema Nature,” with the three species, cyprinacea, asellina, and salmonea (p. 655). The species asellina, a salt-water form, has since become the type of the genus Medesicaste, while the species salmonea, a fresh-water form, is the type of the genus Salmincola. The species cyprinacea, another fresh-water form, thus becomes the type of the original genus by elimination as well as by priority. In 1822 Blainville founded his new genus Lerneocera, and gave as his first or type species branchialis, which had been included by Linnaeus in his genus Lernea in the twelfth edition of the “Systema Nature.’’ Blainville also included in his new genus a second species, cycloplerina, which later became the type of the genus Hemobaphes. His third species was new to science and he named it swrriratis for Dr. Surriray of Havre, who sent him a specimen. But his description gave the egg strings as uniseriate, which would exclude it from the genus, and in all probability it was identical with Lerneenicus spratte. Of course Blainville had no right to add, as his fourth and last species, cypri- nacea, the type of Linneeus’ genus Lernea. We thus have the genus Lernea established by Linnzus in 1758, with cyprinacea as a type and including the species branchialis (1767), and the genus Lerneocera estab- lished by Blainville in 1822, with branchialts as a type and including the species cyprinacea. Curiously enough, in endeavoring to straighten this muddle, subsequent authors have reversed the genera, and branchialis has come to be accepted as the type of the genus Lernea, while cyprinacea was formally declared to be the type of Lern@ocera by Cunnington in 1914. ° But Lernea is the oldest genus amongst the parasitic copepods, and its ancient prestige must be restored by giving it again its original type species and making it a fresh-water instead of a salt-water genus. In 1832° Nordmann published a more complete description of L. cyprinacea, but failed as Blainville had done to find the swimming legs. His paper was of great value, however, because it contained the description and figures of a newly hatched nauplius larva, the first and the best that have ever been published. In 1833% Burmeister presented a second description of L. cyprinacea, illustrated by good figures; he also showed that the species described by Nordmann was not cyprinacea at all, but a species new to science, which he named esocina from its host. But he regarded the two pairs of antennz as the anterior and posterior rami of a single appendage, and he added one more to the list of those who had failed to find the swimming legs. The swimming legs were first discovered by Briihl in 1860 on a species which he named Lerneocera gasterostet, but which was evidently the same as the one described by Nord- mann, viz, esocina. In the following year Claus confirmed Briihl’s discovery upon two specimens sent him by Prof. Leuckart and called by the latter Lernea gobina, but which Claus after examination believed to be identical with Briihl’s species. In addition he corrected a mistake common to all previous investigators, by whom the two pairs of antenne had been transposed, the anterior pair having been called posterior and the posterior pair ® Jour. Physique, vol. 95, Pp. 372-380, 437-447- ¢ Mikrogr. Beitriige, pt. 2, p. 123. > Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1914, p. 819-829. @ Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur., vol. 17, p. 309. ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF GENUS LERNAA. 167 anterior. Again, in 1867,% he published a description of Lerneocera esocina, in which he mentioned both gobina and gasterostet as distinct species, and added many details of external and internal structure. In 1863 Kr@yer added three new species, catostomi, pomotidis, and phoxinacea, to the genus, the first two of which were from the Mississippi River. In 1865 Heller added another species, /Jagenula, obtained during the voyage of the Novara. In 1870° Hartmann published the description of a species which he named barnimit, together with excellent figures which included the eggs and the development up to the metanauplius stage. his is by far the best paper upon any species of the genus, and it included as much of the internal structure as could be made out without sectioning. Meanwhile here in the United States Le Sueur had established in 1824° the first American species, cruciata, upon material obtained in Lake Erie. After a long interval he was followed by Kellicott with two other American species, one, tortua, from New York State in 1881,% and the other, pectoralis, from Michigan in 1882.¢ With these ro species the genus remained until 1914,’ when Cunnington published a short paper including a ‘‘List of described species” and three from the Tanganyika region in Africa that were new to science. In spite of its brevity and omissions this paper proved to be of considerable value because it summed up aM the described species and presented a key for their iden- tification. Among other things, with reference to the genus, Cunnington stated, ‘‘A careful study of these forms has given me the impression that two or three of them may merit separation as distinct genera’”’ (p. 822), but he wisely concluded not to do this at present. On the next page he said: ‘‘The appendages appear to show compara- tively minor differences within the limits of this genus, and have not been appealed to for the purpose of establishing new species.” The appendages certainly are remarkably similar in all the species examined by the author, but this very fact precludes the establishment of new genera, for which there must be characteristic differences in the appendages as well as in body form. Cunnington mentioned Krd¢yer’s catostomi and pomotidis, Heller’s Jagenula, and his own diceracephala as possible candidates for the prospective new genera. The first three are shown to be good Lerneans in this paper. With reference to Cunnington’s species the chief distinctive feature mentioned is “the existence of only two cephalic horns—apparently the dorsal pair—instead of four.’’ But it may be noted that the ventral pair in another of his species, temnocephala, are hardly large enough to be called horns rather than spines, the ventral pair in variabilis and tenuis are also often very minute, and in anomala they have entirely disappeared. These species certainly belong to the present genus in spite of considerable variation in the number and structure of the horns, and the same is probably true of diceracephala. Unless in addition to the lack of ventral horns or the presence of a dorsal horn there were also well-marked differences in the appendages, it would be manifestly inadvisable to establish any new genus. ECOLOGY. The parasites belonging to this genus are immovably anchored in the tissues of the host’s body. Consequently we should expect to find, as in the Lerneopodide, consid- @ Sitzungsb. Gesellsch. Beférd. ges. Naturw. Marburg, p. 5-12. 4 Proc. Amer. Soc. Micros., vol. 2, p. 41. > Arch. Anat. Physiol., p. 726-752. € Loc. cit., vol. 4, D. 75. ¢ Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 3, p. 286. J Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1914, p. 819-829. 168 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. erable sexual dimorphism, a loss of the powers of locomotion, and modified means of prehension. But the peculiar life history greatly modifies these characters and even does away with some of them. Sexual dimorphism.—Since the females attain a length in some species of more than 20mm. we would naturally look for a much smaller male, with marked differences between the sexes. But a study of the development convinces us that there is no sexual dimor- phism for the following reasons: There is no disparity in size up to the close of the copepodid stages, at which time both sexes become mature and their union takes place. After this union the male either dies at once or becomes a free swimmer for a short time and then dies. And while the female subsequently seeks out a final host and undergoes upon it marvelous changes in size and form, we can not in fairness compare her altered proportions with those of the male before his death, and hence there is no real dimorphism. Locomotion.—The adults are incapable of locomotion, but the nauplius, metanau- plius, and copepodid larve are exceedingly active and move about constantly and vigorously. When placed in a watch crystal of water the copepodid larve swim around in search of something to which they can cling. If there is a fragment of a gill filament present they all congregate upon it and remain there. Every now and then they leave in search of a better location, but finding none return to the filament. If there is nothing present to which they can fasten they swim about until tired, then come to rest upon their backs on the bottom of the watch glass, and may remain there an hour or more. They can be kept alive in this way for several days. When swimming or when moving about over the gills the motion of the larva is jerky and spasmodic. They swim with the back downward, darting for a short distance in almost any direction, sometimes in a straight line, sometimes in a wide curve, stopping wherever it happens, usually in a horizontal position, and then sinking slowly to the bottom. But they also have the ability, possessed by many of the free swimmers, of holding themselves suspended from the surface film of the water by means of their antenne, their bodies hanging in a vertical position, and they often come to rest in this manner and remain for some minutes. On the gills of the fish they always move about with their ventral surface next to the filament, using the swimming legs for locomotion and the second antenne and maxillipeds for prehension. They catch hold of the filament and kick themselves free with a jerk that helps to send them forward. When resting the first antenne are ex- tended horizontally, the two being in the same straight line, while the second pair are turned ventrally and parallel to each other. The maxillipeds also stand out ventrally at right angles to the surface of the head, ready for use. During locomotion the posterior half of the body is often inclined ventrally, the flexure occurring between the fourth and fifth-sixth (fused) thorax segments. After the short rest at the surface or the long rest on the bottom the larva moves about as actively as ever, and this alternate motion and resting is kept up until a host is found. Prehension.—The organs of prehension are the second antenne and the maxillipeds; these are similar in both sexes and are the only means of prehension possessed by the male. The larve never develop a frontal filament like that of the Lerneopodide and the other Lerneide, but continue to move about freely during their entire larval life. But the female, after she has sought out her final host and fastened herself to it by means of the second antenne and maxillipeds, develops an entirely different method ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF GENUS LERNAA. 169 of attachment. She first burrows through the skin of the host and into the underlying tissues by means of her second antenne, her powerful maxille, and her maxillipeds, until the anterior half of the body is entirely buried. The segments of the thorax then begin their final lengthening and transformation, and at the same time processes or horns, two, three, or four in number, grow out laterally from the cephalothorax into the surrounding tissue and anchor the head securely in place. Once formed, the function of prehension is entirely assumed by these horns for the remainder of the creature’s life. The only subsequent use for the second antenne and maxillipeds is to pull the mouth into contact with the food; for this purpose they retain to the full their form and powerful musculature. Specimens of variabilis have been found which did not burrow through the skin, but were fastened to one of the fish’s scales. In such instances the horns are still devel- oped, but instead of penetrating the tissues they are flattened out upon the scale and more or less fused with it. Here also, therefore, the horns assume the function of attachment to the host, but there is more work left for the second antenne and maxil- lipeds in the procuring of food. As a result of the burrowing usually practiced by the larva we find that the tissues of the host are profoundly modified; those in immediate contact with the head and neck of the parasite harden into a tough, leathery skin which helps to hold the creature in place, and which is usually found enveloping the head and anterior end of the parasite after it is removed from its host. There is often also a swelling of the surrounding tissues, so that a good-sized lump or tumor is formed, perforated through the center and with the posterior part of the parasite projecting from the perforation. Sometimes the head and neck of the parasite work about so much within the burrow that it keeps the flesh of the host raw and bleeding, similar to the sores on the sunfish (Mola mola) occasioned by various species of the Caligide. Le Sueur and Kellicott mentioned such sores in connection with the species obtained by them. Location.—The larve are always found upon the gills, either clinging to the fila- ments or to the skin covering the arches. After mating when the female copepodid larva seeks out her final host she fastens to the outside of the body instead of the gills, in the place where she is to be transformed into an adult. Mating and the attachment of the spermatophores has entirely changed her choice of a location and she now seems to prefer the vicinity of one of the fins, usually the dorsal. And when six or eight specimens are found upon the same fish they are arranged in a row alongside this same dorsal fin. But they never burrow through the flesh into the body cavity, and hence do not, like some of the other Lerneide, attack the heart, the liver, or any other vital organ. Relation to mussel glochidia.—It has been found by the author that there is a well- defined antagonism between mussel glochidia and parasitic copepods belonging to the Ergasilida.% The same antagonism evidently exists between the glochidia and the copepodid larvee of the present genus. During the summer about 150 short-nosed gars (Lepisosteus platostomus) were examined for these larye. These fish were obtained in “Patterson Lake,” ‘Drury Lake,” and similar slews, which the fishing crew visited regularly and the fish of which they infected artificially with mussel glochidia. Gars were often obtained in the @ Bulletin, United States Bureau of Fisheries, vol 34, 1914, D- 345+ 170 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. seine along with other fish and were infected the same as the rest. Of the 150 specimens examined 53 had been thus artificially infected with glochidia, a trifle more than a third of the whole, and upon these not a single copepodid larva was found. In many instances both infected and uninfected gills were removed and placed together in a jar of water over night. ‘The gills that had no glochidia were well covered with copepodid larve and many specimens were obtained from them on the following morning. But none of these larvee would fasten on the gills that were already occupied by glochidia. In wandering about the aquarium the larve necessarily came in contact with both kinds of gills, but would not fasten on those that had glochidia. Hence there must be something in connection with the glochidium-infected gill that becomes manifest to the copepodid larva and exerts upon it an antagonistic influence. What this is it would be very difficult to decide, but it would seem as if it must influence the larva through sensations corresponding either to smell or taste. And the antagonism is not all in one direction; the presence of copepodid larve proves fully as distasteful to the glochidia as does that of the glochidia to the larve. On the gills above mentioned that were well infested with copepodid larve no glochidia were found, or if present they were in such small numbers (one to four) as to prove the general statement still more forcibly. Some of these fish must have had the same chance as the others to become artificially infected with glochidia; the very fact that they were caught and brought in for examination proved this. Finally to complete the evidence about a dozen fish were found with a respectable infection of both glochidia and copepodid larve, about half a dozen of each. This would seem to indicate that the antagonizing influence, whatever it may be, can not be spread over the entire gill by a few parasites of either kind, but that it requires a dozen or more. When the smaller number is present the antagonism is incomplete and both kinds may be found upon the same gill, but when the larger number is present the antagonism becomes complete and one kind of parasite occupies the gill to the exclusion of the other. Two conclusions naturally follow from these observations, the one being the reverse of the other: 1. If conditions occur which are peculiarly favorable to the copepods and they in- crease so as to be present in considerable numbers on the gills of all the fish, then artificial infection with mussel glochidia will be seriously hindered and may even be a failure. 2. But evidently this artificial infection with glochidia and any natural infection that may occur will operate as a preventative against the increase of the copepod para- sites, and if persisted in might reduce their numbers almost to extinction. At all events among fishes kept for the purpose of breeding mussel glochidia there will be very little danger of such an epidemic of copepod parasites as often occurs in trout ponds and aquaria, due to excessive development. Geographical distribution of species.—Of the 17 species here enumerated 9 (53 per cent) are from our North American rivers and lakes, 4 (24 per cent) are from Africa, 3 (17 per cent) are from Europe, and a single one (6 per cent) is from South America. The following list gives the names of the species found on the respective continents: North America: anomala, n. sp., catostomi, cruciata, dolabrodes, n. sp., pectoralis, pomotidis, tenuis, tortua, variabilis. Africa: barnimit, diceracephala, haplocephala, temnocephala. Europe: cyprinacea, esocina, phoxinacea. South America: lagenula. ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF GENUS LERNAA. I7I Cunnington stated: ‘“‘So far as I am aware, the existence of the genus in Africa has never been put on record before” (1914, p. 819). But barnimii was captured in 1860 at Dabbeh on the River Nile in Nubia. The single South American species is probably not a fair representation of the genus on that continent, but simply means that there has not been very much search for these parasites upon South American fishes. Similarly, the nonappearance of Asia in the above list must not be interpreted as excluding the genus from that continent. Practically none of the fresh-water fishes belonging to that region has ever been examined for parasites, and there is no obvious reason why the genus should not be represented there as well as elsewhere. Hosts.—This entire genus and the single known species of the genus Sylvestria are the only Lernzans which infest fresh-water fishes, but they are widely distributed amongst the different families of fishes, as can be seen from the table which follows. Moreover, it will be noted that if the larve thus far discovered can be taken as typical of the entire genus, every species of Lernea has at least two hosts, widely differ- ing from each other. One of these serves as the temporary host of the copepodid larve, the other as the final or permanent host of the adult female. Our knowledge of the larve of the different species is at present too limited to enable us to draw any general conclusions with reference to the relations between the temporary and perma- nent hosts. But it is worthy of comment that both kinds of hosts include fish which frequent the surface, others which frequent the bottom, and a third class which may be found at almost any depth. Probably later investigation will discover some general relation between these; it would at least seem reasonable that the two hosts of the same species should be fishes that frequent similar localities. Host species. Parasite species. AOR DLO pisteswral Pestresy(LEGEME tan iertel hel ereiaie) s\late oil sinield di sisioiote\oie) Sietniaich-i-i rus cruciata, adult female. Ameiurus nebulosus (bullhead)........00..00cc0eeceeeeeeceeeee scene bee) SUSE pomotidis, copepodid larve. Aplodinotus grunniens (Sheepshead). ..........0..e cece cece eee eee tenuis, adult female. Barbusibynns (fish ofsRiver, NUE) ee fe 6 Fs hie aie eskrs lad sible wise ales temnocephala, adult female. Gatostomus nigricans, (hogisiclzer) oie /3 <1 bi. 02/2) slese:s eielcneie sfetera'e citeyeie ove tapeh tortua, adult female. Clarias mossambicus (fish of River Nile)...............2eee eee e eee eee diceracephala, adult female. GY PYAVUS COVESSTUS (CALP) sfosiseieeloiaie.sclete saalelese sia(a «a Seisiaiosieleltamineis sats Sais cyprinacea, adult female. ES Ovw UCSH65) (PUKE )foicsycis}s1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, pl. 29, fig. 8. ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF GENUS LERNAHA. 183 flattened ventrally, and marked with dark-colored longitudinal stripes. The eye was bright red in color. A female L. variabilis was obtained from a bluegill, and on examining her egg strings the eggs were seen to be ellipsoidal instead of spherical, but showed no pigment, as is the case with most copepod eggs when ready to hatch. On the strength of the WZ EY, 4 hy OY) Fic. 1.—The newly hatched nauplius of L. variabilis. difference in shape, however, this female was placed at night in a suitable aquarium, and the next morning all the eggs were hatched. Some were examined and the others kept, and they molted during the second night into metanauplii and during the third day into the first copepodid stage, similar in all respects to the one obtained from the gills of the gar. With the stages thus 184 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. happily obtained we can supplement Nordmann’s account and present a complete life history, with every stage figured and described. The nauplius.—General form elliptical, one-half longer than wide, not narrowed posteriorly, with nearly parallel sides. First antennz uniramose, two-jointed, basal joint twice the length of the terminal and unarmed, terminal joint tipped with two long, plumose set, two short spines on the inner margin, and a long nonplumose seta on the dorsal surface. Second antennz and mandibles biramose, the exopod four-jointed, with four plumose sete, the endopod two-jointed, tipped with two plumose sete, and with Fic. 2.—The metanauplius of L. variabilis. a short spine on the inner margin of each joint. The balancers are straight spines, com- paratively short and slender, and placed rather close together on either side of the midline. ‘There is no pigment of any sort in this nauplius, no eye is visible, nor is the body transparent enough to show any of the internal anatomy. In these respects it differs from the one described by Nordmann, but is like it in all essentials. The metanauplius.—The nauplii molted once and at the second molt passed into a metanauplius stage. Body elongate, obovate, twice as long as wide, strongly narrowed posteriorly, with evenly rounded margins. First antenne uniramose and two-jointed, the terminal ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF GENUS LERNAHA. 185 joint without plumose sete, but armed with 8 or 10 long spines. Second antenne and mandibles as in the nauplius, except that the endopod of the second antennz is now tipped with a single plumose seta, and three large spines on the posterior margin. Behind the mandibles on the dorsal surface of the body there is a single large spine on either side close to the lateral margin. Toward the posterior end the swimming legs can be seen partly differentiated inside the body. At the posterior end are two large anal laminz, each armed with three plumose sete, the two inner ones the largest, and the two central ones the smallest. A compound eye is now distinctly visible close to the anterior margin, and just in front of it that margin projects slightly. There is no pigment on this metanauplius, and the internal anatomy, with the exception of the eye, is still wholly invisible. Total length, 0.25 mm. Width, 0.125 mm. This metanauplius molted once within a few hours, and at the second molt passed into the first copepodid stage some time during the third day. THE FIRST COPEPODID LARVA. With the molt from the metanauplius into the first copepodid stage (fig. 31-35, pl. x), the larva ceases its free-swimming life and enters upon its first period of para- sitism. It seeks out a temporary host, upon whose gills it can continue its development up to sexual maturity and fastens itself to the outside surface of the gill filaments by means of its second antennz and maxillipeds. While this attachment is strong enough to hold the larva securely in place even when the gill is rinsed off under a faucet, it can still be easily loosened at the pleasure of the larva. Indeed, these copepodid larvz are much the most lively parasites of all the copepods infesting fish. It is practically impossible to catch one of them alive without injuring it, for upon being touched they let go of the filament, dart about swiftly in the water, and then seize the gill in another place. But they can often be deceived by cutting off the entire filament and removing it while they still cling to it. Having obtained one in this way from the gills of the short-nosed gar, Lepisosteus platostomus, we may examine its structure. It is the larva of Lernea variabilis. (See fig. 31.) The cephalothorax is elliptical in shape, its longitudinal and transverse diameters being in the proportion of 4 to 3. It is somewhat enlarged through the bases of the first antenne and the anterior and posterior margins are nearly straight. It is fol- lowed by three free thorax segments, which diminish regularly in width, but are of about the same length. Finally, there is a rectangular segment, longer and narrower than the last free thorax segment, which represents the fused abdominal segments. It bears two large anal lamine at its posterior corners, each armed with a very long and jointed inner seta and four much shorter outer ones, which diminish in size regularly outward. The first and second antennz are the same size and each is two-jointed, the terminal joint a little smaller than the basal and heavily armed with sete. In addition to the sete the second pair have a strong prehensile claw at the inner distal corner, and they share with the maxillipeds the task of holding the larva in place upon its host. The mandibles, maxilla, and maxillipeds are the same in all particulars as those of the adult. Each swimming leg of the two pairs is made up of a short and wide basal 186 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. joint and two one-jointed rami, well armed with plumose sete and spines. The first pair of legs is some distance in front of the posterior margin of the cephalothorax and close to the bases of the mavxillipeds. On the lateral margins of the second free joint near the posterior end are the rudi- ments of a third pair of swimming legs in the shape of small papille, each armed with two sete. Total length, including anal sete, 0.53 mm. Carapace, 0.16 mm. long, 0.12 mm. wide. Color a uniform yellowish white, digestive tube black, eye a reddish purple. When one of these larvae molts the old skin cracks open along the back of the thorax and the larva crawls out through the hole thus made, just as a dragonfly or cicada crawls out of its nymph case, and two minutes after emerging it is able to swim about as before. Some molts occur without any change in the appendages or body segmentation and with only a slight increase in the size of the larva. THE SECOND COPEPODID LARVA. In the second copepodid stage (fig. 21, pl. rx) obtained from the gills of the short- nosed gar a new thorax segment has been formed just in front of the genital segment, but the abdominal segments are still entirely fused. The first antenne have become four-jointed, while the second pair still remain two-jointed. There are now three pairs of legs instead of two; the first two pairs have two-jointed rami, while in the third pair the rami have but a single joint. The new fourth segment carries at its posterior corners the rudiments of a fourth pair of legs, each consisting of a large rounded papilla and two terminal sete. The second (first free) thorax segment has increased until it is fully as wide as the cephalothorax, the third and fourth segments are about the same width, which is two-thirds that of the second segment, and the abdomen has not increased at all. THE THIRD COPEPODID LARVA. The third stage (fig. 23-30, pl. rx) was obtained from the gills of the sauger, Stizostedion canadense, and is evidently a different species from the one found upon the gar. But it serves just as well to illustrate the changes which mark this stage. Another new segment has been added to the free thorax, the second (first free) thorax segment still remains as wide as the cephalothorax, while the other segments, including the genital segment, diminish regularly in width behind it, though they are all about the same length. The antenne are four-jointed and two-jointed, as before, but the second pair has increased considerably in length. There are now four pairs of biramose legs, with the rami two-jointed, and a fifth pair which is rudimentary, each leg made up of two papille side by side and tipped with short spines. There is also on either side of the genital segment at the posterior corner a tiny papilla tipped with two small spines, the rudiment of a sixth leg. The abdomen has lengthened considerably and now has two joints, the basal joint about half the length of the terminal one. There are also many differences in the anal lamine and their sete, but these are probably specific differences rather than changes due to advanced development. ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF GENUS LERNA!A. 187 THE FOURTH COPEPODID LARVA. A large number of both sexes of this stage (fig. 53-61, pl. xm) were obtained from the gills of the short-nosed gar, thus completing the larval development, since during this period both kinds of larvee become sexually mature and mating takes place. The female larva.—This larva has greatly elongated and is now 1.25 to 1.50 mm. in length, including the anal setae. The cephalothorax is somewhat oval in shape, being narrowed anteriorly, and its longitudinal and transverse diameters are in the propor- tion of 8 to 5. No new thorax segment has been added, but the genital segment has greatly increased in size, and there are now three abdominal segments instead of two. The first antenne remain four-jointed; the second pair have become longer, and the prehensile claw at their tips has increased greatly in size. Of the mouth parts the mandibles and first maxilla can be made out much more easily than in the adult. The first four pairs of swimming legs have three-jointed rami, and each fifth leg now has a single distinct one-jointed ramus tipped with long setee. At the posterior corners of the genital segment is a single large seta on either side, marking the sixth legs. The fifth segment is fused with the genital segment, the sepa- ration being indicated by deep lateral notches behind the bases of the fifth legs. In a little older larva there is a marked elongation of the thorax, the segments separating from one another so as to leave wide lateral notches. (See fig. 54, pl. x11.) Female larvee of another species in the fourth copepodid stage were obtained from the gills of the bullhead, Ameiurus nebulosus, from Drury Slew, July 23, 1915. In these the carapace and the free thorax segments were relatively shorter and wider (fig. 41-49, pl. x1); the fifth segment was distinctly separated from the genital segment, the latter being the wider of the two and nearly twice as wide as long; and the anal laminz and sete were also longer and narrower. The fifth legs had a wider basal joint, armed with a stout spine on the outer margin, while the ramus was armed with three spines, two at the tip and one on the outer mar- gin; no rudiments of the sixth legs were visible in dorsal view. In the maxillipeds the terminal joint was relatively shorter and narrower, and the basal joint was much less inflated through the center. It is impossible to locate this species with certainty, but it is at least highly improbable that it is a larval form of tortua, the adult female of which is sometimes found upon this same bullhead. It is also worthy of note that its host, the bullhead, is a fish which stays on or close to the bottom, while the short-nosed gar, the host of the variabilis larva stays close to the surface of the water. The male larva.—This larva is similar to the female in most particulars, but shows some sex differences. The body in general is shorter and relatively wider, especially the cephalothorax, whose longitudinal and transverse diameters are in the proportion of 7 to 6. The free thorax segments are also wider and shorter than in the female (See fig. 36, 53, pl. x, x11.) The only differences in the appendages are in an increase in the size and curvature of the prehensile claws on the second antenne and the terminal claws on the maxilli- peds, longer and stouter rami on the swimming legs, and in the size of the sixth legs. Male larvae of another species, probably cruciata, were obtained from the gills of the sauger. (See fig. 36, pl. x.) On these the cephalothorax is relatively longer and narrower, but the anterior margin is wider and projects some distance over the bases of the antenne. The second (first free) thorax segment is as wide as the carapace, but the 188 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. third, fourth, and fifth segments diminish very rapidly, the fifth being only one-third the width of the second. The genital segment is wider than the fifth segment, while the abdomen segments are considerably narrower. The maxillipeds have a rather slender basal joint, with an enlargement on the inner margin just above the spine and close to the base of the terminal joint. Total length of female, 1.25 to 1.50 mm.; of male, r to 1.15 mm. Carapace of female 0.32 mm. long, 0.20 mm. wide; of male 0.28 mm. long, 0.24 mm. wide. Anal lamine and sete 0.20 to 0.30 mm. long. Color of both sexes like that of yellowish cartilage, the digestive tract black, the tripartite eye a bluish-purple. THE INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE FOURTH COPEPODID LARVA. Circulation.—The most conspicuous part of the internal mechanism (fig. 62-67, pl. xu) of the living larva is the digestive tube, which runs straight through the center of the body. Its contents are jet black in color and reach back into the genital segment, the portion of the intestine behind that, together with the rectum, being transparent and colorless. Every little while a small portion of this black material, which is the partly digested blood from the gills of the host, is separated from the rest, rolled up into a rounded mass, and passed back into the rectum, from which it is soon ejected. The only circulation in the larva is produced by these movements of the digestive canal. The anterior end of the stomach is fastened to the dorsal wall of the head by three muscles, whose contraction draws the entire digestive tube forward. It is then drawn back again by muscles connected with the rectum and the posterior end of the intestine. In addition to these forward and backward movements there is also a peristaltic wave of contraction, which starts at the anterior end of the stomach at the same time that the latter is drawn forward. This wave travels backward and reaches the rectum at about the time the forward movement of the whole digestive canal ceases. Accord- ingly when the backward movement of the canal begins the peristaltic contraction is reversed and passes forward again. The combination of these two kinds of movements produces corresponding impulses in the contents of the body cavity around the digestive tube. But this is evidently more of a pulsation than a circulation, the body fluid simply moving back and forth longitudinally and transversely, without crossing from one side to the other and with very little real mixing of the various portions. It may be noted here that this same backward and forward movement of the digestive tube persists in the mature female and constitutes her only method of respiration. The digestive canal.—The mouth is comparatively large and opens into a long and narrow cesophagus (oe, fig. 62, pl. xu) which extends back of the center of the cepha- lothorax, the sphincter muscle at the opening into the stomach being exceptionally large. The walls of the stomach are thick and the digestive cells (dc) project so far as to nearly close the lumen. In this larva there is no distinction between stomach and intestine or between intestine and rectum; it is all one tube tapering gradually backward. The walls of the cesophagus are composed of an inner layer of pavement epithelium and a very thin outer muscular layer. The latter is much thickened over the stomach and intestine, where it produces the peristaltic movements just described. In place of the pavement epithelium both stomach and intestine are lined with a glandular epithelium ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF GENUS LERNAA. 189 made up of digestive cells of varying lengths, all of which are filled with a digestive fluid containing small black granules, which are so numerous as to cause the black color of the entire canal. The nervous system.—The supra-cesophageal ganglion is comparatively small and subtriangular in horizontal outline. (See fig. 64, pl. xm.) From the dorsal surface of the blunt posterior angle a nerve extends backward to the reproductive organs and the digestive canal, and from the rounded anterior side other nerves go to the antenne. The infraganglion is by far the largest that has thus far been found in any larval or adult copepod, the nearest approach to it being the one in the adult Ergasilid. It isso wide where it joins the cesophagus as to cover nearly the whole length of the latter and it extends backward into the genital segment. It tapers rapidly at first, shows a large swelling opposite the bases of the maxillipeds, and then tapers very gradually through the first five and into the sixth thorax segment. No swellings are found in it opposite the bases of the successive pairs of swimming legs, although good-sized nerves are given off to these. It is pierced close to the cesophagus by stout muscles which run from the anterior end of the stomach to the ventral wall of the head. Both ganglia contain a thick outer layer of cells, while the interior is made up of fibers, and the two are distinctly differentiated throughout the entire length of the ganglion. These copepodid larve thus possess relatively the largest and best developed nervous system amongst the parasitic copepods, which is retained by the male throughout the rest of his life. But in the subsequent exaggerated elongation of the thorax of the female after she has attached herself to her final host, this nervous system is pulled out as if it were ductile into longer and narrower parts, and the two ganglia are greatly reduced in size. The outer cellular layer almost entirely disappears, and the infra- ganglion can not be traced beyond the second thorax segment. It looks as if during the great increase in size of the female no more nerve material could be obtained, and so the nervous system of the 1-mm. copepodid larva had to be made over to supply the 1o-mm. or 15-mm. female. The reproductive organs.—The ovaries and testes are paired and are situated in the posterior part of the cephalothorax and the first one or two free segments. They are close to the dorsal body wall above the stomach, and from their anterior end the oviduct or sperm duct, as the sex may be, leads back above the stomach and intestine to the genital segment. In the male each testis is spindle-shaped and flattened dorsoventrally; the posterior end is usually more pointed than the anterior and is attached to the dorsal body wall; from the anterior end the sperm ducts run back to the genital segment, where it is greatly enlarged and forms an ellipsoidal pouch in which the spermatophores are prepared. (See fig. 63, pl. x1m1.) The walls of the ducts are very thick and glandular, secreting the cement substance which forms the outer covering or wall of the spermatophores. These latter are cylindrical and oblong with rounded ends and occupy the whole side of the genital segment. (See fig. 63, pl. x11.) In a horizontal section (fig. 64, pl. x11) one testis is seen to be behind the other, the anterior one occupying the cephalothorax and first free segment, the posterior one the first and second free segments, both of them between the stomach and intestine and the dorsal body wall. Each testis is swollen until it fills nearly the whole width of the body, and in it can be seen the whole spermatogenesis—the large, nucleated sperm mother cells 69571°—18——13 190 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. (sm) filling the posterior half of the testis, followed by a zone of sperm daughter cells (sa), and these transforming into the sperms (se) in the anterior end of the testis and filling the lumen of the sperm duct. Ina cross section through the third thorax segment (fig. 67, pl. x11) the posterior testis is seen to be saddled upon the dorsal surface of the intestine, while the sperm ducts appear on either side opposite the center of the testis. Beneath the intestine and close to the ventral surface is the broad thick trunk of the infra-cesophageal ganglion. In the female the ovaries are also spindle-shaped and flattened dorsoventrally. The posterior end is attached to the dorsal body wall, and from the anterior end the oviduct leads back to the vulvee in the genital segment. The posterior portion of the oviduct has not yet become glandular but is like the anterior portion, and the whole duct is without convolutions. The spermatophores of the male are attached to the vulve and their contents are discharged into the oviducts. The sperms probably remain here during the subsequent growth of the female’s body and the ripening of the eggs, and when the latter pass down the oviduct they are fertilized just before reaching the glandular portion where the cement substance forms the egg membranes. There is no frontal gland in these larve, the space in the anterior portion of the head being occupied by the powerful muscles which operate the mouth parts. ADDITIONAL DATA. Fifty gars whose gills were infested with the copepodid larve of Lernea variabilis were obtained from Patterson Lake, near Fairport, Iowa, August 15, 1915, and were placed in cages in one of the fish ponds. Three or four of these were examined twice a week in order to determine if possible how long the larvee remained and what became of the two sexes after fertilization. The author could only carry the examination up to September 1, but W. B. Gorham, one of the regular station staff, very kindly continued it through the month of Septem- ber and up to October 4, sending the specimens found upon the gills to the author for examination. H. W. Clark also collected samples of plankton, which were sent simi- larly for examination. In this way it has been determined that: 1. These larve appear first about the latter part of June and may be found upon the gills of the short-nosed gar until the middle of October. 2. Each copepodid stage occupies from 10 to 14 days and apparently is accom- panied by several molts. 3. Fertilization occurs during the fourth copepodid stage, as was proven by finding the two sexes fastened together upon the gills and by witnessing the union once or twice while handling the larve in watch glasses. 4. After fertilization the female apparently seeks out her final host at once, since nothing more is seen of her either on the gills or in the free-swimming plankton. The male, on the contrary, remains upon the gills of the temporary host, and specimens were found every time the gills were examined. 5. During the several copepodid stages and for some time subsequently the two sexes are found in about equal numbers. Then the proportion of females diminishes steadily and by the last of September only an occasional female is left, while the males are apparently undiminished. 6. Careful and repeated search of the plankton does not reveal any of these larve, and hence we can only conclude that the male does not become a free-swimmer for a second time, but remains upon the gills of the first host until his death. ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF GENUS LERNAIA. I9gI SYSTEMATIC. "The genus Lern@a differs from the other Lernean genera in the following particulars: 1. The body is formed by a lengthening of all the thoracic segments instead of only the fifth and sixth. This separates the swimming legs and leaves them distributed throughout the length of the body instead of being bunched closely together behind the head; moreover there are five pairs of legs instead of four or only three. 2. The first antenne are on the anterior margin and the second antenne are on the ventral surface of the head, instead of being dorsal, and while the second pair are uncinate they are not chelate. There are two pairs of maxille and a pair of well- developed maxillipeds, instead of a single pair of maxille. 3. The egg strings are relatively short and club-shaped or spindle-shaped instead of being long and filiform. The eggs are large and spherical and multiseriate instead of being flattened into thin disks arranged in a single series like a row of coins. 4. In the ovary egg filaments are formed, consisting of oocytes packed tightly together in a single row; these separate from one another at the entrance into the oviduct and each oocyte absorbs food and yolk and becomes an egg. In the oviducts the eggs remain spherical and are arranged loosely in one or two rows. In the other Lernzide there are no egg filaments, but the eggs are formed singly and are tightly packed together in a single row exactly like those in the external cases. 5. The copepodid larve have no frontal filament but attach themselves to their first or temporary host by means of the second antenne and the maxillipeds. Hence there is no loss nor even any diminution of the power of locomotion during the copepodid stages. In the other Lernzide there is a large frontal filament, and while the larva is attached by it to its temporary host the swimming legs and some of the mouth parts degenerate and become immovable, but are restored to their former con- dition during the second free-swimming period. It would seem at first as if these differences were enough to separate this genus from the other Lerneids and to make of it a distinct family, as was advocated by Brtihl. But as we examine and compare more closely we find similar differences among the other genera, which naturally lead up to the ones here mentioned. In other words, these are differences in degree rather than in kind, and hence would not warrant separation as a distinct family. Thus in Peniculus there is an elongation of all the thorax segments, with a consequent separation of the swimming legs, and what we find here is only the same thing carried a littlefurther. Again, most of the Lernean genera have four pairs of swimming legs, but there are some that have three pairs and others that have only two, so that there is no fixed and constant number, and the presence of five pairs only makes the series so much the more complete. The copepodid larve of such genera as are known possess the same antenne and mouth parts as those of the present genus. It is only in the subsequent metamor- phosis of the female that some of them are lost, and it is evident that such a loss by one sex only could hardly constitute a family distinction. The differences in the external egg strings and in the internal ovary and oviducts are very real differences, but even in this particular the other genera are not alike. In some the egg tubes are coiled into a tight spiral, in others they are gathered into a loose mass, while in most of the genera they are straight, filiform, and much longer than the entire body. The lack of a frontal filament is duplicated among the Caligide, where the larve of the Caligine, 192 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. the Pandarine, and the Cecropine possess such a filament, while it is lacking in the larvee of the Euryphorine. The life history ought to count for more than anything else when considering relationships, and in all its essential features the life history of the present genus cor- responds with that of the other Lernzans. The likenesses, therefore, are as numerous and of greater importance than the differences and warrant the retention of this genus Lernea in the family of the Lerneide. Genus LERNZA Linneus. External generic characters of female-——Head a rounded knob projecting from the anterior margin of the cephalothorax and placed nearly at right angles to the body axis, with a deeply buried, three- parted eye near the center of the dorsal surface. One or two pairs of horns, simple or forked, on the lateral margins of the cephalothorax; sometimes an unpaired horn on the center of the dorsal margin; horns conical and soft; neck soft, slender, and cylindrical, twisted but not flexed, enlarging gradually into the body, which is also cylindrical; a pregenital prominence on the ventral surface in front of the vulvz; on the dorsal surface a bluntly rounded abdomen, which terminates in a minute papilla on either side of the anus; egg strings elongate-conical or ovoid, eggs large and multiseriate. Two pairsof antenne, second pair uncinate; a very short conical proboscis; mandibles claw-shaped and without teeth; two pairs of maxille; four pairs of biramose swimming legs attached to transverse chitin bars, indicating seg- mentation; a fifth pair of one-jointed stumps just in front of the vulve. Internal generic characters of female.—C:sophagus short, nearly straight, and diagonal to the body axis; anterior stomach with lateral lobes extending into the bases of the horns and more or less con- voluted; posterior stomach passing insensibly into the intestine, which is straight, the same diameter for its entire length, and is abruptly contracted at the base of the abdomen into a short rectum, which is suspended from the abdomen walls by muscle strands; ovaries paired, close to the dorsal surface and near the posterior end of the body; matured oviducts with two long posterior and two shorter anterior loops; eggs remaining spherical and never flattened anteroposteriorly; no separate cement glands, the thickened glandular walls of the posterior oviducts serving that purpose; no distinguishable semen receptacles. External generic characters of male—Not developed beyond the fourth copepodid stage, which must hence be regarded as the adult stage; cephalothorax made up of the head and first thorax segment fused; second, third, and fourth thorax segments free; fifth and genital segments more or less fused; abdomen made up of three segments of about the same size; anal lamine large, each terminated with a very long and stout plumose seta, jointed near its base, and two or three small spines. Appendages similar to those of the female, except that the prehensile claws on the second antenne and maxillipeds are larger, the rami of the swimming legs are longer and stouter, and there are the rudiments of a sixth pair at the posterior corners of the genital segment. Internal generic characters of male-—CRsophagus long and nearly parallel with the body axis; stomach passing insensibly into the intestine and that into the rectum, the entire tube lined with digestive cells filled with black granules; supra-cesophageal ganglion comparatively small, infraganglion very large and stout and extending back into the genital segment; testes paired but not side by side, in the head and anterior thorax above the stomach and intestine, spindle-shaped, with the sperm ducts leading from the anterior end back to the large spermatophore receptacles in the genital segment. Type of the genus, Lernea cyprinacea, Linnzus, first species. (Lernea, Adprn, a lake and town near Argos where Hercules slew the hydra.) KEY TO THE SPECIES. 1. Two cephalothoracic horns, a lateral pair. .... 2.2.2... 060s e seen eee eee eee ee eee ee teen ees 2. 1. Three cephalothoracic horns, two paired and lateral, one unpaired and dorsal................-.. ne 1. Four cephalothoracic horns, a dorsal and a ventral pair... ... 2.6.6.6... eee eee eee eee eee Be 2. Horns directed laterally at right angles to body axis; posterior body not much wider than neck; pregenital prominence inconspicuous (8.40 mm.) ¢@. .diceracephala (Cunnington), 1914, p. 194. 2. Horns diagonal to body axis, directed posterolaterally; posterior body suddenly enlarged to four times the diameter of neck; pregenital prominence large (8 mm.). anomala, new species, p. 194. @ These figures in parentheses represent the average length of each species. ECONOMIC RELATIONS, ANATOMY, AND LIFE HISTORY OF GENUS LERN#ZA. 193 3. Lateral horns simple, dorsal one bifid at apex; pregenital prominence inconspicuous; abdomen short (ORM) Foe a nleac wie wioieeieleiein vieieclnie 0.00 viele w vinleiniaisiaieln nieisie eisie v.e/e/ele dolabrodes, new species, p. 194. 3. Lateral and dorsal horns all dichotomously branched.............ssseeseeeeessete estes eee e ete 4 3. Lateral horns three or four pronged; dorsal horn stout and bifid at apex; pregenital prominence large; body club-shaped; abdomen long and wide (7.50 mm.)...... pectoralis (Kellicott), 1882, p. 195. 4. Lateral horns once bifid, dorsal horn twice bifid; body spindle-shaped; pregenital prominence absent: (8) 111810)! 5) im sfelreiste lagenula (Heller), 1865, p. 195- 4. All three horns twice bifid; body club-shaped; pregenital prominence divided, its two lobes and the abdomen the same size (Iomm.)............++455 catostomi (Kr@yer), 1863, p- 195. 4. Lateral horns twice bifid; dorsal horn simple or once bifid; body club-shaped; pregenital prominence simple and much smallerthan abdomen (12 mm.)..fortua(Kellicott), 1882, p. 195. s. Dorsal and ventral horns about the same Size... ...- +. 6. +s sees eee e eee teen eet e eee s ete etter ee es 6. 5. Ventral horns much smaller than the dorsal... ...... 0. +00. see eeeese nets cree esse tees este nent snes 9- 6. Pregenital prominence simple and much shorter than abdomen..........++++++++s0s000s2- Fp 6. Pregenital prominence divided, its lobes nearly as long as the abdomen.................+-- 8. 7. Abdomen short and plump; pregenital prominence forming a distinct heel; ventral horns bifid (Ci seul) Beeeeahes panodoonbe adaccesnh poo sore. aonOnoSDuproT dr. phoxinacea (Kr@yer), 1863, p. 195- 7. Abdomen short and plump; pregenital prominence not forming distinct heel; dorsal horns bifid (CREME) ose screed tea) acacofaschasede aye oh ole edie ofnist= ocean's elsib=/9\a\nis/shainle esocina (Burmeister), 1835, p. 195. 7. Abdomen long and stout; pregenital prominence forming distinct heel; all the horns simple (GST eS GAA neen cdo dee sue avonnen cons Haee aoanae haplocephala (Cunnington), 1914, p. 195. 8. Pregenital prominence divided into three broadly rounded lobes; horns long, slender, and St tera hy (0g 5 ONUIUUTNS) so) elctalatalajahala cislnjeley Se\stceeie oie ip\=sieiciefmi PLATE VIII. MY] lox CAS ¢ ; ‘ * = @ & v > is = ra ; > Oe < = as i ve oe J ow Ri ij : ' a ra Lay a, —— a ye 7 : i” La af , 7 T ~~ Toa t cel ™. ay m ; 2 a "ra ed ae lee a : ae ; arr 7 “a oo “a ’ ay xX ; ‘. “" Bone, Wi Sy 1 1, wee wos 010m 28 26 > eee SQ “SS eae PLATS IX. Butt. U. S. B. F., 1915-16. = = ° "7 ° Buty. U.S. B. F., 1915-16. 010m “ok S 4 DOK FES 39 BULL. U. S. B. F., 1915-16. NN : Q Ca ED, —wWLS \N GO e. 2 = =) = = PC \eN =e ALY? 39 i : BULL. U.S. Be Bey L9E5—16- 8 D aay () Basce eye) ee) S —————— O,055,00 8 OS ea28005 1 e%S@ OS fey & =} OP OeS-9e tele 5593230 SOO @ beatae ic) is eee Sisal SO peels e2o2 go 288 S52 Da? oP YM \¥ \ —— = —CF Set ig Sa) i pO OGG, POS. hOOe Gove, > dp Sse SOBs rd OMe Fae en Za = ("J 2 Boe @ G ce) eS @ fF) Ooo @ = PLATE XI. Buu. U. S. B. F., 1915-16. Butt. U. S. B. F., 1915-16. Buu. U. S. B. F., 1915-16. PLATE XII. ie °3 = ee 7 ‘s AQ US a 55 | PLAT Xie ie) Bore. of By bs, tons 0o: oe o ray aks 3 CEA Se ce ZS = 09, Nea 06! s rs) “29, Yr ia’) PLATH XIV. Burn S. Berke roms 0. |BuLyt. U. S. B. F., r915—16. 85 79 THE MYXOSPORIDIA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION, A SYSTEMATIC AND BIOLOGIC STUDY & By H. S. Davis University of Florida & Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Beaufort, N. C. 199 he ort Ai vm ree a Bahra ont: oa Tl psc y| NO lepine el ty a) | f rare 1 MOL TACALAE mer WO AlQKIORROIYM ar at! reine HOOT ii, FLAME 7" ; A My Fe yiae a unwed 2A rhe Mo eves ia) ¥, y ” say HE achiev Leys tS exaes wnt Hal. ks wtp CONTENTS. & Page IbiBTNEO:, 6265 bonvder sone CO Deon AdoC Oda an occ oo bane cooouODe DO HUD ROOD syounODUOnyBUCDOOONS 203 WETRROCE), Bed ot da Bo co Gee SO OIC GEE COORD CSIC cod 5 Bat: DACRE URISr ets ORME Ce eenne ieee acre setae 204 Generaltaccointor theiMy-xOsporid tame pt eee treet steel pee cayctelalalileyaierore epelele) «1s! py ofolaselarsicvelels) sleyeleiens 205 lbstReNs tao ncnecooon coHDoROSMOOn DOD OHUHS Dba SOOco DM RooAgenSeoDODE deans nu osonapoMBeGoD 205 Structure and! activities|of the tropiloZzoites secre selaleiersteterecclelele =e. olelar= ele) ecelelei ale eve)o/aie e)elelaleinieie 205 Reproduction) anid yinfectiony Ofene ws NOSES ape rayera aletateratayet Pelle) te ele =/=letetet te ele =e ele) aeelelsinl= ial 208 BEETS POLED secede alae ree ota orcrele Petersen ner reed Teieiateserataiaternacctayaucteyosislsaecous le ayetaeras arernee evs 210 Occurrence of thei Miy-xospori clit see tate cate levere re he ad tates ke aTe ote aye asa rect aks) ah he nn o's sic/ als seyene’s 213 Teun f les essa etic SOOU SE OOES Bn SOS Ru E RetincO Geet Ga en HO CODE nn aItod DOCH GC En STS erono nis 215 (QHEMTCHNE. sc pop aga ncbacaasecd Goon gcoounadh oe ane ce Conaanoneeepry Que she aaaberoSs eDOSDOC 215 Mescrintiomonspecies|taketiat Beattortiy olsen ok lope lassi iter pelea ele ieieietens el ey-/elateiena'sieToinieie sles 222 Vaya ioideVsrert sieeve pete We Soy Go ao ane done dow oocaboanouscdneotingooundcsoggdooUode spaouec 222 Lea ARIEA Coe sie Geb a gosons oasmopogonodeoooabob OdEApeDabenounseanobonosSRgoocoast 222 ILeaerdeeee IClaweey iL EMogocdoudnoosoopUod oCedon bang OODECHdo oO sone Geotas MMbUemencopeon 223 Bentothecaiglomerosa, (Spies. a so that the posterior region of the trophozoite has the appearance of a network composed of anastomosing strands of protoplasm. Average length of full-grown trophozoite about 125-150, width about 20-25u. The longest tropho- zoite observed was 195u long, with an extreme width of 16. Disporous. Spore.—Elliptical from above, somewhat flattened along postcapsular side (fig. 8). Sutural line distinct; sutural plane at right angles to longitudinal axis. Capsules and capsulogenous cells distinct, the capsules opening at some distance from the capsular margin. Sporoplasm distinct, finely granular, nearly filling both valves. Length of spore 224, width 11; diameter of capsules 4u. Habitat.—Abundant in the gall bladders of Dasybatis hastatus and Pteroplatea maclura during July and August. Lives floating freely in the bile or attached to wall of gall bladder. Remarks.—The structure of the spherules is very similar to that of C. spherulosa Thelohan, but in other respects this species is very different. THE MYXOSPORIDIA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 223 Leptotheca lobosa,n.sp. (PI. xv1, fig. 9, 10; pl. xv, fig. 11.) Trophozoite.-—Vegetative trophozoites colorless, transparent to translucent; usually spherical (fig. 9), but may form a large rounded pseudopodium of ectoplasm (fig. 10). Amceboid movements very slow. Ectoplasm remarkable for its coarsely granular structure, the granules being very distinct and of uniform size. In rounded individuals the ectoplasm forms a distinct peripheral layer around the entire tropho- zoite (fig. 9). Endoplasm less granular and more transparent than extoplasm, containing numerous large, yellow, fat globules, which average larger and are more abundant in large trophozoites. Several denser sporoblast cells can often be indistinctly seen. Diameter of rounded vegetative trophozoites up to 24. Disporous. Spore.—Elliptical when viewed from above; valves slightly tapering but rarely exactly alike. Sutural line forming a prominent, sinuous ridge around spore. Capsules and capsulogenous cells dis- tinct; capsules opening at some distance from the capsular margin. Sporoplasm distinct, nearly filling both valves. Even after being freed from the mother trophozoite the postcapsular sides of the spores remain united at the sutural line. This seems to be very characteristic and has been observed in no other species. Length of spores 16-18, width 9g-10u; diameter of capsules 3y. Habitat.—Found in the urinary bladder of one individual of Paralichthys dentatus taken July 25, 1914. Remarks.—In its general form the spore approaches that of Ceratomyxa, but on the whole seems to show more of the characteristics of Leptotheca. The trophozoites exhibit characteristics which are much more common in Leptotheca than in Ceratomyxa. Leptotheca glomerosa,n.sp. (Pl. xvu, fig. 12, 13.) Trophozoite.—Vegetative trophozoites colorless, transparent; rounded or somewhat irregular in shape, with short, lobose pseudopodia. Amoceboid movements slow. Ectoplasm forming a distinct, hyaline layer around entire trophozoite. Endoplasm finely granular, with numerous small fat globules varying greatly in size. Almost the entire trophozoite is used up in the formation of the spores (fig. 12) and the ectoplasmic layer is no longer distinguishable. Diameter of rounded sporulating trophozoites about rrp. Disporous. Spore.—Approximately cylindrical; valves rounded at ends (fig. 13). Capsules distinct. Coiled filaments not visible. Sutural plane at right angles to longitudinal axis. Sporoplasm finely granular and completely filling cavity of sporocyst. Length of spore gu, width 4.54; diameter of capsules 2u. Habitat.—Occurs occasionally in the urinary bladder of Paralichthys albiguttus. Not common. Genus CERATOMYXA Thelohan. Y Ceratomyxa mesospora,n.sp. (PI. xvn, fig. 14-16.) Trophozoite-—Vegetative trophozoites colorless, pyriform, elongate, with long, slender posterior process. Numerous filiform pseudopodia at anterior end. Progressive movements rapid. No sharp demarcation between ectoplasm and endoplasm. Endoplasm finely granular and filled with small, colorless, homogeneous spherules (fig. 14). Spherules absent at extreme anterior end, where the endoplasm is denser and more granular. After being on the slide for a short time vegetative tropho- zoites become rounded and motionless, but on account of the great length of the spores trophozoites containing well-developed spores are unable to contract in this manner. Length of full-grown trophozoites varies within wide limits according to degree of attenuation. Total length of trophozoites about 7o-85u, length exclusive of posterior process about 50-75u, width about 20-25. Disporous. Spore.—Greatly elongate along longitudinal axis, each valve forming a slightly tapering cone more or less rounded at the apex (fig. 15, 16). Valves not compressed. Sutural plane forming an acute angle with longitudinal axis. Capsules conspicuous. Coiled filaments very distinct. Capsules are remarkable in that they are unsymmetrically situated, one capsule being always located in the widest part of the spore, the other being a little to one side (fig. 15). The capsule situated in the middle of spore is usually slightly larger than the other. Sporoplasm unsymmetrically situated, sometimes being entirely confined to the larger valve. 224 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Length of spore 50-65u, width about 8u; diameter of capsules 4.54; length of filament gop. Habitat.—Both vegetative and sporulating trophozoites abundant in the gall bladder of Cestracion zygena taken July 11, 1914, and in two individuals of Cestracion tiburo taken in July. Remarks.—In many respects this species is similar to C. spherulosa Thelohan, but the spore is much smaller and the sutural plane is not perpendicular to the longitudinal axis as in spherulosa accord- ing to Thelohan’s figures. According to Thelohan the spherules in spherulosa often contain minute colored granules, but this seems never to be the case in mesospora. ‘This species occurs along with C. recurvata, new species, but can be easily distinguished by the much smaller size of the spherules. Ceratomyxa sphairophora,n. sp. (Pl. xvm, fig. 17-21, 23; pl. xvm1, fig. 22.) Trophozoite.—Vegetative trophozoites colorless, transparent, pyriform, elongate. Numerous fine filiform pseudopodia at anterior end. Progressive movements rapid. Ectoplasm clear, homogeneous, forming a distinct layer at anterior end and often a short distance back along the sides. Structure of endoplasm extremely variable, in majority of trophozoites filled with transparent, homogeneous sphe- rules crowded closely together (fig. 17). ‘These spherules never extend to extreme anterior end, the endoplasm in this region being filled with a closely crowded mass of small fat globules. In other cases the spherules are much less distinct (fig. 18) and sometimes, especially in sporulating individuals, the endoplasm may show only a very indistinct vacuolated structure (fig. 22). Usually, however, even sporulating trophozoites exhibit well-defined spherules. Apparently the indistinctness of the spherules in many cases is due to their becoming less dense until they form more or less distinct polygonal areas separated by a thin layer of granular endoplasm (fig. 18). Another variation is the extreme develop- ment of the spherules. In a small percentage of trophozoites the spherules are much larger than usual, sometimes reaching a diameter of 7-8 ». ‘These large spherules, unlike the smaller, contain numerous minute yellowish or brown granules collected into a mass at the center (fig. 19-20). The spherules or vacuoles, as the case may be, are separated by a thin layer of distinctly granular endoplasm containing numerous rod-shaped or rounded, colorless bodies, which in their appearance are strikingly like small bacteria. That they are, however, not bacteria is shown by the fact that they fail to take the Giemsa stain. Small vegetative trophozoites are usually much like the larger, except that the spherules are not so numerous and there is no distinct mass of fat globules at the anterior end. Occasionally small trophozoites are seen which contain large, clear, irregularly shaped vacuoles varying greatly in size (fig. 2x). In the sporulating trophozoites the spores are always situated with the large central portion of the spore at the anterior end, the long attenuated ends of the valves being bent backwards at right angles and extending toward the posterior end of the trophozoite (fig. 22). Length of sporulating trophozoites about 100-110 width about 25. Disporous. Spore.—Valves greatly elongated, tapering gradually toward the ends but abruptly enlarged toward the base (fig. 22, 23). Long, attenuated ends of valves hollow and so fragile that it is almost impossible to find an example in which they are not more or less distorted. As shown in the figures, even after being set free the ends are usually sharply bent toward the postcapsular side a short distance from the sutural plane. Attenuated ends of valves are often twisted or bent in various ways, and there is a marked tendency for the membrane to collapse, especially near the extreme end. Sutural plane perpendicu- lar or only slightly oblique to longitudinal axis. Capsules large, spherical, close together, and slightly convergent, opening some distance apart on the capsular side. Coiled filaments distinct. Sporoplasm confined to large, central part of spores, but extending farther into one valve than the other. Total length of spore (i. e., from tip to tip of valves along longitudinal axis) 115-140", width about 12; diameter of capsules 6; length of filament 75. Habitat.—Abundant in the gall bladder of the sharp-nosed shark, Scoliodon terre-nove. Remarks.—This species appears to be a remarkably variable one. ‘The assumption that the different types of trophozoites described above belong to one and the same species is based on the fact that simi- lar spores have been seen in all the different types, and that all types of trophozoites with intermediate gradations can be found in the same host. It is remarkable that in the case of C. tenia, which occurs along with this species, the trophozoites have practically the same structure, even exhibiting the same variations, while the spores are entirely different. Ceratomyxa tenia,n.sp. (Pl. xvn, fig. 24; pl. xvmu, fig. 25, 26.) Trophozoite.—Vegetative trophozoites similar to those of C. sphairophora, and no character has been found by which they may be distinguished. Spores of this species have been observed in the different THE MYXOSPORIDIA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 225 types of trophozoites described under sphairophora. The sporulating trophozoites, however, can be easily distinguished on account of the very different appearance of the spores and their different arrange- ment within the trophozoite (fig. 24). The spores of this species are situated, as is usually the case in Ceratomyxa, with the greater part of the spore parallel to the long axis of the trophozoite, only a part of one valve being bent back along the rest of the spore. The sporulating trophozoites are somewhat smaller than in C. sphairophora, the average length being about 80u, average width about 25. Disporous. Spore.—Very characteristic. Valves greatly elongated; sporocyst very thin, the membrance on opposite sides of each valve being in contact for about two-thirds of its length, forming a thin, ribbonlike structure; basal third of each valve only slightly compressed parallel to the longitudinal plane (fig. 25, 26); terminal ribbonlike portion of each valve usually twisted so that plane of ribbon is at right angles to longitudinal plane. Capsules small, pryiform to spherical, convergent, opening on capsular margin. Coiled filaments indistinct. Sporocyst slightly constricted along sutural line. Sutural plane perpendicular to longitudinal axis. Sporoplasm finely granular, filling the basal third of each valve, usually extending an equal distance into each (fig. 25), but sometimes extending farther into one valve than the other (fig. 26). Length of spore about 140-150; length of central portion about 45u, width about 6; diameter of capsules 3. Habitat.—Found in the gall bladder of Scoliodon terre-nove along with C. sphairophora. Remarks.—Although the vegetative trophozoites are indistinguishable from C. sphairophora, the spores are so different that there seems to be no doubt that it should be regarded as a distinct species. No spores have been observed which could be considered as in any way intermediate between the two. . Ceratomyxa attenuata,n.sp. (Pl. xvm, fig. 27, 28.) Trophozoite.—Vegetative trophozoites elongate, pyriform, with long, tapering posterior process; at anterior end numerous long, filiform pseudopodia. Progressive movements rapid. Ectoplasm dis- tinct only at anterior end. Endoplasm filled with small, refractive, yellow or brownish granules, which are uniformly distributed throughout the trophozoite (fig. 27); these granules are always some distance apart and are probably inclosed in very transparent spherules, which can only be distinguished with great difficulty. While no spherules can be made out in many instances, the fact that the granules are always situated at approximately equal distances from each other indicate that they must be inclosed in some- thing of the kind. Between the brownish granules the endoplasm is clear and colorless, not granular, except at extreme anterior end where it contains a clump of small fat globules. In small trophozoites granules are much less abundant and in very small individuals entirely absent. During development the spores are arranged side by side with their long axes parallel to the long axis of the trophozoite, the valves being bent on themselves near the middle so that the attenuated ends lie along the larger basal portion. Length of full-grown trophozoites about 1oo-120u, width about 274. The total length varies greatly, depending on the elongation of the posterior process, which in extreme cases may be drawn out to great length. Disporous. Spore.—Valves greatly elongated; unsymmetrical, one valve being about 15 shorter than the other and ending abruptly; the longer valve tapering gradually to a point (fig. 28). About midway between the ends of each valve (i. e., where they were bent during development) is a thin septum, on the inner side of which the remains of the parietal cell nucleus can sometimes be distinguished; external to the septum the valves are empty, and in the more attenuated valve the walls collapse so that they are in contact along the longitudinal plane. Capsules large and corspicuous, opening on the capsular margin. Coiled filaments distinct. Sutural plane oblique to longitudinal axis; sutural line forming a distinct, sinuous ridge around spore. Sporoplasm distinct, asymmetrically situated in central part of sporocyst. Length of spore about 1154, width gu; diameter of capsules 4.5; length of filament 6on. Habitat.—Both vegetative and sporulating trophozoites abundant in the gall bladder of a sharp- _ nosed shark, Scoliodon terre-nove, taken July 8, 1915. vi Ceratomyxa recurvata,n.sp. (Pl. xvmi, fig. 29-33.) Trophozotte:-—Vegetative trophozoites colorless, pyriform, with long, slender posterior process. Actively motile, forming numerous filiform pseudopodia of ectoplasm at anterior end. Endoplasm 226 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. filled with large, homogeneous Spherules (fig. 29, 31) which average about rou in diameter. In some cases spherules are crowded so closely together as to be considerably distorted from original spherical shape. Apparently the density of the spherules may vary considerably in different individuals, since there is great variation in their appearance in stained material. This is especially evident in Giemsa preparations, where in some individuals the spherules are well defined (fig. 30); in others they have so disintegrated in drying as to be practically indistinguishable. This is particularly noticeable in indi- viduals with the largest spherules. Surrounding the spherules is a colorless, distinctly granular endo- plasm, the granules being especially abundant at the anterior end, where for ashort distance the spherules are absent. Total length of full-grown trophozoites about 130-175, length exclusive of posterior process about TOOK. Disporous and polysporous; trophozoites containing from 2 to 10 spores observed. Usually more than 2 spores formed, 6 and 8 being the most common numbers observed. It is of interest to note that the number of spores formed is not always an even one, 3, 5, and 7 spores being observed in some cases, indicating that the spores are developed singly from distinct sporoblasts and not necessarily in pairs. Fig. 30 shows a portion of a trophozoite containing 3 distinct sporoblasts and 3 generative cells which doubtless give rise to sporoblasts. Figure 31 also shows a trophozoite containing several sporoblasts, although the individual sporoblasts can not be distinguished in every case. Spore.—Very characteristic; valves greatly curved toward the postcapsular side (fig. 32), usually symmetrical, but occasionally one may be much more incurved than the other (fig. 33); in some cases the ends may even overlap. Valves circular in cross section at the base but toward the ends greatly flattened parallel to the longitudinal plane the walls of the opposite sides being in contact. Ends of valves sharply pointed. Sutural line distinct. Capsules large and conspicuous, opening at some dis- tance from the capsular margin. Coiled filaments distinct. Sporoplasm distinct, finely granular, usually extending farther into one valve than the other. Length of spore between points of greatest curvature about 164, width 8-gu; diameter of capsules 4.5u- Habitat.—Both vegetative and sporulating trophozoites abundant in the gall bladder of a hammer- head shark, Cestracion zygena, taken July 11, 1914. Remarks.—In addition to this species the gall bladder contained large numbers of Leptotheca fusi- formis, n. sp.; Ceratomyxa mesospora n. sp.; and Chloromyxum leydigi Mingazzini, so that the bile was fairly swarming with Myxosporidia. Ceratomyxa lunata,n.sp. (PI. xv, fig. 34, 35; pl. xrx, fig. 36, 37.) Trophozoite.—Vegetative trophozoites pyriform, becoming rounded after being on the slide for a short time. Progressive movements slow. Endoplasm filled with large, homogeneous spherules, which are usually colorless, sometimes light yellow; spherules occasionally inclose several small, brownish granules. At extreme anterior end the endoplasm contains numerous small fat globules. Disporous. Spore.—The spores show considerable variation in size and form. The larger and more typical are more or less crescent-shaped; symmetrical; valves distinctly curved toward postcapsular side (fig. 34-36), the curvature often being more marked than in the figure; ends of valves more or less rounded. Sutural plane slightly oblique to longitudinal axis (fig. 37); satural line forming a distinct ridge. Capsules large, distinct, situated a short distance from capsular margin and opening on opposite sides of spore. Coiled filaments distinct. Sporoplasm distinct, finely granular, symmetrically situated, extending an equal distance into each valve and filling entire space around capsules. Smaller spores (fig. 36, 37) differ from larger chiefly in size; the valves are much shortened and have a greater curvature toward the postcapsu- lar side, while the ends are more distinctly rounded. Length of largest spore observed 38u, width 9u; diameter of capsules 4u; length of filaments 37x. This was an exceptionally large spore, the average length of the larger spores being about 3o0u, the other dimensions being same as given above. Length of smallest spore observed r5u, width 74; diameter capsules 3u. Habitat.—Large numbers of vegetative and a few sporulating trophozoites were present in the gall bladder of a tiger shark, Galeocerda tigrinus, taken August 8, ror4. Remarks.—The great variability in the spores was probably due to the fact that they were for the most part formed under abnormal conditions after the trophozoites had been placed on a slide and cov- 1,500. Fic. 13. Spore from above. 1,500. Ceratomyxa mesospora. Fic. 14. Trophozoite drawn from Giemsa smear. 1,500. Fic. 15. Spore from above. X 1,500. Fic. 16. Spore from the capsular side. X 1,500. Ceratomyxa sphairophora. Fic. 17-19. Vegetative trophozoites. X 700. Fic. 20. Portion of trophozoite showing structure of spherules. X 1,500. Fic. 21. Young vegetative trophozoite. XX 700. Fic. 23. Spore from above. X 950. Ceratomyxa taenia. Fic. 24. Sporulating trophozoite. 700. PLATE XVIII. Ceratomyxa sphairophora. Fic. 22. Sporulating trophozoite. 700. Ceratomyxa taenia. Fic. 25,26. Spores from above. XX 700. 239 240 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES, Ceratomyxa attenuata. Fic. 27. Vegetative trophozoite. X 700. Fic. 28. Spore from above. X gs5o. Ceratomyxa recurvata. Fic. 29. Vegetative trophozoite. Drawn from a wet smear fixed in formol-corrosive-acetic and stained with acid hemalum. X g50. Fic. 30. Portion of trophozoite showing several generative cells and sporoblasts. Drawn from a wet smear stained with iron hematoxylin. 1,500. Fic. 31. Large trophozoite showing several generative cells and sporoblasts. Drawn from a Giemsa smear. X 950. Fic. 32,33. Sporesfrom above. X 1,500. Ceratomyxa lunata. Fic. 34,35. Spores from above. X 1,500. PLATE XIX. Ceratomyxa lunata. Fic. 36. Spore from above. X 1,500. Fic. 37. Spore from capsular side. XX 1,500. Ceratomyxa abbreviata. Fic. 38. Vegetative trophozoite. X 700. Fic. 39. Vegetative trophozoite containing two generative cells and one vegetative nucleus. from a wet smear stained with iron hematoxylin. X 1,500. Fic. 40. Two spores viewed from the end. X 640. Fic. 41. Spore from above. X 1,500. Ceratomyxa flagellifera. Fic. 42. Spore from above. X 750. Fic. 43. Vegetative trophozoite. X 4oo. Ceratomyxa agglomerata. Fic. 44. Vegetative trophozoite. X 1,500. Fic. 45. Spore from above. X 1,500. Ceratomyxa amorpha. Fic. 46. Vegetative trophozoite. X 700. Fic. 47. Spore from above. X 1,500. Ceratomyxa monospora. Fic. 48. Vegetative trophozoite. X 1,500. Fic. 49. Vegetative trophozoite. Drawn from unstained specimen killed in osmic vapor. Fic. so. Vegetative trophozoite in which two sporoblasts can be faintly seen. X 1,500. Fic. 51. Disporous sporulating trophozoite. X 1,500. PLATE XX. Ceratomyxa monospora. Fic. 52-54. Monosporous sporulating trophozoites. 1,500. Fic. 55. Spore from above. From the gall bladder of P. alepidotus. X 1,500, Fic. 56,57. Spores form the gall bladder of P. evolans. X 1,500. Ceratomyxa streptospora. Fic. 58. Sporulating trophozoite. X 640. Fic. 59,60. Spores from above. X 1,400. Drawn X 1,500. THE MYXOSPORIDIA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 241 Ceratomyxa aggregata, Fic. 61. Small vegetative trophozoite. 1,500. Fic. 62. Sporulating trophozoite. X 1,500. Fic. 63. Spore from above. X 1,400. Fic. 64. Spore with filaments extruded. 1,400. Ceratomyxa undulata. Fic. 65. Vegetative trophozoite. > 1,500. Fic. 66. Spore from above. 1,500. Ceratomyxa navicularia Fic. 67. Sporulating trophozoite. X 1,400. Fic. 68-70. Spores from above. 1,500. Ceratomyxa spinosa. Fic. 71. Monosporous sporulating trophozoite. X 1,500. Myxoproteus cordiformis. Fic. 73. Vegetative trophozoite. X 1,500. PLATE XXI. Ceratomyxa spinosa. Fic. 72. Spore from sporulating trophozoite (fig. 71). > 1,500. Myxoproteus cordiformis. Fic. 74-76. Vegetative trophozoites. 1,500. Fic. 77. Trophozoite attached to epithelium of urinary bladder. Drawn from a section stained with iron hematoxylin. 1,500. Fic. 78. Spore from one end. XX 1,500. Fic. 79. Spore from above. X 1,500. Fic. 80. Spore from capsular side. X 1,500. Myxoproteus cornutus. Fic. 81-84. Vegetative trophozoites. 1,500. Fic. 85. Spore from above. X 1,400. Spherospora polymorpha. Fic. 86. Disporous vegetative trophozoite. X 1,500. Fic. 87. Disporous sporulating trophozoite. 1,500. Fic. 88. Polysporous sporulating trophozoite containing only two spores. 1,300. Fic. 89. Polysporous sporulating trophozoite. X 700. Fic. 90. Vegetative trophozoite containing a large number of nuclei. Drawn from a Giemsa smear. X 1,500. Fic. 91. Spore viewed at right angles to the sutural plane. 1,500. Fic. 92. Spore viewed at right angles to figure g1. X 1,500. PLATE XXII. Spherospora polymorpha. Fic. 93, 94. Vegetative trophozoites attached to epithelium of urinary bladder. Drawn from a section. X 800. 242 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Sinuolinea dimorpha. Fic. 95. Vegetative disporous trophozoite. 1,500. Fic. 96. Vegetative polysporous trophozoite. XX 640. Fic. 97. Vegetative polysporous trophozoite attached to epithelium of urinary bladder. Internal structure not shown. %X 640. Fic. 98. Vegetative polysporous trophozoite some time after being placed on the slide. X 640. Fic. 99. Spore slightly compressed under the cover glass. The entire course of the sutural line is shown. X 1,400. Fic. too. Mature spore. X 1,400. Sinuolinea capsularis. Fic. ror. Vegetative trophozoite showing characteristic pseudopodia. 700. Fic. 102. Contracted trophozoite containing several rounded bodies, probably gemmules. XX 700. PLATE XXIII. Sinuolinea capsularis. Fic. 103. Large vegetative trophozoite. 700. Fic. 104. Small vegetative trophozoite. X 700. Fic. 105-107. Different views of spores. 1,500. Sinuolinea arborescens. Fic. 108. Large vegetative trophozoite. 640. Fic. 109. Spore from above. X 1,500. Fic. 110. Spore from capsular side. Internal structure not shown. X 1,500. Sinuolinea opacita. Fic. 111. Vegetative trophozoite. XX 1,500. Fic. 112. Spore from above. X 1,500. Sinuolinea brachiophora. Fic. 113. Spore from above. X 1,500. Myxidium incurvatum. Fic. 114-117. Vegetative trophozoites. X 1,500. Fic. 118. Monosporus sporulating trophozoite. X 1,500. PiaTE XXIV. Myxidium incurvatum. Fic. 119, 120. Two views of spore at right angles to each other. X 1,500. Fic. 121. Spore drawn from a Giemsa smear. All the nuclei are shown. X 1,500. Myxidium glutinosum. Fic. 122. Vegetative trophozoite. XX 1,400. Fic. 123. Sporulating trophozoite. XX 1,400. Fic. 124. Spore. X 1,400. Myxidium phyllium. Fic. 125. Trophozoite just removed from gall bladder. Internal structure not shown. X 33. Fic. 126. Spore. Xx,400. Fic. 127. Spore drawn from Giemsa smear. The parietal nuclei are not visible. X 2,000. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. 128, 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135- 136. 137- 138. 139- THE MYXOSPORIDIA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. Spheromyxa balbianit. 129. Small vegetative trophozoites. XX 640. Spore. X 2,100. Spore with filaments extruded. 1,400. Zschokkella globulosa. Vegetative trophozoite. X 1,500. Sporulating trophozoite. 1,500. Spore from above. X 1,500. Spore from postcapsular side. XX 1,500. Chloromyxum granulosum. Trophozoite containing only afew spores. X 720. Spore. X 1,500. Spore from capsular side. XX 1,500. Myxobolus capsulatus. Spore viewed at right angles to sutural plane. 1,500. 243 0 lorie gine a ‘ caput,» ta seh, We p wh? ie ve autdiets } ; \ seg) Ane : Oty MLN IRS AOE Pi n j ' fa ; y ; sO wt rey oF a ewcannTaLy Le mae ea 0 in ; vy ; a ae wan Ws @ Vth vrgdirde tienes oivieak pel ‘) a : A or ot 1 RS OY bis welueie (ll oye tt ’ iy af art Sar ety wings uy PLATE XVI. Bui. U. S. B. F., 1915-16. B00 a === zawesseoes —— . : > —— Kits nee antee ms : | aw + > pe lee leay- = o a” : eo SSt28628s5 55, Be ‘/ @PEePDOeCERTizess os eoeeet— ee See ppotcacseseje008se* BULL. Us on by 2s) 2605-10. PLATE XVII. Bui. U.S. B. F., 1915-16. PLATH XVIII. Bury. U.S. Bs ks, 1or5—ro. PLATE XIX. Bury. U. S. B. F., 1915-16. JEXEINGN DS DOIG PLATE X XT. B. F., 1915-16. But. U. PLATE XXII. Buy. U. S. B. F., 1915-16. Prarn SexTie Buu. U.S. B. F., 1915-16. _ 105 107 106 BuLy. U.S. B. F., 1915-16. PLATE XXIV. THE FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES & By A. S. Pearse University of Wisconsin 245 Be) iS rn - — a ee er ian. eran ae *t mT \ a WIATAGO FO aaHeM gaAOHE Pe ear, Vu onal cA, yl weer) HM Yo elbeenie Zee i) me aA en a hl | teal a aa CONTENTS. & Page. SMT TET OC TC EIOT ro res atte yates Grae LOR eek PITRE RTS Cate lea aU TENN PA ate Panto ed ah wtcrayetove;tave calshete ceitens'valieielcovevapae ausiscevene 249 Pie Descrip tom oroodsS aan) acpi cise erlaersiste etter tetakcdesolie ke perere otketakore ela lotclexa) level susietois sfavetaunietane 251 AlpramisichySoleicas prea ZOLG en Sitt Ctra rcy-le efeyoter fat cietateteyaishelchs =ts/etetalofelsieis!= Infotel stores 251 Ambloplites)mupestris, tock: Dass; Forele-CVe sc eciajc < siate cine sea efoto oieleinl steele eielsie vine winieiayele 252 Ameiuris melassb lacie tiled eee rae ari nspsterceeel caaye = ein: custere: siete: slssslione onl sie ciowerstss area cerons 253 Ameinrus nebilosissspeckled) bilUead iy pyeratetets|sriecl ic) s1s) sce ein)aisie/eaforalelsits = bietapelnle ale etehs 254 ATIMIALHS Calva DOW SHITIGLE Hem oterciatepiiste eeieteleie eae /ateastererst epee clebete aaisitas sisi tiesereie meiaisies 254 Boleosomiai niger rims | Omen (Carten ar cy ie ry SF ay gtydya Ny tds angi ay 4 f Aityey “as getty vHty At Sati, r Aa ais RU Nae dal ~aid 7 aay ted 44 ag 144 Ga Aa aie ff aga, 4 Ady 4 = 44 ay, ail A344 tiga ~ ay a fie 44 814 ay 4 444% & > hae Sy Ay ae Bes Soa clus HO, “eds He 2S a 4 = . IE & Si “Stans t i University Wi ao Bottom clay, stones, and very soft Bottom sand and mud. 29. Catches from power seines of commercial fishermen in Lake Waubesa. Thirty stations where collections were made. Bottom very soft mud with considerable vegetation. 25. Swamp behind Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul Railroad near Lake Monona. 26. Turvill Bay. 30. Brook near State fish hatchery, 4 miles south of Madison. 27. Pebble and sand beach near mouth of Lake Monona. mud. 28. Vegetation filled bay at outlet of Lake Monona. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 251 Collections were made with a miniature fyke net, dip net, minnow seine, and gill net. When they could not be examined within an hour or two, the fishes were placed in 95 per cent alcohol and kept until examined. | In examining the food, the entire contents of the alimentary canal were pressed out on a strip of glass, moistened, and then teased apart with needles under a binocular microscope. Insect fragments were turned over to an expert entomologist for identification. As the constituents of the food were identi- fied, they were written in the permanent record. As each fish was completed, the per- centage by volume of each constituent was estimated. All figures in this paper refer to such volumetric percentage estimates. During the work assistance was rendered by a number of persons, and it isa pleasure to acknowledge this indebtedness. Dean E. A. Birge and Mr. Chancey Juday, of the Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey, loaned equipment and extended other courtesies. Miss Henrietta Achtenberg worked four months computing averages and rewrote part of the manuscript. Dr. John Lowe and Mr. Alvin Cahn furnished some rare fishes for examination. Mr. A. F. Shira and Mr. Juday read the manuscript and made a number of helpful suggestions. Invaluable assistance was rendered by Dr. R. A. Muttkowski, who identified all the insects. Il. DESCRIPTION OF FOODS. All figures following foods are given in volumetric percentages; + indicates a trace. The lengths are given in millimeters and exclude the caudal fin. The species are arranged alphabetically according to their scientific names. Under each species the records are arranged according to dates, and the stations (see chart) where collections were made are given in each case. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Golden shiner, roach, bream. Station 5; August 18, 1915; number examined, 2. Length: Maximum, 94; minimum, 92.5; average, 93.2. Food: Hyalella, 42.5; Bosmina, o.5; Camptocerus, 1.5; filamentous alge, 4o.5; fine silt and débris, 15. Station 5; August 18; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 31.3; minimum, 23.5; average, 28.1. Food: Helea larva, 1; Tanypus carneus larva, 4; insect, 3; water mites, 1.2; ostracods, 4; Cyclops, 33; Canthocamptus, 2; Cladocera unidentified, 14; Bosmina, 14; Pleuroxus, 1.4; Chydorus, 3; Simoce- phalus, 7; rotifers, 0.8; plant tissue, 4.8; seeds, 0.8; Wolffia, 3; Volvox, 2.2; Closterium, 0.4; Pandorina, 0.4. Summary.—Food: Dipterous larve, 5; insects, 3; water mite, 1.2; ostracods, 4; copepods, 35; Clado- cera, 39.4; rotifers, 0.8; plants, 8.6; flagellates, 3. Station 18; August 18; number examined, 23. Length: Maximum, 75; minimum, 34; average, 39-3. Food: Tanypus monilis pupz, 12.4; Cyclops, 20; Daphnia longispina hyalina, 65; Simocephalus, aot Station 5; August 25; number examined, ro. Length: Maximum, 68; minimum, 27.5; average 33-2. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 5.5; water mites, 2; Cyclops, 0.2; Bosmina, 88.5; Ceriodaphnia, 3-5; algal filaments, 0.1; Volvox, o.1. Station 22; April 1, 1916; numberexamined,1. Length: 152. Food: Caddis-fly case, 0.5; ostracods, go; Cyclops, 0.5; Daphnia pulex, 1; filamentous alge, 8. Summary.—Insect larve, 0.5; Entomostraca, 91.5; plants, 8. Station 18; April 13; number examined, 3. Length: Maximum, 137; minimum, 114; average, 122.6. Food: Larve sp., 6.6; Chironomus sp. larve, 2.3; C. lobiferus larve, 0.3; Orthocladius flavus larve, 0.3; Copotomus interrogatus adult, 1; Chironomus sp. adult, 38.3; Hyalella, 15; Cyclops, 1; snail remains, 1.6; Valvata tricarinata, 15; Lemna, 15; débris, 3.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 9.5; adult insects, 39.3; amphipods, 15; copepods, 1; Mollusca, 16.6; plants, 15; débris, 3.3. 252 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station 22; April 22; number examined, ro. Length: Maximum, 133; minimum, 112; average, 123.4. Food: Chironomus decorus larve, 3.5; Chironomus sp. larve, 2; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 2.6; May-fly nymphs, 2; chironomid pup2, 1; Cricotopus trifasciatus pupe, 1.5; Hyalella, 0.1; ostracod, 0.2; Canthocamptus, 1.5; Cyclops, 33.8; Daphnia pulex, 19.3; Chydorus sphericus, 5.1; Bosmina, 1.5; Physa, 2; Oscillatoria, 4.7; flagellates, 0.2; Volvox, 0.7; plant remains, 9; alge, o.1; fine débris, 9.1. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 10.1; insect pupz, 2.5; amphipods, o.1; Entomostraca, 61.4; Mol- lusca, 2; Protozoa, 0.2; plants, 14.5; débris, 9.1. Station 22; June 10; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 150; minimum, 115; average, 125. Food: Ostracods, 0.1; Daphnia pulex, 99.9. Grand summary for 1915 and 1916.—Number examined, 59. Length: Maximum, 152; minimum, 23.5; average, 67.6. Food: Insect larve, 4.4; insect pupz, 5.7; adult insects, 2.2; mites, 0.4; amphipods, 2.2; Entomostraca, 76.1; rotifers, +; protozoans, 1; plant remains, 3.1; alge, 1.5; débris, 2.2. From these summaries it is apparent that the chief food of the golden shiner was microscopic crusta- ceans (76.1 per cent). More than half the food of 1o of the fish consisted of other organisms—81 per cent filamentous alge, 85 per cent Hyalella, 55 per cent Chironomus lobiferus larve, 51 per cent silt and fine débris, etc. All other individuals had eaten 50 per cent or more Entomostraca; some had eaten nothing but Daphnia or Bosmina. Forbes and Richardson (1908) state that the food of this species varies greatly in different situations and mention mud, molluscs, insects, entomostracans, and plants as appearing in the dietary. Hankinson (1908) found midge larve and filamentous algz in the fish he examined. ‘The fish examined by Baker (1916) had eaten a small percentage of molluscs, and about 97 per cent insects, chiefly caddis-fly larve. Considering all things, it appears that when young the golden shiner feeds chiefly on entomostracans, and mature fish on almost any available organisms. Ambloplites rupestris (Rafinesque). Rock bass, red-eye, goggle-eye. Data for 1914 (Pearse, 1915).—Number examined, 5. Average length: 61.4. Food: Insects, 68; mites, 0.4; Hyalella, 5.6; ostracods, 1; Cladocerans, 15; plants, 4; alge, 0.2; silt and débris, 0.4. Station 15; May 27, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 99. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larvee, 3; C. decorus larve, 10; Procladius sp. larve, 10; Molanna uniophila larva, 69; Ecdyurus maculi- pennis nymphs, 2; Chironomus fulviventris pupe, 5; Valvata tricarinata, 1. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 23; caddis-fly larve, 69; May-fly larve, 2; chironomid pupe, 5; snail, 1. Station 15; June 9; number examined, 1. Length: 115. Food: Siphlurus nymph, 2; Chironomus fulviventris pupa, 3; water mite, 0.5; crayfish, 94.5. Station 5; June 24; number examined, 1. Length: 188. Food: Enallagma hageni and E. anten- natum nymphs, 10; Cambarus propinquus, go. Station 15; July 24; number examined, 1. Length: 168. Food: Cambarus propinquus, too. Station 18; July 3; number examined, 19. Length: Maximum, 81; minimum, 35.6; average, 53.6. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 0.7; C. digitatus larve, 1; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 3.1; Pal- pomyia longipennis larve, 23.1; Leptocerus dilutus larve, 2.7; Ichythricha larva, o.1; damsel-fly nymphs, 4.2; Ecdyurus maculipennis nymphs, 0.7; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 2.7; E. antennatum nymphs, 25; caterpillar, 1; Chironomus lobiferus pup, 5.4; Palpomyia longipennis pupz, 5; same, adult, 11.4; Corixa, 0.7; mites, 0.6; ostracods, 0.3; Eurycercus, 7.6; oligochztes, 2.6; filamentous alge, 1. Summary.—Food: Dipterous larve, 27.9; caddis-fly larve, 2.8; damsel-fly nymphs, 32.6; cater- pillar, 1; dipterous pupz, 10.4; adult insects, 12.1; mites, 0.6; ostracods, 0.3; cladocerans, 7.6; oligochzetes, 2.6; alge, 1. Station 23; June 14; number examined, 1. Length: 45.5. Food: Chironomus tenellus larve, 100. Station 23; July 23; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 99; minimum, 61; average, 76.8. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, 17.4; Palpomyia longipennis larve, o.4; Canis diminuta nymphs, 8.5; Enallagma antennatum nymph, 7; parnid beetle larva, 1; Chironomus fulviventris pupe, 23; Tany- pus monilis pup, 1.8; Palpomyia longipennis pupe, 0.4; Probezzia pallida pupa, 5; Simulium vittatum pupa, 1.8; Corixa adults, 2; Berosus, 3.4; Agabus, 2; Haliplus ruficollis, 2.6; crayfish, 12.4; Hyalella, 6; oligochetes, 3; seeds, 0.2; Elodea, 2. Summary.—Food: Dipterous larve, 17.8; caddis fly larve, 8.5; damsel fly nymphs, 7; beetle larva, 1; dipterous pupz, 32; adult insect, 10; crayfish, 12.4; Hyalella, 6; oligochztes, 3; plants, 2.2. Station 23; August 19; number examined, 1. Length: 66. Food: Carabid-beetle larva, 2; insect remains, 3; plant remains, 75; sand, 20. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 253 Station 18; August 18; number examined, 1. Length: 59. Food: Chironomus viridis larve, 20; Betisca nymphs, 20; Chironomus lobiferus pupz, 60. Station 23; August 19; number examined, 1. Length: 22.5. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 75; Cyclops, 10; oligochetes, 15. Station ro; August 20; number examined, 2. Lengths: 31.5, 29. Food: Labidesthes sicculus, 45; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 2.5; Chironomus digitatus larve, 12.5; Betisca nymphs, 4o. Station 23; September 21; number examined, 1. Length: tog. Food: oligochetes, 50; plant remains, 20; sand and mud, 30. Station 15; September 25; number examined, 1. Length: 112. Food: Cambarus propinquus, roo. Station 15; November 20; number examined, 2. Lengths: 160, 121. Food: Labidesthes sicculus, 42.5; Betis nymphs, 2.5; Sialis infumata larva, 50; Chironomus lobiferus pupa, 5. Station 25; December 4; number examined, 1. Length: 230. Food: Crayfish, roo. Grand summary for 1914 and 19175.—Number examined, 45. Length: Maximum, 230; minimum, 22.5; average, 72.9. Food: Fish, 2; dipterous larve, 19.1; May-fly nymphs, 3.5; Odonata nymphs, 14.4; caddis-fly larvee, 2.8; Sialis infumata larve, 2.2; beetle larve, o.5; unidentified insect larve, 0.5; dipter- ous pupez, 9.6; Diptera, 4.8; Hemiptera, 1.2; Hymenoptera, 1.3; Coleoptera, 1.1; unidentified insects, 5.3; hydrachnids, 0.2; crayfish, 16.1; amphipods, 1.4; ostracods, 0.3; copepods, 0.3; cladocerans, 4-33 gastropods, +; oligochetes, 3; plant remains, 2.8; alge, 0.5; silt and débris, 1.2. The summaries show that the food of the young rock bass consists largely of insects (larve, 43 per cent; pupe, 9.6 per cent; adults, 13.7 per cent), which constitute more than three-fourths of the food. ’ “The adult fish feed mostly on crayfish, though they also capture insects in considerable numbers. Forbes and Richardson (1908) state that this bass eats insects, small crustaceans, and afew fish. Han- kinson (1908) found that it fed chiefly on crayfish, with smaller percentages of dragon-fly nymphs, midge larve, small fishes, and May-fly nymphs. Reighard (1915) found fish, insects, and crayfish in those he examined. According to Baker (1916) about three-quarters of the food is Crustacea and the remainder plants, alge, insects, and débris. Ameiurus melas (Rafinesque). Black bullhead. Data for 1914 (Pearse, 1915).—Number examined, 2. Length: Maximum, 123; minimum, 38.2; average, 80.6. Food: Dipterous larve, 40; Diptera, 2.5; ostracods, 12; Cyclops, 2.5; unidentified clado- cerans, 1; Bosmina, 25; plant remains, 17.5. Station 5; August 18, 1915; numberexamined, 1. Length: 274. Food: Enallagma hageni nymphs, 2; Gyrinus larva, 6; dytiscid larva, 2; Leptocerus larva, 3; Phryganea interrupta larva, 5; caterpillar, 20; Chironomus fulviventris pupa, 16; Chironmus fulviventris adult, 11; Enallagma hageni adult, 13, Psychoda adult, 1; Corixa adult, 10; crayfish claw, 1; Hyalella, 1; leech, 5; Lemna, 3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 38; insect pupe, 16; adult insects, 35; crayfish, 1; Hyalella, 1; leech, 5; Lemna, 3. Station 5; September 14; number examined, 1. Length: 275. Food: Chironomus decorus larve, 30; C. lobiferus larve, 20; C. digitatus larve, 5; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 5; Chironomus decorus pupa, 30; C. lobiferus pupa, 8; Hyalella, 2. Summary.—Food: Dipterous larve, 60; dipterous pupe, 38; Hyalella, 2. Station 28; September 17; number examined, 1. Length: 280. Food: Probezzia glaber larve, 4; P. pallida larve, 4; Tipula abdominalis larva, 1; Planorbis, 25; Physa, 30; plants, 10; Lemna, 1; Nostoc, 15; silt and débris, ro. Summary.—Food: Dipterous larve, 9; snails, 55; plants, 26; silt and débris, ro. Station 16; September 20; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 190; minimum, 35; average; 79-3. Food: Chironomus decorus larve, 6.3; C. fulviventris larvee, 10; C. tentans larve, 0.5; Chironomus sp. larvee, 11.5; Protenthes culiciformis larva, 0.1; Probezzia glaber larve, 1.6; P. pallida larva, 4.5; Chironomus decorus pupe, 0.6; C. fulviventris adults, 5.4; crayfish, 9.2; Cyclops, 0.5; leech, 4; oligo- chetes, 32.1; plants, 4.7; silt and fine débris, 8.5. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 24.5; chironomid pupz, 0.6; chironomid adutts, 5.4; crayfish, 9.2; Cyclops, 0.5; teech, 4; oligochetes, 32.1; plants, 4.7; silt and débris, 8. 5: Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 15. Length: Maximum, 280; minimum, 35; average, 118.8. Food: Dipterous larve, 32.6; damsel-fly nymphs, 0.4; beetle larve, 0.4; caddis-fly larve, 0.5; caterpillar, 1.3; dipterous pupe, 4.2; adult insects, 5.7; Hyalella, 0.2; crayfish, 6.1; ostracods, 69571°—18——17 254 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 1.6; Cyclops, 0.7; cladocerans, 0.5; snails, 3.7; leech, 3; oligochetes, 21.4; plants, 6.4; alge, 0.9; silt and débris, 6.3. The food of the black bullhead, according to the summary, contains 45.1 per cent insects (larve, 35.2; pupe, 4.2; adults, 5.7) and 21.4 per cent oligochetes. Young fish apparently eat more oligo- chetes than adults. Forbes and Richardson (1908) examined 34 individuals of this species and found the food to be one-fourth plants, and one-fifth bivave molluscs, snails, aquatic insects, crayfishes, and other crustaceans. Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Common bullhead, brown bullhead, speckled bullhead. Station 5; May 21, 1915; number examined, 16. Length: Maximum, 94; minimum, 54.5; average, 64.7 Food: Unidentified insect larve, 1; Chironomus decorus larve, 0.2; C. viridicollis larve, 1; C. fulviventris larve, o.9; C. tentans larve, 8.6; C. lobiferus larve, 5.2; Helea larva, 0.3; Cricotopus trifascia- tus larve, 7.1; Ptychoptera larva, 1; May-fly nymphs, 0.6; Callibzetis nymphs, 0.7; beetle larva, 1.2; carabid-beetle larva, 0.3; unidentified pupa, 0.3; Probezzia pupa, 0.6; unidentified insect fragments, 2.2; midges, o.1; mites, 1.2; Hyalella, 0.6; ostracods, 21; Cyclops, 11; Chydorus sphericus, 22; Eurycercus lamellatus, 2; Ceriodaphnia, 0.1; cladoceran ephippia, 0.7; snail, 0.5; plants, 2.3; sand and fine débris, 7.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 28.1; insect pupz, 0.9; adult insects, 2.3; mites, 1.2; ostracods, 21; Cyclops, 11; cladocerans, 24.8; snail, 0.5; plants, 2.3; silt and débris, 7.3. Station 6; June 24; number examined, 1. Length: 86. Food: Palpomyia longipennis larve, 10; Callibetis nymphs, 5; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 10; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 25; fragments of adult insects, 50. Station 5; August 9; number examined, 33. Length: Maximum, 47.6; minimum, 25; average, 36.2. Food: Unidentified chironomid larve and cases, 2.8; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 5; C. lobi- ferus larve, 6.3; Protenthes culiciformis larve, 7.3; Probezzia glaber larve, 1.3; P. pallida larve, 0.6; Betis nymphs, 2; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 1.3; insect pupz, 0.8; chironomid pupz, 1; Chirono- mus lobiferus pup, 6; adult midges, 2.3; Anax junius, 0.2; gyrinid beetle, 0.5; Collembola, 0.5; mites, 0.1; Hyalella, 18; ostracods, 2; Cyclops, 6; Bosmina, 0.1; Chydorus sphericus, 9; Eurycercus, 0.3; Camptocercus, 17; Pleuroxus procurvatus, 4; Acroperus, 0.5; Ceriodaphnia, 1.6; Scapholeberis, 0.3; oligochztes, 4.7. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 26.6; insect pupe, 7.8; adult insects, 3.4; mites, 0.1; Hyalella, 18; ostracods, 2; Cyclops, 6; cladocerans, 32.3; oligochztes, 4.7. Grand summary.—Number examined, 50. Length: Maximum, 94; minimum, 25; average, 46.3. Food: Insect larve, 28.2; dipterous pupe, 2.1; adult insects, 4.4; mites, 0.4; amphipods, 11.4; ostra- cods, 6.7; copepods, 8.4; cladocerans, 33.1; snails, 0.1; oligochetes, 2.1; rotifers, ++; protozoans, +; plants, 0.9; alge, +; silt and débris, 2.3. Of the food of this bullhead 42.1 per cent consists of microscopic Crustacea, 34.7 per cent of insects. It apparently feeds more on Entomostraca than the black bullhead. Forbes and Richardson (1908) found the food to consist chiefly of small bivalve molluscs, insect larve, distillery slops, and a few adult insects and snails. Hankinson (1908) states that this species is an omnivorous feeder, taking crayfish, fish, molluscs, entomostracans, leeches, beetles, May-fly and dragon-fly nymphs. Tracy (1910) found “all kinds of animal life,” including the young and eggsof fishes. Reighard (1915) records small fishes and a bumblebee asfood. Crustaceans formed the chief food of the young individuals examined by Baker (1916), while the older fish had eaten ro per cent Mollusca and go per cent vegetation and mud. The brown bullhead feeds mostly on Entomostraca and insect larve while it is young, and when mature takes almost anything in the shape of animal food. Amiatus calva (Linneus). Bowfin?, grindle. Station 17; August 24, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 545. Food: Crayfishes, roo. Station 28; September 14; number examined, 6. Length: Maximum, 438; minimum, 383; average, 406. Food: Fish remains, 37.5; Lepomis incisor, 59.3; crayfish, 3. Station 28; September 17; numberexamined, 4. Length: Maximum, 543; minimum, 388; average, 470. Food: Fish remains, 48.5; sunfish, 43.5; crayfish, 7.5. Station 22; July 1, 1916; number examined, 3. Length: Maximum, 465; minimum, 440; average, 452.6. Food: Fish remains, 96.6; crayfish remains, 3.3. Summary.—Food: Fish remains, 96.6; crayfish remains, 3.3. @ Locally known as dogfish. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 255 Station 22; July 8; number examined, 1. Length: 420. Food: Fish remains, roo. Station 22; July 15; number examined, 1. Length, 412. Food: Fish remains, too. Summary for 1915 and 1916.—Number examined, 16. Length: Maximum, 465; minimum, 383; average, 467.4. Food: Fish remains, 90.1; crayfish remains, 9.4. It will be observed that no young dogfish were examined. Forbes and Richardson (1908) examined 20 fish and found the food to be entirely animal—one-third fishes, one-fourth small molluscs, and about 4o per cent crayfishes. A few amphipods, isopods, and entomostracans were also noted (Forbes, 1883). Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque). Johnny darter. Station 14; July 9, 1915; number examined, 1. Length, 15. Food: Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, to; oligochetes, 55; Cyclops, 20; Chydorus, 15. Station 5; August 18; number examined, 1. Length, 30. Food: Helea larve, 15; Tanypus car- neus larve, 25; May-fly nymphs, 10; oligochetes, 15; ostracods, 15; Chydorus, 20. Station 19; August 18; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 34.5; minimum, 23; average, 28.7. Food: Tanypus monilis larve, 2.4; Chironomus digitatus larve, 53.3; C. viridis larve, 2.4; C. lobiferus larve, 2.5; C. tentans larve, 1.5; Ecdyurus maculipennis nymphs, 6.5; C. digitatus pupe, 1.5; Oligochetes, 15; Hyalella, 2.8; Cyclops, 4.7; Chydorus, 1.3; Pleuroxus,+; Ceriodaphnia, 1.6; sand, 4.7. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 63.1; May-fly nymphs, 6.5; chironomid pupe, 1.5; oligo- chetes, 15; amphipods, 2.8; copepods, 4.7; cladocerans, 2.9; sand, 4.7. Station 19; August 20; number examined, 20. Length: Maximum, 32; minimum, 21.5; average, 27.5. Food: Probezzia pallida larve, 0.7; Tanypus monilis larve, 1.2; Chironomus digitatus larve, 46; C. viridis larve, 3.5; C. lobiferus larve, 8.1; Leptocerus dilutus larve, 0.2; C. digitatus pupe, 2; adult midge, 0.2; oligochztes, 22.4; mite, +; Hyalella, 0.2; ostracods, 0.2; Cyclops, 8.1; Chydorus, 0.1; Pleuroxus, +; Ceriodaphnia, 1.5; Eurycercus, 0.7; Daphnia, 1; sand, 1.9. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 59.5; caddis-fly larve, 0.2; chironomid pupa, o.2; adult midge, 0.2; oligochetes, 22.4; mites, ++; amphipods, 0.2; ostracods, 0.2; copepods, 8.1; cladocerans, 0.4; sand, 1.9. Station 10; August 20; number examined, 1. Length: 30. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, 20; oligochetes, 42; Hyalella, 10; Cyclops, 15; Chydorus, 3; Ceriodaphnia, ro. Station 12; August 20; number examined, 1. Length: 32.5. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, 60; Hyalella, 30; Eurycercus, 10. Station 5; August 25; number examined, 1. Length, 38.2. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, 47; C. lobiferus larvee, 40; oligochetes, 5; ostracods, 3; Cyclops, 5. Station 5; August 30; number examined, 1. Length: 41.5. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, Io; Protenthes culiciformis larve, 10; oligochetes, 47; Cyclops, 30; diatoms, 3. Station 14; August 31; number examined, 3. Lengths: 41, 36.5, 29; average, 35.6. Food: Chiron- omid larva, 5; Cricotopus trifasciatus larva, 2.3; Chironomus digitatus larve, 35; C. viridis larve, 2.3; Protenthes culiciformis larve, 2.3; mites, 0.3; Hyalella, 15; Cyclops, 8; Chydorus, 18; sand, 10. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 46.9; mites, 0.3; amphipods, 15; copepods, 8; cladocerans, 18; sand, ro. Station 1; September1; numberexamined, 10, Length: Maximum, 48.5; minimum, 27.5; average, 34.9. Food: Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 1.4; Chironomus digitatus larve, 41.5; C. viridis larve, 1.1; C. lobiferus larve, 7.4; C. tentans larve, 3.5; Corethra larve, 0.2; Canis diminuta nymphs, o.5; C. digitatus pupz, 1.5; oligochetes, 13.7; Hyalella, 13.9; Cyclops, 5; Chydorus, 0.1; Pleuroxus, 0.2; Eurycercus, 6.3; cladoceran, 0.1; sand, 3.5. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 55.1; May-fly nymphs, 0.5; chironomid pupz, 1.5; oligo- chetes, 13.7; amphipods, 13.9; copepods, 5; cladocerans, 6.7; sand, 3.5. Station 5; September 2; number examined, 2. Lengths: 41, 31. Food: Insect eggs, 2.5; Probezzia pallida larve, 11; Chironomus digitatus larve, 5; C. lobiferus larve, 45.5; C. tentans larve, 21.5; adult midge, 0.5; oligochetes, 5; Cyclops, 5; cladoceran, 1; sand, 3. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 85.5; midge, 0.5; oligochetes, 5; copepods, 5; cladocerans, I; sand, 3. Grand summary.—Number examined, 50. Length: Maximum, 48.5; minimum, 21.5; average, 30.9. Food: Insect larve, 59.2; insect pupz, 1.4; adult insects, 0.1; oligochetes, 18.4; amphipods, 5-1: ostracods, 0.5; copepods, 7.4; cladocerans, 5.6; diatoms, +; sand, 3.1. 256 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The chief food of the Johnny darter is chironomid larve, with oligochztes forming the second largest item. Forbes and Richardson (1908) stated that the food of the fish they examined consisted of two-thirds chironomid larve, 12 per cent small May flies, and 7 per cent gnat larve. Hankinson (x908) reported chiefly midge larvz, with some filamentous alge and Entomostraca. Reighard (1915) found midge larve and entomostracans. Catostomus commersonii (Lacépéde). Common sucker, fine-scaled sucker. Station 24; July 2, r9r5; number examined, 23. Length: Maximum, 24.3; minimum, 13; aver- age, 19.9. Food: Chironomus lobiferus eggs, 0.1; C. lobiferus larve, 5.2; C. digitatus larve, 5.6; C. viridis larve, 1.3; C. flavus larve, 1.3; C. tentans larve, 2.4; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 41.3; C. tentans pupe, 3.4; bug, +; midge, 0.3; ostracods, 17.5; Cyclops, 3.7; Cladoceran, 2.2; Bosmina, 1.1; Chydorus, 1.5; Eurycercus, +; oligochetes, 13.5; rotifers, 0.1; Closterium, +-; Pediastrum, +; diatoms and desmids, +; Aphanothece, o.1. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 55.9; chironomid pupz, 3.4; adult insects, 0.3; ostracods, 17.5; copepods, 3.7; cladocerans, 3.9; oligochetes, 13.5; rotifers, 1; Protozoa, +; alge, o.1. Station s; August 25; number examined, 6. Length: Maximum, 60; minimum, 38.5; average, 47.9. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 0.5; Probezzia glaber larve, 0.8; ostracods, 12.3; Cyclops, 48.4; cladocerans, 0.3; oligochetes, 7; Arcella, 0.1; Difflugia, 8.5; Closterium, 1.6; desmids and di- atoms, 2.5; fine silt and débris, 16.9. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 1.3; ostracods, 12.3; copepods, 48.4; cladocerans, 0.3; oligo- chetes, 7; protozoans, 8.6; alge, 4.1; silt and débris, 16.9. Station 5; August 30; number examined, 3. Length: 58, 53.6, 44; average, 51.8. Food: Chiron- omus lobiferus larve, 4; Corethra adult, 2.3; Dytiscus, 2.3; mite, +; ostracods, 27; Cyclops, 14; chydorid, 6.3; oligochetes, 10; rotifers, 1.3; Arcella, 0.3; Difflugia, 1; Closterium, 10.3; desmids and diatoms, 14; silt and débris, 4.3. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 4; adult insects, 4.6; ostracods, 27; copepods, 14; cladoc- erans, 6.3; oligochetes, 10; rotifers, 1.3; protozoans, 1.3; alge, 24.3; silt and débris, 4.3. Station 5; September 2; number examined, 1. Length: 44. Food: Enallagma eggs, 25; Cyclops, 56; Chydorus, 1; oligochetes, 10; rotifers, 1: Difflugia, 1; desmids and diatoms, 1; silt and débris, 5. Grand summary.—Number examined, 34. Length: Maximum, 60; minimum, 13; average, 29.2. Food: Insect eggs, 0.7; chironomid larve, 40.6; chironomid pupz, 2.4; adult insects, 0.6; mites, 0.1; ostracods, 16.8; copepods, 14.8; cladocerans, 3.6; oligochetes, 11.5; rotifers, 0.2; Protozoa, 1.3; alge, 3; silt and débris, 3.6. The common sucker when young feeds mostly on chironomid larve (40.6 per cent), entomostracans (35-2 per cent), and oligochetes (11.5 per cent). Tracy (1910) described the young as feeding on di- atoms, desmids, and black-fly larve; the adults on insects, worms, molluscs, young fishes, and fish eggs. Reighard (1915) found that the young ate mostly cladocerans, 2,000 being found in one individual. He told how the adults mouth over plants from one end to the other, and stated that they ate the eggs of the log perch. Hankinson (1908) found the food of adults to consist of caddis-fly larve and cases, Spheride, amphipods, insects, marl, midge larve, and Daphnia. Baker (1916) reported his examina- tions as follows: Mud and plant remains, 49 per cent; molluscs, 30 per cent; insecta, 21 per cent. The sucker is remarkable for the fineness of the food it is able to select. No other fish shows such a high percentage of protozoans, unicellular alge, and rotifers in its food. Cottus ictalops (Rafinesque). Miller’s thumb, common sculpin. Data for rot4 (Pearse, 1915).—All from station 11; number examined, to. Average length, 45. Food: May-fly nymphs, 66; chironomid larve, 7.1; adult midge, 1.5; Hyalella, 13.5; ostracods, 0.5; Cyclops, 1.5; leech, 9; filamentous alge, 0.9. Station 14; July 9, 1915; number examined, 2. Lengths: 21.7, 20.5. Food: Cricotopus adults, 7.5; Hyalella, 60; ostracods, 2.5; Cyclops, 10; chydorid, 2.5; oligochetes, 10; filamentous alge, 7.5. Station 23; July 23; number examined, 1. Length: 57.5. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, io; Diamesi waltii larve, 10; Hyalella, 60; oligochetes, 15; plant remains, 5. Station 19; August 18; number examined, 1. Length: 31. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larvz, 40; Hyalella, 60. Station 19; August 20; number examined, 2. Lengths: 33, 32.5. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, 21.5; Hyalella, 75; sand, 3.5. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 257 Station 19; August 30; number examined, 2. Lengths: 33.5,41. Food: Hyalella, 96; oligochetes, 4. Station 19; August 31; number examined, 2. Lengths: 30.5, 30.5. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, 10; C. viridis larve, 10; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 8.5; Hyalella, 68.5; Cyclops, 1; oligochetes, 0.5; sand, 1.5. Station 14; August 31; number examined, 1. Length: 35.5. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, to; Betisca nymphs, 30; Hyalella, 60. Station 1; September 1; number examined,1. Length: 35. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, 5; Beetisca nymphs, 15; Hyalella, 80. Station 11; September 2; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 46; minimum, 31.5; average, 40. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, 0.4; Heptagenia interpunctata larve, 0.6; Hyalella, 98; ostra- cods, I. Station 11; September 11; number examined, 2. Lengths: 49, 39. Food: Hyalella, 95; ostracods, 1; Nostoc, 4. Station 1; October 2; number examined, 1. Length: 48. Food: Dikerogammarus fasciatus, roo. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 30. Length: Maximum, 57.5; minimum, 20.5; average, 39.6. Food: Chironomid larve, 7.5; caddis-fly larve, 0.1; May-fly nymphs, 24; adult midges, 1; amphipods, 59.1; ostracods, 0.6; copepods, 1.2; cladocerans, 0.1; oligochzetes, 0.7; leeches, 3; plant remains, 0.1; alge, 1; sand, o.2. The miller’s thumb subsists mostly on amphipods and insect larve. It evidently lurks under stones ana rushes out to capture small things which swim by. Forbes and Richardson (1908) examined six individuals, and 25 per cent of the food consisted of small fishes, 4o per cent of insect larve, and the remainder mostly Asellus. They also stated that this fish was said to be very destructive to the eggs and fry of trout. Cyprinus carpio Linneus. German carp. Station 23, in a little inland pool connected with Yahara Canal by a ditch; July 12, 1915; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 21.7; minimum, 18; average, 20.1. Food: Unidentified chironomid larve, 5.2; Probezzia pallida larve, 2.5; Tanytarsus agrayoloides larvee, 10; Gyrinus larve, 2.5; Dytiscus hybridus larve, 2.5; Diamesi waltii larve, 4.2; D. waltii pup, 2.7; Palpomyia longipennis pupe, 0.7; Leptocella uwarowii adult, 17.5; Collembola, 2.5; ostracods, 28.7; Cyclops, 2.5; Chydorus 1.2; roti- fers, 13.7; colonial alge, 0.7; desmids, 0.2; Wolffia, 2.5. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 21.9; beetle larve, 5; chironomid pup, 3.2; adult insects, 20; ostracods, 28.7; copepods, 2.5; cladocerans, 1.2; rotifers, 3.7; plants, 2.5; alge, 0.9. Station 5; August 9; number examined, 18. Length: Maximum, 64; minimum, 15; average, 31.8. Food: Helea larve, 0.8; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 7; C. lobiferus larve, 2; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 0.3; Probezzia pallida larve, 0.8; May-fly nymphs, 0.8; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 3; Berosus larve, 0.3; Haliplus larvae, 0.1; Corixa nymph, 2.7; Palpomyia longipennis adults, 0.3; C. fulviventris adults, 2.5; Corethra adults, 2.5; Dytiscus adults, 2.5; Hyalella, 16.3; ostracods, 9.4; Cyclops, 14; Can- thocamptus, 0.5; mites, 1.7; Ceriodaphnia, 1.4; Chydorus, 3.7; Camptocercus, 0.8; Pleuroxus, 0.7; un- identified cladocerans, 0.8; ephippial eggs, 0.5; unidentified snalis, 6.4; Physa, 1.6; Planorbis, 2; oli- gochetes, 6.3; Pleurococcus, 1.4; Wolffia, 4.7; plant remains, 1.6. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 17.7; adult insects, 7.8; mites, 1.7; Hyalella, 16.3; ostracods, 9.4; copepods, 14.5; cladocerans, 7.9; snails, 9; oligochetes, 6.3; alge, 1.4; plants, 6.3 Station 23, in a little inland pool connected with Yahara Canal by a ditch; August 11; number ex- amined, 18. Length: Maximum, 44.6; minimum, 21; average, 29.5. Food: Insect eggs, 0.6; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 53.1; C. lobiferus larve, 5; C. tentans larve, 2.5; Palpomyia longipennis larve, 0.5; May-fly nymphs, 1; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 4. 9; Naucoris larve, 0.1; Chironomus fulviventris pup2, 7.2; adult insects, 1; Haliplus maculatus adults, 1.5; Chironomus fulviventris adults, 0.3; Corethra adults, 1.5; mites, 2.8; ostracods, 0.3; Cyclops, 8.9; Ceriodaphnia, 0.3; Chydorus, 0.5; Cladoceran, o.1; snails, 0.8; Physa, 0.8; Planorbis, 4.3; rotifers, +; Difflugia, +; filamentous alge, 0.3; plant remains, 0.2; silt, 0.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 67.6; insect pupe, 7.2; adults, 4.3; mites, 2.8; ostracods, 0.3; cope- pods, 8.9; cladocerans, 0.9; snails, 5.9; rotifers, +; protozoans, +; alge, 0.3; plants, 0.2; silt, 0.3. Station 28; September 14; number examined, 1. Length: 460. Food: Chironomid larve, 1; ostracods, 1; Cyclops, 2; plant remains, 61; duckweed, 7; blue grass, 8; fine silt and débris, 20. 258 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station 22; April 22, 1916; number examined, 1. Length: 120. Food: Chironomid sp. larve, 30; ostracods, 4.8; Cyclops, 24; chydorid, 0.1; Chydorus, 0.1; plant remains, 1; bottom débris, 4o. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 30; Entomostraca, 29; plants, 1; débris, 4o. Grand summary for 1915 and 1916.—Number examined, 42. Length: Maximum, 460; minimum, I5; average 41.7. Food: Insect larve, 39.7; insect pupe, 6.8; adult insects, 3.5; mites, 1.8; amphipods, 6.9; entomostracans, 20.9; snails, 6.9; oligocheetes, 2.8; rotifers, 1.1; protozoans, + ; alge, 0.8; plant remains, 4-9; silt and débris, 1.5. The German carp during its first few weeks after hatching from the egg feeds largely on entomos- tracans and rotifers; after that it turns more to insect larve. The adult carp is rather omnivorous, but vegetation forms a large part of its food. Forbes and Richardson (1908) stated that the carp eats princi- pally vegetable matter, also insect larve, crustaceans, molluscs, and other small aquatic animals. Tracy (1910) said it is omnivorous and chiefly vegetarian in its diet. Cole (1905) stated that the food was mostly vegetable and mentioned many other things he found, including the eggs of whitefish. Esox lucius Linneus. Common pike, pickerel. Station 17; April 17, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 730. Food: Micropterus salmoides (165 mm. long), 55; Perca flavescens (160 mm.), 45. Station 17; April 25; number examined, 1. Length: 765. Food: Perca flavescens (185 mm.), 100. Station 15; June 12; number examined, 1. Length: 164.5. Food: Perca flavescens (95 mm.), 100. Station 23; July 23; number examined, 1. Length: 143. Food: Diamesi waltii adult, 5; Hya- lella, 95. Station 15; June 26; number examined, 1. Length: 420. Food: Fish remains, too. Station 15; August 7; number examined, 1. Length: 155.5. Food: Fish remains, 90; Sphe- ride, 10. Station 15; August 21; number examined, 1. Length: 587. Food: Perca flavescens (134 mm.), 100. Station 17; August 23; number examined, 2. Lengths: 362, 400. Food: Perca flavescens (140 mm., 105 mm.), 100. ; Station 17; August 24; number examined, 1. Length: 317. Food: Fish remains, 90; Corixa nymphs, 4; Naucoris larve, 4; ephippial eggs, 2. Station 28; September 17; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 555; minimum, 455; aver- age, 487. Food: Small sunfish, 50; fish remains, 50. Station 29; November 16; number examined, 2. Lengths: 876, 563. Food: Perca flavescens (200 mm.), 50; fish remains, 50. Station 22; April 1, 1916; number examined, 1. Length: 233. Food: Fish remains, too. Station 18; April 13; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 238; minimum, 200; average, 217.5. Food: Fish remains, roo. Station 18; April 17; number examined, 1. Length, 227. Food: Notropis heterodon and other fish remains, 100. Station 18; April 18; number examined, 2. Lengths: 293, 203; average, 248. Food: Chydorus, 50; leech, 50. Station 27; May 30; number examined, 2. Lengths: 320, 295; average, 305. Food: Pimephales notatus, 50; Perca flavescens, 50. Station 18; June 29; number examined, 1. Length: 220. Food: Fish remains, 100. Station 18; June 12; number examined, 1. Length: 45. Food: Minnow, 50; chironomid larve, 20; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 3o. Station 18; July 7; number examined, 2. Length: Maximum, 100; minimum, 90; average, 95. Food: Fish remains, 50; Perca flavescens, 50. Station 17; July 10; number examined, 6. Length: Maximum, too; minimum, 81; average, 88.8. Food: Micropterous salmoides, 66.6; Perca flavescens, 16.6; Canis diminuta nymphs, 10; midge pupe, 6.6. Grand summary for 1915 and 1916.—Number examined, 36. Length: Maximum, 876; minimum, 45; average, 293.4. Food: Fish, 84; insect larve, 2.9; insect pupz, 1; adult insects, 2.5; amphipods, 2.5; Entomostraca, 2.6; Hirudinea, 2.5; Mollusca, 0.2; silt and débris, 1.2. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 259 The small pickerel apparently eats a few insects and molluscs; the adults live nearly altogether on fish. Other observers have found the food to be as follows: Forbes and Richardson (1908)—fishes and frogs, crayfishes, larger insects, and occasionally even mice, reptiles, and young ducks; Hankinson (1908)—perch, darters; Reighard (1915)—perch and fish remains. Etheostoma flabellare Rafinesque, var. lineolatum Jordan and Evermann. Fan-tailed darter. Data for r9r4.—Station 11; September 4; number examined, 2. Lengths: 29.6, 31.3. Food: Chironomid larve, 75; adult midge, 0.5; Hyalella, 24.5; Camptocercus, +. Station 19; December 3; number examined, 1. Length: 38.7. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 35; C. viridis larvee, 40; Hyalella, 25. Station 23; July 12, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 48.3. Food: Hyalella, 80; oligochztes, I5; plant remains, 5. Station 14; August 31; number examined, 1. Length: 38.7. Food: Agraylea multipunctata larve, 13; Hyalella, 86; chydorid, r. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 48.3; minimum, 29.6; average, 37.3. Food: Chironomid larve, 42; caddis-fly larve, 4.8; adult midge, 0.2; Hyalella, 48; cladocerans, 0.2; oligochetes, 3; plant remains, 1. The fan-tailed darter lives mostly on chironomid larvze and amphipods. Forbes and Richardson (1908) examined six fish and found two-thirds chironomid larve, one-fourth May-fly nymphs, and the Temainder copepods. Etheostoma iowe Jordan and Meek. Iowa darter. Station 23; July 9, r915; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 55; minimum, 45.5; average, 48.5. Food: Unidentified chironomid larve, 12.5; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 11.2; C. tentans larve, 2.5; Berosus larve, 9; Gyrinus larve, 11.2; Hyalella, 47.5; Physa heterostropha, 3.7; oligo- chetes, 2; fine débris, 0.5. Station 23; August 31; number examined, 1. Length: 45. Food: Hyalella, roo. Grand summary——Number examined, 5. Average length, 47.8. Food: Chironomid larve, 21; beetle larve, 16; amphipods, 58; snails, 3; oligochetes, 1.6; fine débris, 0.4. This beautiful little darter subsists nearly altogether on amphipods and insect larvee. Eucalia inconstans (Kirtland). Brook stickleback. Data for 1914 (Pearse, 1915).—Number examined, 50. Length: Maximum, 48.5; minimum, 22; average, 31.7. Food: Dipterous larve, 13.2; May-fly nymphs, 1.4; Corixa nymphs, +; caddis-fly larve, 1.3, unidentified adult insects, 2.2; midges, 13.6; podurans, 0.7; mites, 0.5; Hyalella, 0.2; os- tracods, 3.6; copepods, 28.5; cladocerans, 14.9; snails, 6.3; Spheride, 0.1; oligochztes, 0.3; nematodes, +; rotifers, +; Difflugia, +; plants, 5.4; alge, 1.7; fine débris, 4.6. Station 21; April 28, 1915; numberexamined, 10. Length: Maximum, 51; minimum, 30.1; average, 40.6. Food: Chironomid larve, 2.5; Pelopia flavifrons larve, 1.5; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 2; C. flavus larve, 3; C. lobiferus larve, 0.6; C. modestus larve, 0.2; C. digitatus larve, 0.2; Tanytarsus dissimilis larve, 0.2; Orthocladius sp. larve, 0.7; Cricotopus exilis larve, 0.4; Cricotopus trifasciatus pup, 0.2; Chironomid adults, 3.8; Hyalella, 11.5; Dikerogammarus fasciatus, 15.2; young amphipods, 5.5; ostracods, 5; Cyclops, 12; Canthocamptus, 1; oligochetes, 7.3; rotifers, 4.3; diatoms, +; alge, 0.5; filamentous alge, 0.2; gelatinous alge, 0.5; plant remains, 8.5; silt and fine débris, 16.6. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, r1.3; chironomid pupz, 0.2; adult midges, 3.8; amphipods, 32.2; ostracods, 5; copepods, 13; oligochetes, 7.3; rotifers, 4.3; alge, 1.2; plants, 8.5; silt and débris, 16.6. Station 20; April 28; numberexamined, 10. Length: Maximum, 44; minimum, 31; average, 40.6. Food: Fish eggs and embryos, 2.5; Pelopia flavifrons larve, 0.3; chironomid larve, 0.9; C. flavus larve, 0.7; C. lobiferus larve, 0.7; C. dorsalis larve, 0.2; C. tentans larve, 0.6; C. viridicollis larve, 0.2; Tanytarsus exiguus larve, 3.4; Orthocladius nivoriundus larve, 0.9; adult midge, 0.5; insect, 125} Asellus communis, 14; Dikerogammarus fasciatus, 3; ostracods, 3.7; Cyclops, 16.8; Canthocamptus, 7.3; Chydorus sphericus, 32.2; Physa, 7.5; Physa eggs, 1; oligochetes, 1; filamentous alge, 0.1; silt and débris, 0.6. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 10.4; adult insects, 2; amphipods, 17; ostracods, 3-7; cope- pods, 21.1; cladocerans, 32.2; snails, 8.5; oligochetes, 1; alge, o.r silt and débris, 0.6. 260 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station 20; June 12; number examined, 30. Length: Maximum, 43.5; minimum, 9.4; average, 1g.t. Food: Caddis-fly larve, 1.1; chironomid larve, 7.1; Chironomus tentans, 8.9; psychodid larve, 0.3; Tanytarsus exiguus larve, 6.4; Orthocladius sp. larve, 0.5; O. nivoriundus larvz, 0.8; Cricotopus, exilis larve, 1.9; C. trifasciatus larvee, 5; C. trifasciatus pup, 11.4; Chironomus tentans pupe, 17.3; C, fulviventris pupe, +; Aedes adults, 1; leaf hopper, 1; ostracods, 2.5; Cyclops, 4.8; Canthocamptus, 1.5; nauplii, o.1; Chydorus sphezricus, 20; Ceriodaphnia, 0.9; rotifers, 4.3; diatoms, 0.1; filamentous alge, o.1; plant remains, o.1. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 30.9; caddis-fly larve, 1; chironomid pupz, 28; adult in- sects, 2; ostracods, 2.5; copepods, 6.4; cladocerans, 20.9; rotifers, 4.3; alge, 1.1; plants, o.r. Station 21; June 12; number examined, 6. Length: Maximum, 42; minimum, 30; average, 37. Food: Chironomid larve, 0.2; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 64.6; Tanytarsus exiguus larve, 4.3; Chironomus fulviventris pupe, 20; Aedes adults, 5.8; Hyalella, 3.6; Cyclops, 1.3; amphipods, 3.6; copepods, 1.3. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 69.1; chironomid pupz, 20; adult mosquitoes, 5.8; amphi- pods, 3.6; copepods, 1.3. Station 25, from a ditch beside the road; July 2; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 28.6; minimum, 13.2; average, 19.6. Food: Chironomid larve, 2.5; Tamytarsus exignus larve, 6.2; Tany- tarsus monilis larve, 28.2; adult midge, 1.2; Hermannia bistriata, 11.2; ostracods, 13.7; Cyclops, 22.5; Ceriodaphnia, 1.2; oligochztes, 7.2; rotifers, 4.7; diatoms, 1; gelatinous alge, 1.2. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 36.9; midge, 1.2; terrestrial mite, 11.2; ostracods, 13.7; cope- pods, 22.5; cladocerans, 1.2; oligochetes, 7.2; rotifers, 4.7; alge, 2.2. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 110. Length: Maximum, 51; minimum 9.4; average, 29.3. Food: Fish eggs, 0.2; dipterous larve, 21.5; hemipterous larve, +; May-fly larve, 0.6; caddis-fly larve, 0.9; chironomid pupe, 9.1; adult Diptera, 7.3; hemipterous adults, 0.3; podu- rans, 0.3; unidentified insects, 1.1; mites, 0.6; amphipods, 3.4; Asellus, 1.2; ostracods, 3.2; copepods, 19.3; cladocerans, 16; snails, 3.6; Spheride, 0.1; oligochztes, 1.1; rotifers, 1.1; nematodes, +; alge, 1.2; plants, 3.2; silt and débris, 3.7. The brook stickleback ate over 41 per cent insects (larve, 23; pup, 9.1; adults, 9) and 38.5 per cent entomostracans. Forbes and Richardson (1908) examined five fish and ‘found about equal parts of plant and animal food—filamentous alge, insects, chironomid larve, and entomostracans. Eupomotis gibbosus Linneus. Pumpkinseed. Station 17; April 10, 1915; number examined, 3. Lengths: 155, 148, 145. Food: Protenthes, choreus larve, 0.6; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 0.6; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 2.6; Sialis larve, 1.6; Colymbetis adults, 20; leeches, 8.3; Planorbis, 40; plant remains, 22.6; fine débris, 3.3. Station 17; April 13; number examined, 2. Lengths: 133, 126. Food: Toad eggs, 42.5; Planor- bis, 30; plant remains, 5; alge, 15; fine débris, 7.5. Station 28; August 19; number examined, 1. Length: 116. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 15; Chrysops larve, 1; Chironomus lobiferus pupz, 2; Corixa adults, 5; Probezzia glaber, 3; Hyalella, 74. Station 28; August 24; number examined, 2. Lengths: 187, 142. Food: Micronecta nymph, 1.5; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 2.5; Enallagma antennatum nymphs, 0.5; Sialis larve, 2.5; Stratyiomyia discalis larve, 2.5; Notonecta nymph, 3.5; Corixa adults, 4.5; Hyalella, 1.5; Physa, 1.5; sponge, 10; Lemna, 7.5; Ceratophyllum, 48.5. Station 15; October 1; number examined, 1. Length: 160. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 35; Leptocella uwarowii adult, 10; Hyalella, 5; crayfish, 12; Valvata tricarinata, 10; Amnicola limosa, to; Ancylus, 3; plant remains, 5; Vallisneria, 10; Myriophyllum, 2; filamentous alge, 3. Grand summary.—Number examined, 9. Length: Maximum, 187; minimum, 116; average, 145.7. Food: Toad? eggs, 9.4; insect larve, 11.6; insect pupe, 0.9; adult insects, 9.3; amphipods, 9; cray- fish, 1.3; leeches, 2.8; snails, 25.8; sponge, 2.2; plants, 21.9; alge, 3.6; fine débris, 2.8. The food of the pumpkinseed was made up of insects (22.1 per cent), large Crustacea (10.3 per cent), snails (25.8 per cent), plants (25.5 per cent), and other things. Forbes and Richardson (1908) found that more than half the food of the fish they examined was molluscs; the rest was amphipods, isopods, and insects. Hankinson (1908) reported midge larve, May-fly nymphs, crayfishes, amphipods, snails, leeches, and caddis-fly larve. Reighard (1915) found snails, insect larve, and Chara. Insects formed the chief food of those fish examined by Baker (1916). FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 261 Fundulus diaphanus menona (Jordan and Copeland). Menona top minnow. Data for 1914 (Pearse, 1915).—Number examined, 49. Length: Maximum, 49.5; minimum, 27.5; average, 35.4. Food: Dipterous larve, 6.1; beetle larve, 0.6; hemipterous larve, 0.7; dragon-fly nymphs, +; May-fly nymphs, 1.7; podurans, +; imsects, 3.2; mites, 1; Hyalella, 16.2; ostracods, 25.2; copepods, 1.2; cladocerans, 27; Planorbis, 0.1; plant remains, 0.1; Wolffia, 14.7; filamentous alge, 0.1. Station 17; December 3; number examined, 1. Length: 37. Food: Chironomus viridicollis larve, 5; C. viridis larve, 5; Chydorus sphericus, 10; Ceriodpahnia, 40; Eurycercus lamellatus, 40. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 10; cladocerans, 90. Station 19; December 3; number examined, 1. Length: 38. Food: Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 92; Hyalella, 8. Station 17; April 6, 1915; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 42.1; minimum, 27.9; average, 31.6. Food: Dipterous larve, 7; Chironomus tentans larve, 5.8; C. fulviventris larve, 10; C. decorus larve, 8; Corethra larve, 6; adult Diptera, 14; ostracods, 6.5; Cyclops, 5.5; Canthocamptus, 2.5; Chydorus sphericus, 4; oligochetes, 14.3; nematodes, 0.2; unknown eggs, Io; plants, 0.2; alge, 3; fine débris, 3. Summary.—Food: Dipterous larve, 36.6; adult Diptera, 14; ostracods, 6.5; copepods, 8; cladoc- erans, 4; oligochetes, 14.3; nematodes, 0.2; unknown eggs, ro; plants, 3.2; fine débris, 3. Station 17; April 13; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 45.5; minimum, 3o; average, 39.5. Food: Chironomid larve, 5; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 0.5; C. decorus larve, 0.9; C. lobiferus larve, 14.2; ostracods, 15.5; Cyclops, 9.2; Canthocamptus, 3.7; Ceriodaphnia, +; oligo- chetes, 3.7; nematodes, 1.2; plant remains, 4.2; Wolffia, 10.7; alge, 1.5; fine débris, 29.2. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larve, 20.6; ostracods, 15.5; copepods, 12.9; oligochetes, 3.7; nematodes, 1.2; plants, 16.4; fine débris, 29.2. Station 21; April 28; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 46; minimum, 27; average, 38.6. Food: Young fish with yolk sacs, 6.9; chironomid larve, 0.6; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 3.6; C. flavus larve, 2; Tanypus decoloratus larve, 0.8; Tanytarsus exiguus larve, 2; T. dives larve, 2; Ortho- cladius sp. larve, 0.4; O. nivoriundus larve, 4; Palpomyia longipennis larve, 1; Tabanus larve, 1.1; podurans, 0.7; midges, 9.2; Dikerogammarus fasciatus, 19.7; Cyclops, 3.1; Canthocamptus, 1.3; Spha- ride, 4; oligochztes, 1.5; eggs, 1.1; plant remains, 7.2; fine débris, 17.1. Summary.—Food: Dipterous larve, 17.5; adult insects, 9.9; amphipods, 19.7; copepods, 4.4; Sphezride, 4; oligochetes, 1.5; eggs, 1.1; plants, 7.2; fine débris, 17.1. Station 21, along shore of Lake Wingra; April 28; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 39; minimum, 33; average, 38. Food: Tanypus decoloratus larve, 0.3; T. d. pup, 16; Cricotopus trifasciatus pupe, 1; adult Diptera, 0.5; terrestrial mites, 1.4; ostracods, 46.5; Cyclops, 15.7; Cantho- camptus, 1.5; Chydorus sphericus, 5.1; Eurycercus, 8.1; nematodes, 0.3; alge, 3.5. Summary.—Food: Dipterous larve, 0.3; dipterous pup, 17; adult insects, 0.5; mites, 1.4; ostra- cods, 46.5; copepods, 17.2; cladocerans, 13.2; nematodes, 0.3; algz, 3.5. Station 5; May 12; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 59; minimum, 34; average, 47.4. Food: Fish eggs, 4.5; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 4.4; Chironomus viridis larve, 1; C. viridicollis larve, 5.6; Tanypus decoloratus larve, 2.2; Pelopia monilis larve, 1; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 2.5; Probezzia pallida larve, 0.1; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 6.4; May-fly nymphs, 0.5; Orthocladius sordidellus pupz, 2.4; Tanypus decoloratus pupz, 0.8; Collembola, 0.5; midges, 1; terrestrial mites, 0.8; Hyalella, 3.5; ostracods, 26.2; Cyclops, 5.8; Chydorus sphericus, 21.2; Eurycercus lamellatus, 2.9; Spheride, 1; Planorbis, 1.2; plant remains, 0.7; alge, 1.3; fine débris, 0.5. Summary.—Food: Fish eggs, 4.5; insect larve, 20.1; pupz, 3.2; adult insects, 1.5; mites, 0.8; amphipods, 3.5; ostracods, 26.2; copepods, 5.8; cladocerans, 25.1; molluscs, 2.2; plants, 2; fine dé- bris, 0.5. Station 16; May 15; number examined, 8. Length: Maximum, 52; minimum, 32; average, 39.5. Food: Helea larve, 2; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 20.7; Tanypus decoloratus larve, 0.5; Ortho- cladius sordidellus larve, 5.5; Palpomyia larve, 5; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 2.1; Cricotopus trifas- ciatus pup, 5; mites, 3; ostracods, 7; Cyclops, 18.5; Chydorus sphzricus, 2; Pleuroxus procurvatus, 1.5; Planorbis, 11.7; oligoch¢tes, 12; plant remains, 0.2; alge, o.r. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 35.7; pup#, 5; mites, 3; ostracods, 7; copepods, 18.5; cladoc- erans, 3.5; snails, 11.7; oligochetes, 12; plants, 0.3. 104848°—18——3 262 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station 5; June 1; number examined, 1o. Length: Maximum, 49; minimum, 30; average, 38. Food: Beetle larve, 6; May-fly nymphs, 1; Helea larve, 1; Chironomus decorus larve, 2.7; C. lobiferus larve, 4.8; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 37.7; Probezzia glaber larve, 0.4; C. digitatus pup2, 0.1; Hyalella, 1.5; ostracods, 12.5; Cyclops, 0.5; Chydorus sphericus, 3.3; Eurycercus, 5.7; snails, 0.5; Planorbis, 12.5; Limnza, 9; Physa ,0.8. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 54.6; pup, o.1; amphipods, 1.5; ostracods, 12.5; copepods, 0.5; cladocerans, 9; snails, 23.2. Station 6; June 24; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 58.8; minimum, 37; average, 48.4. Food: Helea larve, 0.5; Chironomus plumosus larve, 0.4; C. lobiferus larve, 1.2; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 0.5; Probzzia glaber larve, 2; Ecdyurus maculipennis nymphs, 16.8; Orthocladius sordidellus pupe, o.2° Tanypus monilis pupe, o.1; C. decorus pupe, 0.5; C. digitatus pupa, 1; Corixa adults, 0.4; Hyalella, 30.1; ostracods, 7.9; Cyclops, 2.2; Chydorus sphaericus, 7.9; Pleuroxus pro- curvatus, 0.2; Planorbis, 14.4; Physa, 5.8; oligochetes, 2.5; fine débris, 5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 21.4; pupe, 1.8; adult insects, 0.4; amphipods, 30.1; ostracods, 7.9; copepods, 2.2; cladocerans, 8.1; snails, 20.2; oligochetes, 2.5; fine débris, 5. Station 3; June 24; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 67.5; minimum, 53; average, 57.9. Food: Insect larva, 1; Helea larve, 0.3; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 1.4; Chironomus plumosus larve, 2.1; Tanypus monilis larve, 3.6; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 43; Probezzia glaber larve, 0.3; P. pallida larve, 1.3; Sialis larva, o.1; Ecdyurus maculipennis nymphs, 8.3; Orthocladius sordidellus pupe, 0.4; Chironomus digitatus pupe, 0.2; Hyalella, 11.4; ostracods, 0.3; Cyclops, o.1; Chydorus, 1; fine débris, 26. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 61.4; pupz, 0.6; amphipods, 11.4; ostracods, 0.3; copepods, o.1; cladocerans, 1; fine débris, 26. Station 18; July 3; number examined, 11. Length: Maximum, 55; minimum, 41; average, 47.3. Food: Helea larve, 0.2; chironomid larve, 3; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 3.6; C. abbreviatus larve, 0.2; Probezzia glaber larve, 0.5; Protenthes culiciformis larve, 0.3; Procladius sp. larve, 19.7; Hyalella, 49.1; Dikerogammarus fasciatus, 0.1; Eurycercus, 22.6; alge, +. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 27.5; amphipods, 49.2; cladocerans, 22.6; alge, +. Station 23; August 9; number examined, 3. Lengths: 32.5; 30.5; 25.4. Food: Chironomid larve, 11.6; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 3.3; C. viridis larve, 3.3; C. lobiferus larve, 6.3; Tanytarsus exiguus larvee, 6.3; Hyalella, 40; ostracods, 5; Cyclops, 1.3; Chydorus sphericus, 3.3; Ceriodaphnia, 3.3; Eurycer- cus, 8.3; oligochetes, 6.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 30.8; amphipods, 40; ostracods, 5; copepods, 1.3; cladocerans, 14.9; oligochztes, 6.3. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 149. Length: Maximum, 67.5; minimum, 25.4; average, 40.4. Food: Fish embryos, 0.8; insect eggs, 0.8; insect larve, 23.4; pupe, 1.7; adult insects, 2.7; mites, 3; amphipods, 14.1; ostracods, 15.7; copepods, 4.9; cladocerans, 15.3; Spheride, 0.4; snails, 3.5; oligochetes, 2; nematodes, +; plant remains, 5.5; alge, 0.9; silt and débris, 4.2. The top minnow ate 36 per cent entomostracans and 28 per cent insects, as well as amphipods, plant remains, the débris from the bottom and the surface of plants, molluscs, etc. Forbes and Richardson (1908) reported the food of this species to be insects, amphipods, snails, and plant seeds. The large per- centages of ostracods, oligochetes, and Chydoride and the species of insect larve found in the present investigation indicate that the top minnow frequently feeds near the bottom or among vegetation. Labidesthes sicculus (Cope). Brook silverside. Data for 1914 (Pearse, 1915).—Number examined, 50. Length: Maximum, 47.9; minimum, 15.4; average, 35.7. Food: Insect larve, 5.1; pupz and adult insect, 42.4; mites, 0.1; ostracods, +; copepods, 8.1; cladocerans, 27.3; rotifers, +; protozoans, +; plant remains, 2.5; alge, 8; silt and débris, 3.3. Station 23; August 11, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 25.3. Food: Tanytarsus adults, 40; Cyclops, 15; Chydorus sphericus, 37; Ceriodaphnia, 8. Station 18; August 14; number examined, ro. Length: Maximum, 27; minimum, 11.5; average, 20.5. Food: Chironomus eggs, 9.5; chironomid larve, 5; Probezzia pallida adult, 11.5; ostracods, 0.3; Cyclops, 24.7; Chydorus sphzricus, 0.4; Ceriodaphnia, 37.4; Bosmina, 7.3; Pleuroxus procurvatus, 0.1; Camptocercus, 0.2; ephippial eggs, 3.5. Summary.—Food: Insect eggs, 9.5; insect larve, 5; adult insects, 11.5; ostracods, 0.3; cladocerans, 48.9. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 263 Station 19; August 18; number examined,9. Length: Maximum, 36; minimum, 22; average, 28.2. Food: Chironomid larve, 2.2; Chironomus viridis pupe, 44.6; C. tentans, pups, 5.3; Tanytarsus adult, 2.2; Chironomus viridis adult, 2.7; Cyclops, 5.6; Ceriodaphnia, 37. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 2.2; pupx, 49.9; adults, 4.9; copepods, 5.6; cladocerans, 37. Station 18; August 18; Number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 33; minimum, 25; average, 28. Food: Corethra larve, 0.6; Chironomus viridis adult, 28.8; spider, 0.2; Cyclops, 11; Chydorus, 0.4; Ceriodaphnia, 58; Daphnia hyalina, 1. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 0.6; adult insects, 28.8; spider, 0.2; copepods, 11; cladocerans, 59-4. Station 23, west of mouth of Yahara Canal in Lake Monona; August 19; number examined, 5s. Length: Maximum, 38.5; minimum, 21.5; average, 31.2. Food: Caterpillar, 1.4; Chironomus viridis pupe, 23; Tanytarsus adult, 3.5; Chironomus viridis adult, 33; C. digitatus adult, 2.6; C. tentans adult, 6; spider, 5; Cyclops, 0.6; Chydorus, 4.4; Pleuroxus, +; Daphnia hyalina, 20.4. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 1.4; pupe, 23; adults, 45.1; spider, 5; copepods, 0.6; cladocerans, 24.8. Station 24; August 19; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 41.5; minimum, 20.5; average, 28. Food: Chironomus viridis larve, 5; Chironomus viridis pupz, 82.8; Chironomus viridis adults, 5.2; C. tentans adults, 3.8; spider, 0.2; Cyclops, 2.6; Chydorus, 0.4. Summary.—Food insect larve, 0.5; pupz, 82.8; adults, 9; spider, 0.2; copepods, 2.6; cladocerans, 0.4. Station 23, at mouth of river; August 19; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 41.5; minimum, 21.5; average, 31.5. Food: Corethra larve, 3; Chironomus viridis pupe, 45; Tanytarsus adult, 5; Chirono- mus viridis adult, 6; C. digitatus adult, 21; spider, 1; Cyclops, 1; Ceriodaphnia, 7; Eurycercus, 11. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 3; pupe, 45; adults, 32; spider, 1; copepods, 1; cladocerans, 18. Station 5; August 25; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 80.5; minimum, 30.3; average, 54.4. Food: Cyclops, 15.5; Chydorus, 7; Bosmina, 74.4; Camptocercus, 2.2; rotifers, 0.2; Closterium, o.2. Summary.—Food: Copepods, 15.5; cladocerans, 83.6; rotifers, 0.2; alge, 0.2. Station 6; August 25; number examined, 6. Length: Maximum, 77; minimum, 25.5; average, 41.6. Food: Chironomus viridis pupe, 52.5; C. tentans pupe, 14.4; Tanytarsus adult, 2.8; Chironomus viridis adult, 6.6; Cyclops, 3; Ceriodaphnia, 19.6; Bosmina, 1.6. Summary.—Food: Insect pupz, 66.9; adults, 9.4; copepods, 3; cladocerans, 21.2. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, roo. Length: Maximum, 77; minimum, II.5; average, 40.9. Food: Insect eggs, 1.4; insect larve, 5.2; insect pupz, 16.4; adult insects, 28.3; spiders, 0.3; mites, +; ostracods, +; copepods, 8.7; cladocerans, 32; rotifers, +; protozoans, +; alge, 4. The silverside is more of a “top-minnow’’ than the top-minnow (Fundulus diaphanus menona) itself. The fact that its food contains 44.6 per cent adult insects and pupz, 40.7 per cent entomostracans, and only a trace of ostracods can be interpreted in no other way. Forbes and Richardson (1908) stated that this species feeds on animal plankton, chironomid larve, land insects, and spiders. One fish they examined had eaten a very small minnow. Baker (1916) found the stomachs of the fish he exam- ined to contain a large percentage of insects and small amounts of Crustacea, Acarina and Bryozoa. Lepisosteus osseus (Linnezus). Long-nosed gar, billfish. Station 28; September 14, 1915; number examined, 1, Length: 650. Food: Lepomis incisor, 100. Station 23; September 21; numberexamined,1. Length:218. Food: Lepomis incisor, 98; Simulium vittatum larve, 2. Station at Oconomowoc Lake; number examined, 1. Length: 180. Food: Labidesthes sicculus, go; Chironomus adults, ro. Station 22; July 1, 1916; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 652; minimum, 480; average, 577- Food: Fish, 40; minnow remains, 40; Enallagma antennatum nymphs, 20. Station 20; July 3; number examined, 1. Length: 600. Food: Johnny darter, 100. Station 22; July 8; number examined, 1. Length: 416. Food: Fish, roo. Summary for 1915 and 1916.—Number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 652; minimum, 180; average, 494.9. Food: Fish, 88.8; insect larve, 10.2; adult insects, 1. The youngest gars examined fed somewhat on insects and larve, but the chief food of all was small fishes. Forbes and Richardson (1908) reported nothing but small fish for the food of this species. 264 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Lepomis incisor Cuvier and Valenciennes. Bluegill, blue sunfish. Data for 1914 (Pearse, 1915).—Number examined, 49. Average length, 30.8. Food: Insect larve, 22.8; adult insects, 26; mites, 1.2; amphipods, 23.1; copepods, 16.4; cladocerans, 31; oligochztes, 0.2; nematodes, +; rotifers, +; plants, 1.3; alge, 0.4. Station 13; April 10, 1915; number examined, 7. Length: Maximum, 108; minimum, 53; average, 87.7. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, 9.9; C. decorus larve, 0.4; Leptocella uwarowii larve, 0.4; Heptagenia interpunctata larve, 0.4; Hyalella, 18.5; Chydorus sphericus, 0.3; plant remains, 27.1; fine débris, 42.1. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 11.1; amphipods, 18.5; cladocerans, 0.3; plants, 27.1; fine débris, 42.1. Station 13; April 13; number examined, 14. Length: Maximum, 105; minimum, 46; average, 80.1. Food: Insect eggs, 0.3; chironomid larve, 0.7; Tanypus monilis larve, 0.7; Chironomus viridis larve, 0.7; C. digitatus larve, 4; C. palliatus larve, 3.1; C. lobiferus larve, 0.7; C. fulviventris larve, 2.1; C. decorus larve, 2.2; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, o.2; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 1; Pro- cladius larve, 6.2; Hydroptila larve, 2.8; Agraylea larve, 0.3; May-fly nymphs, 2.3; Heptagenia inter- punctata larve, 2.4; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 14.2; Chironomus lobiferus pupz, 0.7; C. tentans pupe, 0.8; Hyalella, 3.5; ostracods, 0.2; Cyclops, 8; Canthocamptus, 2.7; snail eggs, 5.7; plant remains, 8.5; alge, 5.3; Aphanothece, 17.1; silt and débris, 2.4. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 43.6; pup, 1.5; amphipods, 3.5; ostracods, 0.2; copepods, 10.7; snail eggs, 5.7; plants, 8.5; alge, 22.4; silt and débris, 2.4. Station 21, on south shore of Lake Wingra; April 28; number examined, 1. Length: 27.5. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 5; Cyclops, 84; Chydorus sphericus, 11. Station 5; May 12; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 58; minimum, 32; average, 47.1. Food: Insect larve, 1; chironomid larve, 15; Chironomus lobifererus larve, 1.2; C. decorus larve, +; C. fulviventris larve, 4; Pelopia monilis larve, 0.1; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 5.9; Corethra larve, 6.4; May-fly nymphs, 17; Siphlurus nymphs, 7; chironomid pupe, 2.4; Cricotopus trifasciatus adults, 5; adult midges, 5; mites, 1.8; Arrhenurus, 2; Hyalella, 24.2; ostracods, 0.7; Eurycercus, 0.8; Chydorus sphericus, 0.5; alge, 0.1. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 56.6; pup, 2.4; adult insects, 10; mites, 3.8; amphipods, 24.2; ostracods, 0.7; cladocerans, 1.3; alge, o.1. Station 16; May 15; number examined, 7. Length: Maximum, 56; minimum, 41; average, 48.8. Food: Insect larve, 0.7; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 77.4; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 7; Pro- bezzia pallida larve, 0.9; P. glaber larve, 0.7; chironomid pup, 7; Hyalella, 5.6; ostracods, 0.4; Planorbis, 0.1; alge, o.1. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 86.7; pupe, 7; amphipods, 5.6; ostracods, 0.4; Planorbis, 0.1; alge, o.1. Station 3; June 4; number examined, 2. Lengths: 115,117. Food: Helea larve, 1.5; chironomid larve, 1; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 1; Simulium vittatum larve, 10; Peltodytes edentulus larve, 2.5; Tabanus pupe, 5; Hyalella, 3.5; ostracods, 0.4; Eurycercus, 52.5; Physa,o.5; leech, 17.5; plants, 5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 16; pup, 5; amphipods, 3.5; cladocerans, 52.5; snails, 0.5; leech, 17.5; plants, 5. Station 23; June 14; number examined, 2. Lengths: 44, 42. Food: Chironomus tentans larve, 5; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 5; Chironomus lobiferus pup, 5; Orthocladius sordidellus pup, 7.5; chironomid pupe, 4; Hyalella, 73.5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 10; pupz, 16.5; amphipods, 73.5. Station 2; June 15; number examined, 7. Length: Maximum, 58; minimum, 43.5; average, 50.1. Food: Helea larve, 0.4; chironomid larve, 3.5; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 4.4; Orthocladius sor- didellus larve, 4.5; Orthocladius sp. larve, 1.2; Protenthes monilis larve, 1.4; Probezzia pallida larve, 2.5; caddis-fly larva and case, 1.4; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 13; Callibetis nymphs, 11; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 9; E. antennatum nymphs, 1; Chironomus lobiferus pupe, 17; mites, 1; Hyalella, 16; ostracods, 2; Cyclops, 2; Eurycercus, 1; Chydorus, 0.1; ephippial eggs, o.1; Planorbis, 6.8. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 53.3; pup, 17; mites, 1; amphipods, 16; ostracods, 2; copepods, 2; cladocerans, 1.2; snails, 6.8. Station 27; June 17; number examined, 8. Length: Maximum, 124; minimum, 69; average, too.9. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 13.1; Palpomyia longipennis larve, 8; Orthocladius sor- didellus larve, 12; Probezzia pallida larve, 10.2; caddis-fly larve in cases, 7.2; Chironomus lobiferus FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 265 pup, 15; Orthocladius sordidellus pupz, 9.8; Palpomyia longipennis pup, 1; Probezzia pallida pupe, o.2; adult midges, +; Corixa adults, 11.4; Camponotus adult, 0.1; mites, 0.2; Lebertia, 2; Hyalella, 8.1; ostracods, 0.1; Eurycercus, 2.5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 50.5; pup, 26; adult insects, 11.5; mites, 2.2; amphipods, 8.1; ostracods, 0.1; cladocerans, 2.5. Station 28; June 17; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 83; minimum, 39.5; average, 58.9. Food: Insect larve, 0.5; Chironomus tentans larve, 5.8; C. lobiferus larve, 1.4; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 26; Probezzia pallida larve, 1.5; Corethra larve, 0.5; May-fly nymphs, 3.6; Ecdyu- rus maculipennis nymphs, 11.5; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 3.5; Enallagma antennatum nymphs, 2; chironomid pupz, 5; Chironomus lobiferus pupa, 1.1; C. tentans pupe, o.2; Orthocladius sordidellus pupz, 20.9; Corixa adults, 10.7; mites, 0.2; Cyclops, 0.5; Eurycercus lamellatus, 4.8; Camptocercus, o.r. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 55.7; pup, 27.2; adult insects, 10.7; mites, 0.2; copepods, o.5; cladocerans, 4.9. Station 3; June 24; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 68.5; minimum, 44; average, 54.8. Food: Tanypus monilis, 1.6; Chironomus tentans larve, 6.3; C. digitatus larve, 0.4; C. lobiferus larve, 14; Palpomyia longipennis larve, 4.5; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 25.8; Probezzia pallida larve, 13.8; Leptocella larva and case, 2.8; May-fly nymphs, 2.3; Ecdyurus nymphs, 6.2; Peltodytes eden- tulus larve, 0.3; Chironomid pupe, 1.5; Chironomus digitatus pupz, 0.5; Orthocladius sordidellus pupe, 3.4; Probezzia pallida pupe, 0.7; sawfly adult, 0.2; Chironomus lobiferus adults, 7.7; mites, 0.1; Hyalella, 0.9; ostracods, 0.1; Eurycercus, 0.3; Planorbis, 5.2; Physa, 0.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 78; pupe, 6.1; adult insects, 7.9; amphipods, 0.9; ostracods, 0.1; cladocerans, 0.3; snails, 5.5. Station 18; July 3; number examined, 1o. Length: Maximum, 65; minimum, 33.8; average, 45.4. Food: Tanypus monilis larve, 0.3; Chironomus viridis larve, 0.3; C. digitatus larve, 4.4; C. palliatus larve, 6.3; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 0.2; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 3.4; Procladius larve, 12; May-fly nymphs, 0.2; Peltodytes edentulus larve, 0.2; C. lobiferus pupe, 2.7; C. tentans pupa, 1.2; mites, 3.2; Hyalella, 9.8; cladocerans, 8.4; Eurycercus, 47.1. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 27.3; pup, 3.9; mites, 3.2; amphipods, 9.8; cladocerans, 55.5. Station 23; July 9; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 80; minimum, 54; average, 65.7. Food: Insect larve, 15; Chironomus tentans larve, 4.2; C. fulviventris larve, 3.4; Leptocella uwarowii larve, 3.6; May-fly nymphs, 0.4; chironomid pupa, 12; Chironomus viridis pupe, 0.6; Corixa adults, 2; leaf-hopper, 2; mites, 0.2; Hyalella, 19.4; Physa, 28.2; leech, rr. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 26.6; pupz, 12.6; adult insects, 4; mites, 0.2; amphipods, 19.4; snails, 28.2; leech, 11. Station 13; July 23; number examined, 2. Lengths: 60, 37. Food: Insect larve, 1; Probezzia glaber larve, 25; chironomid larve, 1; C. tentans larve, 3; C. lobiferus larve, 12; Probezzia glaber pupe, 2.5; Hyalella, 44; Chydorus sphericus, 1.5; Physa, 32.5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 19.5; pup, 2.5; amphipods, 44; cladocerans, 1.5; snails, 32.5. Station 23; July 23; number examined, 3. Lengths: 73, 71,65. Food: Chironomus viridis larve, 11.3; C. vulviventris larvae, 37.6; C. tentans larve, 8.3; Pelopia monilis larve, 6; Probezzia glaber larve, 0.6; Hydroptila larve, 0.3; Simulium vittatum larve, 1.6; Peltodytes edentulus larve, 0.6; Chironomus viridis pupz, 4.3; Arrhenurus, 0.1; Hyallela, 5; Ancylus, 0.3; Planorbis, 0.3; Physa, 21.6; snail eggs, 0.6. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 66.3; pup, 4.3; mites, 0.1; amphipods, 5; snails, 22.8. Station 7, in swamp along shore; August 25; number examined, 4. Lengths: go, 27.5, 17.8, 15. Food: Tanypus monilis larve, 3.7; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 1.2; Corixa adult, 1.2; Cyclops, 30.1; Cantho- camptus, 2.5; Bosmina longirostria cornuta, 28.4; Camptocercus, 5; Eurycercus, 20; alge, 9. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 4.9; adult insects, 1.2; copepods, 30.1; cladocerans, 53.4; alge, 9. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 149. Length: Maximum, 115; minimum, 15; average, 51.1. Food: Insect larvae, 38; pupa, 6; adult insects, 2.2; mites, 0.7; aquatic isopods, +; amphipods, 14.4; ostracods, 0.4; copepods, 7.9; cladocerans, 16.6; gastropods, 4.5; oligochzetes, 0.1; leeches, 0.6; nematodes, +; rotifers, +; plants, 2.9; alge, 2.3; silt and débris, 2.2. The bluegill feeds mostly on insects (46.2 per cent) and entomostracans (24.9 per cent). Its shape and its food indicate that it feeds much among water plants. Forbes and Richardson (1908) found the food to consist of a trace of fishes, some snails, 45 per cent insects, and many medium-sized crustaceans. They state that this species eats more large insect larve than any other sunfish. Hankinson (1908), 266 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. found insect larve, midges, and crayfish; after the middle of May, crayfishes, grasshoppers, crickets, beetles, and entomostracans. Reighard (1915) found the bluegill only in shallow water among vegeta- tion. Its food was plants, bryozoans, insects, mites, and ostracods. Micropterus dolomieu Lacépéde. Smallmouth black bass. Data for 1914 (Pearse, 1915).—Stations 19 and 24; number examined, 2. Lengths: 78, 59. Food: Dipterous larve, 10; adult Diptera, 5; Corixa, 85. Station 28; August 19, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 181. Food: Minnow, 40; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 5; Corixa adults, 15; plant remains, 5; alge, 10; silt and débris, 25. Station 24; August 19; number examined, 3. Lengths: 175, 148, 132. Food: Fish remains, 29.9; Lepomis incisor, 30; May-fly nymphs, 5; Corixa adults, 32.6; plant remains, 1.3; filamentous alge, 1. Station 12; August 20; number examined, 8. Length: Maximum, 48.5; minimum, 29; average, 36. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, 20; Betisca nymphs, 22.5; Canis diminuta nymphs, 0.3; Ecdyurus maculipennis nymphs, 9; Chironomus lobiferus pupe, 2: C. digitatus pupe, 7; C. flavescens adults, 5.6; Limnephilus adult, 2; Corethra adult, 17; Daphnia longispina hyalina, 4; Eurycercus lamellatus, 0.2; Ceriodaphnia, 1.8; Bosmina, +; oligochetes, 8.6. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 51.8; pup, 9; adult insects, 25.2; cladocerans, 6; oligochetes, 8.6. Station 14; August 31; number examined, 1. Length: 33.5. Food: Protenthes culiciformis larve. 40; Chironomus viridis pupe, 18; C. lobiferus pupe, 19; Tanytarsus monilis pupz, 18; Eurycercus, 5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 40; pup, 55; cladocerans, 5. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 15. Length: Maximum, 181; minimum, 29; average, 72.5. Food: Fish, 14.7; insect larve, 33.1; pup, 7.6; adult insects, 32.1; cladocerans, 3.4; oligochetes, 4.6; plants, 0.6; alge, 0.8; silt and débris, 1.5. The food of the young smallmouth black bass apparently consists largely of insects and their larve. Adults eat fish, crayfish, frogs, and plants as well. Forbes and Richardson (1908) examined only three specimens and found one-third fishes and two-thirds crayfishes. Tracy (1910) reports small fish, insects and their larve, and crustaceans. Reighard (1915) examined eight and found crayfish, a frog, and fishes. Micropterus salmoides Lacépéde. Largemouth black bass. Data for 1914 (Pearse, 1915).—Number examined, 25. Length: 64.4. Food: Fish, 17.8; insect larve, 31.6; adult insects, 40.6; Hyalella, 3.8; copepods, +; cladocerans, 2.5; plants, 1.6. Station 71; April 17, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 225. Food: Fish gs; leech, 5. Station 17; April 25; number examined, 1. Length: 470. Food: Ostracods, 0.1; diatoms, 0.4; Aphanothece, 20; filamentous alge, 24.5; plant remains, 50; débris, 5. Summary.—Food: Ostracods, o.1; algz, 44.9; plant remains, 50; débris, 5. Station 3; June 24; number examined, 1. Length: 81. Food: Ecdyurus maculipennis nymphs, to; Enallagma antennatum nymphs, 20; dipterous adult, 5; Corixa adult, 30; crayfish, 20; Hyalella, 15. Station 23; July 9; number examined, 3. Lengths: 32, 30.3, 29.5. Food: Chironomid larve, 10; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 6.3; C. tenellus larve, 17; C. tentans larve, 0.6; May-fly nymphs, 1; Dytiscus hybridus larve, 5; Chironomus tenellus pupe, 16; adult midges, 6.6; Simulium vitattum adults, 8.3; Cyclops, 20; Chydorus sphericus, 2; ephippial eggs, 0.2; oligochetes, 6.6; Oscillaria, 0.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 39.9; pup, 16; adult insects, 8.3; copepods, 20; cladocerans, 2.2; oligochetes, 6.6; alge, 0.3. Station 23; July 12; number examined, 1. Length: 33. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, 35; Anax junius nymphs, 8; C. fulviventris pupz, 20; Corixa adult, 7; oligochetes, 30. Station 5; August 9; number examined,1. Length: 41.6. Food: May-fly nymphs, 65; Hyalella, 35. Station 17; August 23; number examined, 1. Length: 147. Food: Adult dragon fly, too. Station 23, in pool in Tenney Park; August 11; number examined, 1. Length: 62. Food: Cyclops, 65; Simocephalus, 10; Eurycercus lamellatus, 25. Station 3; August 18; number examined, 12. Length: Maximum, 62; minimum, 38.3; average, 50.8. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, 0.3; Batisca nymphs, 23.2; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 3.6; Corixa nymphs, 1.1; C. lobiferus pups, 0.8; Corixa adults, 30; Micronecta adult, 0.4; Hyalella, 25; ostracods, 0.3; Eurycercus lamellatus, 12.4; ephippial eggs, 1.2; seeds, 0.2. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 29.4; pupe, 0.8; adult insects, 30.4; Hyalella, 25; ostracods, 0.3; cladocerans, 13.6; plants, 0.2. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 267 Station 5; August 18; number examined, 3. Lengths: 68.5, 58, 49.5. Food: May-fly nymphs, 20; Corixa adults, 55; Hyalella, 25. Station 18; August 18; number examined, 15. Length: Maximum, 64; minimum, 36; average, 46.4. Food: Fish remains, 5.3; chironomid larve, 0.6; Chironomus viridis larve, 1; Protenthes choreus larve, 1.3; Corethra larve, 1.3; May-fly nymphs, 0.6; Bzetisca nymphs, 4.3; Naucorisnymphs, 2.4; Corixanymph, 0.6; Chironomus viridis pupe, 3; adult midges, 3.3; adult Diptera, 2; Chironomus viridis adults, 2.3; adult Corixas, 0.6; Halictus adults, 0.6; Platyphylax subfasciatus adults, 4; Hyalella, 17; ostracods, o. 3s Diaptomus, 0.4; Cyclops, 7.5; Ceriodaphnia, 21.6; Eurycercus, 0.4; Daphnia longispina hyalina, 18.6; Bosmina, +; Pleuroxus, +; Camptocercus, 0.3; Scapholeberis, +; Aphanothece, 0.3. Summary.—Food: Fish remains, 5.3; insect larve, 12.1; pupz, 3; adult insects, 7.4; amphipods, 17; ostracods, 13; cladocerans, 40.9; alge, 0.3. Station 8; August 20; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 64; minimum, 47; average, 52.6; Food: Probezzia glaber larve, 0.2; Betisca nymphs, 12; Ecdyurus maculipennis nymphs, 0.8; Enallagma antennatum nymphs, 1; Naucoris nymph, 1; Corixa adults, 30.8; Agraylea multipunctata adult, 1; Lep- tid adult, 7; Tabanid fly, 3; Hyalella, 29.8; Ceriodaphnia, 8.6; Eurycercus, 4.4; Aplexa hypnorum, 0.4. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 14; adult insects, 41.8; amphipods, 29.8; cladocerans, 13; snail, 0.4. Station 14; August 31; number examined, 3. Lengths: 44, 42.6, 42. Food: Betisca nymphs, 15; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 3.3; Chironomus adults, 6.6; Agraylea multipunctata adults, 13.3; Hyalella, 26.3; Chydorus sphericus, 1.6; Ceriodaphnia, 33; chydorid, 0.3; Camptocercus, 0.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 18.3; adult insects, 19.9; amphipods, 26.3; cladocerans, 35.2. Station 1; September 1; number examined, 2. Lengths: 46, 38. Food: Betisca nymphs, 16.5; chironomid pupe, 1.5; Chironomus viridis pup, 6; C. v. adults, 6.5; Hyalella, 1.5; ostracods, 0.5; Chy- dorus, 1; Simocephalus, 41.5; Eurycercus, 25. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 16.5; pupz, 2.1; adult insects, 6.5; amphipods, 1.5; ostracods, 0.5; cladocerans, 67.5. Station 29; November 16; number examined, 3. Lengths: 338, 327, 270. Food: Frog, 6.6; fish, 33-3; crayfish, 60. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 78. Length: Maximum, 470; minimum, 29.5; average, 66.8. Food: Frogs, 0.2; fish, 8.7; insect larvae, 23; pup, 3.1; adult insects, 28.1; cray- fishes, 2.6; amphipods, 13.9; ostracods, 0.1; copepods, 2.9; cladocerans, 15.1; snails, +-; oligochztes, 0.7; leech, +; plant remains, 1.2; alge, 0.7; fine débris, o.1. The largemouth black bass feeds more on insects and their larva (34.2 per cent) than anything else, though amphipods (13.9 per cent), entomostracans (18.1 per cent), and fish (8.7 per cent) are also taken in considerable quantities. Young individuals eat more small insects and entomostracans than adults. The largest bass examined ate nothing but fish, crayfish, and frogs. Forbes and Richardson (1908) found the food of this species to consist of fish and crayfishes. Hankinson (1908) stated that crayfishes and insect larve are the most important foods. Tracy (1910) mentioned small fish, crayfishes, frogs, insects, and all other aquatic animals of suitable size. Reighard (1915) found perch and crayfish in those he examined. Notropis heterodon (Cope). Shiner, minnow. Data for 1914 are not reliable and therefore not included in this paper. Station 17; April 6, 1915; number examined, 10. Lengths: Maximum, 49.6; minimum, 18.7; aver- age, 34.4. Food: Pelopia larve, 2.5; Chironomus larve, 13; adult midges, 13; ostracods, 1; Cyclops and nauplii, 19.5; Camptocamptus, 4.5; Chydorus, 6.5; cyst, 0.5; rotifers, 9.3; plant remains, 2; filamentous alge, 10; Pleurococcus, 5.9; desmids and diatoms, 0.1; fine débris, rr.2. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 16; adult insects, 13; ostracods, 1; copepods, 24; cladocerans, 6.5; rotifers, 9.3; plants, 2; alge, 16; fine débris, 11.2. Station 17; April 7; number examined, 7. Length: Maximum, 50; minimum, 24.5; average, 34.7. Food: Chironomus larve, 1.4; adult midges, 2; mites, 10; ostracods, 3; Cyclops, 33; Canthocamptus, 8; Chydorus, 4; cladocerans, 1.4; ephippial eggs, 4.7; rotifers, 12; Pandorina, 0.6; plant remains, 7; Wolffia, to; filamentous alge, 3.1; desmids and diatoms, o.1; fine débris, 8.2. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 1.4; adult insects, 2; mites, 1.4; ostracods, 3; copepods, 41; cladoc- erans, 10.1; rotifers, 12; plants, 17; alge, 3.8; débris, 8.2. 268 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station 5; May 12; number examined, 8. Length: Maximum, 47.5; minimum, 28.6; average, 36.3. Food: Chironomus larve, 2.5; Camptocercus, 0.1; Chydorus, 27.8; cladocerans, 1.2; plant remains, 1; filamentous alge, 49.5; fine débris, 17.7. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 2.5; cladocerans, 29.1; plants, 1; alge, 49.5; débris, 17.7. Station 16; May 15; number examined, 6. Length: Maximum, 54; minimum, 26; average, 31.9. Food: Insect eggs, 8; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 6.6; Chironomus larve, 14.1; ostracods, 0.5; Cyclops, 11.6; Canthocamptus, 20.5; Pleuroxus, +; Chydorus, 0.1; oligochetes, 29.1; Oscillaria, 3.3; desmids and diatoms, 4.5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 28.7; ostracods, 0.5; copepods, 32.1; cladocerans, 0.1; oligochztes, 29.1; alge, 7.8. Station 5; June 1; number examined, 1. Length: 47.5. Food: Chironomus larve, 85; Cyclops, 9; chydorids, 6. Station 5; June 24; number examined, 9. Length: Maximum, 42.6; minimum, 32.2; average, 36.2. Food: Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 2.5; Tanytarsus dives larve, 2.5; Chironomus larve, o.1; C. tentans larve, 10; Heptagenia interpunctata larve, 6.1; Orthocladius sordidellus pupe, 21.5; Chirono- mus pupe, 11.1; Tanytarsus dives adults, 1.6; Hydroptilus undulatus adults, 4.3; Stenelmis crenatus adult, 2.6; ephippial eggs, 2.2; Wolffia, 14; sand, 21.5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 21.2; pup#, 32.6; adult insects, 8.5; cladocerans, 2.2; plants, 14; sand, 21.5. Station 19; July 3; number examined, 11. Length: Maximum, 45; minimum, 35; average, 39.9. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 3.4; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 4.5; adult insects, 1.3; mites, 1; Eurycercus, 5; Bosmina, 1; Ceriodaphnia, 0.5; Daphnia longispina hyalina, 42.6; Daphnia, 5.4; Pleu- roxus, 0.1; Chydorus, 13.5; chydorids, 1.4; Wolffia, 3.2; filamentous alge, 16.8. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 7.9; adult insects, 1.3; mites, 1; cladocerans, 69.5; plants, 3.2; alge, 16.8. Station 18; August 18; number examined, 8. Length: Maximum, 49; minimum, 24; average, 35-7- Food: Chironomus larve, 0.6; Corethra adults, 6.3; Trizenodes flavescens adults, 5.6; sapromyzid fly, 2; Ceriodaphnia, 25.5; Daphnia longispina hyalina, 58.8; Chydorus sphericus, 1.2. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 0.6; adult insects, 13.9; cladocerans, 85.5. Station 18; August 21; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 30.5; minimum, 16.8; average, 24.5. Food: Chironomus larve, 1; Corethra adults, 7; Chironomus tantans adults, 6; C. viridis adults, 25; Probezzia glaber adults, 6.2; chalcid fly, 4.3; Hyalella, 0.8; Cyclops, 8.5; Camptocercus, 1; Bos- mina, 5.5; Ceriodaphnia, 27; Daphnia longispina hyalina, 3; ephippial eggs, 3.5; Hydrodictyon, 1.2. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 1; adult insects, 48.5; amphipods, 0.8; copepods, 8.5; cladocerans, 39; alge, 1.2. Station 17; August 23; number examined, ro. Length: Maximum, 33; minimum, 19.8; average, 24.5. Food: Probezzia larve, 2.5; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 33.3; parnid larve, 0.3; hemipterous nymph, 1; Chironomus pupe, 2; Tanytarsus dives adults, 1; mites, 2.4; ostracods, 0.5; Cyclops, 7.8; Canthocamptus, 0.5; Acroperus, 0.2; Camptocercus, 0.4; Bosmina, 0.5; Simocephalus, 41.2; Chydorus, 3-9; oligochetes, 2. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 36.1; pupz, 1.2; adult insects, 1; mites, 2.4; ostracods, 0.5; cope- pods, 8.3; cladocerans, 46.2; oligochetes, 2. as Grand summary.—Number examined, 80. Length: Maximum, 54; minimum, 16.8; average, 34. Food: Insect eggs, 0.7; insect larve, 12.8; pupe, 4; adult insects, 9.2; mites, 0.5; amphipods, o.1; ostra- cods, 0.5; copepods, 11; cladocerans, 33.4; oligochztes, 2.1; rotifers, 2.2; plants, 3.9; alge, 11.7; débris, 4.1; sand, 2.4. The food of this minnow consists for the most part of entomostracans (44.9 per cent), aquatic plants and algz (15.6 per cent), and insects (26.7 per cent). The sparcity of ostracods and oligochetes indi- cates thatit does not feed on the bottom. The abundance of Canthocamptus, chydordis, alge, and rotifers make it probable that the food is secured among aquatic vegetation. Forbes and Richardson (1908) found the food to be mostly entomostracans, also insect larve, amphipods, flowers, seeds, and alge. Hankinson (1908) reported adult midges, alge, and a few entomostracans. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 269 Perca flavescens (Mitchill). Yellow perch, ring perch, American perch. Data for 1914 (Pearse, 1915).—Number examined, 16. Average length: 92.5. Food: Insect larve, 19.5; adult insects, 2.7; mites, 0.5; Hyalella, 32.8; ostracods, 0.3; copepods, 0.2; cladocerans, 36.6. Station 6; June 24, 1915; number examined, ro. Length: Maximum, 127; minimum, 76; average, r11.4. Food: Fish eggs, 3; Chironomus plumosus larve, 0.3; C. lobiferus larve, 2.5; Orthocladius larve, 8; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 1.5; Probezzia larve, 1.2; Enallagma antennatum nymphs, o.5; Cenis diminuta larve, 4.1; Heliopsyche borealis larve, 5.1; Leptocella uwarowii larve, 11; Agraylea larve, 0.1; Cricotopus trifasciatus pupz, 0.4; Chironomus pup@, o.2; C. lobiferus pupae, 1; mites, 0.2; Hyalella, 40.6; Planorbis, 0.8; Spheridz, 0.8; oligochetes, 3; seeds, 0.1; plant remains, 2.5; fine débris, 7. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 43.3; pup#, 1.6; mites, 0.2; amphipods, 40.6; snails, 0.8; clams, 0.8; oligochetes, 3; plants, 2.6; débris, 7. Station 5; August 18; number examined, 2. Lengths: 135, 113.5. Food: Canis diminuta larve, 10; Beetisca larve, 5; Chironomus adult, 2.5; Corixa adults, 51.5; Hyalella, 30.7; Arcella, 0.1; filamentous alge, 0.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 15; adult insects, 54; amphipods, 30.7; protozoans, o.1; filamentous alge, 0.3. Station 15; August 21; number examined, 2. Lengths: 138, 132. Food: Daphnia longispina hya- lina, 100. Station 17; August 23; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 187; minimum, 123; average, 156.5. Food: Tadpoles, 3.5; Chironomus digitatus larve, 1.1; C. tentans larve, 2.5; C. modestus larve, 1; Palpomyia longipennis larve, 0.2; Aeschna umbrosa nymphs, 12; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 9.6; Celithemis eponina nymphs, 1.8; Canis diminuta nymphs, 3.4; Betisca nymphs, 25.6; neuropteron larve, 2.2; Chironomus digitatus pupz, 2.4; Gryllus nymphs, o.1; Corixa adults, 4; Dytiscid beetle, 0.3; Naucoris adult, 0.1; Scirtes adult, 0.2; Hyalella, 8.3; ostracods, 0.1; Cyclops, +; Eurycercus, 0.1; Planorbis, 2.2; Physa, 17.1; Arcella, 0.1; fine débris, 1. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 63.9; pupe, 2.6; adult insects, 4.6; amphipods, 8.3; ostracods, 0.1; cladocerans, 0.1; snails, 19.3; protozoans, 0.1; débris, 1. Station 18; August 18; number examined, 3. Lengths of each: 100. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 1.1; C. digitatus larve, 1.2; Probezzia larve, 0.3; Betisca nymphs, 1.3; Chironomus digitatus pupe, 2; Triznodes flavescens adults, 1; mites, 1.6; Hyalella, 90.8; Cyclops, 0.1; filamentous algz, 0.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 3.9; pup, 2; adult insects, 1; mites, 1.6; amphipods, 90.8; cope- pods, o.1; alge, 0.3. ; Station 18; September 22; number examined, 2. Lengths: 146, 180. Food: Fish, 80; Hyalella, 17.5; Myriophyllum, 5s. Station 15; October 2; number examined, 1. Length: 124. Food: Daphnia longispina hyalina, 95; D. pulex, 5. . Station 29; October 11; number examined, 2. Lengths: 63.5, 63.5. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 15.5; C. decorus larve, 25; Enallagma antennatum nymph, 4o; ostracods, 1; Cyclops, 2.5; Daphnia pulex, 7.5; oligochztes, 7.5; diatoms, r. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 80.5; ostracods, 1; copepods, 2.5; cladocerans, 7.5; oligochetes, 7-5; alge, 1. Station 26; December 4; number examined, 8. Length: Maximum, 280; minimum, 245; average, 265. Food: Fish, 10; Chironomus decorus larve, 84; Sialis larve, 5.6. Station 28; May 30, 1916; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 229; minimum, 160; average, 186. Food: Fish eggs, 0.2; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 5.4; C. sp. larve, 3.2; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 16.4; Atax turgidus nymphs, 1; Corixa sp. nymphs, 17.6; Chironomus sp. pupe, 7; Hyalella, 15.6; ostra- cods, 0.2; Physa, 4; filamentous alge, 11.6; plant remains, 3; mud, 7.6; débris, 3. Summary.—Food: Fish eggs, 0.2; insect larve, 43.6; insect pupe, 7; amphipods, 15.6; ostracods, 0.2; Mollusca, 4; alge, 11.6; plants, 3; débris, 10.6. Station in Oconomowoc Lake; June 14; number examined, 13. Length: Maximum, 67; minimum, 54; average, 57.8. Food: Chironomus sp. larve, 8.4; Probezzia glaber larve, 3.4; Procladius sp. larve, 0.3; Enallagma antennatum nymphs, 7; Chironomus sp. pup, 4.7; Hyalella, 18.7; ostracods, 0.3; Cyclops, 32.7; Daphnia, 18.8; Chydorus sphericus, 2.3; Eurycercus, 0.5; Physa, 0.6; filamentous alge, 1.4. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 19.1; insect pupe, 4.7; amphipods, 18.7; entomostracans, 54.6; Mollusca, 0.6; algae, 1.4. 69571°—18——18 270 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station 16; June 30; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 173; minimum, 139; average, 149.6. Food: Chironomus sp. larve, 7; Pelocaris femoratus larve, 2; Stratiomyia sp. larve, 1; Enal- lagma antennatum nymphs, 4.1; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 5.5; Atax turgidus nymphs, 1.5; Corixa sp. nymphs, 30.6; Limnesia, 0.7; Hyalella, 5; Cyclops, 0.2; Eurycercus, 17; Physa, 5; snails, 16.2; plant remains, 4.9; débris, 0.5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 51.7; mite, 0.7; amphipods, 5.; entomostracans, 17.2; Mollusca, 21.2; plants, 4.9; débris, 0.5. Station 17; July 7; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 33; minimum, 25; average, 29.6. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, 1.6; Tanypus decoloratus larve, 6.9; Plea minutissima larve, 0.1; Corixa sp. nymphs, 1.5; Chironomid adult, o.1; Hyalella, 15.3; ostracods, o.1; Cyclops viridis, 2.9; Cyclops, 40.4; Nauplii, 2.7; Daphnia, 0.1; Chydorus sphericus, 8.9; Eurycercus, 11.8; Acroperus, 0.2; Ceriodaphnia, 0.1; Pleuroxus procurvatus, 0.5; Bosmina, 6.5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 10.1; adult insects, 0.1; amphipods, 15.3; Entomostraca, 74.2. Station 17; July 19; number examined, 9. Length: Maximum, 38.5; minimum, 34; average, 36.8. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, 9.1; Chironomus sp. larva, 1.1, Procladius sp. larve, 0.9; Cri- cotopus trifasciatus larvee, 3.7; May-fly nymphs, 5.5; Hyalella, 55.4; ostracods, 2.5; Cyclops, 0.2; Chy- dorus sphericus, 0.7; Eurycercus, 17.2; Ceriodaphnia, 4.6; Pleuroxus procurvatus, 0.3. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 20.3; amphipods, 55.4; Entomostraca, 25.5. Station 18; August 7; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 54.5; minimum, 45.6; average, 50.4. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, 16.2; May-fly nymphs, 24.9; Enallagma antennatum nymphs, 4.5; Corixa sp. adult, 0.3; Hyalella, 39.6; ostracods, 0.8; Cyclops, 0.4; Daphnia, 0.5; Cerio- daphnia, 13.9; filamentous alge, 0.9; plant remains, o.2. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 45.6; adult insects, 0.3; amphipods, 39.6; Entomostraca, 15.6; alge, 0.9; plants, 0.2. Station 18; September 13; number examined, 2. Length: Maximum, 185; minimum, 182, aver- age, 183.5. Food: Minnow remains, 50; Daphnia, so. Grand summary for 1914, 1915, and 1916.—Number examined, 115. Length: Maximum, 280; mini- mum, 25; average, 99.9. Food: Tadpoles, 0.3; fish eggs, 3; insect larve, 34.7; insect pupe, 1.7; adult insects, 1.8; mites, 0.1; amphipods, 24.5; Entomostraca, 25.8; molluscs, 3.8; oligochztes, 0.4; pro- tozoans, +; plant remains, 0.8; alge, 0.7; silt and débris, 1.1. The perch apparently feeds mostly on insects (38.2 per cent), amphipods (24.5 per cent), and ento- mostracans (25.8 percent). Even large adults often have nothing in the alimentary canal except a great number of cladocerans. Forbes and Richardson (1908) stated that the perch is wholly carnivorous. Its food in rivers consisted of fish, molluscs, insect larve, amphipods, shrimps, isopods, and crayfishes, and of fish and crayfish in lakes. Hankinson (1908) found midges in all stages of development, crayfish, insects and larve, snails, leeches, and entomostracans. ‘Tracy (1910) reports small fishes, insects, etc. Reighard (1915) found the perch in Douglas Lake eating each other. All these observations show that the perch is a versatile feeder. At any age it may feed largely on entomostracans, insects, molluscs, or almost anything else that is edible. Percina caprodes (Rafinesque) var zebra Agassiz, log-perch. Data for r9r4 (Pearse, 1915, Boeleichthys fusiformis).—Station 24; October 3; number examined, 7. Average length, 65.6. Food: Insect larve, 84; adult insects, 6.7; amphipods, 2.4; ostracods, 0.1; cope- pods, 0.3; cladocerans, +; silt and débris, 6. Station 23, in rapids; April 28, 1915; number examined, 14. Length: Maximum, 94; minimum, 60; average, 76.3. Food: Fish eggs, 51.6; Chironomus larvae, 5.3; Hydropsyche alternans larve, 10.3; Hyalella, 14.2; Cyclops, 0.2; leech, 1.8; plant remains, 4.8; filamentous alge, 3.4; silt and débris, 7.8. Station 24; July 2; number examined, 2. Lengths: 79, 63. Food: Chironomus viridis larve, 5; C. lobiferus larve, 5; C. tentans larve, 7.5; Protenthes culiciformis larve, 4; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 27.5; May-fly nymphs, 3.5; Ecdyurus maculipennis nymphs, 1.5; Callibzetis nymphs, 1; Crico- topus trifasciatus pup, 15; Chironomus lobiferus pupe, 10; C. tentans pupe, 5; leech, 15. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 55; pup#, 30; leech, 15. Station 23, on beach at mouth of river; August 19; number examined, 1. Length: 44. Food: Chironomus viridis larvae, 25; C. flavicingula larve, 15; C. tentans larve, 50; C. tentans pupe, 6; cladoc- eratis, 4. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 271 Station 24; September 17; number examined, 1. Length: 56. Food: Chironomus digitatus larve, 95; May-fly nymphs, s. Station 23, in rapids by locks; June 20, 1916; number examined, 2. Lengths: 100 and 98. Food: Simulium larve, 42.5; diptera pupe, 25; Hyalella, 32.5. Grand summary for 1914, 1915, and 1916.—Number examined, 27. Length: Maximum, 100; min- imum, 44; average, 72.9. Food: Fish eggs, 27.8; insect larve, 45.5; insect pupz, 3.7; adult insects, 1.7; amphipods, 6.6; Entomostraca, 0.3; leeches, 2; plant remains, 3.4; alge, 1.7; silt and debris, 57. This summary shows that the log-perch fed mostly on insects and fish eggs. This agrees in part with the results of Forbes and Richardson (1908), who found that two-thirds of the food was insects, but the other third mostly entomostracans. ‘This fish evidently feeds by choice on the aquatic insects and their larve found among vegetation. Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque). Blunt-nosed minnow, Station 15; November 21, 1914; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 32.2; minimum, 23.6; average, 27.7. Food: Cyclops, 22.5; Chydorus spharicus, 2.5; cladoceran fragments, 62.5; filamentous alge, 12.5. Station 19; December 3; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 30; minimum, 26.4; average, 28.4. Food: Chironomid larve, 25; Cyclops, 10; Chydorus sphericus, 15; Eurycercus lamellatus, 22.5; cladoceran fragments, 25; diatoms, 2.5. Summary.—Food: Copepods, 10; cladocerans, 62.5; alge, 2.5. Station 23; June 14, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 70. Food: Chironomus tenellus adults, 95; Cyclops, 5. Station 27; June 17; number examined, 29. Length: Maximum, 62; minimum, 34; average, 46. Food: Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 9; Probezzia pallida larve, 2.6; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 4; C.1. pupe, 7.1; adult midges, 6; ostracod, +; Cyclops, 0.2; Chydorus sphzricus, 3; Bosmina longiros- tris cornuta, 30.7; ephippial eggs, 0.2; Eurycercus lamellatus, 0.5; cladocerans, 0.1; filamentous alge, 8.2; plant remains, 1.9; fine débris and silt, 24.2. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 15.6; pupz, 7.1; adult insects, 6; ostracods, +; copepods, 0.2; cladocerans, 34.5; alge, 8.6; plants, 1.9; silt and débris, 24.2. Station 28; June 17; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 36.5; minimum, 26.2; average, 30.2. Food: Chironomid larve, 19.5; Chironomus lobiferus pupz, 4.1; mite, o.1; ostracods, 0.5; Cyclops, 2.1; oligochztes, 6; flagellates, o.1; diatoms, 0.5; Pediastrum, 0.1; filamentous alge, 49.8; plant remains, 0.2; silt and débris, 17. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 19.5; pupe, 4.1; mite, 0.1; ostracods, 0.5; copepods, 2.1; oligo- chetes, 6; protozoans, 0.1; alge, 50.4; plants, 0.2; silt and débris, 17. Station 3; June24; number examined, 3. Lengths: 43, 41.7,32.5. Food: Chironomid larve, 1.7; Orthocladius sordidellus pup, 1.3; adult midges, 3.3; Chydorus sphericus, 2.7; oligochetes, 28; Clos- terium, 0.3; filamentous alge, 50; plant remains, 0.3; silt and débris, 12.3. Station 24; July 2; number examined, 2. Lengths: 48.5, 28. Food: Chironomid larve, 2 5 chironomid pupz, 25; ostracods, 0.5; oligochztes, 49; sand, o.5. Station 23; July 3; number examined, 1. Length: 58.5. Food: Chydorus sphericus, 1; filamen- tous alge, 60; silt and débris, 39. Station 23; July 9; number examined, 4. Length: Maximum, 54.5; minimum, 34; average, 44.6. Food: Chironomid larve, 12.5; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 0.5; C. tentans larve, 0.8; Chy- dorus sphericus, 0.1; oligochetes, 39.9; desmids, 1.2; filamentous alge, 29; silt and débris, 16. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 13.8; cladocerans, 0.1; oligochetes, 39.9; alge, 30.2; silt and débris, 16. Station 5; August 18; number examined, 2. Lengths: 41, 35. Food: Chironomid larve, 5; ostracods, 3-5; Cyclops, 2.5; Eurycercus lamellatus, 4; plant remains, 2.5; silt and débris, 82.5 Grand swmmary.—Number examined, 60. Length: Maximum, 70; minimum, 23.6; average, 40. Food: Insect larve, 14.5; pupe, 5.8; adult insects, 4.5; ostracods, 0.3; copepods, 2.6; cladocerans, 25.1; oligochetes, 7; alge, 19.3; plant remains, 0.9; silt and débris, 20. As would be expected from its long intestine, the blunt-nosed minnow eats a good deal of silt, bottom débris, and plants, though entomostracans and insects constitute more than half of its food. Certain individuals had taken foods as follows: Chironomus lobiferus pup, 100; Bosmina longirostris 272 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. cornuta, 100; oligochetes, 98; filamentous alge, 90; silt and débris, 100. These figures show that the minnow is a versatile feeder. ‘The food in the stomach has always been chewed into fine pieces. Forbes and Richardson (1908) stated that the stomach of this species is commonly packed with nnd containing filamentous algee and miscellaneous vegetable débris. Hankinson (1908) found the food varies greatly, but consists chiefly of small organisms taken from the bottom, from water plants, and from the water. These fish eat the eggs of the black bass, Johnny darter, miller’s thumb, and sunfish. Sometimes they devour the newly hatched fry of their own species. Other foods mentioned consisted of filamentous alge, desmids, entomostracans, and insects. Reighard (1915) said this minnow is a “mud eater.” Pimephales promelas (Rafinesque.) Black-head minnow, fathead. Station 17; September 18, 1915; number examined, 3. Lengths: 51, 50.5, 45. Food: Tanytarsus gregarius larve, 79.3; mites, 1.6; amphipods, 0.3; Cyclops, 2.6; oligochztes, 6; diatoms and other alge, 1.3; sand and débris, 8.3. Pomoxis sparoides (Lacépéde). Black crappie, calico bass, silver bass. Station 17; April ro and 13, 1915; number examined, 4. Lengths: 145, 130, 132, 75. Food: Minnows, 12.5; chironomid larve, 1.2; May-fly nymphs, 22.5; Siphlurus nymphs, o.7; Enallagma hageni, 12.5; Smithiurus, 0.5; Corixa adults, 24.5; Hyalella, 8.7; Chydorus sphericus, 0.2; plant remains, 11.5; fil- amentous alge, 2.3; fine débris, 1.2. Summary.—Food: Fish, 12.5; insect larve, 36.9; adult insects, 25; amphipods, 8.7; cladocerans, 0.2; plants, 11.5; alge, 2.3; débris, 1.2. Station 21, along south shore of Lake Wingra; number examined, 4. Lengths: 154, 140, 70,55. Food: Fish, 6.2; Chironomus nigricans larve, 0.1; Tanypus monilis larve, +-; Probezzia larve, 10; caterpillar, 11; Betis nymphs, 4.5; Chironomus fulviventris pup, 38.5; mites, 1.3; Dikerogammarus fasciatus, 0.5; Hyalella, 10; ostracods, 2.5; Cyclops bicuspidatus, 21.1; Chydorus sphericus, 1.8; filamentous alge +. Summary.—Food: Fish, 6.2; insect larve, 24.3; pupz, 38.5; mites, 1.3; amphipods, 10.5; ostracods, 2.5; copepods, 21.1; cladocerans, 1.8; alge, +. Station 17; August 24; number examined, 1. Length: 186. Food: Cenis diminuta nymph, 8; moth, 81; Eurycercus lamellatus, 1; Wolffia, ro. Station 6; August 25; number examined, 1. Length: 100. Food: Chironomus viridis larve, 10; C. lobiferus pupe, 10; Hyalella, 15; Simocephalus, 61.9; Ceratophyllum, 3; seed, o.1. Station 28; September 15; number examined, 3. Lengths: 116, 105, 104. Food: Fish, 79; Chiron- omus viridis larve, 0.3; Cenis diminuta nymph, 1; Corixa adult, 3.3; Cyclops, 0.3; Chydorus, 0.2; Daphnia, 11.7; plant remains, 3.3. Station 24; September 17; number examined, 1. Length: 45. Food: Insect larve, 15; chironomid larve, 10; Hyalella, 60; Cyclops, 3; Chydorus sphericus, 2; Daphnia, ro. Station 22; October 27; number examined, 36. Length: Maximum, 48; mininum, 36; average, 40.4. Food: Fish, 0.3; insect larve, 1; chironomid larve, 3.6; Tanypus gregarius larve, 9; Betisca nymph, 4.3; Chironomus lobiferus pup, 0.4; Smithiurus, 0.6; moth, 0.4; adult midges, 2.5; Probezzia pallida adults, 5.8; Cordylura adults, 0.6; Hyalella, 3.5; ostracods, 21.7; Diaptomus, 0.2; Canthocamptus, 20.7; Cyclops, 18.6; Chydorus, 1.5; Pleuroxus, 1; Simocephalus, +; seeds, 0.4. Summary.—Food: Fish, 0.3; insect larve, 17.9; pupe, 0.4; adult insects, 9.9; amphipods, 3.5; ostra- cods, 21.7; copepods, 29.5; cladocerans, 1.5; plants, 0.4. Station 26; November 27; number examined, 7. Length: Maximum, 221; minimum, 160; average, 184.1. Food: Insect larve, 0.8; Chironomus viridis larve, 8.9; C. tentans larve, 4.3; Betisca nymphs, 2.1; Ischnura verticalis nymphs, 2.1; Canthocamptus, +; Daphnia, 54.7; Leptodora, 27.1. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 18.2; copepods, +; cladocerans, 81.8. Station 18; April 29, 1916; number examined, 3. Length: Maximum, 188; minimum, 159; average, 172.3. Food: Minnow, 13.3; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 3.3; C. lobiferus larve, 3.3; Ephemerella sp. nymphs, 1.6; Celithemis eponina nymph, 6.6; Setodis grandis larve, 0.3; Corixa adult, 1.6; Hyalella, 69; filamentous algz, 0.3; leaf 0.1; plant remains, 0.1. Summary.—Food: Fish, 13.3; insect larva, 15.1; insect adults, 1.6; amphipods, 69; plants, 0.5. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 273 Station 18; May 13; number examined, 1. Length: 200. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, 5; Notonecta nymphs, 1; Chironomus decorus pup, 1; Corixa adults, 3; adult beetles, 28; Hyalella, 50; Eurycercus, 2; filamentous alge, 1o. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 6; insect pupe, 1; insect adults, 31; emphipods, 50; Entomostraca, 2; plants, 10. Station 28; May 30; number examined, 2. Length: Maximum, 183; minimum, 170; average, 176.5. Food: Fish eggs, 1; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 12.5; C. lobiferus larve, 16.5; C. decorus larve, 2.5; Probezzia glaber larve, 5; Notonecta nymphs, 2.5; Chironomus sp. pupz, 35; C. fulviventris pupe, 5; C. decorus pupe, 5; mites, 10; Hyalella, 10. Summary.—Food: Fish eggs, 1; insect larve, 39; insect pupe, 45; mites, 10; amphipods, ro. Station 26; July 13; number examined, 3. Length: Maximum, 183; minimum, 142; average, 169.3. Food: Minnow, 3.5; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 25; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 3.3; Chironomus sp. pupe, 12.6; Corixa adults, 0.3; Hyalella, 0.3; Daphnia, 6.3; D. pulex, 16.6. Summary.—Food: Fish, 3.5; insect larvee, 28.3; insect pupz, 12.6; insect adults, 0.3; amphipods, 0.3; cladocera, 22.9. Grand summary for 1915 and 1916.—Number examined, 66. Length: Maximum, 221; minimum, 35; average, 90.5. Food: Fish eggs, 0.1; fish, 7.1; insect larve, 19.1; insect pupe, 4.6; adult insects, 8.8; mites, o.4; amphipods, 10.6; Entomostraca, 47.4; plants, 1.5; silt and débris, +. The black crappie depends on entomostracans (47.4 per cent), insects (33.5 per cent), amphipods, and small fish for its food. Its form fits it to live among aquatic plants, and in general its food comes from such situations. The largest fish examined (November 27, 1915), however, had eaten over three- fourths pelagic entomostracans. Forbes and Richardson (1908) stated that the crappies are strictly car- nivorous, living mainly on insects, crustaceans, and fish. Roccus chrysops (Rafinesque). White bass, Station 15; June 6, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 165. Food: Chironomus decorous larve, 40; Protenthes choreus larve, 39.9; Corethra larve, 10; Hyalella, o.r. Summary.—Food: Chironomid larvz, 99.9; amphipods, o.1. Station 5; August 18; number examined, 1. Length: 29. Food: Cyclops, 65; Bosmina longirostris cornuta, 35. Station 5; August 25; number examined, 1. Length: 35. Food: Corixa adults, roo. Station 5; August 25; number examined, 2. Lengths:35,29. Food: Chironomus adults, 5; Cyclops, 60; Bosmina longirostris cornuta, 30; Simocephalus, 5. Summary.—Food: Adult insects, 5; copepods, 60; cladocerans, 35. Station 5; August 30; number examined, 6. Length: Maximum, 44; minimum, 32; average, 27.9. Food: Insect eggs, 20; chironomid larve, 0.8; Chironomus decorus larve, 1.6; Betisca nymphs, 13.1; Enallagma hageni nymphs, 6.6; Chironomus lobiferus pupz, 10; C. viridis pup, 1.6; Hyalella, 9.1; Cyclops, 27; Cyclops serrulatus, 6.6; chydorids, 1.8; Simocephalus, r. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 42.1; pupe, 11.6; amphipods, 9.1; copepods, 33.6; cladocerans, 2.8. Station 5; September 2; number examined, 1. Length: 33. Food: Chironomus decorus larve, 5; Protenthes culiciformis pup, 5; Hyalella, 15; ostracods, 5, Cyclops, 65; cladocerans, 5. Station 5; September 22; number examined, 1. Length:220. Food: Fundulus diaphanus menona, 55; Chironomus decorus larve, 8; Corethra larve, 20; Chironomus decorus pupe, 8; C. d. adult, 7; Leptocerus dilutus adult, 2. Summary.—Food: Fish, 55; insect larve, 28; pupe, 8; adult insects, 9. Station 15; depth, 13 meters; November 13; number examined, 1. Length: 145. Food: Daphnia, 60; Leptodora, 4o. Grand summary.—Number examined, 14. Length: Maximum, 220; minimum, 209; average, 65.6. Food: Fish, 4.2; insect eggs, 8.6; larvae, 22.2; pupe, 5.8; adult insects, 8.4; amphipods, 5; ostracods, 0.4; copepods, 29.6; cladocerans, 16.3. The white bass feeds primarily on entomostracans (46.3 per cent) and insects (45 per cent). ‘The adults eat insects more than anything else, but also take fish. Forbes and Richardson (1908) mentioned insects, crustaceans, and fishes as constituents of the food of this species. Two adults examined by the writer in 1914 were filled with adult midges. 274 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Salmo irideus (Jordan and Evermann). Rainbow trout, Station 30; August 26, 1915; number examined, 1. Length: 126.5. Food: Chironomus fulvi- ventris larve, 5; Tanypus decoloratus larve, 5; Psychoda larve, 5; Phryganea larve, 8; Odontomyia larve, 10; Chironomus fulviventris pup, 1; C. lobiferus pupe, 2; leptid adult, 4; Peltodytes 12-puncti- pennis adult, 3; Julus, 10; Gammarus limnzus, 42; Physa, 5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 33; pupe, 3; adult insects, 7; millipeds, 10; amphipods, 42; snails, 5. Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill.) Brook trout. Station 30; August 26, 1915; number examined, 18. Length: Maximum, 160; minimum, 87; average, 103.2. Food: Dipterous larve, 3.5; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 13.2; Tanypus decoloratus larve, 1; Psychoda larve, 0.3: Phryganea larve, 11.5; Agabus larve, 1.8; Odontomyia larve, 1.1; Dytiscus hybri- dus larve, 0.5; Dixa larve, 1; Chironomus fulviventris pupe, 18.2; C. lobiferus pupz, 0.2; leptid flies, 0.8; Peltodytes 12-punctipennis adult, 0.2; Agabus adult, 1.1; Corixa adults, 0.3; Camponotus adult, 0.1; Melanoplus femurrubrum adult, 3; jassid bug, 0.1; Julus, 0.4; Limnesia histrionica, 0.4; Gammarus limneus, 35.5; Asellus communis, 0.5; Procellio rathkei, 0.8; Physa, 1.4; seeds, +; Polygonium seeds, 0.1. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 33.9; pupe, 18.4; adult insects, 5.6; millipeds, 0.4; mites, 0.4; amphipods, 35.5; aquatic isopods, 0.5; terrestrial isopods, 0.8; snails, 1.4; plant seeds, o.1. This trout feeds largely on insects and other arthropods. The Fish Manual (1900) has this state- ment: ‘The brook trout has a voracious appetite and takes advantage of every opportunity to satisfy it, except in the spawning season, when it takes no food at all. It is strictly a carnivorous fish, its food consisting chiefly of crustacea, mollusca, and various forms of insects and worms. When pressed with hunger, it does not hesitate to devour its own kind.” ‘Tracy (1910) said this fish will eat nearly any small living creature—insects, fish, its own eggs and young, tadpoles, newts, etc. Schilbeodes gyrinus. (Mitchill.) Tadpole cat. Data for r9r4 (Pearse, 1915).—Station 4; August 6; number examined, 5. Length: Maximum, 26.8; minimum, 17.6; average, 22.3. Food: Insect larve, 8; adult insects, 4; Hyalella, 0.4; ostracods, 0.4; copepods, 62; cladocerans, 1.6; alge, 4.2; silt and débris, 15. Station 5; May 12; number examined, 14. Length: Maximum, 76; minimum, 30.3; average, 42.8. Food: Insect larve, 1.4; chironomid larve, 2; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 7; C. fulviventris larve, 1.8; Pelopia monilis larve, 3; Orthocladius soldidellus larve, 2; May-fly nymphs, 12; Betis pygmzea nymphs, 10; Callibztis nymphs, 10; Corixa nymphs, 1.3; Neuronia postica pupz, 2.4; Chironomus lobiferus pupz, 2; grasshopper, 1.4; Enallagma antennatum adults, 5; adult dipteron, 2; Hyallella, 7; ostracods, 6.5; Cyclops, 2; chydorus sphzricus, 11; Simocephalus, 0.5; Eurycercus lamellatus, 6.3; oligochetes, 1.4; fine débris, 2. Summary.—Food: Insect nymphs and larve, 50.5; pup, 4.4; adult insects, 8.4; amphipods, 7; ostracods, 6.5; copepods, 2; cladocerans, 17.8; oligochetes, 1.4; débris, 2. Station 5; June 1; number examined, 9. Length: Maximum, 45; minimum, 38.5; average, 42.6. Food: Chironomus lobiferus larve, 4; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 16; damsel-fly nymphs, 1.1; beetle larve, 33.2; Naucoris nymphs, 8.3; Chironomus lobiferus pupe, 2.7; C. decorus pupz, 7.2; Odontomyia pupe, 0.5; Lachnosterna adult, 1.9; ostracods, 8.5; Cyclops, 9; oligochetes, 5.5; filamentous alge, 0.1; fine débris, 2. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 62.6; pup, 10.4; adult insects, 1.9; ostracods, 8.5; copepods, 9; oligochztes, 5.5; filamentous alge, o.1; fine débris, 2. Station 5; August 9; number examined, 2. Lengths: 1.5, 21. Food: Protenthes culiciformis larve, 15; Callibetis nymphs, 17.5; mite, 1; Hyalella, 12.5; ostracods, 1; Chydorus sphericus, 0.5; Campto- cercus, 17.5; oligochetes, 12.5; seeds, 17.5; fine débris, 5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 32.5; mites, 1; amphipods, 12.5; ostracods, 1; cladocerans, 18; oligochetes, 12.5; seeds, 17.5; débris, 5. Near Station 5, on lake shore; August 18; number examined, 14. Length: Maximum, 63; minimum, 14; average, 25.8. Food: Chironomus lobife:us larve, 1.4; damsel-fly nymphs, 1.4; May-fly nymphs 0.7; Ecdyurus maculipennis nymphs, 1.3; Cenis diminuta nymphs, 27.7; Hyalella, 6.7; ostracods, 1, Camptocercus, 0.2; cladocerans, 0.2; Planorbis, 0.3; oligochzetes, 42.7; seeds, 15; duckweed, 1.4. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 32.5; amphipods, 6.7; ostracods, 1; cladocerans, 0.4; snails, 0.3; oligochetes, 42.7; plants, 16.4. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 275 Station 5; August 18; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 27.8; minimum, 18; average, 22.3. Food: Chironomus fulviventris larve, 3; C. digitatus larve, 1.5; Tamypus decoloratus larve; 2.5; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 2.5; May-fly nymphs, 3.5; Betisca nymphs, 1.5; Canis diminuta nymphs, 10.5; Enallagma antennatum adult, 3.5; Hyalella, 27.3; ostracods, 3; Cyclops, 2; Chydorus, phericus, 0.5; Simocephalus, 0.7; Camptocercus, 2.3; oligochetes, 31.4; seeds, 1; Myriophyllum, 3; sand, 0.3. Summary.—Food: Immature insects, 25; adult insects, 3.5; amphipods, 27.3; ostracods, 3; cope- pods, 2; cladocerans, 3.5; oligochetes, 31.4; plants, 4; sand, 0.3. Station 5; September 15; number examined, 1. Length: 59. Food: Insect larve, 7; Hyalella, 55; ostracods, 8; cladocerans, 15; fine débris, 15. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 55. Length: Maximum, 76; minimum, 14; average, 34.3 Food: Insect larve, 36; pupe, 4.4; adult insects, 3.6; mites, +, amphipods, 10.3; ostracods, 4; copepods, 7.9; cladocerans, 6.1; snails, 0.1; oligochetes, 18.3; plants, 5.9; alge, o.1; silt and débris, 3. The tadpole cat feeds chiefly on insects (44 per cent), oligochztes (18.3 per cent), and small crus- taceans (28.3 percent). The items in its diet show that it gets its food on the bottom and among aquatic plants. The smaller individuals apparenly depend upon crustaceans and oligochetes, larger fishes turn more to insects. Forbes and Richardson (1908) found this species feeding on amphipods isopods, entomostracans, insect larve, and small fish. Hankinson (1908) found insect fragments. Stizostedion vitreum (Mitchill). Wall-eyed pike, pike perch, jack-salmon. Station 28; September 15, 1915; number examined, 2. Lengths: 448, 425. Food: Fish, roo. Station 29; November 14; number examined, 9. Length: Maximum, 520; minimum, 375; average, 441. Food: Rana pipiens, 11.1; fishes (one a sunfish), 88.9. : Grand summary.—Number examined, 11. Average length: 440. Food: Frogs, 9.1; fishes, 90.9. Forbes and Richardson (1908) stated that this species feeds chiefly on fish, sometimes varying its diet with crayfishes. Umbra limi (Kirtland). Mud minnow, mudfish. Data for r9r4 (Pearse, 1915).—Number examined, 60. Average length: 33.5. Food: Insect larve, 21; adult insects, 16.3; mites, 0.3; amphipods, +; ostracods, 33.9; copepods, 0.5; cladocerans, 1.2: snails, 0.7; Spheridz, 0.2; oligochetes, 1; nematodes, 0.7; protozoans, 0.1; plant remains, 1.9; alge, 15.1. Station 21; April 28, 1915; number examined, 9. Length: Maximum, 80; minimum, 31; average, 51.1. Food: Insect larve, 3; Platyphylax designatus larve, 4.5; Chironomus viridis larve, 1; Tanypus decoloratus larve, 3.3; Pelopia flavifrons larve, 3.3; Odontomyia larve, 4.5; Haliplus adult, 0.2; Corixa adult, 4; mites, 2; Hyalella, 12; Dikerogammarus fasciatus, 26; Cyclops, 0.3; C. viridis, 5.8; C. fimbriatus, 5; cladocerans, 0.3; Chydorus sphericus, 0.5; leech, 5.5; oligochetes, 12; plant remains, 1.5; Pleurococcus, 2.5; diatoms, 0.5; silt, 1; fine débris, 1. Summary.—F¥ood: Insect larve, 19.6; adult insects, 4.2; mites, 2; amphipods, 38; copepods, 11.1; cladocerans, 0.8; leech, 5.5; oligochetes, 12; plants, 1.5; alge, 3; silt and débris, 2. Station 16; May 15; number examined, 1. Length: 68.7. Food: Adult midges, 10; earthworm, 79; diatoms, 1; silt and débris, 10. Station 5; June 1; number examined, 4. Lengths: 68, 60, 54, 49.5. Food: Insect larve, 11; chironomid larve, o.5; Chironomus lobiferus larve, 2.2; Orthocladius sordidellus larve, 20.4; chiron- omid pupa, 9.6; Probezzia pupa, 0.6; adult weevil, 1; adult midges, 6.2; ostracods, 4; Dikero- gammarus, 1.2; Cyclops, 1; Chydorus, 0.2; Eurycercus lamellatus, 1.2; Physa, 1.7; seeds, 14; Wolffia, 2.5; plants, 0.2; filamentous alge, 0.3; Pleurococcus, 20; silt and débris, 2.5. y Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 34.1; pup#, 10.2; adult insects, 7.2; ostracods, 4; amphipods, 1.2; copepods, 1; cladocerans, 1.4; snails, 1.7; plants, 16.7; algz, 20.3; silt and débris, 2.5. Station 21; June 12; number examined, 1o. Length: Maximum, 179; minimum, 35; average, 63.9. Food: Insect larve, 1.5; chironomid larve, 0.7; Chironomus larve, 1; Chironomus fulviventris larve, 25; Palpomyia longipennis larve, 3; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 2.5; C. t. pupe, 8.7; chiron- omid pupe, 4.3; adult midges, 11; mites, 0.3; ostracods, 0.1; Dikerogammarus, 26.9; Cyclops, 2.7; Physa; 0.8; Pleurococcus, 3.5; silt and débris, 7. 276 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Summary.—Food: Insect larvae, 33.7; pup#, 12.1; adult insects, 11; mites, 0.3; ostracods, 0.1; amphipods, 26.9; copepods, 2.7; snails, 0.8; alge, 3.5; silt and débris, 7. Station 25; June 17; number examined, 10. Length: Maximum, 84; minimum, 42.5; average, 49.3- Food: Chironomid larve, 2; Libellula luctuosa nymphs, 10; chironomid pupe, 2.5; Haliplus adults, 2.5; Corixa adults, 5; mites, 3; ostracods, 32.2; Cyclops, 7; Chydorus, 1.5; Simocephalus, 4.6; Planorbis, 5.5; Limnza, 3.5; oligochetes, 6; filamentous algz, 1.2; Pleurococcus, 9; silt and débris, 4.5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 12; pups, 2.5; adult insects, 7.5; mites, 3; ostracods, 32.2; copepods, 7; cladocerans, 6.1; snails, 9; oligochetes, 6; alge, 10.2; silt and débris, 4.5. Station 28; July 2; number examined, 1. Length: 47.5. Food: Oxyethira larve, 10; catabid- beetle larvee, 10; Odontomyia vertebrata larve, 10; ostracods, 5; Hyalella, 60; Cyclops, 5. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 30; ostracods, 5; amphipods, 60; copepods, 5. Station 25, in ditch along road; number examined, 14. Length: Maximum, 25.2; minimum, 15.1; average, 20.6. Food: Insect larve, 0.3; chironomid larve, 5; Chironomid tentans larve, 5.3; Pal- pomyia longipennis larve, 0.3; Cricotopus trifasciatus larve, 7; Cznis diminuta nymphs, 0.7; beetle larve, 3.5; dascyllid larve, 8.5; midge pupe, 3.5; adult bug, 1.8; insect remains, 0.3; adult midges, 4.6; Naucoris adult, 4.4; Collembola, 0.8; mites, 0.3; Hermannia bistriata, 5.6; ostracods, 12.2; Cyclops, 11; Canthocamptus, 1; chydorid, 0.1; Planorbis, 2; Limnza, 5.2; oligochetes, 7; rotifers, 1.3; Oscillaria, 0.7; Volvox and other alge, 0.3; filamentous alge, 0.1; Pleurococcus, 4.3; sand, 1.4. Summary.—Food: Insect larve, 30.6; pup, 3.5; adult insects, 11.9; mites, 5.9; ostracods, 12.2; copepods, 12; cladocerans, 0.1; snails, 7.2; oligochetes, 7; rotifers, 1.3; alge, 54; sand, 1.4. Station 23; August 14; number examined, 1. Length: 51. Food: Hyalella, 25; Cyclops, 1; Chydorus, 1; plant remains, 73. Grand summary for 1914 and 1915.—Number examined, 110. Length: Maximum, 179; minimum, 15.1; average, 41.9. Food: Insect larve, 21.9; pupz, 2.1; adult insects, 10.9; spiders, 0.1; mites, 1.2; amphipods, 6.5; ostracods, 23.1; copepods, 3.6; cladocerans, 1.3; snails, 2.3; Spheride, o.1; oligochztes, 2.9; leeches, 1.1; nematodes, 0.4; rotifers, 2; protozoans, 0.2; plants, 2.5; alge, 11.1; silt and débris, 1.4; unidentified, 3.8. The mud minnow is a rather versatile feeder, with the chief constituents of its food, insects (35 per cent), entomostracans (31.3 per cent), and vegetation (13.6 per cent). Forbes and Richardson (908) found that Wolffia and unicellular algae formed three-fourths of the food of this species, insects and crustaceans making up the rest. Hankinson (1908) reported entomostracans, alge, mites, midge larve, snails, and insects. Ill. FOODS UTILIZED BY FISHES. DIFFERENT SPECIES OF FISHES HAVE DIFFERENT FOOD HABITS. Table 1 shows the different kinds of food eaten by the shore fishes of lakes. If more complete information is desired it may be obtained from the preceding section, where the food of the fishes in each catch is given in considerable detail. Most fishes are not indiscriminate feeders, but select specific things from the avail- able food supply. A good illustration of this point is furnished by the fishes caught to- gether at station 18, July 3, 1915. The foods taken by each of these fish are shown in Table 3, and it will be noted that the different species were about the same average size. The black bass is the most versatile, having taken 21 different items of food, the blue- gill comes next with 16, the shiner has 14, and the top minnow 11. Each fish has taken a different item in the largest quantity—i. e., the black bass, 25 per cent Enallagma antennatum nymphs; the top minnow, 49 per cent Hyalella; the bluegill, 47 per cent Eurycercus; and the shiner, 42.6 per cent Daphnialongispina hyalina. All the fishes had eaten Eurycercus, which must have been abundant, and two had taken Hyalella. The other two items taken in largest amount (Daphnia hyalina and Enallagma antennatum) were each eaten by only asingle species. In Table 4 (which resembles Table 3) three of the species have eaten more fish than any other kind of food, but the fourth has taken none. ‘Table 2 shows the Johnny darter feeding largely on chironomid larve and oligo- FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 277. chetes; the bream and white bass on Cyclops and other entomostracans; the perch and black bass on the larger insect larve, adult insects, and amphipods; the blunt-nosed minnow on mud; the tadpole cat on oligochetes. An examination has been made of Tables 2, 3, and 4 and ten others similar to them. Each of these tables concerned four or more species of fishes captured at the same time and place. The following 22 species (506 individuals) appear one or more times in them: Abramis crysoleucas, Ambloplites rupestris, Amiatus calva, Ameiurus melas, Ameiu- yus nebulosus, Boleosoma nigrum, Catostomus commersonii, Cyprinus carpio, Esox lucius, Etheostoma 1towe, Fundulus diaphanus menona, Labidesthes sicculus, Lepomis incisor, Micropterus salmoides, Notropis heterodon, Perca flavescens, Percina caprodes, Pimephales notatus, Pomoxis sparoides, Roccus chrysops, Schilbeodes gyrinus, and Umbra limi. The different figures in the bottom line of all tables were added to ascertain whether specific foods were likely to be eaten by one or more fish. ‘The results were as follows: Items appearing once in any one table, 356; twice, 93; thrice, 45; four or more times, rr. This shows that, though fishes may feed on the available foods, different species captured at the same time and place have not eaten the same things. All things, then, indicate that fishes select food from their environment. In some cases the powers of selecting and rejecting are remarkable. A perch may have its whole alimentary canal packed full of Daphnias, when the surrounding water contains Daph- mas mixed with greater quantities of alge. Only the animal plankton is taken. ‘The young sucker is able to take such minute living objects as Difflugia, Arcella, and rotifers from a muddy bottom, rejecting fine particles of silt. CLASSES OF FOODS UTILIZED BY FISHES. The foods found in fishes occurring along the shores of Wisconsin lakes fall into nine classes. In order of their importance these rank as follows: (1) Insect larve, oligo- cheetes and leeches, 28.7 per cent; (2) entomostracans, 19.1 per cent; (3) fishes and frogs, 13.8 per cent; (4) insect pupz and adults, 11.7 per cent; (5) amphipods, isopods, and mites, 12.7 per cent; (6) plants, including alge, 4.2 per cent; (7) mud, silt, and fine débris, 2.6 per cent; (8) molluscs, 2 per cent; and (9) crayfishes, 1.1 per cent. The per- centages were obtained from the last line of Table 1. In the following paragraphs fishes are arranged under each class in the order of their importance. Every species taking food in a particular class is not always recorded but they all appear in Table 1. It must be remembered that there is a preponderance of young fishes in the data from which these results are figured. An examination of more adults would doubtless increase classes 3, 6, 8, and 9. 1. Fishes feeding upon insect larve, oligochetes, and leeches.—Boleosoma nigrum, 77.6 per cent; Ameiurus melas, 59.6 per cent; Schilbeodes gyrinus, 57.9 per cent; Persina caprodes, 54 per cent; Catostomus commersonii, 51.5 per cent; Etheostoma flabellare, 50.5 per cent; Ambloplites rupestris, 46 per cent; Cyprinus carpio, 42.5 per cent; Etheo- stoma iowe, 38.6 per cent; Micropterus dolomieu, 37.7 per cent; Lepomis incisor, 35.7 per cent; Cottus ictalops, 35.3 per cent; Perca flavescens, 35.1 per cent; Roccus chrysops, 30.8 per cent; Ameiurus nebuiosus, 30.2 per cent; Fundulus diaphanus menona, 26.4 per cent; Umbra limi, 25.9 per cent; Eucalia inconstans, 24.1 per cent; Micropterus sal- moides, 23.7 per cent; Pimephales notatus, 21.5 per cent; Pomoxis sparoides, 18.4 per cent; Eupomotis gibbosus, 16.2 per cent; Notropis heterodon, 15 per cent. 278 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 2. Fishes feeding upon entomostracans.—A bramis crysoleucas, 76 per cent; Pomoxis sparoides, 53.7 per cent; Notropis heterodon, 44.9 per cent; Ameiurus nebulosus, 42.1 per cent; Lebidesthes sicculus, 40.1 per cent; Eucalia inconstans, 38.5 per cent; Fundulus diaphanus menona, 36 per cent; Umbra limi, 31.3 per cent; Pimephales notatus, 28 per cent; Lepomis incisor, 24.9 per cent; Micropterus salmoides, 18.1 per cent; Schilbeodes gyrinus, 18 per cent; Perca flavescens, 16.9 per cent. 3. Fishes feeding upon fishes and frogs.—Stizostedion vitreum, 100 per cent; Amiatus calva, 90.1 per cent; Lepisosteus osseus, 88.8 per cent; Esox lucius, 84 per cent; Percina caprodes, (eggs) 27.8 per cent; Micropterus dolomieu, 14.7 per cent; Eupomotis gibbosus, (eggs) 9.4 per cent; Micropterus salmoides, 8.2 per cent; Pomoxis sparoides, 5.7 per cent; Perca flavescens, 3.5 per cent; Roccus chrysops, 4.2 per cent; Ambloplites rupestris, 2 per cent. 4. Fishes feeding upon insect pupe and adult insects—Labidesthes sicculus, 44.6 per cent; Micropterus dolomieu, 39.7 per cent; Micropterus salmoides, 31.2 per cent; Ambloplites rupestris, 23.3 per cent; Eucalia inconstans, 18.1 per cent; Roccus chry- sops, 14.2 per cent; Notropis heterodon, 14.1 per cent; Umbra limi, 13 per cent; Pomoxis sparotdes, 12.7 per cent; Eupomotis gibbosus, 10.3 per cent; Pimephales notatus, 10.3 per cent; Ameiurus melas, 9.9 per cent; Cyprinus carpio, 9.6 per cent; Lepomis incisor, g.2 per cent; Schilbeodes gyrinus, 9 per cent; Ameiurus nebulosus, 6.5 per cent; Fundulus diaphanus menona, 4.8 percent; Percina caprodes, 3.9 percent; Perca flavescens, 3 per cent. 5. Fishes feeding upon amphipods, isopods, and mites.—Cottus ictalops, 59.1 per cent; Etheostoma iowe, 58 per cent; Etheostoma flabellare, 48 per cent; Perca flavescens, 24.6 per cent; Lepomis incisor, 15.1 per cent; Fundulus diaphanus menona, 14.1 per cent; Micropterus salmoides, 13.9 per cent; Ameziurus nebulosus, 11.8 per cent; Schilbe- odes gyrinus, 10.3 per cent; Ewpomotis gibbosus, 9 per cent; Cyprinus carpio, 8.7 per cent; Umbra limi, 7.8 per cent; Pomoxis sparoides, 7.5 per cent; Eucalia inconstans, 5.2 per cent; Boleosoma nigrum, 5.1 per cent; Roccus chrysops, 5 per cent; Percina cap- rodes, 4.6 per cent; Esox lucius, 2.5 per cent. 6. Fishes feeding upon plants, including alge.—Eupomotis gibbosus, 25.5 per cent; Pimephales notatus, 20.2 per cent; Notropis heterodon, 15.6 per cent; Umbra limi, 13.6 per cent; Ameiurus melas, 7.3 percent; Fundulus diaphanus menona, 6.4 per cent; Schilbeodes gyrinus, 6 percent; Lepomis incisor, 5.2 percent; Abramis crysoleucas, 4.5 per cent; Eucalia inconstans, 4.4 per cent; Labidesthes sicculus, 4 per cent; Amblo- plites rupestris, 3.3 per cent. 7. Fishes feeding upon mud, silt, and fine débris—Pimephales notatus, 20 per cent; Notropis heterodon, 6.5 per cent; Ameriurus melas, 6.3 per cent; Percina caprodes, 5.7 per cent; Fundulus diaphanus menona, 4.2 per cent; Eucalia inconstans, 3.7 per cent; Catostomus commersonu, 3.6 per cent; Boleosoma mgrum, 3.1 per cent; Schalbeodes gyri- nus, 3 per cent. 8. Fishes feeding upon molluscs.—Eupomotis gibbosus, 25.8 percent; Cyprinus carpio, 6.9 per cent; Lepomis incisor, 4.5 per cent; Fundulus diaphanus menona, 3.9 per cent; Ameturus melas, 3.7 per cent; Perca flavescens, 3.7 per cent; Eucalia inconstans, 3.7 per cent; Etheostoma ioww, 3 per cent; Umbra limi, 2.4 per cent. 9. Fishes feeding upon crayfish—Ambloplites rupestris, 16.1 per cent; Amiatus calva, 9.4 per cent; Ameiurus melas, 6.1 per cent; Micropterus salmoides, 2.6 per cent. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES, 279 IV. ADAPTABILITY OF FOOD HABITS. ALTERNATIVE FOODS. Fish prefer certain foods and select from their environment. If the largest single items are picked out from the dietaries of the fishes shown in Table 1, the following results are obtained: Nine species eat more dipterous larve than any other single kind of food; six, amphipods; five, cladocerans; four, fishes; two, adult hemipterous insects (Corixa); two, Cyclops; and one species takes its chief food from gastropods, dipterous pup, May-fly nymphs, and ostracods. The next question to be answered is: What will the different fishes eat if their favorite food is not available? To answer this, the three foods taken in largest quantity (i. ¢c., first, second, and third choice) were selected for each of the 32 species shown in Table 1. For example, the golden shiner, Abramis crysoleucas, ate 57.6 per cent cladocerans, 16.5 per cent copepods, 5.7 per cent dipterous pupe, and other foods. ‘This species was, therefore, put in a class ‘‘Cladocera—copepods—dipterous pupz.’’ The classes and the number of species of fish taking the same three chief items of food were as follows: Mipteradarvee—Copepoda—Cladoceray a0). 2 0H ee ees cba ted Aces dd vletiebten airs 3 Cladocera—Diptera larve—Amphipodas << occ cscs sisis bic cee ids sete e ols Sis ticles voles Gele 3 Dinterarlanvgs—Octacoda——COpepod airs a. saysntes ciotal clo ccafeinio\ tania) nintnra a ias crash hazgacany- eens 2 Cladocera—-ad ule Diptera—Dipterarp ipa sc.) cine ciejclels: e014 o(eleia'e mele 6.51 arses «ah clasejacsy aleve one I Cladocera—Copepoda—Dipteraipupe cicipeisieuceyeierercte «erscvuels te cleltie wie demesem sieteaiten « I Gladocera——-Wipteravlarvce—al eens erie tess ares ay siestrarsiejsuals mem iwia/e W Faye Okie ae Peete aloe site I: Diptera larvee—crayfishes—Odonata nymphs............00.0eceeececeeeectaceceees I Diptera latvee—Ostracoda—Cladocera ss 3 i:-0<:0,sjerere)o alsiscalayesei sys, 019)8, synrecieieise sje 0 sale sievatersl I Diptera larve—Oligocheta—plant remains. oi. oo. c2jcseic aie iere ape wciee wees ne aint enolase ais I Diptera larve—fish eggs—Trichoptera larvae. .......... 0. cece cece ence erence neers I Diptera larvee—Oligocheta—Copepoda: .o. osc ke cee eewewectesecterecevasaes I TORN a eh APCs Butea rte PEE Fy. NS Say ae aR A Ste PPR PS RE eee ir I Bish—adult Dintera— Diptera larvae... << ,sa!s slows el\a/ste oe wierd vases ae as «lees Lye I GHP ps ie 5 5 oc undereiclarc io eins asobepahalctetale’s elovaleiaraidsysysicje) shes) cusiehasesa nid gynts axe nisl Ciskow epolenauaueruase I Amphipoda—Ephemerida nymphs—Diptera larve............... 20 e cece eee eens I Fish—Amphipoda—Hemiptera nymphs or Spherride. ............0..000 0c cece eee I Amphipoda—Diptera larvee—Mallipeds: 253. oc caiecccc oe sacs secs cescecdececetease nee I Amphipoda—Diptera larve—Trichoptera larvae. ........ 00... c cece ence een e tenes I Amphipoda—Diptera larve—Diptera pup2@........ 0.0.0. ce cece eee np eee et eneee I Amphipoda—Diptera larvee—Coleoptera larve............0..0 cece cece eee eee ence I Gastropoda—plant remainS—toad Cg 2. <.<:qye:s)s\nichete/ & 5 6 2 I-4 1.2 @ Total number of fishes examined, 1,576: Toad eggs, 0.3; fishes, 13.5; insect larve, 24.8; insect pup2, 6.3; adult insects, 5.2; ep o.5; large Crustacea, 13.3; Entomostraca, 19.1; Mollusca, 2; Oligochetes, 3.5; leeches, 0.4; rotifers, 0.2; plants, 4.2; ébris, etc., 2.6. FOOD OF THE SHORE FISHES OF CERTAIN WISCONSIN LAKES. 285 TABLE 1.—SuUMMARY OF FisH Foops—Continued. iy H Fi = go | J & 3 A 3 3 lg @ | & & nie tere betting a sels ead fae ead ASG T= i= A = PO 4 g 8 | | 2 ay (we ills | 3 Name, Sse eer ae | ete ta) eg by % a} s 5 3 a 3 A iat q lo} oo g a 5 oO v 3 a = “| a=] <=} Gg} 3 re el (se Veet Ca Pere a Pek Ue Mea | > | s-) 2) FB i] MSI MI MI SS] a < n io) =) A Hu 12) < < < < Aramis! crysolenicas . . ...)<.4< se ew visieie es sis 0ieicins 57 Ambloplites rupestris Bact © 25 Ameiurus melas........ 15 Ameiurus nebulosus. 5° Amiatus calva....... 16 Boleosoma nigrum. 50 Catostomus commers 34 Cottus ictalops......... 30 Cyprinus carpio. 42 Esox lucius.......... 39 Etheostoma flabellare 5 Etheostoma iowe.... 5 Eucalia inconstans... IIo Eupomotis gibbosus . 9 Fundulus diaphanus menona. 149 Labidesthes sicculus.......... 100 Lepisosteus osseus... Io Lepomis incisor...... 149 E Micropterus dolomieu.. 19 7-6 |. Micropterus salmoides. 80 3-1 |. Notropis heterodon.... 80 3-9 |. Perca flavescens. 115 I.2 Percina caprodes 27 3-7 Pimephales notatus.. 60 5-8 Pimephales promela: 3 9-3 Pomoxis sparoides. 66 4.6 Roccus chrysops. . 14 5-8 Salmo irideus..... I Salvelinus fontinalis. 18 Schilbeodes gyrinus 55 Stizostedion vitreum. Ah hres MSTA PSL UPN LETAN sis elefu states nl vic|ecfo/clotalala nie reioistatayiclsleya/cie: «fee IIo PAV ETA Gey AUSPECIES =A sin ls vleleltis enlelalelolai= e lols minis cllssninis.sies 9 1 x] 1 : ' ' 1 ‘ LTRS SOMA Dg a stag ie an a Bees BS | hat RF Vee rome Le] E i ro Ms) icy o|O8 hal 8 Name og] e se TO mall espera esreaa meese saeco ee] 8a |oel s |Helee] wa] ¢ | ge ERO Cros ich Vert) Mace ha ic Re Wa I he > sl gy |v ue} Ls} a | a a < < qaji< < < < |p Abrams et ySOLGit Cas io ee )ojeieis ticle) =/ainiein (ois sisieisiever=ins 57 0.2 Ambloplites rupestris 45 563 Ameurus melas....... Mey | METBASU ecg | OnSh atecalacscealstmee cel coe camiuecemels Ameiurus nebulosus 50 Amiatus calva........ 16 Boleosoma nigrum. .,. . 50 Catostomus commerson: 34 Cottus ictalops.. 30 Cyprinus carpio. 42 Esox lucius........ 39 Etheostoma flabellare 5 Etheostoma iowe.... 5 Eucalia inconstans. 110 Eupomotis gibbosus.......... Cl ESE IKepoodlhoooca!! eae Baseod | Co IBAGS AAS AG Fundulus diaphanus menona. 149 Labidesthes sicculus......... 100 Lepisosteus osseus. . “Cy | 876780) He necr GRSs6er| Goseee SEGSed Gaccad Ameena saree Lepomis incisor.... 149 Micropterus dolomieu.. POY (Ma CG esaeel Ce Bacal ll bed] doneag pHonds Meceesl bepee Micropterus salmoides.. Sov (GGi8) |) isONl © kagal kesile oocen|acem en lasecadleeeie Notropis heterodon. . 80 Perca flavescens... 115 Percina caprodes.. 27 Pimephales notatus 60 Pimephales promelas. 3 Pomoxis sparoides.. 66 Roccus chrysops 14 Salmo irideus..... x Salvelinus fontinalis.... 18 Schilbeodes gyrinus. . 55 Stizostedion vitreum. II Umbra limi.......... IIo PAVETARE BILSDECIES siaj 44 eae) 9) SUPER AU Ud: She pare *sydurAu Ay-[osure Meee “snjduresoyjae. *20Z0}01g. ae snauieo sndAuvy, ay a eiisatadl|), tsa aK) cI + mae) ora eS eS ae "BAIL BIZZAQOIg *sydurAu exo Dé itn *sdopAy % ate ay re “syduré ta : a mio : a ‘BAIR, prmmouoiys Saienaa mae dog ‘SpooesjsQ | aw Oy es says yO | » &a : nyom: Sey ee SS se eeeTien Ore Or ‘Tysna] deray | SSte: “Wana asureay | S983 Og : ‘pBue] seray | $O5Fee : A: Sy B 5 : ev ot “T3ue] aFesaA rota gens Rad: nHwaaH SF : nhHwaAat T Vi smhama *paurmexa JequmN 4s: | “paurmrexe JaqmmN H Bb. paurarexe JequmN 4 a RHA A tT Sher sie aime pase Sen koe *pautmexe JaqumnN 4 a : : ay: : 5 anne ’ tb: : 5 a : A sis oe 2 3 Sit 8 Seeott (Pac teal) PiQ fs to Yu gis gad 5 as af GY cutee | #28 (998 | 3833 a 3:40 a Bid :as 4 5 iad ss Bae ug.a8 og yas gab ugade EEE es: § “ gig gebs Fer giagensg FEELERS Peso ego bates sg aaeeec Coad oan = bag o Epyo SPS ous Besa e ablgays gaecy gezeee gy goeeesy PEEP EE fEoeg SEEEEEEE PEEPEELE Aor FAS on 55 Sos 5.890 oO. 3c. t 59 ‘ydurtu Ap-psmeq | 5 : a 5 a “wAIe] snje ta 5 é gE EE Cz tOO moe i , SAsic eR COITIS ziiet “qdurdu wy Sa -eAy vruqdeqd tan ga t Oss -euuajue vmseyeuy | |: “sqpe = g° = cy Suy aI -ppryde ie g s stuajiqoy] snuouoimy | 9 i) aC OAL ae ia B 5 : Tuasey eumseyeuy ach *yNpe sia : Ses : -uadi3u0, elAumodye, ig Ab aa eS) | hes oe Tenminene = : ‘J TOYydeporias 764 3 0 : -Uadinoemt sninAposy 3; ee Ere : -Wedisn0, BLA *“BUTUISO Be mi ‘ware wpH | 3: : ‘BAIE] : — zbees i WE cha SI[ImuoOm sndduey, te ‘ . ) “monn 01 433) onta : TEU Dy yysuel aseIAY “Uru UT te 1 a) a3e. pita er, wae: ae z pesePay) BETS “OIE Ul yISuayaseIWAYy ae Soe ela mite “panrmexe : T yaqumN “pet Bis a oe STI — | - aaa Pon: : peurmexs aqumy | 28 : a oe © - g — begat’ : 3 | aoe ch c 5 r : 2 : a: ee gid: mE Bid: aoe 5 ye yes igi: acs gi: : Sean ; :o: s : Sant | £3 398 3 Qik Fy SB ity Fl z ga 83 E a ie d og: gis eases 8 s wal * | ig re gacea E23 Pues bee g ES a3 goa bo3 53 Eee 8 5 San 2.88 gg dee $58 FI Ssead 425 Bynes gees cer 3 g 24a é LEE ae eee cert 4nAZZ gs PERE ere <4 . m = eee R fc} Z <4 H®la}|salea |e 18 Jo 6 | 0 Amiatus calva PASrIeI Tia ICIS 8 oo c asc sincere « winiale in ntarcieiaiess Esox lucius...... Pomoxis sparoides. Number of fish eating. Name, Number examined. Average length Plant remains. Fine débris. Chydorids. Planorbis. LENE FED 3 eonhognariguddscods as OnOEnn. Have ogee 13 | 124.7 POMOXis SparGides ose cce cere sete rsmascee seal) Ge 77-2 I I 35 Number of fish eating TABLE 5.—VARIATION OF Foops aT DIFFERENT PLACES AND TIMES, IN COLLECTIONS MADE DuRING IQI5. Number | Number Species. Chief items of food eaten. x eee times col-| of chief ace ‘| lected. | foods. Abramis crysoleucas..... Gladacera’(a)) Biyalella; Cyclops). isii)c ascrereaaie scicieis|acco.ec vie tists oe 3 4 3 Ambloplites rupestris....| Crayfish (5) May-fly nymphs, oligochztes, caddis-fly larve, chiron- 7 13 6 omid larvz (3), chironomid pup2 (2). Ameiurus melas.......... Chironomid larve, caterpillar snails, oligochetes.................+-. 3 4 4 Ameiurus nebulosus. .| Ostracods, adult insects, amphipods. bhoncopacdabencdoeconaccepacvoeoS 3 4 3 Amiatus calva...... AN Gra ytishitismtemiain (a) sr men tanec cs suet enccinisaem enn socieciesitene 2 3 2 Boleosoma nigrum....... Chironomid larvz (8), oligochzetes (3).........-.0e.0eseeeesseeeeeees 8 II 2 Catostomus commersonii.} Chironomid larvz, Ostracods, Cyclops (2).. Jelunscaneetes 2 4 3 Cottus ictalops........... Hyalelilai(ao)} Dikerogammiarmisek «cece etek ona ceited veh eine dantcer 8 Ir 2 Cyprinus carpio. .| Chironomid larvz, Ostracods, Hyalella, plant remains.............. 3 4 4 Esox lucius............ i deevalellan (2) prishi rere inis yest cicele ctaiecrmantonaic aocttcen cise ee aire citer 5 Ir 2 Etheostoma flabellare. ...| Chironomid larve, Hyalella.............. cc cccce cee ce cc eee cecececees 3 3 2 Etheostoma iowe..... SH EA Valea eee tajsicecmisees ate siehtie mitiele ein nt aie eleminieiviecis socio mare aie cincoiene I 2 = Eucalia inconstans, . .| Chironomid larve (2), Chydorus, fine débris..............0...00000- 3 5 3 Eupomotis gibbosus Toad eggs, Sialis larve, chironomid larve, Hyalella, Ceratophyllum. . 3 5 5 Fundulus diaphanus me- | Chironomid larve (5), amphipods (4), Ostracods (2), oligochetes, Ir 14 6 nona. cladocera, fine débris. Labidesthes sicculus Chironomid pupa (s), Cladocera (2), Chironomid adult (2).......... 8 9 3 Lepisosteus osseus.. . B/G) thc fh ts Ce a oeme bot BOC ESE CHOBE OM UOC EO LOLESeC aa s MEE ee 3 3 I Lepomis incisor.......... Chironomid larvz (6), amphipods (3), chironomid pupz (2), snails, Is 17 8 i fine debris, Aphanothece, copepods, cladocera. Micropterus dolomieu....] Insect larvz (2), fish remains, adult insect .......-......ceecceeeeeee 4 a 3 Micropterus salmoides....} Adult insects (4), amphipods (2), copepods, cladocera, fish remains, 12 15 8 insect larve, plant remains, crayfish. Notropis heterodon Chironomid larvz (2). copepods (2), cladocera (2), chironomid pupz, 6 10 7 chironomid adult, oligochztes, filamentous alge. Perca flavescens.......... Hyalella (3), cladocerans (3), insect larve (3), insect adults, fish 7 Ir 5 remains Percina caprodes......... Chironomid larvae G) i fish) eggs s5 si fcciciee selsaieeciecstieatiels circicedeene 3 4 2 Pimephales notatus...... Filamentous algz (3), oligochztes, chironomid larvz, chironomid 8 10 6 3 adult, cladocerans, fine débris. Pimephales promelas..... Chironomidilaryat eee cesar tee 2a Bee I I I Pomoxis sparoides........| Fish remains, chironomid pupe, adult insect, Ostracods, daphnia... 9 Io 5 Roccus chrysops ..| Copepods (4), chirnomid larv2, insect adult, fish remains, cladocera. 3 7 5 Salmo irideus...... sql | eteiel Heeb eV ogaat botn anconeTon ert ep OOOO cece UCSEne SE Ob caceeebpE Gas I I I Salvelinus fontinalis......} Chironomid pup, amphipods 2 2 2 Schilbeodes gyrinus...... Insect larve# (2), adult insect, amphipods, cladocera, oligochztes. . 2 6 5 Schizostedium vitreum...| Fish remains (2), fish, and frogs Sr HOasorC Abate Sebcon one mlanode 2 3 2 Winbrai limite eee eee Ostracods (2), amphipods (2), chironomid larvee (2), earthworm, 7 8 5 plant remains. PE aot al oo rcrateeraratare ros iats | tein etolatakeererotos a a(ctesmteie pera ecole aie iale favainteis aialate/s mere ate eiaicis\avaleteic'eie dla ra situa wane oes 159 215 117 290 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. TABLE 6.—NUMBER OF SPECIES OF FISHES FOUND IN DIFFERENT HABITATS AND THE CHIEF ITEMS OF Diet EATEN IN EACH IN 10915. u Number as Habitat. of spe- Chief items of diet, and number of species eating each. cies. SHore vegetation: Joc, <5 00¢s2. eens 22 | Dipterous larve, 5; fish, 4; cladocerans, 4; adult Hemiptera, 2; copepods, 2; power pup2, 1; ephemerid nymphs, 1; gastropods, 1; amphipods, x; ostracods, 1. Sand and pebble beaches............ Ir Dine larve, 4; adult Hemiptera, 2; amphipods, 2; cladocerans, 2; cope- pods, r Mouths of streams................+.- 11 | Dipterous larve, 4; cladocerans, 3; ephemerid nymphs, 1; adult Hemiptera, 1; amphipods, 1; copepods, r. Dipterous larve, 3; fish, 1; adult Hemiptera, 1; amphipods, 1; cladocerans, r. pe rate larve, 2; amphipods, 2; dipterous pupz, 1; cladocetans, I; ostra- cods, 1. e a as SHGTE PONCE Fe. .ciaslolcisisicmte 3 Dipterous larve, 2; ostracods, x. Swamps.... 2 | Cladocerans, 1; ostracods, 1. Rocky beaches. . 2 | Amphipods, 2 Bottom anywhere... 2 | Amphipods, 1; copepods, 1. Surface of shore water........ ae x | Cladocerans, x Surface of open lake................. x | Copepods, BIBLIOGRAPHY. Atxins, C. G. 1908. Foods for young salmonoid fishes. Bulletin, U.S. Bureau Fisheries, vol. xxv, pp. 839-851. Washington. Baker, F. C. 1916. The relation of mollusks to fish in Oneida Lake. Technical Publication no. 4, N. Y. State College of Forestry, Syracuse University, p. 366. Coxer, R. E. 1915. Water conservation, fisheries and food supply. Popular Science Monthly, pp. 87-99. CoE, L. J. 1905. The German carp in the United States. Report, U.S. Commissioner Fisheries (1904), pp. 523-641. Washington. Forses, S. A. 1880. The food of fishes. Acanthopteri. Bulletin, Illinois State Laboratory, Natural History vol. 1, p. 19-70. Urbana. 1880a. On the food of young fishes. Ibid., vol. 1, p. 71-85. 1880b. Food of the darters. American Naturalist, vol. 14, pp. 697-703. 1883. The food of the smaller fresh-water fishes. Bulletin, Illinois State Laboratory, Natural History, vol. 1, pp. 65-94. Urbana. 1888a. Studies of the food of fresh-water fishes. Bulletin, Illinois State Laboratory, Natural History, vol. 2, pp. 433-473- 1888b. On the food relations of fresh-water fishes: Asummary and discussion. Bulletin, Illinois State Laboratory, Natural History, vol. 2, pp. 475-538. Urbana. 1888c. The food of the fishes of the Mississippi Valley. Transactions, American Fisheries Society, vol. 17, pp. 1-17. Forges, S. A. and Ricwarpson, R. E. 1908. The fishes of Illinois. Illinois State Laboratory, Natural History, vol. 3, pp. crxx1+357. Urbana. Hanxinson, T. L. 1908. A biological survey of Walnut Lake, Michigan. Michigan State Biological Survey Report (1907), pp. 156-288, 75 pls. LYDELL, D. 1902. The habits and culture of the black bass. Transactions, American Fisheries Society ( 1902), Pp- 45-73- MarsHaL, W. S. and GiBert, N. C. 1905. Notes on the food and parasites of some fresh-water fishes from the lakes at Madison, Wis. Report, U. S. Commissioner Fisheries (1904), pp. 513-522. Washington. McCoiium, E. V. and Davis, M. 1915. The essential factors in the diet during growth. Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 23, pp- 231-246. PEARSE, A. S. 1915. On the food of the small shore fishes in the waters near Madison, Wis. Bulletin, Wisconsin Natural History Society, vol. 13, pp. 7-22. PUTTER, A. 1909. Die Ernahrung der Fische. Zeitschr. allgem. Physiol., bd. 9, pp. 174-242. REIGHARD, J. 1915. An ecological reconnoissance of the fishes of Douglas Lake, Cheboygan County, Mich., in midsummer. Bulletin, U. S. Bureau Fisheries, vol. 33, pp. 215-249. 291 292 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. SHELFORD, V. E. tgtr. Ecological succession: m1. A reconnoissance of its causes in ponds with particular reference to fish. Biological Bulletin, vol. 22, pp. 1-38. 1gt1a. Physiological animal geography. Journal of Morphology, vol. 22, pp. 551-618. 1914. Suggestions as to indices of the suitability of bodies of water for fishes. Transactions, American Fisheries Society (1914), pp. 27-32. SHELFORD, V. E. and ALLEE, W. C. 1912. An index of fish environments. Science, vol. 36, pp. 76-77. Tracy, H. C. 1g1o. Annotated list of fishes known to inhabit the waters of Rhode Island. 4oth Annual Report, Commission Inland Fisheries, R. I., pp. 35-182. 1goo. Artificial propagation of the Atlantic salmon, rainbow trout and, brook trout. Revised Fish Manual, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, pp. 17-90, pls. 11-29. Washington. THE FISHES OF KENTUCKY AND TENNESSEE: A DISTRIBU- TIONAL CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN SPECIES om By Barton Warren Evermann, A. M., Ph. D. Director of the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences 293 Pertainian « ay a: cae alti ey peas nt fe, i) aaa ile Aine okie ee a to A \ Ontry, \ ae See cdi POpALA yep, pi, : Ne, “> ahene tints: Te ) Cae sca rian veal ‘ey, Ne, |, aa VOM SEE NO INA i LST 4 ou wee ra NER i sent ety 4 ws Tate | Hameed m ing Wa 8 eal i ¥ ahh AW bye’ ip Oe ty nbayhi i THE FISHES OF KENTUCKY AND TENNESSEE: A DISTRIBUTIONAL CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN SPECIES. & By BARTON WARREN EVERMANN, A. M., Ph. D., Director of the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences. a INTRODUCTION. While engaged in studying the considerable collection of fishes obtained by the writer in east Tennessee in 1893, in connection with investigations carried on in that region for the United States Bureau of Fisheries (then United States Fish Com- mission), it was necessary to consult all the available literature pertaining to the ich- thyology not only of that region but of the entire Mississippi drainage. This naturally led to the accumulation of a large number of notes and memoranda relating to the fishes of the region, particularly those of the Tennessee and Cumberland Rivers. In order that these data and the labor incident to their preparation may not be lost, it seems worth while to assemble and put them in a form whereby they may be available for others who may study the fishes of Kentucky and Tennessee. It is believed they will prove of particular value to those interested in questions of geographic distribution. With this thought in mind, an attempt has been made in the present paper to sum- marize our knowledge of the fish faunas of the Tennessee and Cumberland River Basins and of the other waters in the States of Kentucky and Tennessee. A brief historical résumé of the systematic and faunistic work which has been done on the fishes of this region is given. So far as the writer has been able to discover from an examination of available literature, the first man to collect and study the fishes of Kentucky and Tennessee was that enthusiastic, albeit somewhat eccentric naturalist, Constantine Samuel Rafinesque. This indefatigable student of nature came to Lexington, Ky., in 1818, where, through the good offices of his friend John D. Clifford, he secured the professorship of botany and natural history in Transylvania University, located at Lexington. Here, as Prof. Call has well said, Rafinesque ‘was in a veritable new world; the plants and animals had never been either collected or studied; the hand of the hushand- man had not yet destroyed much of the primitive forest; untold wealth of natural forms appealed to Rafinesque, the Nature-lover, as they have rarely appealed to any man. ‘To-day even, in the face of the check which specialization furnishes to scientific investigators, few men could withstand this lavish display of new and unknown forms! They were on evéry hand, in every glade and mead, in every brook and spring, the creeks, the rivers, the very rocks themselves. Like a schoolboy, Rafinesque searched and found, studied, described, drew, sent abroad, the wonderful forms in which he, almost alone, now reveled.’’ Rafinesque remained at Lexington eight years. In the early fall of 1825, upon returning to Lexington from one of his long collecting trips, Rafinesque found that, during his absence, his effects had been removed from his room 295 296 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. in the college and stored in the garret, and the room which he had formerly occupied turned over to another professor. This was an indignity which our sensitive naturalist could not endure, and he at once left Lexington, as he says, “‘with anathemas on the university and curses on the president, both of which were speedily fulfilled, for the university building burned down within six months and the president died within a year.” His stay at Lexington was long enough, however, to enable him to collect, study, and describe many of the animals and plants of the region. His first paper on the fishes, containing descriptions of 26 new species from the Ohio, appeared in 1818 in the American Monthly Magazine and Critical Review. This was followed in the same year by a second paper in the same magazine, in which he listed 22 species from the Ohio, and that by a third paper describing three new genera and species of fishes, which appeared in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (vol. 1, 1818). Then followed another short article in the American Monthly Magazine and Critical Review for November, 1818. Next came a short paper in the Journal de Physique for June, 1819, in which 9 species were described as new. Then followed a series of articles in the Western Review and Miscellaneous Magazine from December, 1819, to November, 1820. During the period of publication of these magazine articles Rafinesque had the matter made up in octavo forms and reprinted from the same type, the pagination, however, differing slightly.¢ This reprint was issued by Rafinesque in 1820 under the title ‘‘Ichthyologia Ohiensis.” Practically all the matter? contained in the “Ichthyo- logia’’ appeared first in the magazine and the new species really date from it. All of the Ichthyologia was therefore written at Lexington, but on his numerous collecting trips Rafinesque doubtless sometimes went far afield. He evidently found the Falls of the Ohio an excellent place to observe and collect fishes, for he records many species from that place. Among the waters he mentions specifically are the Kentucky, Licking, Big Sandy, Green, Cumberland, Tennessee, Little, Salt, and Elkhorn Rivers, Salt Creek, a pond near Lexington, and springs and caves near Lexington. It is prob- able that he collected in all these waters and many others in Kentucky. Rafinesque was therefore the first naturalist to study the fishes of Kentucky and Tennessee. Our first knowledge of the ichthyological fauna of that region dates from Rafinesque’s arrival at Lexington in 1818, and to the Transylvania University belongs the honor of having had as a member of its faculty the all-round naturalist who was the first to collect and study the fishes beyond the Alleghenies. To that institution must attach also the stigma of having driven from its halls the only man in its faculty whose name has survived to this day. The second person to collect any of the fishes of the Tennessee Basin was Charles A. Hentz, of Florence, Ala. Some time prior to July, 1845, Mr. Hentz collected a number of fishes in Alabama waters, chiefly from the Tennessee River and its small tributaries in the vicinity of Florence. These he forwarded, together with drawings which he made of them, to Dr. D. H. Storer, of Boston, who described them at the meetings of the Boston Society of Natural History, July 2 and 16, 1845 (Storer, 1845). The number of species described from the Tennessee was four, of which two are still regarded as good. @ For these statements I am indebted to Dr. Richard Ellsworth Call’s excellent reprint of the Ichthyologia Ohiensis. > Only the Supplement, Corrections and Additions, and Index (pp. 85-90) did not appear in the periodical. FISHES OF KENTUCKY AND TENNESSEE. 297 The next collector who paid any attention to the fishes of the Tennessee was Dr. Newman, of Huntsville, Ala., who placed in the hands of Prof. Louis Agassiz “‘a collec- tion of not less than 33 species from the same water system.’’ These were described by Prof. Agassiz in the American Journal of Arts and Sciences in 1854 (Agassiz, 1854). The next naturalist to collect the fishes of the Tennessee Basin and the first, Rafi- nesque excepted, to study his own collections from that region was Prof. Edward Drinker Cope. In the summer and fall of 1867, Prof. Cope made large collections in the western part of Virginia from the Roanoke, James, Kanawha, and Holston Rivers. Prof. Cope says, ‘The fishes of the Roanoke were taken in the seventh month, those of the James and Kanawha in the eighth and ninth, and those of the Holston in the tenth, 1867.” The results of these field investigations were published by Prof. Cope in several papers, the titles of which are given in the bibliography (pp. 312, 313). For the next nine years little, if any, ichthyological exploration was conducted in this region. Inthe summer of 1876, however, Prof. David Starr Jordan began making those collecting trips in Kentucky, Tennessee, Virginia, North Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama which were continued at intervals for 12 years and which added so greatly to our knowledge of the fishes of that region. Prof. Jordan was then (until 1879) pro- fessor of natural sciences in the Northwestern Christian University (now Butler Uni- versity) at Irvington, near Indianapolis; and professor of natural sciences 1879-1885, and president 1885-1891 of the University of Indiana. During the summer of 1876 he was accompanied by one of his students, Charles Henry Gilbert, and by Alembert Winthrop Brayton, then teacher of natural sciences in the Indianapolis high school. Collecting was done in various streams in Tennessee and North Carolina. Prof. Jordan, accompanied by Mr. Gilbert and Dr. Brayton, again collected in the same States in the summer of 1877. Very extensive collections were made, which formed the basis of a valuable paper by Jordan and Brayton. In the summer of 1878 the writer was a member of a party of students led by Jordan, Brayton, and Gilbert on a walking trip through eastern Kentucky and Tennessee, western North Carolina, and northern Georgia, during which he made his first acquaintance with the fishes of that region. In May, 1883, Dr. Jordan, assisted by Joseph Swain (then a senior at Indiana University, now president of Swarthmore College), again led a party of students from Indiana University into Kentucky and made collections of the fishes of the streams of Whitley County in that State. The next year Prof. Charles H. Gilbert and Prof. Joseph Swain made considerable collections in east Tennessee and Kentucky and in northern Alabama. All the waters examined are in the Tennessee or the Cumberland Basin. They are all listed elsewhere in this paper. In the summer of 1888 various places in the upper Tennessee Basin were visited by Dr. David Starr Jordan, Prof. Oliver Peebles Jenkins, and the writer, and large collections were made, which were reported on by Dr. Jordan. In the spring of 1889 and the autumn of 1890 Prof. Philip H. Kirsch, at that time superintendent of schools, Columbia, Ky., made collections of fishes in the streams of Clinton County, Ky. 298 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. During the period from August 18 to September 9, 1891, Prof. Kirsch again col- lected fishes in Kentucky and Tennessee waters, this time from the southern tributa- ries of the Cumberland between Nashville, Tenn., and the crossing of the Cincinnati Southern Railroad at Burnside, Ky. In the summer of 1890 Mr. Albert Jefferson Woolman, a former student of the writer at the Indiana State Normal School, and later of Dr. Jordan’s at Indiana University, from which institution he had just graduated, examined many of the streams of Kentucky in the interests of the United States Fish Commission. He was assisted by Hiram W. Monical, of Brooklyn, Ind., and Charles O. Chambers, of Van Wert, Ohio, also students in the University of Indiafa. The field work began July 23 and ended September 10. Mr. Monical assisted from July 23 to August 13 and Mr. Chambers from August 13 to September ro. In September and October, 1893, the writer examined many streams and springs in east Tennessee in the interests of the fish-cultural work of the United States Fish Commission. In that work he was assisted by the late Dr. Josiah T. Scovell, of Terre Haute, Ind., and Dr. Revere R. Gurley, scientific assistant, United States Fish Commission. The work began at Knoxville September 27 and ended at Cumberland Gap October 17. Considerable collections of fishes were made, which have only recently been reported on by Evermann and Hildebrand.¢ In May, 1898, the writer spent several days at Louisville, Ky., studying the Ohio shad and at the same time making collections of the other species of food fishes then found at the Falls of the Ohio. These collections were reported on by the author in 1902. Little or no ichthyological work of a faunistic character has been done in Kentucky and Tennessee since this work in 1898. ¢ Bulletin, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, vol. xxx1v, ro14 (Sept. 21, 1916), DD. 431-452. LIST OF WATERS EXAMINED. Following is a list, approximately complete, of all the waters of the Tennessee and Cumberland River systems and of other waters in the States of Kentucky and Ten- nessee from which collections of fishes have been made. The names of the streams or other waters are arranged alphabetically for ready reference. The particular place at which the stream was examined is indicated with some detail, the names of the collectors are given, and, when known, the exact date when the collecting was done, and, finally, reference to the paper in which the species collected were recorded. Amwine, or Matlock, Spring, near Mount Verd, 5 miles north of Athens, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 5, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Ball Creek, near Tazewell, Tenn. (Gurley, collector, October 18, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Bayou de Chien, just north of Moscow, Ky., also 3 miles west of that place (Woolman and Monical, col- lectors, July 29, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Bear Creek, Smyth County, Va. (Cope, collector, October, 1867; Cope, 1869). Beaver Creek, 6 miles north of Glasgow, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, August 6, 1890; Wool- man, 1892). Beaver Creek, above and below McCackney’s milldam in Wayne County, Ky. (Kirsch, collector, Sep- tember 3, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Big Barren River, three-fourths mile northeast of Bowling Green, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collec- tors, August 1, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Big Creek, at Big Creek, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 22, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Big Nance Creek, at Courtland, Ala., and for 3 miles down (Kirsch, Andrews, and Jones, collectors, June 7, 1889; Gilbert, r89r). Big Sandy River (Rafinesque, 1818). Big Sandy River, at its mouth (Gilbert and Henshall, collectors, 1888; Woolman, 1892). Big South Fork of the Cumberland, on the shoals near the mouth of Rock Creek, 7 miles west of Whitley station, Ky. (Kirsch, collector, September 7, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Big Spring, 8 miles southwest of Greenville, Tenn. (Scovell and Gurley, collectors, October 10, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Big Sycamore Creek, near Tazewell, Tenn. (Gurley, collector, October 18, 1893; Evermann and Hilde- brand, 1916). Blaine Creek, 2 miles west of the railroad bridge at Catalpa, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, September 8, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Briar Creek, near Pleasant View in Whitley County, Ky. (Jordan ana Swain, collectors, May, 1883; Jordan and Swain, 1883; Woolman, 1892). Brimstone Creek, for a distance of a mile near New River station, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, Septem- ber 9, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Bull Creek, 4 miles west of Hyden, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 23, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Callahan Springs, 5 miles northwest of Knoxville, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, September 27, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Canada Creek, at a point 8 miles above its mouth, Wayne County, Ky. (Kirsch, collector, September 4, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). 299 300 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Caney Fork River, 1 mile west of Lancaster, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, August 24, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Caves, near Lexington, Ky. (Rafinesque, 1820). Chickamauga Creek, at Lee and Gordon’s mill, Ga. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, Sep- tember 30, 1893: Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Chilohoway Creek, Smyth County, Va. (Cope, 1869). Clear Creek, 1 mile west of the railroad station at Wildie, or ro miles southwest of Livingston, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Clear Fork of Cumberland River, near Pleasant View, Whitley County, Ky. (Jordan and Swain, collec- tors, May, 1883; Jordan and Swain, 1883; Woolman, 1892). Clinch River, tributaries near Clinton, Tenn. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 1887). Clinch River, at Walkers Ford, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 12, 1893; Evermann and Hilderbrand, 1916). Clinch River (tributary of), Tenn. (Cope, 1870). Coon Creek, near Zebulon, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, September 5, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Cox Creek, near Florence, Ala. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 1888). Craigmiles Springs, 1 mile north of Cleveland, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 3, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Crawfish Springs, Ga. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, September 30, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Cypress Creek, near Florence, Ala. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 1887). Cypress Creek, near Florence, Ala. (Kirsch, Andrews, and Jones, collectors, June 5, 1889; Gilbert, 1891). Cumberland River (Rafinesque, 1820). Cumberland River (headwaters), in Campbell County, Tenn. (Cope, 1870); at Cumberland Falls (Ever- mann, collector, June, 1878). Cumberland River, 114 miles south of Kuttawa, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, July 26, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Cumberland River, both above and below the mill just south of Barbourville, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 14, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Cumberland River, just below the bridge between the railroad station and the town of Pineville, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 15, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Cumberland River, at the lock and dam at the mouth of Willis Creek in Clinton County, Ky. (Kirsch, collector, September 1, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Cutshin Creek, 4 miles east of Hyden, Ky., and 3 miles from the point where this creek flows into the Middle Fork (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 24, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Davis Springs, 114 miles northwest of Greenville, Tenn. (Scovell and Gurley, collectors, October 10, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Drake Creek, 8 miles southeast of Bowling Green, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, August 2, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Duck River, near Columbia, Tenn. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 189r). Eagle Creek, for a distance of 2 miles near Olympus, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, August 27, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Eastaunaula Creek, near Athens, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 6, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Elk River, at Estill Springs, Tenn. (Jordan and Gilbert, collectors, 1876; Jordan, 1878). Elkhorn River, Ky. (Rafinesque, 1820). Fountain Head Springs, at Fountain City near Knoxville, Tenn. (Evermann and Gurley, collectors, September 27, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). French Broad River, in Madison County, N. C. (Cope, 1870); at Alexander’s, N. C. (Evermann, col- lector, July 4, 1878). Gap Creek, near Pleasant View, Whitley County, Ky. (Jordan and Swain, collectors, May, 1883; Jordan and Swain, 1883). Goose Creek, near Garratsville, Ky., 15 miles from its mouth (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 20, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Green’s pond, or Newman Spring, 6 miles southeast of Chattanooga, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, September 29, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). FISHES OF KENTUCKY AND TENNESSEE. 301 Green River (Rafinesque, 1820). Green River, 5 miles southwest of Greensburg, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, August 7, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Green River, one-half mile east of Greensburg, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, August 8, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Hector Creek, 5 miles west of Big Creek, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 21, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Horse Creek, 2 miles above its mouth near Garratsville, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 20, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Hungrysmother Creek, Smyth County, Va. (Cope, 1869). Indian Creek, Clinton County, Ky. (Kirsch, collector, 1889-90; Kirsch, 1892). Indian Creek, near Cumberland Gap, Tenn. (Gurley, collector, October 17, 1893; Evermann and Hil- debrand, 1916). Island Creek, x mile from its mouth and 2 miles east of Pikeville, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, col- lectors, September 1, 1890; Woolman, 1892). John Creek, at Zebulon, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, September 5, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Julians Spring, about 8 miles southeast of Cleveland, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 4, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Kentucky River (Rafinesque, 1820). Kentucky River, near Estill (Rafinesque, 1820). King Solomon’s Cave, at Cumberland Gap, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 14, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Left Troublesome Creek, at Hindman, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 28, 1890; Wool- man, 1892). Levisa Fork of the Big Sandy River, at Pikeville, Ky (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, September 2, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Little Barren River, from the mill at Osceola, Ky., one-half mile downstream (Woolman and Monical, collectors, August 6, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Licking River (Rafinesque, 1820). Licking River, at Farmer, Rowan County, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, September 9, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Little Rockcastle River, 6 miles northeast of Livingston, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, August 12, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Little River, Ky. (Mr. Wilkins, collector, Rafinesque, 1820). Little Sandy River, at its mouth (Gilbert and Henshall, collectors, 1888; Woolman, 1892). Little South Fork of the Cumberland, at the mouth of Canada Creek, Wayne County, Ky. (Kirsch, collector, September 5, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Lot Creek, 2 miles west of Hazard and 1 mile from its mouth (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 26, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Lyon Creek, near the insane asylum, 5 miles west of Knoxville, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, September 28, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Mammoth Cave, Ky. (De Kay, collector; D. H. Storer, 1846). Mammoth Cave, Ky. (Alpheus Hyatt, collector; Putnam, 1872). Mallett Creek, near Hillsboro, Ala. (Kirsch, Andrews, and Jones, collectors, June 8, 1889; Gilbert, 1891). Matlock, or Arnwine Spring, near Mount Verd, 5 miles north of Athens, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 5, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Mayfield Creex, at the ‘Old Mill Pond’’ and the “Basin,’’ one-half mile east and three-fourths mile south of the railroad station at Hickory Grove, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, July 28, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Middle Fork of the Kentucky River, 4 miles north of Hyden, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 22, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Newman Spring, or Greens Pond, 6 miles southeast of Chattanooga, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gur- ley, collectors, September 29, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). New River, at New River station, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, September 9, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). 69571°—18——20 302 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Nickajack Cave and Stream, at Shellmound, 20 miles southwest of Chattanooga, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 2, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Nolichucky River, at Loves Ferry south of Greenville, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, col- lectors, October rz, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). North Fork of the Holston River, near Saltville, Va. (Cope, collector, October, 1867; Cope, 1869). North Fork of the Kentucky River, just south of Hazard, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 25, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Norvel Spring, 7 miles east of Athens, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 7, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Obeys River, for a distance of 114 miles near Olympus, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, August 28, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Obion River, 12 miles southeast of Moscow, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, July 30, 1890; Woolman, 1892). ; Ohio River at the Falls (Rafinesque, 1818-20; Evermann, collector, March, 1886, and May, 1898; Ever- mann, 1902). Ohio River (Rafinesque, 1818-20). Ohio River, at Cincinnati (Duméril, 1870). Otter Creek, near Jones milldam in Wayne County, Ky. (Kirsch, collector, September 2, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Ousley Spring, 8 miles from Tazewell, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 12, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Paynes Spring, 2 miles north of Cleveland, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 3, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Pigeon Roost Creek, near Pulaski, Tenn. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 1891). Pistol Creek, at Maryville, Tenn. (Evermann, collector, October 10, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Pitman Creek, 3 miles west of Greensburg, Ky., and 8 miles above its mouth (Woolman and Monical, collectors, August 9, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Pond near Lexington, Ky. (William M. Clifford, collector, 1818; Rafinesque, 1820). Pond Creek, 2 miles from Rockport, Ky., or one-half mile above its mouth (Woolman and Monical, collectors, July 25, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Powell River, 8 miles south of Cumberland Gap, Tenn. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 16, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Read’s spring, 7 miles north of Chattanooga, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, Octo- ber 1, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Redbird Creek (south fork of the Kentucky), 1 mile west of Big Creek, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 22, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Richland Creek, near Pulaski, Tenn. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 1891). Richland Creek, 114 miles west of Barbourville, Ky., near the mouth of Smoky Fork (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 14, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Right fork of Beaver Creek, at Lackey, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 29, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Roaring Fork, 5 miles north of Greenville, Tenn. (Scovell and Gurley, collectors, October ro, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Roaring River, a few miles from Windle, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, August 30, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Robinson Creek, near Robinson, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 30, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Rockcastle River, near Livingston, Ky. (Jordan and Gilbert, collectors, 1876; Woolman, 1892). Rockeastle River, just below the railroad bridge (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Woolman, 1892). Rockeastle River, one-half mile above the mouth of Little Rockcastle River (Woolman and Monical, collectors, August 12, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Rockcastle River, 2 miles from Livingston, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, August 13, 1890; Woolman, 1892). FISHES OF KENTUCKY AND TENNESSEE. 303 Rock Creek, in its lower course near Whitley railway station, Ky. (Kirsch, collector, September 7, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Rolling Fork of Salt River, near New Market, Ky. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Woolman, 1892). Rolling Fork of Salt River, 114 miles east of the railroad station at Booth, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, July 24, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Rolling Fork of Salt River, near New Haven, Ky. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Woolman, 1891). Rough Creek, below the mill at Hartford, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, July 25, 1890; Wool- man, 1892). Round Lick Creek, at Watertown, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, August 22, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Salt Creek, Ky. (Rafinesque, 1820). Salt River, Ky. (Rafinesque, 1820). Sandy River (Rafinesque, 1820). Shoal Creek, near Florence, Ala. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 1887). Shoal Creek, near Florence, Ala. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 1891). Shelby Creek, near its mouth near Robinson, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 30, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Slate Creek, Ky. (Mr. Owings, collector; Rafinesque, 1820). Smith Fork of Caney Fork River, 1 mile above the railroad bridge at Lancaster, Tenn. (Kirsch, col- lector, August 24, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Smoky Fork of Richland Creek, a half mile above its mouth near Barbourville, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 14, 1890; Woolman, 1892). South Fork of Cumberland River, in Campbell County, Tenn. (Cope, 1870). South Fork of the Kentucky River (Redbird Creek), 1 mile west of Big Creek, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 22, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Springs near Lexington, Ky. (Rafinesque, 1820). Spring Branch, at Tuscumbia, Ala. (Kirsch, Andrews, and Jones, collectors, June 6, 1889; Gilbert, 189r). Spring Creek near Hot Springs, N. C. (Jordan, Brayton, and Gilbert, collectors, 1877 and 1878; Jordan, Jenkins, and Evermann, collectors, 1888; Jordan and Brayton, 1878; and Jordan, 1889). Spring Creek, 314 miles northeast of Courtland, Ala. (Kirsch, Andrews, and Jones, collectors, June 7 1889; Gilbert, 1891). Spring Creek, at Huntsville, Ala. (Kirsch, Andrews, and Jones, collectors, May 27, 1889; Gilbert, 1891). Spring Creek, at Netherland, Overton County, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, August 25, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Spring Creek, at Springcreek station, Tenn., 12 miles from its mouth (Kirsch, collector, August 21, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Stiths Springs, 1 mile south of Cleveland, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 4, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Stone River, near Nashville, Tenn. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 1887). Straight Creek, 2 miles above its mouth, near Pineville, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 15, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Sturgeon Creek, near Travelers Rest, Ousley County, Ky. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert. 1887). : Tellico River, at Tellico Plains (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, October 7 and 8, 1893: Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Tennessee River (Rafinesque, 1820; Cope, 1867a). Tennessee River, near Florence, Ala. (Charles A. Hentz, collector; Storer, 1845). Tennessee River, near Huntsville, Ala. (Dr. Newman, collector; Agassiz, 1854; Duméril, 1870). Tennessee River, at the mouth of Lyon Creek, 5 miles west of Knoxville, Tenn. (Evermann, Scovell, and Gurley, collectors, September 28, 1893; Evermann and Hildebrand, 1916). Tennessee River, 3 miles above Paducah, Ky. (Woolman & Monical, collectors, July 28, 1890; Wool- man, 1892). Tradewater River, near Dawson Springs, Ky. (Woolman and Monical, collectors, July 26, 1890; Woolman, 1892). 304 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Triplet Creek, a half mile west of the railroad station at Farmer, Ky., and about the same distance from the mouth of the creek (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, September 9, 1890; Woolman, 1892). ‘Troublesome Creek, near Dwarf, Ky., at the crossing of the Hazard and Hindman road, 12 miles north- east of Hazard, Ky. (Woolman and Chambers, collectors, August 28, 1890; Woolman, 1892). Tumbling Creek, near Saltville, Va. (Cope, 1869). Tuscumbia Spring, at Tuscumbia, Ala. (Gilbert and Swain, collectors, 1884; Gilbert, 1887; Evermann, collector, January 8, 1gor). Veta Wright Creek, 3 miles south of Decatur, Ala. (Kirsch, Andrews, and Jones, collectors, June 1, 1889; Gilbert, 1891). Warm Springs Creek, in Madison County, N. C. (Cope, 1870). Well near Bowling Green, Ky. (J. E. Younglove, collector; Putnam, 1872). Well at Lebanon, Wilson County, Tenn. (J. M. Safford, collector; Putnam, 1872). Well near Moulton, Ala. (Thomas Peters, collector; Putnam, 1872). West Fork of Stone River, near Murfreesboro, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, August 20, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Willis Creek, at its mouth in Clinton County, Ky. (Kirsch, collector, September 1, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Wolf River, 3 miles north of Byrdstown, Tenn. (Kirsch, collector, August 28, 1891; Kirsch, 1893). Wolf Creek, near Pleasant View, Whitley County, Ky. (Jordan and Swain, collectors, May, 1883; Jordan and Swain, 1883; Woolman, 1892). Yellow Creek, near Pleasant View, Whitley County, Ky. (Jordan and Swain, collectors, May, 1883; Jordan and Swain, 1883). BIBLIOGRAPHY. In the following pages is given in chronological sequence a list of the papers of a faunistic nature dealing with the fishes of Kentucky and Tennessee. Following the title of each paper is a list of the species mentioned in it. For the sake of completeness in giving the contents of some of the earlier papers long since out of print and now almost if not quite impossible to obtain, all the species recorded are here listed, whether from the region covered by the present paper or not. The statement is usually given in tabular form and shows (1) the page on which the species is recorded, (2) the name under which it was recorded, (3) the present identi- fication, and (4) the particular stream or locality from which it was recorded. In giving the localities the exact words of the author have been used whenever it seemed desirable to do so. The names of species described as new are printed in ztalics. 1818. C. S. RAFINESQUE. Discoveries in Natural History, made during a Journey through the Western Region of the United States. cmve Chad eae .| Kentucky (Rafinesque). 41o | Leuciscus cephalus...............- Semotilus atromaculatus. . Do. 410 | Leuciscus Kentuckiemsis .......... Hybopsis kentuckiensis. .... ie Do. Ate) WOH CISCHS\CLOCEUS 2 ele ee aicisfersiale ate si Rhinichthys atronacus croceus....| Alabama. 417 | Leuciscus prolixus... Campostoma anomalum.......... 0. 418 | Leuciscus obesus................-+ Notropis cornutus......... ..| Florence, Ala. 418 | Pimephales promelas.............. Pimephales promelas. ..| Kentucky; Ohio (Rafinesque). 424 | Catostomus anisurus............... Moxostoma anisurum. .. ..| Ohio and most of its tributaries (Rafinesque). 424 | Catostomus melanops.............. Minytrema melanops. ..| Ohio River (Rafinesque). 424 | Catosotmus bubalus............... Ictiobus bubalus........ ..| Ohio and its tributaries (Rafinesque). 428 | Exoglossum macropterum......... Hypentelium nigricans. . .| Ohio River (Rafinesque). 430 | Peecilia olivacea................... Fundulus notatus..... Florence, 430 | Pcecilia catenata................055 Fundulus catenatus. 3 Do. 436 | Amblyopsis spel#us............... Amblyopsis spelzus. .. . ..| Mammoth Cave, Ky. (De Kay). 406 | Lepisosteus platostomus........... Lepisosteus platostomus.......... Ohio River (Rafinesque). 1854. L. AGAssIz. Notice of a Collection of Fishes from the Southern Bend of the Tennessee River, Alabama. Leptops olivaris. INQHOOS ATU US ood. de onacto naw e OGRE CAO Pee OeOG Schilbeodes eleutherus. The following species were listed on page 373 from Rockcastle River and tribu- taries in Rockcastle and Laurel Counties, Ky.: Species as recorded. Present identification. Ethostoma flabellares yj. aici sis icicievesslssersie cietsisis syeiate Etheostoma flabellare. Boleosoma maculatum............................-Boleosoma nigrum. Diplesitum simoterttms 5 j2\-c2-1s 5 sess selec e's Ulocentra simotera. AU Words ASPrOs ss see ee ase cite le orellore ete lae ie tintevete Hadropterus aspro. PELcinaieaprodes)r: aneote stan ceitelsy Rivers, creeks, and ponds of Kentucky (Rafinesque). 368 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. FIsHES oF KENTUCKY AND TENNESSEE, BY PRINCIPAL RIVER SystEMs—Continued. Licking River Names of species. Lower Cumberland Basin. Kentucky River Basin. Basin, Little Sandy River Basin. Big Sandy River Basin. Obion River Basin. Bayou de Chien, Recorded only from the Ohio River in Upper Cumberland Basin, Lower Tennessee Basin | Green River Basin. | Salt River Basin. | Etheostoma rupestre. Etheostoma zonale.. . Etheostoma camurum. . Etheostoma vulneratum Etheostoma maculatum. . meer Etheostoma cinereum............:02eeeeeeefeeeees Etheostoma tessellatum............00.000eJeeeeee Etheostoma rufilineatum..............2-..[-.005- Retrenstornia Sagittay. oe salsa srciereicisies alae s cleieis lvvetetars eieleteiele | upenselne Etheostoma jessiz..............5 ed Etheostoma luteovinctum. ................eeeeee[eee eee Etheostoma coeruleum ts Btheostoma obeyense.........5.00.-s0cceesfovesss[rcecee Rthenstoma wwirgatitin) joy cincoscce occ eene | vee emis Etheostoma squamiceps Etheostoma flabellare. . Etheostoma flabellare Psychromaster tuscumbia Boleichthysfusiforme............. Microperca.punctulata. Roccus chi XxX Upper Tennessee xxxXxXxXxX KX | Basin: is chrysops....... Aplodinotus grunniens. ae Cottus Ictalopay sige, cnciescistslsielanion elses se niem| bynes THE DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF BEAUFORT, N. C., AND THE SURROUNDING REGION & By W. P. Hay and C. A. Shore a Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Beaufort, N. C. 369 be a) , ' i ; Tryamten| (eet. we cay tal ab, | geasaees PrN. TS warat f Tih 7, cs % curs a ee yanite i : it i “ae f P é f Ly | is a | {¥ a1, Sie a me ee ar afi | 5 * eg 16 Sahota. wy Ue | ery “4 Hite i> i ic a. ‘hk 0 hen yva? Rape ? “4% ewes | « c sete th 38 neu i ” 3 og ae i Ht steohiaset nha In AyeloiAl exnitat wate b oink lb eon vacate ay Ree ee) ee THE DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF BEAUFORT, ; N. C., AND THE SURROUNDING REGION. Fd By W. P. HAY and C. A. SHORE. ad Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Beaufort, N. C. & INTRODUCTION. The following report on the decapod crustaceans of the region surrounding Beaufort, N. C., was begun by the junior author in 1904, while a student in the University of North Carolina, and was worked on actively for three years. During that time the crustacean material which had accumulated at the United States fisheries laboratory was studied and identified, much collecting was done and descriptions of most of the species known to occur in the region were prepared for publication. An extensive series of photo- graphs was also made for the purpose of illustrating the paper. At this point other duties intervened and made it necessary to permanently abandon all hope of completing the report. In 1912 the senior author took up the work. It was hoped at first to bring the paper to an early conclusion, but it soon became evident that several seasons’ work would be required to produce a satisfactory result. The nomenclature and synonymy of the species already described had to be brought up to date, the rather extensive collections of five or six years had to be worked over, and numerous additional descrip- tions and photographs had to be prepared. As the work progressed it became clearly evident that the needs of the student of crustaceans would be best served by the prepara- tion of entirely new and uniform descriptions of all the species. Although this involved the rewriting of all the descriptions of the junior author and the preparation of a new series of photographs, the task was undertaken and pushed forward as rapidly as other duties would permit. It is now brought to a conclusion with the belief that future collecting will add but few species to the list. The growth of our knowledge of the crustacean fauna of the Beaufort region has been slow and extends over many years. The first collector, of whose work we have a record, was William Stimpson, who visited Beaufort, in company with T. N. Gill, in 1860. In his brief account of this trip® he gives a list of 38 species of decapod crusta- ceans which he had collected. In 1871 Elliott Coues, at that time an Army surgeon, stationed at Fort Macon, published the second of his “ Notes on the fauna of Fort Macon, N. C., and vicinity (No. 2)’”® which included a list of 27 species of decapods, @ Amer. Jour. Sciences and Arts, series 2, vol. XXX, p. 442-445. 1860. > Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. xxm, p. 120-124. 1871. 371 372 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 8 of which were additions to Stimpson’s list. Seven years later Coues and Yarrow, in the fifth installment of “ Notes on the fauna of Fort Macon, N. C., and vicinity (No. 5)’’? gave a short list of 6 species, 2 of which had not appeared in any previous list. An appendix to the same paper, by J. S. Kingsley, entitled “‘A list of the decapod crus- taceans of the Atlantic coast whose range embraces Fort Macon,’’® included 63 species, of which 51 were definitely credited to Beaufort or Fort Macon and 3 were additions to the fauna. A year later the same author published a paper under the title, ““On a collection of crustaceans from Virginia, North Carolina, and Florida, with a revision of the genera of Crangonide and Palemonide’’* in which he mentions 36 species as having come from Beaufort or Fort Macon. Of these, 8 were new records. The collection which was the subject of Kingsley’s report had been made by Prof. H. E. Webster, of Union College. It was later transferred, in part at least, to the United States National Museum and supplied the types of Lepidopa webstert Benedict and Pinnixa cristata Rathbun, both of which were collected near Beaufort. During the years that Johns Hopkins University maintained its seaside laboratory at Beaufort, the crustaceans were studied by Dr. Brooks and a number of his students. A great deal was added to the knowledge of the habits and development of some of the species, but only one or two new ones were added to the fauna.? The manuscript of the junior author included 87 species, but he omitted 8 which had been listed by the writers already mentioned. His additions to the fauna were 33 species, making a total of 95 species for the Beaufort region. The careful and systematic survey of the offshore fishing banks by the steamer Fish Hawk during the summers of 1914 and 1915, energetic shore and shallow water collecting by parties from the laboratory and the inclusion of the fresh-water species of the region have enabled the senior author to add 57 species to those already known, and the detection by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun of a hitherto unknown species of Parapinnixa brings the total to 153. The status of some of these species may justly be questioned, but it has been thought advisable to include all that have been reported from the region and all which, from what is known of their habits and distribution, are reasonably certain, sooner or later, to fall into the hands of the collector. There are also included several species which are perhaps, strictly speaking, deep-water forms ranging well beyond the 50-fathom line. In nearly all cases, however, they are represented in our collections by specimens from shallower water or are known to enter shallower water in localities not far to the north or to the south. The report thus becomes virtually a descriptive list of the decapod crustaceans of the Middle Atlantic coast, and, to a large measure, fills the gap between the various lists of New England, New York, and New Jersey crustaceans, and the Porto Rican fauna described by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun. It includes a large proportion of the species whose northern limit of distribution has been supposed to be in the neigh- borhood of Charleston, S. C., together with many that, up to the present, have not been known north of Florida or the West Indies. @ Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phil., vol. xxx, p. 297-315. 1878. b Ibid., p. 316-330. ¢ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. xxx, p. 383-427, pl. 14. 1879. 4 Stenopus hispidus, the larval form of which was reported by Brooks and Herrick (Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., v, 339-352) is not included in the present paper. The adult has not been collected north of the Bahamas. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 373 The general aspect of the decapod fauna of the Beaufort region is subtropical. Un- questionably the great influx of species have been from the south, and the comparatively few northern ones that occur are evidently at a disadvantage. The Gulf Stream sweeping up along the coast at no great distance from the shore has doubtless been the route by which numerous crustaceans, often in the larval stages, have come northward. Some of these have been able to establish themselves while others are more or less regularly replaced by new individuals as the old ones are killed during the colder months of the year. The offshore fishing banks offer peculiarly favorable conditions for the life of these tropical species of crustaceans, and of fishes, echinoderms, ccelenterates, and sponges as well, and have yielded some 30 species of decapods which have rarely, if ever, been taken closer to the shore. The Gulf Stream and the prevailing south and southeast winds bring to the region, and often into the harbor, great quantities of drifting Sargasswm among which large num- bers of the smaller pelagic crabs and shrimps have taken shelter. In nearly all cases, the females of these species are laden with eggs, but it is probable that few if any of these survive the journey into the shallower and quieter waters along the coast. Some of the pelagic species, however, are so constant in their occurrence and their larval forms are so frequently met with that it is evident that they breed at no great distance from, if not within, the region. For the truly local fauna, comprising the species that are firmly established and which can readily be obtained by ordinary methods of collecting, the shallow waters of the sounds and Beaufort Harbor, with their broad expanses of sand and mud flats, and the salt marshes which extend for miles along their margins offer an ideal home. The shrimps and swimming crabs are found in abundance in the deeper waters or among the eel grass near the marshes. Mud crabs and various burrowing species occur on the muddy bottoms, and myriads of fiddler crabs are to be seen on the mud flats along the margin of the marshes at low tide. Incertain parts of the harbor there are areas of shelly bottom of considerable extent, and it is in such places that shrimps of the genus Sicyonia and crabs of the genera Lithadia, Speleophorus and Heterocrypta occur. On the sandy bottoms the purse crabs (Persephona) and the box crabs (Hepatus) are occasionally found along with numbers of lady crabs (Ovalipes) and blue crabs, both Callinectes sapidus and C. ornatus. ‘The sand flats, especially if there is an admixture of mud, are good collecting grounds for the burrowing and commensal species such as Upogebia affinis, Polyonyx macrocheles, and the various species of Pinnixa. Among the beds of oyster shells Upo- gebia and the species of Crangon are to be found. The sandy shores support such species as Emerita talpoida, Albunea gibbesii, and Areneus cribrarius. ‘These same shores, but in their higher levels, are inhabited by great numbers of the sand crabs (Ocypode albicans) whose curious appearance is certain to command the attention of even the most unob- servant visitor and whose fleetness of foot will astonish him. About the rock jetties and the wharves the agile wharf crabs (Sesarma cinerea) are always in evidence. ‘The fresh waters of the region have been very inadequately explored but it may safely be said that not more than the three species of crawfishes and one species of shrimp described in this paper will be found there. @ The location and character of these banks have been described by Radcliffe, Bureau of Fisheries, Economic Circular No. 8. 374 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. In questions of nomenclature the authors have adhered rigidly to the “Code of Nomenclature’ of the American Ornithologists’ Union. As is usual in papers of this nature, the synonymies of this paper have proved to be one of the most difficult and laborious parts of its preparation. It has been found impracticable to include citations to all the literature, but such citations as are given have been carefully verified and a conscientious effort has been made to include all that may be of value and to exclude all that have no special bearing on the question at hand. The classification adopted is that of Borradaile * and the characters of the families, suborders, and tribes have been taken almost bodily from his paper. ‘The sequence of families and genera follows the one adopted by the United States National Museum. As far as possible the important diagnostic characters of the families and genera have been incorporated in the keys and are often repeated, in part, in the species descriptions. In addition to this, because of the somewhat new classification that has been adopted, brief diagnoses of the families and higher groups have been included in dactyl propodus carpus meros ischium basos coxa palm i thumb Fic. 1.—A crustacean leg showing epipod and Fic. 2.—A subchelate Fic, 3.—Chela of a crab, exopod. limb of a crustacean. the body of the paper. It has not been thought necessary to include diagnoses of the genera as most of these have been sufficiently defined in Dr. Rathbun’s report on the Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico, a paper which should be in the hands of anyone who attempts to work with the decapod crustaceans of our southern coast. Throughout the progress of their work, both authors have received the assistance of their associates in the Beaufort laboratory and the permanent force at the station on occasions too numerous and in ways too varied to be itemized. It is a pleasure, how- ever, to acknowledge the many evidences of friendly interest that have been shown. In a more definite manner we are under many obligations to the Division of Marine Invertebrates of the United States National Museum, where Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, Dr. J. E. Benedict, and Mr. Waldo L. Schmitt have given us invaluable assistance. Through their kindness it has been possible to compare our materials with the accurately labeled specimens in the National Museum, to consult literature that otherwise would have been obtained only with great difficulty, and to obtain a final settlement of numerous perplexing questions of identification and nomenclature. @ Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 7, vol. XIx, p. 457-486. 1907. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 375 KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS WHICH ARE REPRESENTED IN THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. General form shrimplike—the abdomen well developed and, usually, with the cephalothorax also, compressed; pleopods always present in full number and used for swimming. .(Suborder Natantia). b. Pleura of second segment of abdomen not overlapping those of the first segment. . (Tribe Peneidea). c. First three pairs of legs chelate; all of the legs well developed...... Family PENEID& (p. 377). cc. None of the legs chelate; last two pairs of legs small or wanting... . Family SERGESTID (p. 381). bb. Pleura of second segment of abdomen overlapping those of the first segment... .(Tribe Caridea). c. Carpus of second pair of legs subdivided into two or more articles. d. Eyestalks short and usually covered by the carapace; first pair of legs stronger than the SECON Ath osha cca 5 eisyeccsesio el tole attePaL Na) selon ans bte ate palace fase a Family CRANGONID& (p. 382). dd. Eyestalks of medium length or long, not covered by the carapace; first pair of legs not stronger C than the second pair. e. Rostrum small or wanting; eyestalks very long and slender; first two pairs of legs SUPE GN AM eek, caterer cis rsin eicialstheteecyeeeeapasenekencee mye (eine rom srccamie e faie asec Family Ocyrip& (p. 388). ee. Rostrum well developed; eyestalks not abnormally lengthened; second pair of legs usually longer orstronger than first pair. i)... cso ene wee cies ye Family HirpoLytIp& (p. 390). cc. Carpus of second pair of legs not subdivided. d. Rostrum well developed and compressed; first pair of legs not subchelate. e. Third pair of maxillipeds pediform; body slender......... Family PaLajMONID& (p. 392). ee. Third pair of maxillipeds very broad; body short and thick. Family GNaTHOPHYLLIDA(p. 395). dd. Rostrum short; not compressed; first pair of legs subchelate..... Family CRAGONIDA (p. 396). aa. General form lobsterlike or crablike—the abdomen may be well developed or greatly reduced in size, but in either case it, and, usually, the cephalothorax also is depressed; pleopods reduced Orabsent ioe ised forms WAMIMINGS or o.-.< etalateameyas ic oe kaiceus odoin eae hiss sya, sicinieaie (Suborder Reptantia). b. Abdomen extended, symmetrical, well armored, with well-developed pleura and broad tail fin; third pair of legs like the first, either chelate or simple; branchiz numerous. c. Rostrum small or wanting; exopodites of uropods not sharply divided into two parts (Section Palinura). d. Body subcylindrical; antennz with strongly developed flagella. . Family PaLiInurIDa& (p. 398). dd. Body strongly depressed; antenne short, squamiform........ Family ScyLLARID (p. 398). cc. Rostrum well developed; exopodites of uropods divided into two parts by a suture (Section Astacura). d. Marine species; last segment of thorax coalesced with the one in front of it Family Homarip& (p. 399). dd. Fresh-water species; last segment of thorax not coalesced with the one in front (0) dah Paes RICO CORTES OEE OIE OT oir eet een eee Family Astacrpa (p. 400). bb. Abdomen bent upon itself or flexed beneath the thorax, or, rarely, soft and extended; pleura usually small or wanting; third pair of legs unlike the first, never chelate; branchize usually few. c. Uropods usually present, often reduced in size, sometimes united with the telson; last thoracic sternum free; carapace not fused with the epistome.................... (Section Anomura). d. Abdomen well developed. e. Abdomen symmetrical; tail fan well developed. f. Abdomen more or less flexed beneath the thorax; body depressed. . Tribe Galatheidea. g. Form somewhat lobsterlike; rostrum well developed...Family GaLATHEIDA (p. 401). gg. Form crablike; rostrum short and broad or wanting. Family PoRCELLANID& (p. 403). jf. Abdomen extended, more or less membranous; cephalothorax compressed (Tribe AGLASStmided) SAM Yad hie eet ae Naik le wee Family CaLLIANASsSIDa (p. 406). ce. Abdomen unsymmetrical; tail fan reduced and adapted for holding the body in hollow Opjectss 8 (DriberPagurided) ata.) oectocy)osSsici ern cise 4 sarees Family Pacuripa (p. 408). dd. Abdomen much reduced in size and flexed under the thorax; tail fan not adapted for swim- NIN eT OGURA ITs SEAL OL: WATLEEEL EN xray «ac oieycfaloig siese/aase/c\ni=.siaiova!s oialalsfalateetsiers (Tribe Hippidea). e. First pair of legs simple; carapace subcylindrical............. Family Hieprpa (p. 416). ee. First pair of legs subchelate; carapace depressed........... Family ALBUNEID& (p. 414). ec. Uropods rarely present, never biramous; abdomen small and permanently flexed beneath the thorax; first pair of legs always chelate or subchelate..............-. (Section Brachyura). 376 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. d. Buccal frame roughly quadrate. e. Last pair of legs modified in form and dorsal in position; openings of oviducts on coxopo- dites; first pleopods present in the female..............-...00eeeeeeee (Tribe Dromiacea). jf. Eyes completely sheltered by orbits. .........................Family DRommpa& (p. 417). jf. Eyes not sheltered by orbits. g. Legs of moderate length; gills 13 or 14 on each side..... Family Homo.ip# (p. 419). gg. Legs excessively long and slender; gills 8 on each side. Family LATREMLID& (p. 419). ee. Last pair of legs normal in form and position; openings of oviducts on the sternum; first Dleopods wantin ii CMe PemMaAle: yon) ce, ssicilanlejotelereoiste alsiapeseiaelebset rte (Tribe Brachygnatha). jf. Body of medium width or broad in front; rostrum reduced or wanting; orbits well formed ss oeheie son ieee (Sie. g CANS a tepayave nies s Po picitle Bie ersieee brain cts leimteverenteecione (Subtribe Brachyrhyncha). g. Free-living crabs with well-developed eyes and firm, hard carapace. h. Carapace broad, short, rounded anteriorly. i. Distal articles of last pair of legs broad and thin, paddlelike...................... M oleraitle sin svoaiciauaie easetolaie sinceis eile sieves el guaca isi otetatete esere'e ai Family PortuNnID& (p. 426). i. Distal articles of last pair of legs not paddlelike. j. Antennules folding longitudinally; outer maxillipeds long, overlapping the epi- SCOMIG ope etesicse tiniepon ctevclcnccttrnicie Sie esttelessiete epeeee permet Family CANcRIDa (p. 434). jj- Antennules folding transversely or obliquely transversely; outer maxillipeds usually not overlapping the epistome. k. Body usually transversely oval................. Family XanrTHip& (p. 435). kk. Body usually square or squarish............. Family Gonopiacip (p. 442). hh. Carapace more or less quadrilateral; frontal region curved downward. i. Front broad, eyestalks of moderate length or short... .Family Grapsipa (p. 447). ii. Front of moderate width or narrow; eyestalks often very long.................. Riel srastohcerianre Recaieaeree errata acre coa tiene eeis Family Ocypopipa (p. 450). gg. Small commensal crabs with very small eyes and orbits; carapace usually more or less EMEMMDLANOUS 2.07. crocs siseiesteine eletersise lace this cee e ee Family PINNOTHERIDA (p. 442). jf. Body narrowed in front; rostrum usually distinct; orbits usually incomplete............ eyorer chats teeia a steps hc istsretanese end Giesees oats ete tate tore iace sie veleiereteve ovarete che eitieaees (Subtribe Oxyrhyncha). g. Chelipeds not a great deal larger than the other legs........ Family Inacaipa (p. 452). gg. Chelipeds much larger than any of the other legs...... Family PARTHENOPID4: (p. 461). dd. Buccal frame triangular, produced over the epistome............... (Tribe Oxystomaia). e. First pair of legs chelate; body and legs normal; antenne small. jf. Front of body not specially produced and upturned; eyes of normal size; maxillipeds MOLE MeALly MOLIZONCAL ecto feis ereisioreves-ietetciasarstetneteteveereeerrcl cites Family Caapprpaj (p. 420). jf. Front of body produced into a projecting, upturned mass bearing the small eyes close together and closed in front by the more nearly vertical maxillipeds.................. Bes Hee aN erCoEEacLt oe} SET aBiS to paren Htienn alt | Qi otal, aceon c Family Leucosupa (p. 423). ee. First pair of legs subchelate; body more or less abnormal in shape; last one or two pairs of legs more dorsal than the others; antenne large............. Family RANINIDa (p. 420). Suborder NATANTIA. Decapod crustaceans of a shrimplike form having the abdomen strongly developed and compressed, with its first segment little, if any, smaller than the others and with five pairs of well-developed pleopods which are used for swimming. ‘The cephalothorax is usually also compressed and the legs are slender except that any one of the first three pairs may be robust and chelate. Podobranchia are rarely present on the first three pairs of legs and never on the last two pairs. ‘The rostrum is usually strongly developed and compressed. This important suborder, which comprises 185 genera, is divided into 3 tribes, of which 2 are represented in the Beaufort fauna. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 377 Tribe PENEIDEA. Natantia having the third pair of legs chelate but not stouter than the two preceding pairs, the pleura of the first abdominal segment not overlapped by those of the second, the abdomen without a sharp bend and the first abdominal appendages of the male with asexual apparatus. ‘The gills are never developed as phyllobranchiz. This tribe comprises 2 families, both of which have representatives in the Beaufort fauna. Family PENEIDAE. Peneidea having the last two pairs of legs well developed and the gills numerous. This family comprises 23 genera, of which 4 are represented in the Beaufort region. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Integument thin; abdomen smooth, not carinate anteriorly; trunk legs with exopodites; pleopods PICATHOUS eer yer tehmreatiem maa tisitie afectsisitte tsetse tinier eersisieeiaisienie'e eee teste (Subfamily Peneine). 6. Endopodite of first maxilla elongate and segmented. ...........cceccceccccccccscusccecce Peneus. bb. Endopodite of first maxilla short and unsegmented. c. Exopodites present on all, or all but the last pair of legs; antennular flagella moderately long; no pleurobranchie on the last two thoracic somites.................0eeeeeeee Trachypeneus. cc. Exopodites wanting on all the legs; antennular flagella short; no pleurobranch on the last thoracic SOMMEG Ty eee tte eerie cioloteicieie hereraiarsr steer rislrcie siatisioelccatasccne syavevectaie trols em eisiet Parapeneus. aa. Integument rigid; abdomen more or less carinate throughout its length and marked with furrows; trunk legs without exopodites; pleopods all uniramous......... (Subfamily Sicyonine) Sicyonia. Genus PENEUS Weber. Peneus Weber, 1795, P. 94. Peneus Fabricius and most subsequent writers. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Dorsal surface of carapace with a carina extending from the rostrum nearly to the posterior margin andjbordered oneachiside bya deep Sulcus). jaijacieiak cele sales olaie ie o,010blera alee aiclssald via sla brasiliensis. aa. Dorsal carina about two-thirds as long as carapace and with shorter lateral sulci........ seliferus. Peneus brasiliensis Latreille. Shrimp. Pl. xxv, fig. 6. Penaeus brasiliensis Latreille, 1817, p. 156; Stimpson, 1871, p. 132; Coues, 1871, p. 124; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 330; Rathbun, I901, P. 100; Sumner, 1911, p. 665. Integument thin, polished, and translucent. Carapace with a high median carina, continuous in front with the rostrum; extending back almost to the posterior margin of the carapace, and bordered on each side by a deep and broad sulcus; posterior half of carina with a median longitudinal groove; anterior half arcuate, highest above orbit and with nine or ten sharp serrations, the posterior one of which is almost halfway back on the carapace and remote from the others while the anterior six or seven are on the rostrum proper. Lower margin of rostrum with two or three spines, the tip slender, hori- zontal, and unarmed. Anterior margin of carapace with a strong spine below the base of the eyestalk from which a carina extends backward nearly to the well-marked hepatic spine. Cervical groove extending only halfway from hepatic spine to dorsal carina. A subhorizontal suture below the hepatic spine. Fourth, fifth, and sixth segments of the abdomen carinate, the sixth having the carina bordered on each side by asulcus. Telson with a deep median groove and an acuminate tip. Eyes large and prominent, on rather slender stalks. Peduncle of first antenna slightly exceeding tip of rostrum. Second antenna with its scale longer than rostrum, flagellum about one and one-half times as long as body. Legs slender and rather short, the three anterior pairs chelate. Pleopods well developed, all except the first pair provided with two foliaceous branches. Length of a female, tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 158 mm.; carapace, 52 mm. 378 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. In Beaufort Harbor and neighboring localities, especially in the brackish creeks to the north and east of the town this species is abundant. In suitable places great schools of shrimps are found in the summer and fall and are caught for shipment to northern markets. These schools often consist of both P. brasiliensis and P. setiferus, though the former appears to be the more numerous. Locally shrimps are eaten and are in some demand for use as fish bait. Large individuals are found throughout the summer, but those of immature size appear to be most abundant during the early months of the season. In the fall nearly all are full grown and are to be found in large schools outside the harbor where they are fished for with purse nets. At one haul in 1912 in the bight at Cape Lookout 240 boxes, weighing about 150 pounds each, were taken and shipped from Beaufort to northern markets. Peneus setiferus (Linneus). Shrimp. Pl. xxv, fig. 5. Cancer setiferus Linneus. 1767, p. 1054. Penaeus fluviatilis Say, 1818, p. 236. Peneus setiferus Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, p. 414 [1837], 1837, p. 414; Gibbes, 1850, D. 199; Stimpson, 1871, p. 133; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 330; Fowler, 1912, p. 316. In form and general appearance similar to P. brasiliensis but with the median carina of the carapace conttued backward only about two-thirds the length of the carapace, not grooved posteriorly, with the lateral sulci terminating near the most posterior serration, and provided with nine or ten sharp teeth above, of which the anterior six are on the rostrum proper. Tip of rostrum long and slender, the first spine being about opposite the eye, gently upcurved distally, except the tip which is sometimes depressed; lower surface with two teeth. Spine behind eye, hepatic spine and suture below the latter essentially as in P. brasiliensis, cervical groove shorter than in that species. Abdominal segments as in P. brasiliensis. Peduncle of first antenna considerably and scale of second antenna slightly shorter than rostrum; flagellum of second antenna twice as long as body. In life the animal is translucent, almost transparent, bluish white with dusky bands and patches composed of minute scattered black specks. The rostrum and sides are tinged with pink. The blades of the pleopods are marked with dark red. The antennz are dark brown. The uropods have the tips of their blades a very dark brown purple with a narrow stripe of light greenish-yellow along the margin. After death the body whitens and the colors stand out with greater distinctness. The longer and more slender rostrum, longer antenne and the shorter sulci lateral to the dorsal carina of the carapace distinguish this species at once from P. brasiliensis. This shrimp appears to attain abundance earlier in the summer than does P. brasiliensis and comes to market during the last weeks of July or in early August. Several boat loads were seen late in July, 1912, the first lots consisting of small specimens, the later ones nearly all full grown. Genus TRACHYPENEUS Alcock. Trachypeneus Alcock, 1901, p. 15. Trachypeneus constrictus (Stimpson). Pl. xxv, fig. 9. Peneus constrictus Stimpson, 1871, p. 135; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 330. Parapeneus constrictus Smith, 1885a, p. 174; Rathbun, 1901, p. ror. Integument smooth and polished, dorsal region of carapace with very fine short, appressed sete. Carapace carinated on its anterior three-fourths, with a spine behind base of rostrum. Antennal and hepatic spines well developed. Lateral groove extending about three-fifths the length of carapace. Rostrum reaching middle of penultimate segment of first antenna, directed slightly upward, its upper margin usually slightly arched and bearing usually seven (7-9) equidistant teeth diminishing in size toward extremity. Peduncle of first antenna extending beyond eye as far as length of eye; very pu- bescent above. Abdomen carinate from fourth to sixth segment. Telson with two rounded carine above, tapering to a short, acuminate tip, armed on either side with a short spine. Length of a female, 54 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 18 mm.; rostrum, 6 mm, Color in life, translucent white, with purplish gray cloudings and blotches; appendages pinkish. Specimens occasionally occur within the harbor. On the Blackfish Banks it is more common but is never taken in large numbers. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 379 Genus PARAPENZUS Smith. Parapeneus Smith, 1885a, p. 170. KEY TO THE SPECIES. a. Dorsal margin of rostrum with less than 12 teeth; eyes of moderate size.................. politus. aa. Dorsal margin of rostrum with 12 to 15 teeth; eyes very large.................0.00000- megalops. Parapenzus politus Smith. Pl. xxv, fig. 7. Parapeneus politus Smith, 1881, p. 444; ibid., 1885a, p. 172. Integument smooth and polished, carapace not setose. Carapace with a low median carina, con- tinuous in front with the rostrum, extending back almost to the posterior margin and bearing a small spine some distance behind base of rostrum. Rostrum arched, distal half deflexed, about as long as eye and falling short of the first article of the antennulary peduncle, dorsal margin with six teeth dimin- ishing in size anteriorly, ventral margin heavily ciliate. Hepatic, antennal and branchiostegal spines well developed, the last placed a little behind the margin of the carapace. A shallow groove extends from behind the eye almost to the posterior margin of the carapace and another, extremely faint, runs upward from the inferior margin at the base of the second pair of legs. Abdomen two and one-fourth times as long as carapace; fourth, fifth, and sixth segments carinate, the carina ending on each segment in a small tooth. Sixth abdominal segment a little more than twice the length of the fifth. Telson tapering to a sharp point, furrowed above and with a slender spine on each side near the tip. Two specimens, 50 and 60 mm. long, respectively, were taken by the Fish Hawk off Beaufort Inlet in water not exceeding 180 fathoms deep. They differ somewhat, principally in the more strongly curved rostrum, from typical P. politus and were at first thought to be specifically distinct, but a careful comparison with the specimens of that species in the United States National Museum shows that these differences are too slight to be worthy of recognition. Parapeneus megalops Smith. PI. xxv, fig. 8. Parapeneus megalops S. 1. Smith, 188sa, p. 172; Rathbun, 1901, p. 102. Covering of abdomen and carapace naked and smooth. Carapace carinate on its anterior half, the carina with a spine behind base of rostrum. Rostrum elevated, arched, terminal half very slender, upper surface armed with 12 to 15 spiniform teeth crowded posteriorly, but becoming more remote and smaller anteriorly; tip reaching to distal end of antennal scales in females; shorter in males. Antennal, hepatic, and branchiostegal spines well developed. No antennal suture. Eyes extremely large, extend- ing laterally beyond carapace. Antennal peduncles extending beyond eyes less than length of eyes; terminal segment longer than penultimate. Fourth to sixth segments of abdomen with a thin, sharp, median carina. ‘Telson with a lateral as well as two dorsal carine. Length of male, tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 9t mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 24 mm.; ros- trum, 9 mm. A few specimens were dredged by the Fish Hawk in deep water off Cape Lookout. Genus SICYONIA H. Milne-Edwards. Sicyonia H. Milne-Edwards, 1830, p. 339. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Dorsal carina of carapace with three teeth. 5. Rostrum with two teeth above and two or three spines at tip...............0......00. levigata. bb. Rostrum with three or four teeth above; short; acute at CUD ooh apetive a kavaort Sustaets oto brevirostris. aa. Dorsal carina of carapace with two teeth. 6. Rostrum with three teeth above and one below..............c0seeccecccescccerenevens dorsalis. Ube, Rostrum wet dtworsmn all teethyapove:,o.a:)55, was an inhabitant of the branchial chamber. Fic. 6.—Synalpheus longicarpus. After Coutiére. a Smith, Sidney I.: Report Commissioner of Fisheries for 1885, p. 54. 0 Phrycus subcaudalis Hay and Synsynellaedeformans Hay, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 41, pp. 569-572, 1916. 384 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Synalpheus townsendi Coutiére. Pl. xxv1, fig. 1. Synalpheus townsendi Coutiére, 1909, p. 32. Similar in form to S. longicarpus but with a much slenderer rostrum which considerably exceeds the supra-orbital lobes and reaches slightly beyond the distal end of the basal article of the antennule. The sides of the telson are not as strongly convergent and are slightly produced into little angles at the distal end and the inner pair of spines are slender and about three times as long as the outer one on each side. The spineon the basal article of the antennule reaches beyond the end of the article and slightly exceeds the rostrum. The spine of the basal article of the antenna extends to about the middle of the spine of the second arti- a \ cle, while the latter slightly exceeds the distal end of the third article of the antennule. The smaller cheliped lacks the brush of curled hairs on the movable finger and the larger one has the upper margin of the movable finger ele- a vated into athick crest. Second pair of legs with the car- pus divided into five articles which have the approximate proportions of 5, 1.5, 1, I, 2. Length of a female, 16 mm.; carapace, 7 mm. Color in life, body and legs a light pellucid pinkish red, the large chela, pink changing to green on the fingers. Five specimens of a little snapping shrimp which have been identified as this species were taken at the fishing d banks (station 7943) in 1314 fathoms of water. Another series was taken at the same locality (station 8293) from the interior of a large sponge dredged in 16fathoms. They do not agree in all respects with Coutiére’s description and fig- ures, but appear to stand about halfway between his variety brevispinis and the typical form. The species has been previously reported from the coast of North Carolina and its presence on the fishing banks is not surprising. Fic. 7.—Synalpheus townsendi. a, Front of carapace and appendages; 5, telson; c, second leg; d, large cheliped. Genus CRANGON (=ALPHEUS of most authors). Crangon Weber, 1795, D- 94- Alpheus Fabricius, 1798, p. 380; Coutiére, 1899, p. 336. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION.® a. Orbital lobes of carapace with a small spine in front..... S TUSI SE SRAtS Otae FORE an neem ie ‘ormosus. aa. Orbital lobes of carapace without a distinct spine. : b. Orbital lobes forming a toothlike projection; large hand with a groove above and below along outer margin and between these grooves a tooth...............ee sees eee e nen ee ees packardit. bb. Orbital lobes rounded; hand broad and notched on both margins. c. Base of rostrum passing gradually into the lateral dorsal surface................ heterochalis. cc. Base of rostrum with its borders sharply defined............:seeeeeeseeeeeceeeenes armillatus. Crangon formosus (Gibbes). Pl. xxvi, fig. 5. Alpheus formosus Gibbes, 1850, p. 196; Rathbun, 1901, p. 106. Alpheus poeyi Guérin Meneville, 1857, p. 10. Carapace one-half as long as the abdomen, compressed, not grooved; rostrum beginning at pos- terior line of the eyes and reaching, or nearly reaching, the second article of the antennule, flat above, its margins concave at base but nearly parallel anteriorly and with scattered stiff hairs; the tip rounded, with two or three minute spines; orbital lobes with an acute, anteriorly directed spine much shorter than the rostrum. a In the account of his trip to Beaufort, Stimpson (Amer. Jour. Sci. & Arts, ser. 2, vol. XXIX, D. 442-445, 1860) mentions Alpheus intermedius as a member of the Beaufort fauna. It has been impossible to ascertain what species he had in mind and a thorough review of the literature has failed to bring to light any crustacean described under that name. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 385 Antennules with the inner branch filiform; outer branch thick, but bearing near its tip a filiform extension; basal spine slightly exceeding the first article. Amntennular scale slightly longer than the peduncle, basal spine shorter than basal spine of antennule. Chelz very unequal; the larger one com- pressed (but not nearly so much as in C. heterochelis) smooth above and unnotched along the margins; movable finger about one-fourth as long as hand; smaller chela much slenderer, its inner surface with a stout spine overhanging the base of the movable finger; the latter about half as long as hand. Carpal articles of second pair of legs having the proportion 4, 1.7, 1, I, 2. Length of an ovigerous female, 31 mm.; carapace, rr mm. Color: Along the median line, extending from the distal end of the peduncles of the antennules to the base of the telson a narrow light stripe, light orange-yellow anteriorly merging into yellowish green and finally gray posteriorly; on each side of this a broad stripe of chocolate brown; below this, along each side, a stripe of white; and below this a stripe of light vinaceous brown followed on the abdomen by a border of ultramarine blue. The chele are greenish brown with orange-red fingers. The antennules, antennz, and walking legs are ultramarine blue. The telson and tail fins are blotched and bordered with yellow. Two specimens, one a female with eggs almost ready to hatch, of this strikingly colored snapping shrimp were taken by the Fish Hawk on the fishing grounds at a depth of about 15 fathoms. The spe- cies was described by Gibbes from Key West, Fla., and since that time it has not been reported on the coast of the United States. It has, however, been collected in Porto Rico, Cuba, Bermudas, and Brazil. Crangon packardii (Kingsley). Pl. xxv1, fig. 4. Alpheus packardii Kingsley, 1879 (1880), p. 417; Rathbun, gor, p. 107. Alpheus bermudensis Bate, 1888, p. 547- Alpheus minus Herrick, in Brooks and Herrick, 1892, p. 372. Carapace about two-thirds as long as abdomen, somewhat compressed, cervical groove hardly evident; front produced into an obtuse angle above each eye; rostrum carinate, the carina extending back as far as base of eyestalks, the spiniform tip reaching second article of antennule. Abdomen compressed, smooth, tapering. Telson rather small, faintly grooved; upper surface with four strong, movable spines; tip fringed with small spines. Eyes well developed but completely covered by the carapace. Antennules with the inner branch slender, the outer one shorter and with its proximal four-fifths enlarged. Antenne a little longer than body, slender; scale as long as peduncle of antennule and with a strong apical spine; basal segment with a strong spine on lower part of outer surface. Third maxillipeds slender, not reaching tip of antennal scale, terminal segment with long hairs. Chele unequal, the larger one broad and flattened, slightly sinuate along inner margin; outer margin with a longitudinal groove above and below, the ridge between them ending in a strong tooth behind base of dactylus; dactylus heavy, curved, toothed at base; both fingers with sete at tips. Smaller hand about one-half as wide and three-fourths as long as the larger one, similarly formed but with a sharp spine above at base of dactylus; no basal tooth on dactylus and both fingers slenderer and more hairy. Carpus much reduced. Meros with a spiniform tooth near distal end and one or two small spines below. All the legs with scattering long hairs especially at the joints. Carpal articles of second pair of legs diminishing as follows: Second, first, fifth, third, and fourth. Length of a male, 27 mm. Color, gray. This, the commonest snapping shrimp of the region, is usually found on shelly bottoms and is frequently brought up in the dredge. It may also be found on wharf piles and among old oyster shells. Its snap, although readily enough noticed, is weak in comparison with that of its larger relative C. heterochelis. This is, in all probability, the species indicated by the name Alpheus minor, in the older lists of the crustaceans of the Beaufort region. As determined by Coutiére, Alpheus minor Say is a Synalpheus; itis apparently one of the rarest crustaceans of the region and was probably never recognized nor collected here until within a year or two. That the Alpheus minus (or minor) of Herrick, Brooks, and other students of the Johns Hopkins summer laboratory was Crangon packardii is conclusively proved by the colored figure in Herrick’s paper. 386 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Crangon heterochelis (Say). Pl. xxv1, fig. 6. Alpheus heterochelis Say, 1818, p. 243; Milne-Edwards, 1837, t. 0, p. 356; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 329; Herrick, in Brooks and Herrick, 1892, p. 372; Rathbun, 1901, p. 107; Coutiére, 1910, p. 485. Carapace slightly more than half as long as abdomen, slightly compressed and without grooves; front produced into a rounded lobe above each eye; rostrum carinate, the carina not extending back as far as base of eyes talks and the tip falling short of second article of antennule; rostro-orbital depressions passing gradually into dorsal surface. Abdomen compressed, smooth, tapering; telson with subparallel sides and rounded tip; the four movable spines of the upper surface and those of the distal border relatively much weaker than in C. packardit. Eyes relatively small, covered by the carapace. Antennules with inner branch filiform, about half as long as antenna; outer branch with proximal half expanded. Antenne a little longer than body, very slender; scale with a strong apical spine which slightly exceeds the antennular peduncle; basal segment with a rather weak spine below. Chelz very unequal; the larger one much distorted, the upper and lower surfaces with irregular shal- low grooves and the outer and inner margins deeply notched Fic. 8.—Crangon heterochalis. near base of fingers; dactylus very broad and heavy, strongly curved and with a very large basal tooth. Smaller chela, in the male, with the dactylus peculiarly flattened and expanded on its outer surface; fingers of small chela, in both sexes, much weaker, less curved, and more hairy than in the large chela. Carpal articles of second pair of legs diminish as follows: First, second, fifth, third, fourth. Length of a male, 40 mm.; carapace, 13 mm.; a female, 50 mm. Color, dark, translucent sea green, slightly flushed with purple on sides of carapace; with white markings on chelipeds; walking legs pale vermilion; tips of uropods blue, with a narrow border of orange on distal margin, the outer blade having in addition a patch of vermilion just above the blue, and a narrow white border; articular surfaces and points of ab- dominal segments and a small streak along cervical groove white. This species of snapping shrimp, while not as common in the Beaufort region as C. packardit, is far from rare and is locally often quite abundant. Its favorite habitat is around the edges of oyster reefs where it digs large burrows in the mud or conceals itself among the shells. When captured the loud snapping sound it makes, which is comparable to the cracking of a small whip, is sure to command attention. Females bearing their large masses of clear apple-green eggs have been taken early in July. An isopod para- site (Probopyrus alphei Richardson) is occasionally found in the gill chamber of this snapping shrimp. Crangon armillatus (H. Milne-Edwards). Pl. xxvu, fig. 1. Alpheus armillatus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. 0, p. 354; Coutiére, 1910, a, Front of carapace; b, small chela. p. 48s. Very closely resembling C. heterochelis except in the rostrum Fic. 9.—Crangon armillatus. and the small chela of the male. Piironccheacnparse i temallicHeles The rostrum has the form of a narrow crest which, just behind the eyes, widens abruptly into a triangular area the borders of which are slightly concave and very distinctly limit the rostro-orbital depressions, even slightly overhanging them in adult specimens. The dactylus of the small chela of the male lacks the setose crests and expanded external surface so characteristic of C. heterochelis. By Coutiére this species is said to be abundant and widely distributed along the Atlantic coast and often to accompany C. heterochelis. At Beaufort, however, it does not appear to be common, a single specimen, dredged by the Fish Hawk, being foralong time the only onein the laboratory collection, DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 387 but after the severe storm of September 4, 1913, another individual was found in a small boat that had been sunk off Pivers Islands. On August 20, 1914, 6 specimens, 3 males and 3 females, were collected under the rocks of the jetty east of Fort Macon. A male and female were found together in every case in a hollow under a flat rock. The males were colored much like C. heterochelis, except that the con- spicuous orange and vermilion areas on the tail fin were lacking. The females were a deep greenish blue with white marking on the large chela. During the night of August 20 a large male shed his shell but increased very little, ifany, in length. To provide for the withdrawal of the large hand through the relatively very slender wrist a large oval area on the upper and inner surface of the proximal part of the shell of the hand is detached and the carpus, meros, and ischium, at least, are split lengthwise so that the hand is not drawn through them at all. Genus AUTOMATE De Man. Automate De Man, 1897, Pp. 529. Automate kingsleyi Hay. Pl. xxv, fig. 7. Automate kingsleyi Hay, 1917, p. 72. Cephalothorax about half as long as abdomen, subcylindrical, with a large sinus in front behind the eyestalks in which the rostrum appears as a small median projection. Eyestalks contiguous, broad at the base, corneal surface well developed and, in lateral view, with.a minute point on the anterior surface. Antennular and an- tennal peduncles very long, the former with a short scale which barely exceeds the basal article, and the latter with a long nar- tow scale which extends to the middle of the terminal article. Third maxillipeds exceeding antennal peduncles by less than the length of their terminal article. Cheli- peds unequal and somewhat dissimilar, the larger one appearing to be stouter and rougher than its mate; fingers slightly gap- ing, the thumb in line with the hand and broad at base; movable finger much narrow- er and rather strongly curved; carpus short; meros about as long as movable finger. Sec- ond pair of legs about as long as chelipeds a, Front of carapace and appendages, lateral view; b, the same, but very slender, weakly chelate and with dorsal view; c, large hand; d, second leg; e, telson and uropods. the carpus divided into five articles having the proportions of 1, 1'4/, 4/;, 2/3, 4/,. Abdomen well developed, compressed, with strong swimmerets. Telson tapering, armed above at each side with two spines, one of which is at about the middle of the length and the other at about halfway between the middle and the distal end; terminal spines well developed. Uropods with oval blades. Length of a female (type) 16 mm.; cephalothorax 4 mm. Color, in life almost transparent except for a small amount of red pigment on the appendages and telson. A single specimen, a female carrying orange-yellow eggs, was collected on Shark Shoal breakwater July 9, 1916, by Mr. O. W. Hyman. It was kept alive in the laboratory for over a month, during which time the eggs dropped off without hatching and the animal moulted twice without appreciably increasing in size. The species appears to be very close to A. evermanni Rathbun but differs in the length of the third maxillipeds, the proportions of the articles of the carpus of the second pair of legs, the arrangement of the spines of the dorsolateral surface of the telson, the width of the caudal lamine and the slightly more developed rostrum. It also bearsa good deal of resemblance to A. acanthopus De Man, but it differs fram it in having the scale of the second antenna longer than the basal article, the more extensive corneal surface of the eyes and the outline of the front margin of the carapace. From both these species Fic. 10.—Automate kingsleyi, type, 9X4. 388 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. and from all the other species of the genus, it differs inthe shapeof thehands. The specimen isa female. but the large hand is as broad and heavy and the palm is as short as the hand of the male of any other member of the genus. The species has been named in honor of Dr. J. S. Kingsley, to whose interest and industry much of our knowledge of the Beaufort crustaceans is due. Family OGYRIDAE nov. Caridea having the first two pairs of legs chelate but of nearly equal size and not much, if any, larger than the other legs, the carpus of the second legs subdivided, the rostrum small or wanting, the eyestalks long, slender, and fully exposed but with the retinal surface reduced, the telson thick and obtusely pointed, the blades of the uropods curved outward, a thelycum present in the female. The family thus characterized is coterminous with the genus Ogyris and, probably, should stand between the Crangonide and Hippolytide. Coutiére, holding that Ogyris, Automate, and Pterocaris are closely related and that Automate is unquestionably akin to Crangon, places Ogyris in the family Alpheide (=Crangonide). It is evident, however, that Coutiére had based his conclusions on the descriptions and figures of other writers without having had an opportunity to examine specimens of either Ogyris or Pterocarisand perhaps Automate also. Ortman, who had seen specimensof Ogyris, placed the genus in the family Hippolytide. None of these observers appears to have noticed the presence of a thelycum in the female. Having before us representatives of Ogyris and Automate, as well as several typical genera of both the families mentioned, we have come to the conclusion that Ogyris differs too greatly and in too many characters to admit of our placing itin either family. Its resemblance to Auto- mate is very slight, and it appears also to be very different from Pterocaris. Genus OGYRIS Stimpson. Ogyris Stimpson, 1860, p. 36. Ogyris alpherostris Kingsley. Pl. xxv1, fig. 9. Oogvris alpherostris Kingsley, 1880, p. 420. Cephalothorax about half as long as abdomen, the carapace thin, polished, sparingly pubescent, lightly grooved and with a rather strong, movable spine on the median line a little behind the very small rostrum. Eyestalks about half as long as carapace, rather broad at base, becoming almost thread- like distally but with the tip enlarged. Basal article of an- tennule with a strong external and a smaller superior spine, the entire peduncle about four- fifths as long as eyestalk; flagel- la of equal length. Antennal peduncle shorter than that of the antennule; flagellum slender and about twice as long as cara- pace; scale lanceolate, extend- ing to the distal end of second article of antennular peduncle. Third maxillipeds pediform, FiG. 11.—Ogyris alpharostris, 2 X474. stronger and longer than any of a, Cephalothorax, dorsal view; 6, carapace, lateral view; c, mandible; d, third the legs,their tips considerably manilliped; e, first leg; f, second leg; g, tip of fourth leg, X40; h, telson and uropods; exceeding the eyes. Legs all i, first maxilliped; 7, second maxilliped; k, thelycum. slender, alike on the two sides, the first and second pairs chelate, the second pair the longer and with its carpus subdivided into four articles which have the proportions of 714, 214, 1, 2. Third and fourth legs normal, fifth legs much DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 389 more slender. Thelycum consisting of an anterior thin plate bifurcate anteriorly and a posterior shorter emarginate plate which are situated on the sternum between the last three pairs of legs. Telson about as long as sixth abdominal segment, thickened and convex above, its margins sinuate and con- verging to a narrow, rounded tip. Both blades of uropods with their distal third curved outward. Plu- mose hairs, mostly long and slender, are present in abundance along the front of the carapace, the margins of the telson and uropods and the superior surface of most of the legs. Length, 27 mm.; carapace, 8.5 mm.; antenna, 16 mm. Color, a translucent white, flushed with pink and yellow on the tail fin and legs. A single specimen of this shrimp, an egg-laden female, was taken in the otter trawl in about 2 fathoms of water off the ocean beach of Bogue Bank about a mile west of Fort Macon on July 30, r914._ It was taken to the laboratory and kept alive for several days in a small aquarium where its behavior, as well as its appearance, strongly suggested some thalassinid. The specimen is of unusual interest as it isthe second one of the species and genus to be recorded from the Atlantic coast of the United States, and it throws a good deal of light on a very inadequately known group of crustaceans. There can be no reasonable doubt that it is correctly identified as O. alpherostris since it agrees in all essential respects with Kingsley’s description of that species, and the locality at which it was collected is reasonably near the type locality. Kingsley’s specimen was collected by Prof. Webster on the ocean side of Northampton County, Va., and is now in the collection of the United States National Museum. Unfortunately, however, it and several other specimens which would be of value in the present connection have been sent to Dr. H. Coutiére, of the Paris Museum, for study and no direct comparison can be made. Kingsley stated that it was in bad condition, and this fact may account for some of the discrepancies between his description and figure and the specimen in hand. At the present time four species of Ogyris are known: O. orientalis Stimpson @ from the China Sea and southern Japan, O. alpherostris Kingsley from the coasts of Virginia and North Carolina, O. occidentalis Ortmann ® from the mouth of the Tocantins River and from south- western Louisiana, and O. siboge De Man¢ from the Sulu Sea and Saleh Bay in the Dutch East Indies. It has been assumed that the triarticulate carpus of the second pair of legs of O. orientalis and O. alpherostris distinguishes them at once from O. occidentalis and O.siboge in which this part is described as being quadriarticulate. There is little doubt, however, that in the use of the term ¢riarticulate both Stimpson and Kingsley referred to the articulations while Ortmann and De Man referred to the articles of the carpus, and that an examination of the specimens will show that throughout the genus the carpus iscomposed of four articles. It will also probably be found that in all four species there is a small rostrum and that the telson is thick, uneven above, and with sinuous sides. Assuming these characters to be present, O. alpherostris is distinguished from the others by its smooth, noncarinate carapace, O. occi- dentalis may be known by the presence of seven to nine teeth, and O. orientalis and O. siboge by the presence of four or five teeth on the dorsal carina of the carapace. The last two species may, per- haps, be distinguished from each other by the larger size of the rostrum and the more strongly devel- oped protuberance on the lateral margin of the telson in O. siboge, but one is inclined to believe that they may prove to be identical. Whether athelycum is present in the female of any other species of Ogyris than the one here described can not be ascertained. Such a structure is not mentioned in any other description, but that fact does not prove its absence. The specimens previously described have been, in nearly every instance, very small or more or less mutilated and under such conditions the thelycum might easily have been overlooked or mistaken for something else. A thelycum is found in the shrimps of the family Peneidz and a some- what similar sperm receptacle is characteristic of the crawfishes of the family Astacide, but its occur- rence and unusual development in Ogyris alpherostris is most unexpected. Fic. 12.—Ogyris alpherostris. Sterna of last three thoracic segments show- ing the thelycum. X7. @ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. xm, 36, 1860. > Ergibnisse der Plankton-Exped. der Humboldt-Stiftung. Dekapoden and Schizopoden, 1893. ¢Siboga Expedition, Decapoda, monograph xxx1xa. 390 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Family HIPPOLYTIDAE. Caridea having the first two pairs of legs chelate but the first pair not much stronger than the rest, the carpus of the second pair of legs subdivided, the eyes well developed and not covered by the carapace, the mandibles usually deeply cleft, and the second maxillipeds with a very short seventh article. Of the 27 genera now recognized, the following are represented in the Beaufort region. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Carpus of second pair of legs vary from two to five articles. 6. Rostrum exceeding the eyestalks. c. Front margin of carapace with not more than one spine below the eye. d. Rostrum: with) teeth above and: below... aie eneniiie nist inlv hie ee alent ie Hippolyte. dd. Rostrum finely serrate above, coarsely serrate below.................-0eeeeeeees Tozeuma. cc. Front margin of carapace with several small spines below the eye; rostrum toothed At The tipon ly. iy. 6c: ssi side le svar )= 5\eisias aie pis onivbisieie seis ele aad see eienee eae eee Latreutes. 06. sRostrum not exceedine the evestalls fo cg miiein icin hice heen aca okebe tease Concordia. aa. Carpus of second pair of legs composed of many articles..... 2.2.0... 2... cece ee eee Hippolysmata. Genus HIPPOLYTE Leach. Hippolyte Leach, 1814, p. 431. Hippolyte pleuracantha (Stimpson). Pl. xxv1, fig. 8. Virbrus pleuracanthus Stimpson, 1874, p. 127; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 329; Fowler, 1912, p. 330, pl. 95. Carapace thin and smooth, anterior border with a spine below eye, side with a sharp hepatic spine behind base of antenna and a small spine on each side at base of rostrum. Rostrum rather stout at base, thin distally, slightly decurved, armed above with two or three teeth, below with one tooth near the tip and two farther back; tip reaching to extremity of antennular peduncle. Outer flagellum of anten- nule thickened, about as long asantennal scale, and about four-fifths as long asinner flagellum. Antennal scale large, extending about one-third its length beyond tip of rostrum. First pair of legs small, chelate. Second pair of legs chelate, the carpus triarticulate. Dactyliof other legs broad, compressed, and armed along their inner edge with small spines. Abdomen strongly geniculated between the third and fourth segments. Posterior part of third segment raised and produced into a sort of hood which overhangs the fourth segment. Telson smooth above, margins with two small, movable spines on each side; tip trun- cate and armed with slender spines. Dorsal surface of abdomen and thorax, tipsof abdominal pleure, and distal portion of eyestalks with tufts of plumose hairs. Length of adult females, 12 to 18 mm. Color, often a bright green but usually mottled brown or red. This little shrimp, like Tozeuma carolinense, is to be found in abundance on the submerged Zostera in various parts of the harbor. It may also be found in considerable numbers about the rock jetties off Fort Macon. Egg-bearing females occur throughout the summer. Genus LATREUTES Stimpson. Latreutes Stimpson, 1860, p. 27 (96). Latreutes ensiferus (H. Milne-Edwards). Pl. xxv1, fig. 13. Hippolyte ensiferus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. 0, p. 374. Latreutes ensiferus Stimpson, 1860, p. 27 (96); Bate, 1888, p. 583; Rathbun, rgor, pt. 2, p. 114; Summer, rorr, pt. 2, p. 664. Integument smooth and polished, body slender and but slightly humped at end of third abdominal somite. Carapacesubcylindrical, with a small dorsal spine; astrong postocular spine and a series of five to eight small spines along anterior margin below eye. Rostrum nearly as long as carapace, rather stout at base but rapidly tapering to a thin, deep, slightly upcurved blade smooth above and below and serrate at the apex. Antenne very slender, longer than the body; scale almost as long as rostrum, tapering DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 391 toanarrow point. First pair of legs short and stout; hand inflated, with short fingers and articulated at lower angle with carpus; carpus with its anterior margin excavate to receive the hand, its superior angle witha bundle of hairs. Second pair of legs slender, the carpus divided into three articles of which the central is the longest. Third, fourth, and fifth legs slender, with long spines on inferior margin of propodi; dactyls bifurcate at tip. Telson narrow, tapering, upper surface with two pairs of small spines near margin, tip obtuse and armed with a strong median spine on either side of which are two slender spines. Length of a male, 12 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 5 mm.; rostrum, 2.5 mm. In life it is almost transparent and colorless. It lives among floating Sargassum and at times is easily taken in the harbor and along the sea beaches. An occasional individual is found to carry an isopod parasite (Probopyrus latreuticola Gissler)) in one of its branchial chambers. Genus TOZEUMA Stimpson. Tozeuma Stimpson, 1860, p. 26 (95). Tozeuma carolinense Kingsley. Pl. xxvn, fig. 2. Tozeuwma carolinensis Kingsley, 1878a, p. 90; ibid., 1880a, p. 413; Rathbun (T. carolinense), 1901, DP. 114. Elongate, compressed. Carapace smooth and polished, its anterolateral angle with a spine, a triangular tooth below eye, and a strong spine on either side at base of rostrum. Rostrum slender, almost twice as long as remainder of carapace, rounded and almost unarmed above, base somewhat flattended and horizontal, distally inclined slightly upward, serrated below and lamellate toward base. Outer flagellum of antennule thick and much shorter than inner, neither quite reaching tip of antennal scale. Antenne longer than rostrum; scale lanceolate, less than half as long as rostrum. Legs all short; first pair very short, stout, hand inflated, fingers curved, closing completely; second pair also chelate, very slender. Carpus triarticulate; other legs with simple, curved dactyli. Abdonien strongly geniculated between third and fourth segments, the third segment of the male bearing a low hump; fifth segment with a spine on each side on posterior margin; sixth segment with a posterolateral spine and a stronger one on each side at base of telson; telson with two pairs of dorsal spinules, posterior margin armed on each side with one long and one short spinule. Length of a male, 40 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 19 mm.; rostrum, 12 mm. Color usually green but sometimes gray or grayish red. Very common in neatly all parts of the harbor where there is a growth of Zostera. Genus CONCORDIA Kingsley. Concordia Kingsley, 1880, p. 415. Concordia gibberosus Kingsley. Pl. xxv1, fig. 11. Concordia gibberosus Kingsley, 1880a, p. 415. Carapace, rather short, elevated and armed dorsally with five or six slender spines the first of which is near the extremity of the rostrum while the last is a little forward of the middle of the carapace, these teeth well separated and the carapace between them not carinate; rostrum short, little if any advanced beyond the eyes. Abdomen strongly bent in the middle; telson narrow, sides straight, tapering to an acute tip. Eyestalks short and stout. Antennules with the basal articles ciliate above, flagella short, the outer one stout and ciliate, the inner one slender. Antennal scale extending to about the middle of the flagella of the antennule; flagellum of antenna slender and about twice as long as the carapace. First pereiopods short, stout, fingers shorter than the palm; second pereiopods longer and slenderer, carpus composed of three articles of which the distal and proximal ones are of nearly equal length and considerably shorter than the intermediate one. ‘The other pereiopods are slender, the propodal articles with a few minute spines on the posterior border, the dactyls short, curved and with spines on the concave margin. Length, 8 to 12 mm. This species has not been detected within recent years. The original specimen, collected at Fort Macon, by Prof. H. E. Webster and described by Kingsley, is preserved in the United States National Museum. Other specimens are from “‘off South Carolina,’’ and Punta Rassa, Fla. The type specimen lacks some of the pereiopods, but the others show that the carpus consists of three articles instead of two, as has been understood from Kingsley’s description. 392 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Genus HIPPOLYSMATA Stimpson. Hippolysmata Stimpson, 1860, p. 26 [9s]. Hippolysmata wurdemanni (Gibbes). Pl. xxv, fig. 12. Hippolyte wurdemanni Gibbes, 1850, p. 197. Hippolysmata wurdemanni Kingsley, 1878a, p. 90; ibid, 1880a, p. 411. Carapace dorsally carinate on anterior half and with a spine about midway between tip of rostrum and posterior margin. Rostrum reaching distal end of second article of peduncle of antennule, slightly decurved, armed above with four teeth and below with three or four teeth. Anterior margin with a strong spine behind base of antenna. Antennules with the inner flagellum slender, about as long as body; outer flagellum with about 20 basal segments thickened and bearing at about the seventeenth segment a long slender flagellum similar to the inner one. Antennal scale long, narrow, truncate at tip and with a strong apical spine; flagellum considerably longer than body. First pair of legs with carpus and hand of nearly equal length, fingers half as long as palm. Carpus of second pair about forty- seven articulate, sharply bent at about the nineteenth articulation. Abdomen smooth, not strongly geniculate. Telson narrow, straight sided, upper surface with four small, movable spines forming a square near middle; tip truncate, with two slender spines. Length of a female, 30 mm.; carapace and rostrum, 11 mm.; rostrum, 3 mm. Color, a translucent white with beautiful longitudinal and transverse markings of red. Commonly found at Beaufort swimming near the stone jetties or among hydroids growing on piles. Family PALAEMONIDAE. Caridea having the first two pairs of legs chelate, the second pair usually larger than the first, the carpus of the second pair of legs not subdived, the rostrum long, compressed, armed with teeth and not movable, the mandibles deeply cleft and the second maxillipeds with a very short seventh article. Twenty-six genera are now recognized of which four are represented in the Beaufort fauna. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Legs of the second pair approximately alike in size and shape 6. Rostrum with teeth both above and below. ceaMandiblestwithivapal py co. wsere toenails cetemahe etre telvioh fe See Re eG ioe eae eee Palemon. con Mandibles without aspalp vcr xc.. ti crise nis © sie ert elerinn biel hele stots ols heteracie recta Palemonetes. bb: Lower surface of rostriam toothlessiexcept atitipes .o.iva die Celine sisal saa ieie'sic's ov six stersislele Urocaris. aa. Legs of second pair dissimilar, one of them greatly enlarged. .............. 0.00 eee ee Coralliocaris. Genus PALA MON Fabricus. Palemon Fabricus, 1798, p. 387; Leander Desmarest, 1849, p. 87; Stimpson, 1860, p. 40 [109]. Palemon tenuicornis Say. Pl. xxvn, fig. 6. Palemon tenuicornis Say, 1818, p. 249; Sumner, rorz, p. 663. Palemon tenuirostris H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. 11, p. 395. Form stout, integument firm, translucent. Cephalothorax short. Carapace almost as deep as long, its front margin with a spine just below the eye and another a little back at the base of the antenna. Rostrum with its axis decurved but upper margin of crest almost straight, armed above with 11 or 12 teeth and below with 6 or 7, the teeth more and more crowded distally and the spaces between them densely ciliated. Peduncle of antennules shorter than rostrum; outer flagellum very slender and much shorter than the inner one which has its basal portions thickened and bears a long, slender side branch near its base. Antennal scale reaching to tip of rostrum, tapering very slightly to a truncate tip, apical spine small; flagellum very slender, about as long as body. First pair of legs weak, carpus shorter than hand, palm shorter than fingers. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 393 Abdomen bent and slightly humped at end of third segment. Upper surface of telson slightly grooved and with four small spines. Length of a female, 45 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 16 mm.; rostrum, 9 mm. This shrimp has been collected from floating Sargasswm in the harbor, from the piles of the town wharves, and outside the harbor, by the Fish Hawk. Genus PALZMONETES Heller. Palamonetes Heller, 1869, p. 157. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Second pair of legs long, considerably exceeding the rostrum. 6. Fifth pair of legs not reaching the tip of the rostrum; marine...............20+eeeeeeeeeae carolinus. bb. Fifth pair of legs exceeding the tip of the rostrum; fresh water................eeseeeeeee exilipes. aa. Second pair of legs shorter, hardly reaching the tip of the rostrum; marine................ vulgaris. Palemonetes carolinus Stimpson. Pl. xxvu, fig. 4. Palemonetes carolinus Stimpson, 1874, p. 129; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 330; Fowler, 1912, p. 328. Integument moderately firm. Carapace rounded above, anterior margin with suborbital and branchiostegal spines; rostrum slightly exceeding the antennal scales, thin, deep, upcurved in distal half at least, armed above with 8 or 9 teeth and below with 4 or 5, the intervals between the teeth ciliated and the posterior one of the upper surface somewhat removed from the others and belonging, perhaps, to the carapace. Antennular peduncle shorter than antennal scale; inner flagellum slender; outer flagellum with the basal articles thickened and bearing at about the eighth article an accessory branch of about twelve articles. Antennal flagellum considerably longer than body; scale foliaceous, its sides tapering slightly to an obliquely rounded tip which usually fails to reach the end of the rostrum. First pair of legs short, reaching scarcely beyond the carpus of the second pair. Second pair of legs very long, exceeding the rostrum by almost the length of the hand; fingers a little shorter than the palm. Distal end of fifth legs not extending to the tip of the rostrum. Abdomen rather stout, bent but not conspicuously humped at the fourth segment. Telson taper- ing, its sides straight, tip with two long slender spines, upper surface with four small spines. Length of a female, 24 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 10 mm.; rostrum, 6 mm, Color in life, almost transparent; in alcohol, milky white. It occurs in abundance in the eel grass and about the margins of the marsh in all parts of the harbor, usually in company with P. vulgaris. Palemonetes vulgaris (Say). Pl. xxvu, fig. 5. Palemon vulgaris Say, 1818, p. 248; Coues, 1871, p. 124. Palemonetes vulgaris Stimpson, 1871, p. 129; Smith, 1873, p. 550; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 330; Paulmier, 1905, p. 132; Sumner, ror1, p. 663; Fowler, 1912, p. 324, pl. 94. Similar to P. carolinus except as follows: The dorsal spine of the carapace is lacking or is moved forward until it forms a part of the series of rostral teeth. The tip of the rostrum is more acute, the teeth of the upper margin are smaller and more acute, and those of the lower margin number two or three. The antennular peduncle is as long as the antennal scale. The second pair of legs is much shorter, hardly reaching the tip of the rostrum, and the fingers are considerably shorter than the palm. Length of a female, 31 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 12.5 mm.; rostrum, 6 mm. This species, often found in company with P. carolinus, has also been taken frequently in floating Sargassum. In August, 1915, it was found in great numbers in a small pool of slightly brackish water close to Newport River about 3 miles north of the laboratory. Palemonetes exilipes Stimpson. Pl. xxvu, fig. 3. ?Hippolyte paludosa Gibbes, 1850, p. 197. Palemonetes paludosa Kingsley, 1878a, p. 97. Palemonetes exilipes Stimpson, 1871, p. 130; Smith, 1874, p. 641, pl. 1, fig. x. Integument thin and transparent. Carapace subcylindrical, smooth, with slender and acute suborbital and branchiostegal spines; rostrum long, slender, compressed, gently curved upward dis- 394 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. tally, armed above with 7 or 8 equidistant teeth and below with 2 to 4; second tooth of dorsal margin usually directly above the bases of the ocular peduncles; the tip unarmed, slender, and acute. Outer flagellum of antennule much longer than the inner, the basal portion thick and bearing, at about the sixteenth article, an accessory branch of about seven articles. Antennal flagellum longer than body; scale broad, its rounded tip slightly exceeding the rostrum, its sides nearly parallel. First pair of legs hardly reaching the hand of the second pair of legs and about equaling the antennal scale. Second pair of legs more slender, exceeding the rostrum by more than the length of the hand; fingers a little shorter than the palm. Fifth pair of legs exceeding the tip of the rostrum. Abdomen rather slender, humped at end of fourth segment. Telson tapering gradually to the extremity where the sides turn in suddenly to end in an acuminate median tooth, on each side of which is a long stout spine and at each lateral angle a much shorter one, while between the inner spines there is a pair of long plumose hairs. The dorsal surface of the telson bears two pairs of spines, one near the distal end and the other one-fourth the distance from the distal end to the base. Length, 42 mm.; carapace, 18 mm. Color in life, nearly transparent; in alcohol, milky white. While P. exilipes, being an inhabitant of fresh water, has not been taken in the immediate vicinity of Beaufort, it may be safely predicted that it will be found there sooner or later. It has been collected at Edenton, Wilmington, Hales Point, and Lake Mattamuskeet. It may be readily distinguished from the others of its genus by its much more slender form and slender hands as well as by its habitat. Genus UROCARIS Stimpson. Urocaris Stimpson, 1860, p. 39 [108]. Urocaris longicaudata Stimpson. Pl. xxvu, fig. 7. Urocaris longicaudata Stimpson, 1860, p. 108; Kingsley, 1880a, p. 444; Rathbun, 1901, p. 126. Integument very thin, transparent, and smooth. Carapace rounded above, its anterior margin with a strong, rounded tooth at the side of the orbit. Rostrum hardly reaching end of second article of antennular peduncle, its upper edge raised into a high, arcuate, 7 to 8 toothed crest, its lower margin with a small spine near tip. Antennal scale exceeding peduncle by about half its length, its margins nearly parallel; apical spine small; flagellum very slender, longer than body. Inner flagellum of antennule with the basal segments thickened and bearing at about the eighth segment a long slender branch almost as long as antenna; inner flagellum simple, more slender and shorter. First pair of legs slender, carpus and hand of nearly equal length. Second pair of legs longer; the carpus, palm, and fingers subequal. Abdomen strongly bent between third and fourth segments, the posterior part of the third segment extended back like a hood above the fourth. Sixth segment slender and about as long as fourth and fifth combined. Telson narrow, tapering, upper surface with 4 small spines, tip obtuse and bearing several slender spines. Length of a male, 17 mm.; carapace, inciuding rostrum, 4.2 mm.; rostrum, 1.5 mm. Found in abundance on submerged eel grass along with Hippolyteand Tozeuma, where it escapes observation by reason of its almost perfect transparency. Genus CORALLIOCARIS Stimpson. Coralliocaris Stimpson, 1860, p. 38 [107]. Coralliocaris wilsoni Hay. Pl. xxvu, fig. 8. Coralliocaris wilsoni Hay, 1917, p. 7%. Body somewhat compressed, cephalothorax about as long as abdomen excluding telson. Carapace firm, smooth, polished, and with a well-defined postantennal spine; rostrum about one-third as long as remainder of carapace, compressed, slightly decurved and armed above with 11 to 13 acute, equidistant teeth. Eyestalks stout. Antennular flagella of about equal length, the outer much thicker than the inner. Antennal scale broad, equal to the rostrum in length. First pair of legs alike, slender, chelate, the tips of the fingers hairy. Second pair of legs very unequal, the larger one having the chela so large that its bulk is almost equal to the rest of the animal; hand cylindrical, movable finger strongly curved, bent inward, its cutting edge with a prominent lobe near the base; thumb bent downward out of line DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 395 with the hand, its cutting edge with two slender teeth. Smaller chela about one-third the size of its mate, somewhat compressed but otherwise similarly constructed. Third, fourth, and fifth legs with short, conical dactylus. Telson narrow, its sides uniformly convergent to the small rounded tip, which bears four slender spines; there is also a spine on each margin near the middle. Length of body, 16 mm., cara- pace, 7 mm., large claw, 1o mm. Color, pellucid, milky white. Egg masses light bluish-green. The integument is so transparent that the See color of the internal organs is plainly d L f & visible. Three specimens of this little shrimp, 2 females and 1 male, were obtained August 1, 1914, on the fish- ing banks about 20 miles off Beau- fort Inlet. Another series of 8 or 10 specimens was collected July 20, 1915. In both cases the animals were found in the canalsof a large sponge in com- pany with Synalpheus longicarpus and S. townsendi, to which they bear a striking superficial resemblance. When disturbed or, especially, when dropped into alcohol, they are able to make a snapping sound with the large a, Carapace, lateral view; 6, telson and uropods; c, large chela; outer sur- A face; d, fingers of large chela from above; e, small chiliped; /, right leg of first chela quite as loud as that made by pair; g, antennule. Fic. 13.—Coralliocaris, wilsoni, f X44. one of the true snapping shrimps. The species has been dedicated to Dr. H. V. Wilson, of the University of North Carolina, for many years an investigator at the Beaufort station, at one time its director, a well-known authority on sponges, and the one to whom the undertaking of this paper on the decapod crustaceans is largely due. Family GNATHOPHYLLIDAE. Caridea having the first two pairs of legs chelate, the first pair smaller than the second, the carpus of the second pair not subdivided, the rostrum short and toothed, the third article of the third maxillipeds very broad, the mandibles simple and the second maxillipeds with a very short seventh article. The family contains but a single genus. Genus GNATHOPHYLLUM Lattreille. Gnathophyllum Latreille, 1819, p. 72; (Gnatophyllum) ibid, 1829, p.96. Drimo Risso, 1829, p. 70. Gnathophyllum modestum Hay. PI. xxvum, fig. r. Gnathophyllum modestum Hay, 1917, D. 72. Body short and thick. Carapace with a low carina continuous in front with the rostrum and extend- ing about halfway to the posterior margin. Rostrum reaching to distal end of basal article of antennule, obliquely truncate above and with 7 teeth. Suborbital spine acute. Abdomen with the last three segments abruptly smaller and strongly flexed; telson with two marginal spines at about the distal third, the tip almost truncate and with 6 spines, of which the median and longest pair is about one- 396 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. fifth as long as the telson. Eyes rather large and with a prominent, conical, black protuberance on the comea. Antenne abouttwice aslongascarapace. Third maxillipeds with the meral and carpal articles very broad, closing the whole front of the buccal region, the two terminal articles slender and extended straight forward. Second pair of legs much stronger than the first, exceeding the rostrum by the length of the hand; fingers more than half as long as the palm. Length, about 21 mm.; carapace, 8 mm.; rostrum, 2 mm.; hand, 5 mm. Color: Cephalothorax and abdomen dark brownish-red, telson and tail fins white, eye- stalks and peduncles of antennz and antennules white, flagella of antenne and antennules and bands on legs purple. Only one specimen, an ovigerous female, has been collected. It was obtained by the Fish Hawk and brought to the laboratory pre- served in formalin, but was not noticed until some days later. The color notes were made at once and the specimen transferred to alcohol. Within a few days a spotting or mottling of the surface began to appear, which by the end of the a, Dorsal view of cephalothorax; 6, carapace, lateral view; c, summer had become quite pronounced, but the felaoas arid ciropors spots do not have the arrangement described by Faxon in the species G. panamense. At no time has there been a suggestion of the bands of color described by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun in G. americanum. A careful comparison of the Beaufort specimen with the two species mentioned and with G. elegans shows it to be distinct. It is probably most closely related to G. panamense. which it resembles in color pattern, and with which it agrees in length of rostrum and number of rostral teeth. It differs from all hitherto known species, however, in the arrangement of the spines at the tip of the telson. It, furthermore, differs from G. panamense in the length of the longer spines at the tip of the telson, in the longer fingers and longer wrist. From G. americanum it differs in color and in the much weaker second pair of legs. Fic. 14.—Gnathophyllum modestum, type, 2? X44. Family CRAGONIDAE. Caridea having the first pair of legs subchelate, the carpus of the second pair not subdivided, the rostrum short and not compressed and the second maxillipeds with a very short seventh article. This family comprises 13 genera of which only 1, Crago, occurs in the Beaufort region. Genus CRAGO Lamarck. Crago Lamarck, 1801, p. 159. Crangon Fabricius, 1798, p. 387. (Not Crangon Weber, 1795.) Crago septemspinosus (Say). Northern shrimp. Pl. xxvu, fig. 9. Crangon sepltemspinosum Say, 1818, p. 246. Crangon vulgaris, Verrill and Smith, 187s, p. 550; R. Rathbun, 1884, p. 816; Paulmier, 190s, p. 131. Crangon crangon and Crangon vulgaris of authors (in part). Crago septemspinosus Fowler, 1912, p. 320, pl. 93; Summer, rorr, p. 664. Integument moderately firm, polished, translucent. Carapace subcylindrical, its dorsal surface with a small appressed spine back of the rostrum; anterior margin with the suborbital angle slightly and the subantennal angle strongly produced, the latter almost spiniform and with a minute spine below it; lateral spine of carapace well developed; anterior part of side of carapace with two impressed lines DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 397 which originate, one from a fissure in the superior margin of the orbit, and the other at the external canthus, unite above the lateral spine and disappear a little farther back. A third line begins in the fissure at the external canthus and passes below the lateral spine. Rostrum shorter than eyestalks, unarmed, its tip obtuse. First segment of peduncle of antennule with a mucronate scale below the eye; flagella little longer than antennal scale. Antenne as long as body, slender; scale long, broadest below middle, thence tapering rapidly to the narrow rounded tip; apical spine strong, about as long as distal width of scale. External maxillipeds about as long as antennules, hairy. First pair of legs subchelate, palm with a strong spine at distal end of finger; meros with a small spine on lower margin. Second pair of legs almost filiform, third pair stronger, fourth and fifth pairs normal but comparatively weak. ‘Tel- son slender, with four small spines above, tip unarmed. Length of a female, 55 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 1: mm.; rostrum, r mm. Color, according to Say, pale cinereous, with very numerous irregular, stellate, blackish-brown spots. In the Beaufort region this shrimp has been supposed to be very rare. The laboratory collection long contained but a single specimen taken in shallow water close to the laboratory. During the early spring of 1914 two additional specimens were taken in the same locality. In the late fall of the same year it was quite frequently taken in the otter trawl in the Morehead Channel, a dozen or more some- times coming up at one haul. Most of the specimens were ovigerous females whose eggs, in some cases, were nearly ready to hatch. Suborder REPTANTIA. Decapod crustaceans, usually of a lobsterlike or crablike form, having the abdomen, whether well developed or greatly reduced, more or less depressed, the first segment distinctly smaller than the rest, and the pleopods, which are not used for swimming, often reduced or wanting. The cephalothorax also is usually depressed and the legs are strong, the first pair usually, the others never, larger than their fellows. Some of the first four pairs of legs rather often bear podobranchs. The rostrum is usually small or wanting; if present it is depressed. This large and important division of decapod crustaceans, comprising some 700 genera, is divided into the “sections” Palinura, Astacura, Anomura, and Brachyura, all of which are represented in the fauna of the Beaufort region. Section PALINURA. Reptantia having the abdomen well developed, extended, symmetrical, and well armored, the carapace fused at the sides to the epistome, the legs strong, the third pair being like the first either chelate or simple, the rostrum small or wanting and the gills numerous. This section comprises two tribes, of which one, Eryonidea, does not occur within our limits. The other, Scyllaridea, is represented by two species. Tribe SCYLLARIDEA. Palinura having the first article of the second antenna fused with the epistome, no antennal scale, all the legs of about the same length and, with the occasional exception of the first pair, none of them chelate, the first abdominal segment without limbs and the tail fin divided by indistinct sutures into a soft hinder half and a harder front half. This tribe comprises two families, both of which are represented in our fauna. 69571°—18——26 398 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Family PALINURIDAE. Scyllaridea having the cephalothorax subcylindrical, the eyes not inclosed in sepa- rate orbits formed by the edge of the carapace and the second antenne provided with flagella. This family includes 6 genera of which only 1 occurs in our fauna. Genus PANULIRUS White. Palinurus White, 1847, p. 69. Panulirus argus (Latreille), Seacrawfish. Pl. xxviu, fig. 3. Palinurus argus Latreille, 1804, t. 1, p. 393. Panulirus argus White, 1847, p. 69; Rathbun, rgor, p. 98. Carapace as long as the first five abdominal segments, sparsely setose and covered with strong spines arranged in more or less regular longitudinal rows. Spines above the orbits very large, com- pressed and curved upward and forward. Antennal segment with a pair of spines in front, a weaker pair about halfway to the eye, a strong median spine and weaker lateral ones below the insertion of the antennules. Abdomen smooth, each segment crossed by a furrow which is more or less distinctly interrupted at the middle. Pleural angles each produced into a strong, sharp, backwardly directed tooth which is deeply notched and toothed on its posterior margin. Proximal division of telson with rather strong spines; distal division with weak spines and cilia in longitudinal lines. Eyes large and prominent. First antenna nearly two-thirds as long as the body, its peduncle slightly exceeding that of the second antenna, outer flagellum shorter and thicker than the inner and strongly ciliate distally. Second antenna very large and heavy, exceeding the body by more than the length of the carapace, its peduncular article with numerous strong spines, its flagellum stout, stiff, with a line of cilia along its inner margin and ringed with spines at intervals. Legs rather weak, none of them chelate, their tips acute and bristly. Pleopods wanting on the first segment of the abdomen, those of the other somites with a single, broad, membranous lamina. Uropods indurated proximally, membranous distally, the basal article bispinose, a row of denticles along margin of indurated part and lines of minute spines and sete on upper surface of membranous art. : Color, yellowish and bluish. Abdomen with many small yellow spots; a large yellow spot on each side of the second and sixth segments. This species, which attains a large size farther south, is rarely represented about Beaufort except by small individuals. These are sometimes taken by fishermen when seining for shrimps in the creeks above the. harbor or are.caught in dip nets about the wharves in the town, but are of most fre- quent occurrence outside the inlet. The largest specimen in the laboratory collection measures, exclusive of the antenne, 90 mm. in length. A much larger specimen, having a body length of 430 mm., was caught near Cape Lookout in the spring of 1916. It was kept alive in an aquarium for about two months. Family SCYLLARIDAE. Seyllaridea having the cephalothorax depressed, the eyes inclosed in separate orbits formed by the edge of the carapace and the second antennz with flat scales in place of flagella. i : Of the eight genera now recognized in this family, only one is believed to be represented in the Beaufort fauna. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 399 Genus SCYLLARUS Fabricius. Scyllarus Fabricius, 1875, p. 413. Arctus Dana, 1852, p. 516. Scyllarus americanus (Smith). Pl. xxvmt, fig. 2. Arctus americanus Smith, 1869, ser. 2, p. 119. Scyllarus (Arctus) gundlachi von Martens, 1872, p. 123. Scyllarus americanus Rathbun, 1901, p. 97. Integument rugose and hard except for the membranous tips of the uropods and telson. Carapace as long as the first five abdominal segments, its greatest breadth slightly exceeding its length. Dorsal surface with three longitudinal ridges, the median of which has three blunt prominences while the lat- eral ones are conspicuously broken toward their anterior ends. Margins of carapace more or less dentate and produced anteriorly into a prominent angle which is continued across the front below the orbits so that the latter appear to be excavated in the dorsal surface. Abdomen convex dorsally, rugose; each segment slightly notched on the posterior margin and with a conspicuous impressed line running from near the middle line to the pleural angle. Proximal portion of telson and uropods indurated, the distal half membranous and smoothly rounded. Eyes subspherical, prominent. Anten- nules biflagellate. Antenne of four articles, of which the second and fourth are broad thin scales, the anterior margin of the fourth being deeply scalloped. Legs rather small, all simple in the male, fifth pair minutely chelate in the female. Swimmerets of first segment wanting, those of second segment slender and biramous, the others consisting of a single foliaceous branch. Two specimens of this animal were dredged by the Fish Hawk in deep water off Beaufort Inlet. The larger of the two measures 39 mm. from the tip of the antenna to the end of the telson. Section ASTACURA. Reptantia having the abdomen extended, well developed, symmetrical, and well armored, the cephalothorax subcylindrical, the carapace free from the epistome, the first three pairs of legs chelate, the first pair much stronger than the rest, the rostrum well developed, and the gills numerous. Two of the three families which constitute this section are described here. Family HOMARIDAE (=NEPHROPSIDAE of most authors). Marine Astacura having the last thoracic segment consolidated with the one in front of it, the pleurobranchs four in number, and with sexual appendages present in the male. Nine genera are now recognized in this family. Of these only one is, or was for- merly, represented in the Beaufort region. Genus HOMARUS Weber. The lobsters. Homarus Weber, 1795, p. 94; Milne-Edwards, H., 1837, t. 01, p. 333- Homarus americanus H. Milne-Edwards. American lobster. Pl. xxvutt, fig. 7. Homarus americanus H. Milne-Edwards, 1837, t. 0, p. 334; De Kay, 1844, p. 23; Coues, 1871, p. 124; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 320; R. Rathbun, 188s, p. 781; Herrick, 1895, p. 1-252; Fowler, 1912, pp. 96-99; Summer, rorr, p. 665. Cephalothorax subcylindrical, the carapace smooth and punctate above and on the sides, but with short and acute post orbital, post antennal, and infraorbital spines. Rostrum narrow, decurved until near the tip, which is usually more or less upcurved; margins above with 2 or 3 teeth on each side, lower surface with from 1 to 3 teeth a short distance behind the tip. Abdomen strong, its pleura more or less acuminate and directed backward; telson with a spiniform tooth on each side near the tip; basal article of appendages of sixth segment with two strong denticles. Antennal scale small; antennal 400 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. flagellum a little longer than body. Chelipeds large and heavy, unequal in size, and with dissimilar chelz, the broader and heavier one having lobate teeth on the opposable margins of the fingers, while the more slender one has small, sharp teeth and numerous stiff setee; both chele with strong spiniform tubercles on the inner margin in two rows and the base of the movable finger with a tubercle. Walking legs, with pencils of sete, on the terminal articles. Color, above dark bluish-green, mottled and speckled with darker spots, merging into dusky yellow or orange on the sides of the carapace and the blades of the tail fin; spines of chelipeds and rostrum, margins of chelz, and the antennulary and antennal flagella red; walking legs clear bluish-green. The only record of the occurrence of the lobster in the Beaufort region is by Coues, who stated that a small individual was captured near the town, by fishermen, in the summer of 1870. His surmise, that it might have been thrown overboard from some vessel from the north, may have been correct, but there is good reason to believe that in former years the range of this crustacean extended consider- ably farther to the south than it does at present. According to Herrick (op. cit., p. 15), “It has been said that lobsters have been seen along the beach in the surf near Indian River Inlet, Delaware. Two or three have been recorded at Johnstown, in the northeastern corner of Virginia, and in October, 1884, the United States Fish Commission steamer Albatross obtained a single specimen of good size off Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, from a depth of about 30 fathoms, by means of the beam trawl.’? De Kay (op. cit., p. 25) stated that in 1814 Gen. Pinckney liberated a car full of lobsters in the harbor of Charles- ton, S. C., and that survivors of these or their offspring were captured as late as 1830. At the present time the lobster is not known to occur south of the Delaware breakwater. Family ASTACIDAE (=POTOMOBIIDAE, of most authors). The fresh-water crawfishes. Fresh water Astacura, having the last thoracic segment free from the one in front of it, the pleurobranchs wanting or reduced to one on each side, and with sexual ap- pendages present in the male. Two or three genera are included in this family. Of these, only one is represented in the Beaufort region. Genus CAMBARUS Erichson. Cambarus Erichson, 1846, p. 88. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Rostrum long and slender, with lateral teeth near the tip... ............ 0... esse eee eens blandingii. aa. Rostrum short and broad, without lateral teeth. b. Rostrum rather! Geepby COnCave ADO Ves rere cina cee ence eek sald aisle tees ieee cha tausleip lovee diogenes. bbs Rostrum eathy dat above, witha low Caries, on j.5 cit eistec< ais) cexais alatstovabataielstsfotsvsia terete’ sist = eteeete uhleri. Cambarus blandingii (Harlan). Blanding’s crawfish. Pl. xxvii, fig. 5. Astacus blandingii, Harlan, 1830, p. 464; De Kay, 1844, p. 23. Cambarus blandingii, Hagen, 1870, p. 43; Faxon, 1885, p. 19; Fowler, 1912, p. 357- Carapace subcylindrical, smooth above, but with numerous small tubercles on the sides; rostrum elongate, with sharp, raised margins and short lateral spines. Chelipeds slender and thickly tuber- culate; chelz cylindrical and with slender fingers. Walking legs weak, pubescent at the tips, the third and fourth pairs of the male with a hook on the third article. First abdominal appendages of the male club-shaped, with two small, incurved, horny teeth on the distal end of the outer branch and a single backwardly directed spine on the inner branch. Length, 75 to 80 mm. Color, dull greenish-brown, whitish beneath and on lower part of carapace, often with a dark green- ish longitudinal stripe on the sides; tubercles of chelz black; sometimes entirely black. This species is said by Faxon to have been collected at Beaufort, but when and by whom is not stated. Recent collecting has failed to bring it to light in what might fairly be termed the Beaufort region. It has been taken at Lake Matamuskeet and at Wilmington, however, and undoubtedly occurs in the intermediate country. It is an inhabitant of ponds and ditches near the seacoast from New York to Georgia. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 401 Cambarus diogenes Girard. Solitary crawfish. Pl. xxvut. fig 4. Cambarus diogenes, Girard, 1852, p. 88; Faxon, 1885, p. 71; ibid., 1914, p. 400; Fowler, 1912, pp. 102-103. Carapace subcylindrical, compressed anteriorly, without spines and only lightly granulate on the sides; rostrum rather narrow, short, its upper surface rather deeply concave and lightly foveolate at the base. Chelipeds large and heavy; chele broad, heavily punctate, fingers ribbed above and below. Third pair of walking legs of the male with a hook on the third article. First abdominal appendages of the male short, strong and twisted, the posterior edge bearded at the base and with two backwardly directed teeth at the distal end. Abdomen shorter than the cephalothorax. Length, 75 to 80 mm. Color, very dark brown or olive brown, sometimes almost black; edges of rostrum, postorbital ridges and tips of chelz and legs orange red. Although this species had been collected in various other parts of North Carolina it was not until the summer of 1913 that it was met with in the Beaufort region. At that time several specimens were taken from holes which they had dug along the edge of a swamp on the north side of Cullys Creek, 10 or 12 miles north of the laboratory. In most cases these holes were surmounted by low and poorly constructed chimneys. Cambarus uhleri Faxon. Uhler’s crawfish. Pl. xxvm, fig. 6. Cambarus uhleri, Faxon, 1884, p. 116; ibid., 1885, p. 77; ibid., r9r4, p. 400. Distinguishable from C. diogenes by the rostrum, which in this species is nearly plane above, with a very low and indistinct carina, behind which there is a shallow foveola. The abdomen is commonly longer than the cephalothorax. Length, 60 to 75 mm. Color, yellowish or greenish brown, lighter on the sides; rostrum, chele, and legs with yellow, or orange. One or two specimens of this crawfish were secured in 1913 on the south side of Cullys Creek. They were taken from holes which they had dug at the edge of ponds in the woods. Section ANOMURA. Reptantia having the abdomen more or less reduced, asymmetrical, flexed beneath the thorax or imperfectly armored but almost always with biramous appendages on the sixth segment; the cephalothorax usually depressed; the carapace free from the epistome; a movable antennal scale often present; the third pair of legs unlike the first and the last pair markedly different from the third. This section is divided into 4 tribes, all of which are represented in the Beaufort fauna. Tribe GALATHEIDEA. Anomura having the abdomen relatively well developed, not closely folded under the thorax, symmetrical and with well-developed pleura, but to some extent not capable of complete extension, the cephalothorax more or less depressed, and the second to fourth pairs of legs with the dactyl not curved and flattened. Of the 5 families into which this tribe is divided 2 are represented in our fauna. Family GALATHEIDAE. Galatheidea having the abdomen not folded under the thorax, the second antennze with a four-jointed stalk, the arthrobranchs normally placed, and the third maxilli- peds with mastigobranchs. This family comprises 8 genera, of which 2 occur in the Beaufort region. 402 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. @. Rostrim’ rather sproad, TES Margins LOOLMEG oie wei corso who obtained his material at Woods Hole, Mass. Section BRACHYURA. Reptantia having the abdomen much reduced in size, closely bent under the thorax, never used for swimming, and with the appendages of the sixth segment missing; the cephalothorax depressed, the carapace fused with the epistome at the sides and nearly always also in the middle, the antennal scale never movable, the third maxillipeds broad, the first pair of legs chelate and nearly always much stronger than any of the others. The 3 tribes into which this section is divided are all represented in the Beaufort fauna. a For an account of the habits of the closely related species E. analoga, see Weymouth and Richardson, Smithsonian Miscek laneous Collections, vol. Lrx, p. 1-14, 1912. b Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Sciences, vol. m1, p. 311-342, pl. XLV-XLVMI, 1877. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. Al7 Tribe DROMIACEA. Brachyura having the buccal frame. roughly quadrate, the last pair of legs abnormal in form or size and dorsal in position, the female openings coxal, the first pair of abdomi- nal appendages present in the female, and the gills usually many. This tribe comprises 5 families, of which 3 are repre- sented in the Beaufort fauna. front ’ ' . ' ‘ 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 ' ‘ ' ' ‘ ' ' ' ' 1 1 1 ‘ anterolateral margin Family DROMIIDAE. Dromiacea having the carapace usually not longer than broad and with a well- marked side edge, the eyes usually completely sheltered by orbits when retracted, the gills 14 to 20 on each side, the sternum of the female with longitudinal grooves, and the fourth and fifth legs small, subdorsal, and usually pre- hensile. Of the 11 genera assigned to this family 2 have representatives in the Beaufort fauna. “Tmesogastric ? uropastric’ er mene accr a , branchial cardiac = } intestinal, cw 1 1 ‘ 1 4 ' 1 semen ee ee ceeee eon ee {posterolateral posterior margin. margin Fic. 17.—Dorsal surface of a crab’s carapace showing the important regions and margins. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Carapace firm and hard; body covered with short hairs. -... 0.2.02... 2.0 cee eeeccc ccc ccccece Dromidia. aa. Carapace soft and membranous; body mostly naked.................00cceeeeeeeees Hypoconcha. Genus DROMIDIA Stimpson. antennule /*maxilliped 24maxilla Fic. 18.—Mouth region of a crab showing the appen- - dages, Stimpson, 1858-1860, p. 225. Dromidia antillensis Stimpson. Pl. xxxz, fig. 5. Dromidia antillensis Stimpson, 1859, p. 24; Benedict, 1901, p. 132; Verrill, 1908, p. 431. Body and legs covered with a thick coat of short bris- tles, leaving only the tipsof the fingers exposed. Cara- pace convex in all directions, longer than wide; rostral tooth smaller and on a lower level than the inner orbita teeth; a tooth at about the middle of the superior margin of the orbit and another on the inferior margin; anterolat- eral margins with four or five dentiform tubercles on each side. Chelipeds thick and heavy; hand with three blunt spines on upper margin; fingers curved and with strong, interlocking teeth. Second and third legs strong and with long, curved dactyli; fourth and fifth legs subchelate, the fourth pair the smaller and the fifth turned forward onto the back. Length of carapace of a male, 32 mm.; width, 31 mm. Color, brownish red, fingers crimson, claws of legs horn color. Two or three specimens of this curious crab were dredged at depths of about 7 fathoms on the fish- ing grounds. Like many other crustaceans of the offshore banks it is a West Indian species which has 418 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. extended its range far northward in this favorable locality. The creature is said to conceal itself by holding a flat or concave piece of living sponge upon its back, but in none of the Beaufort specimens was the habit observed. One perfect specimen brought up in the dredge was clinging to the branches of a Gorgonia. It was carried alive to the laboratory, where it was kept for several days in a small aquarium. It spent the entire time huddled up in a corner and showed no interest in anything except some fragments of oyster which were thrown in for it to eat. Genus HYPOCONCHA Guérin Méneville. Hypoconcha Guérin Méneville, 1854, p. 333- KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a» Anterior (margin jot ‘carapace’ withottt (Spimes sme. less seis = eine sinensis) ierai ieee arcuata. aa. Anterior margin of carapace with several strong spines.................0- eens eee e ee eee sabulosa. Hypoconcha arcuata Stimpson. Pl. xxx, fig. 2. Hypoconcha arcuata Stimpson, 1859, p. 72; Benedict, r9or, p. 133. Body short, broad, flattened; dorsally with a thin, parchmentlike covering, ventrally solid and roughly granulate, the appendages capable of being folded compactly against the body. Front margin of carapace nearly semicircular in outline; the margin densely ciliated, deeply fissured in the middle, and with a shallow notch on each side near the middle; ventral surface without ridges, sloping evenly to the anterior margin, and with eyes, antennules, antennz, and mouth parts deeply seated in de- pressions in its surface; a narrow fissure in front of the eye, for the lodgment of the flagellum of the antennary flagellum; outer posterior margin of orbit fissured. ‘Third maxillipeds completely closing the buccal cavity. Legs all stout, hairy, and coarsely granulate; the first pair chelate, the fingers somewhat spatulate and toothed at the tip, the thumb set on at an angle with the hand; second and third legs with sharp, corneous tips; fourth and fifth legs borne on the dorsal surface, their penultimate segment very short, and the terminal segment reduced to a little curved claw. Abdomen short, flexed so that its last two segments lie on the thoracic sterna. Length of a male, in natural position, 33 mm.; carapace, 24 mm.; width of carapace, 24 mm. Color, gray. This curious little crab has so far been obtained only in the dredge in Bogue Sound, off Morehead City. It is always found occupying a valve of some lamellibranch shell, preferably, it seems, a clam shell, which it carries about upon its back, after the manner of a hermit crab. By means of the claws on its fourth and fifth pairs of legs, aided, perhaps, by the pressure of its body against the shell, it clings so tightly that it is almost impossible to remove the live animal from its abode without crushing it. Hypoconcha sabulosa (Herbst). Pl. xxx, fig. 3. Cancer sabulosus Herbst, 1799, vol. 0, p. 57. Hypoconcha sabulosa Guérin Méneville, 1854, p. 333; Stimpson, 1858, p. 226; ibid., 1859, p. 72; Benedict, 1901, p. 133. In form and general appearance very similar to H. arcuata, but with the ventral surface nodulose as well as granulate, and marked by several strong ridges. The anterior margin of the carapace is not so deeply fissured, the notches above the antenne are scarcely evident, and toward the middle, beneath the fringe of sete, there are several strong spines. The antennary fosse are limited in front by a pair of strong, oblique ridges, which arise between two of the spines of the anterior border, meeting each other in the middle line at the front of the epistome. The posterior border of the epistome is raised into a prominent ridge, which is continued on either side across the front and some distance along the sides of the buccal area. The basal articles of the antenne are tuberculate; the basal one has a strong, in- wardly directed tooth and the terminal one a tooth on each side of the base of the flagellum. The fissure in the outer margin of the orbit is very noticeable, owing to the development of a strong tubercle on either side of it, the one lying just behind the eye being especially strong and spiniform. The carpal segment of the first pair of legs bears several dentate tubercles. Length of a female, in natural position, 33 mm.; carapace, 22 mm.; width of carapace, 22 mm. Color, gray. This species occurs in Beaufort harbor, but is apparently less common than H. arcuata. In habits the two species, so far as is known, are similar. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 419 Family HOMOLIDAE. Dromiacea having the eyes incompletely sheltered by orbits when retracted, the sternum of the female without longitudinal grooves, the first article of the eyestalk not much longer than the second, and the gills 13 or 14 on each side. There are 4 genera, of which 1 occurs in the Beaufort region. Genus HOMOLA Leach. Homola Leach, 1815, p. 81. Homola barbata (Fabricius). Pl. xxx, fig. ro. Cancer barbatus Fabricius, 1793, t. 1, p. 460; Herbst, 1796, vol. m, pl. xxxvn, fig. 6. Homola barbata White, 1847, p. 55; Smith, 1886, p. 637 (33), pl. u, fig. 1. Carapace about one-fourth longer than wide, its surface everywhere granulate and spinulose and sparsely setose; the sides straight, only slightly convergent posteriorly and extending almost vertically downward from a spiny ridge that extends backward from behind the strong anterolateral spine. Ros- trum small, bifurcate at tip. A spine on each side at the base of the rostrum, one at the outer orbital angle, a transverse row of two behind the rostrum, behind these a transverse row of eight, and, a little farther back, a small median spine. Anterolateral parts, below and behind orbits, with small spines. Eyestalks long, slender at base, and suddenly enlarged below the cornea. Chelipeds of moderate size, their surface granulate and hairy, and the meros and carpus with rows of spines. Walking legs with flattened articles, long, hairy, and spinulose along margins. First segment of abdomen with a prominent median tubercle. Length of a female: 16 mm.; width, 12.5 mm. One specimen, a female, was collected by the Fish Hawk at station 7334, depth 63 fathoms. Family LATREILLIDAE. Dromiacea having the eyes completely exposed on long stalks in which the first article is much longer than the second, the sternum of the female without longitudinal grooves and the gills 8 on each side. Of the 2 genera, 1 occurs in the Beaufort region. Genus LATREILLIA Roux. Latreillia Roux, 1828, p. (1). Latreillia elegans Roux. Pl. xxx, fig. 4. Latreillia elegans Roux, 1828, pt. 5, pl. xxu; Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. 1, p. 277; Smith, 1884, p. 351, [7], pl. u, fig.2-2a pl. m, fig. x. Body pyriform, finely granulate, truncate in front and armed with two long, divergent horns between which a minute spinelike rostrum projects obliquely downward; each horn is minutely spinulose near the tip and at about the proximal third bears a spine on the lower side. Front margin of carapace with an acute spine projecting downward at the base of the eyestalks. Abdomen of the female broad; the first segment with amedian tubercle; second segment with a strong median spine; third segment, with which the segments which follow are coalesced, with a stout spine on each lateral margin. In the male the abdomen appears to be composed of six distinct segments and lacks all the spines, except the one of the second segment. Eyes large, pyriform, at the end of slender stalks whose length slightly exceeds that of the supra- orbital horns. Third maxillipeds slender and somewhat pediform. Legs very long, almost filiform, their ischial and propodal articles spinulose. Chelipeds about twice as long as the body and about half as long as third walking legs, very slender; hand a little longer than the carpus; movable finger alittle less than half as long as the palm. Measurements of a female: Length, along median line, 9 mm.; width, 5.5 mm.; horn, 5 mm.; third leg, 67 mm. 420 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Three specimens of this bizarre crab, one male and two females, were dredged by the Fish Hawk in over 100 fathoms, 30 miles south of Cape Lookout. The species has been reported from the American coast by S. I. Smith whose specimens came from a depth of 70 fathoms off the coast of Massachusetts. It was described by Roux from the Mediterranean. Tribe OXYSTOMATA. Brachyura having the buccal frame (endostome) prolonged forward, like a gutter, over the epistome, the female openings usually sternal, the first abdominal appendages of the female wanting, and the gills few. This tribe includes 4 families of which 3 are represented in the Beaufort fauna. Family RANINIDAE. Oxystomata having the body long and more ox less abnormal in shape, the abdomen not completely hidden beneath the thorax, the antenne large and the last two pairs of legs more dorsal than the others and with their last two articles broad. This family comprises 9 genera of which 1 is represented in the Beaufort fauna. Genus RANILIA H. Milne-Edwards. Ranilia H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. 0, p. 195. Ranilia muricata H. Milne-Edwards. Pl. xxx1, fig. 1. Ranilia muricata H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. 0, p. 195; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 316. Carapace oval, strongly convex from side to side, slightly so from front to back, smooth posteriorly but with numerous transverse cilated wrinkles anteriorly; rostrum slender; anterior border of carapace with four strong spines on each side, of which the innermost constitutes the internal angle of the orbit, the third surmounts the external angle of these cavities and the fourth is at the external angle of the front. Eyestalks strong, about four times as long as the rostrum and capable of being turned back into the deep, oblique orbits. First antenne very small. Second antenne directed forward and slightly longer than the eyestalks. First pair of legs subchelate, stout, flattened distally, squamose-denticulate above and with a strong spine on the supero-distal margin of the meros, carpus and manus; distal margin of manus perpendicular, toothed; dactyl strong, curved. Second, third, and fourth pairs of legs with flattened, triangular dactyli. Fifth pair of legs elevated, turned forward and densely fringed with hairs. Abdomen short and narrow. Color, porcelain white with red vermiculate transverse lines on the cephalothorax and red dots and blotches on the legs. This species, first credited to the North Carolina fauna by Kingsley, appears to be confined to the sand bottoms well offshore. In the operationson the Blackfish Banks in 1913 and 1914 several specimens were obtained in the dredge and fragments of others were secured from fish stomachs. It has not been met within the harbor nor along the beaches. Family CALAPPIDAE. Oxystomata of normal crablike form having the abdomen hidden beneath the thorax, the antenne small, the legs normal in position, the afferent openings of the gill chambers in front of the chelipeds, the gills nine on each side and the male openings coxal. This family comprises 11 genera of which 3 are represented in the Beaufort fauna. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Posterolateral region of the carapace expanded and dentate...............00 sce eee ees Calappa. aa. Posterolateral region of the carapace not expanded. b. Carapace considerably broader than long, regularly convex above.........-.-.-2++0+000> Hepatus. bb. Carapace nearly as long as broad, dorsal surface very uneven.............000eeeeee ee ees Osachila. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N, C., REGION. 421 Genus CALAPPA Weber. Calappa Weber, 1795, D. 92; Fabricius, 1798, p. 309. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. - a. Posterior margin of carapace with only broad and shallow teeth. b. Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide; crest of hand eight or nine toothed .......... ammea. bb. Carapace nearly as long as wide; crest of hand six or seven toothed .................... angusta. aa. Posterior margin of carapace with a pair of spines near the middle........................ sulcata. Calappa flammea (Herbst). Boxcrabs. Pl. xxxt, fig. 8. Cancer flammea Herbst, 1796, vol. 11, p. 161. Calappa flammea Bosc, 1802, t. 1, p. 185; Miers, 1886, p. 284; Rathbun, roor, p. 84; Verrill, 1908, p. 420; Summer, 1916, Pp. 669; Fowler, 1912, p. 116. Calappa marmorata Latreille, 1803, p. 392; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 324; ibid, 18804, p. 402, (not C. marmorata Fabricius). Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex and granulate above, the granules larger toward the front and grouped to form several longitudinal lines of nodules; front with a broad median notch, projecting slightly beyond the orbits; anterolateral border crenulate, granulate and bluntly dentate; posterolateral margins expanded into winglike extensions and with seven strong teeth with beaded edges; posterior margin arcuate, its edge beaded. Chelipeds large, capable of being fitted closely against the front of the body; superior margin of carpus and hand raised into a prominent crest which is coarsely granulate on the carpus and eight or nine toothed on the hand; meros with a strong, four-toothed crest parallel with the outer distal border. Walking legs capable of being completely hidden beneath the carapace. Color buff or light purple with dark purplish-brown lines forming a coarse reticulate pattern over the anterior part of the carapace and thence radiating to the lateral and posterior borders. Carpus with color markings continuous with those of the carapace. Hand light purple with a few dark blotches near the upper part of the outer surface. Inner surface of cheliped largely dark red. Walking legs very light pink. Measurements of a large male: Length, 86 mm.; width, 132 mm.; length of hand, 73 mm.; width of hand, 58 mm. This crab, perhaps the most striking one of the region, does not often occur within the harbor, but is not infrequently brought up in the dredge from a depth of a few fathoms outside the inlet. The speci- mens secured in the harbor are usually less than 25 mm., in width; those obtained outside are usually twice or three times as wide and on rare occasions an individual as large as the one whose measure- ments are given is captured. The natural range of the species extends as far northward as Cape Hatteras but in the larval stages it often drifts as far to the north as southern New England. Some of these are supposed to now and then survive a mild winter and to develop by the next summer into the small specimens which have at rare intervals been taken on the coasts of Massachusetts and Rhode Island. The larval stages have been described and figured by S. I. Smith. Calappa angusta A. Milne-Edwards. Pl. xxx1, fig. 7. Calappa angusta A, Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 18. Carapace about eight-ninths as long as wide, tuberculate and granulate above, the tubercles placed irregularly except in the middle line where there are several in arow; front depressed, deeply grooved in the middle and marked off from the orbits by a groove on each side; anterolateral margin granulate; posterolateral margin with one large tooth at the posterolateral angle in front of which are five or six teeth of diminishing size; on the posterior margin there is one rather strong tooth immediately behind the large tooth at the posterolateral angle and several smaller tubercles and granules. Chelipeds strong; hand indistinctly tuberculate in rows and with a high crest on the superior margin the edge of which is divided into six or seven teeth; meros with a serrate, transverse crest on the outer surface near the distal end. Length of a male, 17 mm.; width, 19 mm. * Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. vol. Iv, p. 263, 1880. 422 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Color, clear orange red above and on the sides, yellowish behind; tips of the walking legs bright- yellow; chelipeds slightly purplish. This species had been reported from a depth of 63 fathoms off Cape Lookout and has been taken by the Fish Hawk (station 8249) in 47 fathoms at a point about 23 miles off Cape Lookout. In the deeper water of the Gulf Stream it appears to be more abundant, several specimens, one of them a male 32 mm. wide and 28 mm., long, were brought up from depth of from 100 to 200 fathoms. Calappa sulcata Rathbun. Pl. xxx1, fig. 6. Calappa sulcata Rathbun, 1898, p. 289; ibid, r9or, p. 85. Carapace about seven-eights as long as wide, finely granulate and with about 7 rows of tubercles; anterolateral border with about 14 crenulations, granulate on edge; posterior margin between wings with 2 prominent, acute spines; wings not strongly developed, having 6 marginal teeth,2 behind and 3 in front of the posterolateral tooth, which is long and spiniform. Expansion of meros of cheliped four lobed; superior crest of hand six to seven dentate; outer sur- face of hand with an irregular, oblique, almost smooth sulcus bordered by tubercles, and an acuminate inferior proximal spine. Dimensions of a female: Length, 21 mm.; width at sinus just in front of wings, 23 mm.; width at posterior lateral spines, 23.8 mm. Color, in alcohol, light pinkish brown with a number of small, narrow rings of dark red—3 on the carapace and the others on the chelipeds. This box crab has been dredged at a depth of 27 fathoms off Cape Lookout, as reported in Dr. Mary J. Rathbun’s description of which this is a condensation. Genus HEPATUS Latreille. Hepatus Latreille, 1802, t. M1, p. 22. Hepatus epheliticus (Linneus). Calico crab, Dolly Varden crab. Pl. xxxu, fig. 1. Cancer epheliticus Linnzus, 1749-69, vol. VI, p. 414; Rathbun, 1897, p. 37. Cancer decorus Herbst, 1796, vol. 1, p. 154. Hepatus decorus Gibbes, 1850, vol. m1, p. 183; Coues, 1871, p. 124; Kingsley, 1880a, p. 324. Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex above, regularly arcuate in front, and strongly narrowed behind; front narrow, straight, prominent and placed much higher than the continuation of the anterolateral borders of the carapace; anterolateral borders dentate; superior surface of carapace with several transverse lines or groups of tubercles. Chelipeds moderately strong, carpus and manus with lines of coarse tubercles on their outer face and a crest which, on the manus, is four toothed on the superior margin. Color, dark gray or brownish with numerous, rather large, round or irregular spots of light red with darker borders scattered over the carapace. This crab is not uncommon in depths of a few fathoms in the channels of the harbor though the indi- viduals so secured are not asnumerous nor as large as those taken outside. In a series representing vari- ous ages a great deal of variation is to be seen, the granulations being relatively much coarser in the young and the spots more numerous and brightly colored. Genus OSACHILA Stimpson. Osachila Stimpson, 1871), p. 154. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Abdomen eroded along the margins and on last two segments...............-200.ee0eee semilevis. aa., Abdomen deeply. eroded sallcovers fan. iaizisy.int. sarsiste (eros clevaiels oTolotass eraloim, Yel stosiePe ololaleis ielnicvereiotaltiars tu berosa. Osachila semilevis Rathbun. Pl. xxx1, fig. 9. Osachila semilevis Rathbun, 1916, p. 652. Carapace octagonal, with six large protuberances, one mesogastric, one metagastric (paired), one cardiac, one mesobranchial (paired) all of which are rough as if finely eroded, while the depressions are nearly smooth; anterolateral margins continued toward buccal cavity and finely dentate; postero- lateral margins thick and with four lobes, the first of which does not project as far as the adjacent antero- DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 423 lateral lobe; the last posterolateral lobe quite prominent; front usually with a narrow buttonholelike sinus. Cheliped short, thick, tuberculate on the outer face and with rough margins; hand stout; thumb thick; movable finger comparatively slender and straight; upper margin of hand with three simple teeth. Walking legs of moderate size, more or less prismatic and lightly grooved. Abdomen narrow, eroded along the margins and on the last two segments. Length of a female, 11.6 mm.; width, 13 mm. Two specimens of this curious little crab were obtained by the Fish Hawk (station 7959 and 7978) in about 14fathoms. The species belongs to the West Indian fauna and hitherto has not been collected north of Florida. Osachila tuberosa Stimpson. Pl. xxx, fig. ro. Osachila tuberosa Stimpson, 1871), p.154; A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 20 (pt.); Smith, 1886, p. 636 [32]; Rathbun, 1898, p. 118; ibid., 1916, Dp. 649. Carapace octagonal with six large protuberances; one mesogastric, one metagastric (paired), one cardiac, one mesobranchial (paired) all of which as well as the lateral margins and, to some extent, the depressions of the shell are eroded; anterolateral margins continued toward the buccal cavity and finely dentate; posterolateral margins with four lobes, the first of which projects sideways slightly beyond the adjacent anterolateral tooth; front usually with a narrow sinus. Cheliped short, thick, tuberculate on outer face and with rough margins; hand stout; thumb thick, movable finger with a short, dense pubescence; upper margin of hand with three teeth, the proximal one of which is bifid. Walking legs more or less prismatic, with sharp margins and light longitudinal grooves. Abdomen narrow, deeply eroded all over. Length cf female: 18.2 mm.; width, 20.2 mm., This species has been recorded by Smith (loc. cit.) from off Cape Hatteras in 48 fathoms. Like O. semilevis, it belongs to the West Indian fauna and strays northward along the edge of the Gulf Stream. Family LEUCOSIIDAE. Oxystomata of normal crablike form having the abdomen hidden’ beneath the thorax; the antenne small, the legs normal in position, the afferent openings of the gill chambers on either side of the mouth at the base of the third maxillipeds, the gills less than 9 on each side and the male openings sternal. Of the 36 genera now placed in this family 4 have representatives in the Beaufort region. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Carapace ovoid or globular and smooth or granular. Ge binges opening data NOLZoMtal PlAarle? cea. clele ce l= ei slalal nie alelaielaeiein/clsinje\cio’e/eis}e eclelele\e/e ici Persephona. Bee RI ErS Oeil ye VELCICAUP LAME acter clelolelseieteraraaieietetssesialciete eleiatsleleisiareistelsislereia fete isleters ere Iliacantha. aa. Carapace polygonal, uneven, nodular or eroded. b. Posterior portion of carapace without deep cavities.............. ccc eee e cece cece eens Lithadia. bb. Posterior portion of carapace with a deep rounded cavity on each side.............. Spelwophorus. Genus PERSEPHONA Leach. Persephona Leach, 1817, p. 18, 22. Persephona punctata (Linneus). Purse crabs. Pl. xxxn, fig. 9. Cancer punctatus Linnzus, 1758, p. 630 (part.). Guaia punctata H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. 0, p. 127; Gibbes, 1850, p. 185. Persebhona punctata Stimpson, 1859, p. 70; Coues, 1871, p. 123; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 324; Rathbun, roor, p. 87. Carapace globular, thickly strewn dorsally and laterally with granules of various sizes and with three sharp, recurved spines, one at each end of the posterior margin and one median just above the posterior margin; front narrow, broadly bidentate, produced and elevated and with the dentiform angles of the branchial channels projecting slightly beyond it; anterior and lateral regions bounded externally 424 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. by a row of beadlike granules which is broken toward the front by a single tubercle of larger size and toward the back extends to a point nearly opposite the end of the posterior margin. Chelipeds sub- cylindrical in the adult male, about one and a half times as long as the carapace; meros with many large tubercles; carpus and hand nearly smooth except on margins; hand somewhat flattened and di- lated; fingers weak. Color, grayish brown, with darker irregular spots or marmorations, the granules white or tinged with red. This curious crab is occasionally found stranded at low tide on Bird Shoal, but is more often obtained by dredging in the shallow waters of the region. It is nowhere abundant and so far as is known it is about as likely to be met with in one place as in another. The purselike receptacle formed by the enormously enlarged penultimate segment of the abdomen of the female may be found filled with eggs at almost any time during the summer. Genus ILIACANTHA Stimpson. Tliacantha Stimpson, 18716, p. 155. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Fingers about half as long as palm of hand............... 2... s eee eeee cece een eeeeee intermedia. aa, Hingers) longer that) palm of bare operated fete teletetete fore etetedete te eter ta ttt fale ehede subglobosa. Tliacantha intermedia Miers. Pl. xxxn, fig. 3. Iliacantha intermedia Miers, 1886, p. 302, pl. XXv1, fig. 3, 3a. Carapace orbicular, with upturned and truncate frontal portion; three posterior spines, of which the median is conical, slightly recurved at the tip, and placed at a higher level than the shorter, flattened, triangular spines of the posterior margin; surface of carapace with very small, evenly scattered granules; margins granulate; front deeply grooved above, broadly notched in front and with the spiniform angles of the branchial channels extending beyond it. Chelipeds slender; the meros cylindrical and granulate, the granules much coarser proximally; manus smooth, nearly as long as carapace, more or less club-shaped, somewhat inflated proximally, but tapering rapidly to the very slender fingers, which are about one-half the length of the palm, incurved at the tip and denticulate on the distal half of their opposable margins. Color, gray, without markings of any kind; in alcohol, fading to a pinkish white. Dimensions of a male: Length, 16 mm.; width, 12 mm.; chela, length, 13 mm.; fingers, 4 mm. ‘Two specimens of this little crab were taken by the Fish Hawk at station D 7942. In general appear- ance it so closely resembles the young of Persephona punctata that its identity would be pretty certain to escape unnoticed on a cursory examination. Tliacantha subglobosa Stimpson. Pl. xxxn, fig. 2. Iliacantha subglobosa Stimpson, 1871, p. 155. Very similar to I. intermedia, but with less coarsely granulate carapace, more rounded spines at the sides of the posterior end of the carapace and much longer fingers; the latter exceed the palm in length and are armed at regular intervals with relatively large teeth between which are numbers of much smaller teeth. Length of a male, 21 mm.; width, 16 mm.; chela, length, 22 mm; fingers, 13 mm. There is no record of the occurrence of this crab in the immediate vicinity of Beaufort, but it has been taken at various points along the coast to the north and south of this locality and doubtless will be found to occur here. Genus LITHADIA Bell. Lithadia Bell, 1855, p. 305. Lithadia cariosa Stimpson. Pl. xxxn, fig. 6. Lithadia cariosa Stimpson, 1860, p. 238; Kingsley, 1878-79, Dp. 325. Carapace convex, subpentagonal, its surface very uneven and covered everywhere, as are the other parts of the body and legs, with beadlike granules, larger posteriorly ; front narrow, upturned, and broadly notched; posterior margin bilobate and partly overhung by the large, knoblike cardiac lobe; subhepatic DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 425 region with a large blunt tooth. Abdomen of male narrow triangular with a backward projecting spine at proximal end of the penultimate segment; abdomen of female with the penultimate segment very large, nearly circular. Chelipeds stout, a little longer than the width of the carapace, their joints angular, outer margin of manus crested. Length of carapace, 14 mm., lite) 15 mm. Color, a light gray or buff; the female occasionally with two or three small red spots on the abdomen. This curious little crab is not uncommon at depths from x to 5 fathoms in the channels about Beau- fort. When brought to the surface in the dredge it feigns death and is only with difficulty distinguished from the pebbles and bits of shell among which it appears to make its home. Eggs occur at intervals throughout the summer. Stimpson’s material, from which the species was described, came from Beaufort Harbor. Genus SPEL@OPHORUS A. Milne-Edwards. Speleophorus A. Milne-Edwards, 1865, p. 148. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Lateral margins of carapace expanded into broad, flattened wings..................... pontifera. aa. Lateral portions of carapace tumid, not expanded into wings.............. 02... ee eee nee nodosus. Speleeophorus pontifera (Stimpson). Pl. xxxn, fig. 5. Lithadia pontifera Stimpson, 1871, p. 115; Rathbun, roor, p. 88. Speleophorus triangulus A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 23. Carapace subrhomboidal, from one-third to one-sixth wider than long, its surface granulate and very uneven; front narrow, produced, upturned, and with a deep median sinus; orbits small; lateral margin of branchial region on each side extended into a broad wing which conceals the legs and whose outer end is truncate or concave; anterolateral margin concave and with a notch near its middle; poste- rior margin broad and with a deep rounded cavity on each side of the intestinal region which extends toward, and almost to, a much smaller pit on the dorsal surface at the side of the cardiac region; anarrow suture connects the cavity and pit of each side. From the front a ridge, interrupted at the center of the carapace, extends back along the mid-dorsal line almost to the posterior margin; on each side of this ridge, in the branchial region, is a prominent elevation more or less divided into two parts, one of which is connected by a ridge with the anterior angle of the lateral wing, while the other is similarly connected with the posterior angle. Chelipeds of moderate size; meros with two large, triangular teeth on the outer margin; fingers slender and curved. Walking legs granulate and tuberculate throughout. One specimen, 12 mm. wide, was secured by the Fish Hawk on the fishing banks. The species is a small one, apparently attaining a width of about 15 mm., and is extremely variable. The ridges and elevations of the dorsal surface may be sharp and very conspicuous or low and rounded; the angles of the lateral wings of the carapace may be produced or rounded off. The female is not as wide in proportion to her length as is the male, her abdomen is densely tuberculate and the outer poste- tior part of the lateral wings is somewhat tumid. Among the specimens in the United States National Museum the extreme of angularity of sculpture in this species is shown by a specimen from off Culebra, P. R. A less angular specimen comes, probably from Florida. The Beaufort specimen is less angular than either of these. Spelcophorus nodosus (Bell). Pl. xxxm, fig. 4. Oreophorus nodosus Bell, 1855, p. 307. Speleophorus nodosus Milne-Edwards, 1865, p. 149; Rathbun, r9or, p. 89. Speleophorus nodosus Stimpson, 1871, p. 119. Carapace convex, subtriangular or pentagonal, posterolateral angles rounded, its surface evenly and thickly covered everywhere with crowded, rounded granules; a prominent, broad ridge extends backward from the front to the cardiac region; on each side there is a low hump on the hepatic region, and behind this, at the side of the gastric region, there is a much larger hump, and still farther back, near the posterior border, is one of nearly equal size; the posterior humps overhang and largely contain a pair 426 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. of deep cavities whose rounded mouths open one on each side of the posterior margin. The front is nar- row, bilobed, and upturned; a short distance back, on the subhepatic region, isa prominent nodose eleva- tion, and a little farther back two others of slightly smaller size. Chelipeds short and stout, rough, coarsely granulate and crested along the outer margin; crest of meros with a large distal and a small proximal lobe. Length of carapace, 15 mm.; width, 17 mm. Color in life, salmon pink with a few purplish spots on the carapace and rusty brown marks on the legs. A single adult female of this species was dredged in the channel of Bogue Sound opposite Morehead City on July 14, 1913, and an adult male was taken from a fish’s stomach at the Blackfish Bank on August 1,1914. The species has heretofore been taken much farther south. Tribe BRACHYGNATHA. Brachyura having the buccal frame roughly quadrate, the last pair of legs normal in form, rarely reduced in size, and almost never dorsal, the gills few, the first abdominal appendages of the female wanting, and the female openings sternal. Both of the subtribes and 8 out of the 18 families of this tribe are represented in the Beaufort fauna. Subtribe BRACHYRHYNCHA. Brachygnatha having the body oval, circular, or quadrate and broad in front, the rostrum reduced or wanting, and the orbits nearly always well inclosed. This subtribe comprises 14 families, of which 7 are represented here. Family PORTUNIDAE. The swimming crabs. Brachyrhyncha having the body transversely oval, the last pair of legs more or less distinctly adapted for swimming, and the antenne folding obliquely or transversely. Of the 33 genera assigned to this family 4 are represented here. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Carapace with five teeth of about equal size on anterolateral margin; interocular teeth 00 (Ser IS SOLE Ana SoCs hn Abaca Aen an Reema Ra attr Ovalipes. aa. Carapace with nine anterolateral teeth, of which the last is usually much larger than the others; in- terocular teeth four, six, or eight. 6: Palatewithout aviongitidinal ‘ridges. S tee... sereiets oes crete ieee t cneiciie seit Arenzus. bb. Palate with a longitudinal ridge. e. ‘Abdomien! of ‘male"triangulanin5. verses tance on seats cisietare eatcie eet ae ete nies slelsishctereints Portunus. cc. Last two segments of male abdomen very much narrower than the basal segments... .Callinectes. Genus OVALIPES Rathbun. Ovalipes Rathbun, 1898, p. 597. Platyonichus Latreille, 1825, p. 151, pt. (not Platyonichus Latreille, 1818, vol. xxvu, p. 4). Ovalipes ocellatus ocellatus (Herbst). Lady crab. Pl. xxxu, fig. 7. Cancer ocellatus Herbst, 1782-1804, vol. m1, heft 1, p. 61. Portunus pictus Say, 1817, p. 62. Platyonichus ocellatus Latreille, 1825, p. 152; H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. I, p. 437; Cotes, 1871, p. 120; Kingsley, 1878- 79, PD. 321; Smith, 1886, p. 631; Paulmier, 1905, p. 143; Fowler, 1912, p. 421. Ovalipes ocellatus Rathbun, 1898, p. 597; Summer, rorz, p. 672. Carapace about one-fourth wider than long, convex, finely granulate everywhere except in the median line, where there is a longitudinal band of slightly enlarged granules; front with three acute teeth, of which the median is about twice as long as the lateral ones. Orbit with one shallow fissure above. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 427 Anterolateral teeth strong, acute, directed forward. Inner suborbital angle projecting as far as the median tooth. Lower surface of carapace in the anterolateral region with a curved stridulating ridge. Abdomen of male narrow, its sides nearly parallel; sixth segment more than twice as long as seventh, which is circular; abdomen of female not greatly broader than that of male, widest at fifth segment. Chelipeds rather large; anterior margin of meros with several small spines and a dense fringe of hairs; carpus with two spines, the inner one very strong; hand triangular, external border costate, internal border with an overhanging densely ciliated ridge, which ends distally in a sharp spine; external costa and internal line of cilia continued onto the dactyl. Measurements of a male: Carapace, length, 31 mm., width, 38 mm., thickness of body, 12.5 mm.; length of cheliped, 42 mm. olor, yellowish gray, closely set with small annular spots of reddish purple; carapace and chelipeds with a silvery or brassy iridescence. The lady crabs are not often observed in the Beaufort region and probably are not as abundant as they are farther north. On Bird Shoal and Shark Shoal and on the ocean beaches their cast-off shells are often to be found, but these are of small size, and would seem to indicate that mostly immature individuals come within reach of the ordinary collector. By the use of the dredge or otter trawl outside the inlet many adult specimens have been obtained, and they appear to be fairly common about the fishing banks. In the spring of 1915 a number of specimens were obtained in the pound net set in Newport River, about 1 mile north of the laboratory. Ovalipes ocellatus floridanus sub. sp.nov. Pl. xxxn, fig. 8. Ovalipes ocellatus, var., Smith, 1887, p. 632. Holotype, No. 47957, U. S. Nat. Mus., df from Pensacola, Fla. Paratypes, No. 17915, U. S. Nat. Mus. Differs from Ovalipes ocellatus ocellatus in the lack of the purple ocellated spots, the color being a uniform grayish yellow; the carapace is less arched and is evenly granulate all over, the median band of enlarged granules not being evident; the anterolateral spines, especially the outer orbitals, are more acute; the orbits are wider, the distance between the outer and inner orbital spines exceeding the dis- tance between the suborbital spines, whereas in O. ocellatus ocellatus the reverse is usually true. The broadening of the orbits appears to have been brought about at the expense of the interorbital part of the carapace, the distance between the two inner orbital spines being slightly less than in typical ocellatus from the north. ' In the region about Beaufort, especially at a distance of a few miles off Cape Lookout, this form of the lady crab is probably much more common than the spotted form. In the harbor it is very rare. Specimens from the neighborhood of Cape Hatteras are not typical in all cases as regards measurements; often the color is the only distinctive character. Along the Florida coast, judging from the collection in the National Museum, the unspotted form is the only one that occurs. Genus PORTUNUS Weber. The pelagic crabs. Portunus Weber, 1795, p. 93; Fabricius, 1798, p. 325. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION.® a. Carapace wide; if the middle of the posterior margin be taken as a center and a circle drawn with the length of the carapace as its radius, the periphery will fall well within the tips of the antero- IBLiGrerl| Gia ES) EON oy Se Bona Sleaas TOO DUC eRe Se RoC Ce Dee caer TE™ (Subgenus Portunus). Ouplnterocitiataceethustx ithe diner jonpital DeItug, ENtTe io years wiessieicyninte aisles siar dns icles sayi. bb. Interocular teeth eight, the inner orbital being bilobed..........................-- gibbesit. a Poritunus and Achelotis.—It is needless, in the present case, to attempt to settle the status of any of the groups into which the genus Portunus has been divided. Whether the form of the carapace, the shape and function of the anterior walking legs, the articles of the third maxillipeds, or some other structural detail will furnish entirely satisfactory characters for a division can be determined only by the critical study of a much more extensive collection of species than we have at ourcommand. For the pur- poses of this paper it appears to be best to follow Dr. Mary J. Rathbun in regarding Portunus, sensu strictu, as consisting of those species with a broad carapace and Acheloiis as consisting of those with a marrow carapace, placing both as subgenera under Portunus. Itis doubtless true that this difference will not show in the case of very young individuals of some of the species, but with reasonably mature and with all adult specimens there should be no trouble in making the distinction. 428 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. aa. Carapace narrower; a circle drawn as before will fall well outside the tips of the fifth, sixth, and seventh anterolateral y spitiesici oc: te\s ey icssleiohe cjoicieloleienateleyete tare iets aieieLteiee (Subgenus Acheloiis). b. Interocular teeth eight, the inner orbital being bilobed.......................-- spinimanus. bb. Interocular teeth six, the inner orbital being entire. c. Basal article of last pair of legs with an acute, upright spine................+---+-+++-.+-+5-- seb@. cc. Basal article of last pair of legs without an erect spine. d. Internal spine of carpus extending to middle of hand or beyond...............-- spinicarpus. dd. Internal spine of carpus of moderate length. e. Superoexternal surface of chela with a conspicuous, smooth silvery or iridescent area. .ordwayi. ee. Superoexternal surface of chela ridged and not iridescent. jf. Superior margin of hand with two distal spines, one behind the other; posterior lateral spine distinctly, lon gem tian the OUMELS cys ater oie el etmieleielvinfelaterateleteie le taleielete i iate ieee anceps. jf. Superior margin of hand with only one distal spine; posterior lateral spine little if any lonper than) one aritomt Ofpit arn micistelaee ete wery- lee tera tele) satel) ele reiteleie tate depresstfrons. Portunus gibbesii (Stimpson). Pl. xxxm, fig. 1. Lupa gibbesit Stimpson, 1862, p. 57. Acheloiis gibbesii Stimpson, 1862, p. 222; Verrill, 1908, p. 380. Portunus gibbesii Rathbun, 1900, p. 140. Carapace more than twice as wide as long, not tumid, thickly covered with small spherical granules, pubescent, and with three or four naked, transverse ridges, two of which arise from the lateral spines and run toward the gastric region; frontal teeth 8, including the two points of the innerorbitals, each of which is notched at the summit; the 2 median teeth are narrower and slightly more advanced than the next pair; external orbital tooth not much larger than the teeth of the anterolateral border, which are stout, acute, and directed forward; the last tooth, or lateral spine, slender, very sharp, curved forward and about as long as the space occupied by the four preceding teeth; near the anterolateral margin at the base of the teeth are one or more small, naked, iridescent areas. Chelipeds long, slender; meros with five or six spines in front and one at the distal end; carpus with a large internal and a smaller external spine; chela slender, ribbed on all its surfaces; the ribs con- tinued onto the fingers and made rough by sharp-pointed, appressed tubercles; there are two spines on the hand, one at the articulation with the carpus, the other near the distal end of the superior rib; fingers nearly straight with incurved tips. Length of a male, 29 mm.; width, 61 mm. Color, brownish red, the transverse ridges on the carapace and the spines and margins of the cheli- peds carmine red. On the American coast the range of this crab extends as far north as Woods Hole, Mass. It is fairly common about Beaufort and is often taken in the deeper channels of the harbor. Portunus sayi (Gibbes). Pl. xxxm, fig. 2. Portunus pelagicus Bosc, 1805, p. 219. Lupa pelagica Say, 1817, p. 97; De Kay, 1844, p. 11 (not L. pelagica Leach). Lupa sayi Gibbes, 1850, p. 178. Neptunus sayi Stimpson, 1860, p. 220. Portunus sayi Rathbun, 1897, p. 22; ibid, 1898, p. 276; Verrill, 1908, p. 376; Summer, rorz, p. 672. Carapace very nearly twice as wide as long, somewhat tumid, smooth and polished to the naked eye, but with a lens it is seen to be finely granulate; frontal teeth 6, including the inner orbitals; the 2 median teeth smaller but on a line with the next pair; external orbital tooth larger than those of the antero- lateral border except the ninth, which is stout, acute, and about as long as the space occupied by the three preceding teeth; the teeth of the anterolateral border blunt and increasing slightly in size pos- teriorly. Chelipeds of moderate length, somewhat larger in the male than in the female; meros with four, rarely three, stout, curved spines in front, none behind; carpus with two spines. Manus with an acute spine at the articulation and a smaller one near the base of the movable finger; the external surface with two longitudinal ribs of which the lowermost extends onto the finger; the superior surface with three ribs which are continued onto the finger, the innermost one being ciliate beneath. Length of a male, 20.5 mm.; width, 40 mm. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 429 Color, chocolate brown, with cloudings of olive green and irregular white spots. A pelagic form, living among Sargassum, and not infrequently carried by the currents into the harbor. Quite a number of the specimens taken at Beaufort were egg-bearing. Portunus (Acheloiis) spinimanus Latreille. Pl. xxxmt, fig. 4. Portunus spinimanus Latreille, 1819, p. 47. Acheloiis spinimanus De Haan, 1833, p. 8; Coues, 1871, p. 120; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 320 (spinimana); Verrill, 1908, p. 385. Lupa spinimana Stimpson, 1859, p. 57. Portunus (Acheloiis) spinimanus Rathbun, roor, p. 45. Acheloiis smithii Verrill, 1908, p. 386, figs. 32 and 33. Carapace considerably less than twice as wide as long, finely granulate and pubescent and with a number of prominent, curved, coarsely granulate, transverse ridges; frontal teeth 8, including the inner orbitals, each of which is notched at the summit and presents two points; the 2 middle teeth are slightly narrower and more advanced than the next pair and all are considerably more advanced than the inner orbitals; outer orbital teeth obtuse, not much larger than the teeth of the anterolateral borders which are strong, acute, or acuminate and of about one size except the last, which is about twice as large a, the others and usually curved forward. Chelipeds long, pubescent, and serratogranulate all over; meros with four, sometimes five, strong, curved spines in front and one at the distal end; carpus with two spines, the inner one much the stronger, and on the upper surface four conspicuous ridges; hand slender, all its surfaces with ridges which extend onto the fingers; a strong spine at the carpal articulation and another near the base of the movable finger; fingers nearly straight, the tips incurved. Length of a male, 31 mm.; width, 52 mm. Color, yellowish or reddish brown, ridgesof carapace, spines of chelipeds and fingers and tipsof legs ted, fingers with white blotches. This species, which bears a general resemblance to Portunus gibbesii, is not uncommon in the waters off Beaufort Inlet and is sometimes found in the deeper channels of the harbor. The two species are quite often found in company, as they doubtless require the same conditions, but may be readily dis- tinguished by the narrower, rounder form of P. spinimanus and the entire lack of the iridescent patches on the carapace mentioned in the description of P. gibbesii. In his paper on the decapod crustaceans of Bermuda, Verrill has described a subspecies, smithii, which he states has been collected at Fort Macon, off Hatteras, and at other points farther south. It has been pointed out by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun4 that Acheloiis smithii Verrill was based upon a misinter- pretation of a figure by A. Milne-Edwards ® of an immature swimming crab said to have come from Chile and identified by Edwards as Portunus spinimamus. It may easily be that the figure in question does not represent P. spinimanus of Latreille at all It may even be that Latreille, Leach, and various other early writers confounded two or more species under this name, though this seems unlikely, but the Lupa, or Acheloiis, spinimanus of Stimpson, Smith, Kingsley, and various others was unquestionably the same as the one to which the name is here applied. Portunus (Acheloiis) spinicarpus Stimpson. Pl. xxxu1, fig. 3. Acheloiis spinicarpus Stimpson, 1871, p. 148. Neptunus spinicarpus A. Milne-Edwards, 1879, p. 221. Portunus (Achelois) spinicarpus Rathbun, 1901, p. 47. Carapace slightly more than twice as wide as long, sculptured, with a number of naked, rather coarsely granulate, arching, transverse ridges between which the shell is finely granulate and pubescent; frontal teeth 6, including the inner orbitals, the outer margins of which are sinuate but not notched; the true frontal teeth are narrow, acute, separated by broad notches, and the median pair is considerably advanced beyond the others; external orbital tooth acute and larger than the neighboring teeth of the anterolateral margin; the latter vary somewhat in size, are concave sided and very acute, the eighth tooth has the form of a slender, forwardly curving spine more than half as long as the antero- lateral border; posterolateral angle sharp, the margin being slightly recurved. @Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvul, 577 (footnote), 1910. > Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, vol. x, pl. 32, 1861. 69571°—18——28 430 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Chelipeds long and slender; meros with four stout, curved spines in front and a single similar one at the distal end behind; carpus with two spines of which the outer is small and weak while the inner one is very long and extends along the side of the hand almost to the base of the movable finger; hand with serratotuberculate ridges, which are prolonged onto the fingers, and two spines, one at the carpal articulation, the other near the base of the movable finger; fingers nearly straight, incurved at tips. Length of a male, 18 mm.; width, 38 mm. Color, brownish yellow with red markings on ridges of carapace, spines of legs and fingers. This appears to be a species of the deeper waters of the region. It has been dredged from 13 to 134 fathoms off Hatteras, off Cape Fear, and between Hatteras and Cape Lookout, but so far as is definitely known has not been taken anywhere along the shore or in the harbor. Portunus (Acheloiis) seb (Milne-Edwards). Pl. xxxuu, fig. 5. Lupea sebe H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. I, P. 455. Neptunus sebe A, Milne-Edwards, 1861, p. 329. Achelotls sebe Smith, 1869, p. 34; Verrill; ibid., 1908, p. 380. Portunus (Ackeloiis) sebe Rathbun, rgor, p. 46. Carapace less than twice as wide as long, pubescent and with very indistinct granulate ridges; frontal teeth 6, including the inner orbitals; the outer margins of which are only slightly sinuate; teeth of the median pair blunter and more advanced than those of the next pair; external orbital tooth acuminate and slightly larger than the nearest anterolateral tooth; anterolateral teeth acute or acumi- nate, their tips tured forward, the eighth one longer than the space occupied by the three preceding teeth. Chelipeds of moderate length, pubescent and with fringes of silky hairs; meros with five spines in front and one behind; carpus with two spines, the internal one being strong and very sharp; hand with three spines; one at the carpal articulation, a small one immediately above the base of the movable finger, and a larger one farther back; fingers slender, straight. Basal article of last pair of legs with an erect spine. Length of a male, 29.5 mm.; width, 55.2 mm. Color, in alcohol, pale brownish yellow, fingers red, a large round red spot on each flank of the carapace. By Verrill the hairs fringing the legs and chelipeds are said to be red. There is no record of this species having been taken in the Beaufort region, and there are no speci- mens in the United States National Museum from farther north than Key West, Fla. It occurs in the Bermudas, and both Dr. Mary J. Rathbun and Prof. Verrill state that its range extends from North Carolina to Brazil. ‘The species, in all probability, will be found here sooner or later, and is therefore included in this paper. Portunus (Acheloiis) depressifrons Stimpson. Pl. xxxm, fig. 7. Amphitrile depressifrons Stimpson, 1859, p. 58. Acheloiis depressifrons Stimpson, 1860, p. 223; Coues, 1873, Pp. 121; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 320; Verrill, 1908, p. 391. Portunus (Acheloiis) depressiforns Rathbun, roor, p. 45. Carapace about one and three-fifths times as wide as long, uneven, pubescent and with indistinct transverse ridges; frontal teeth six, including the inner orbitals, which are neither notched nor sinuate and much larger than the others, the tips of all the teeth about on a line; external orbital tooth strong, its tip rounded; anterolateral teeth acute, tured forward, the eighth scarcely longer than the one in front of it, the teeth and the intervals between them ciliated. Chelipeds trigonal, serratogranulate and pubescent; meros with five spines in front and a distal one behind; carpus with two spines, the outer much smaller than the inner one; hand short and compressed, its upper margin raised into a crest which terminates distally in a stout spine, a smaller spine at the carpal articulation; fingers flattened, the movable one with a border of cilia on the superior margin. The three pairs of walking legs are unusually long and slender and the first pair has its articles fringed with hairs. The swimming legs are shorter than in most of the species of this genus. Length of a male, 23.5 mm.; width, 37 mm. (Specimen from Key West, Fla.) Color: Verrill stated that ‘‘in life the carapace is irregularly mottled with light and dark gray, closely imitating the colors of the sand; the chelipeds and posterior legs are similar, though paler; but the first pair of ambulatory legs, which are longer than the others, are bright purple or deep blue, in the larger specimens, while some portion of the same color is usually seen on the next two pairs, but the color DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 431 > of the first pair is in striking contrast with that of the rest of the crab. The very young specimens did not show this distinction in the color of the legs, so far as observed.’’ This crab, reported from Fort Macon by Coues and by Kingsley has not been collected here for many years, so far asour records go. The United States National Museum has no specimens from farther north than Key West, Fla., and the Bahamas. Prof. Verrill reports it as very common at Bermuda. The original description by Stimpson was based on specimens from the coast of South Carolina and the Florida Keys. It is liable to be found here at any time. Portunus (Acheloiis) anceps (Saussure). Pl. xxxm1, fig. 8. Lupea anceps Saussure, 1858, p. 434. Acheloiis anceps Stimpson, 1871, p. 113; Smith, 1886, p. 634; Verrill, 1908, p. 378. Neptunus ventralis A. Milne-Edwards, 1879, p. 215, pl. XL, fig. 3. Portunus (A cheloiis) anceps Rathbun, 1900, p. r4r. Portunus ventralis Rathbun, rgo1, p. 45. Carapace twice as wide as long, pubescent and with several distinct arching, granulate, transverse ridges; frontal teeth 6, including the inner orbitals which are blunt and considerably shorter than the outer pair of true frontal teeth; median pair of teeth very short and smaller than the inner orbitals; anterolateral teeth small, acute and curved forward, the last one sharp, slender, and about as long as the space occupied by the four preceding teeth. Chelipeds long; meros with four spines in front and a distal one behind; carpus ridged and with a strong internal and a smaller external spine; hand with ridges on the outer and superior surfaces, most of which are continued onto the fingers, the superointernal ridge more elevated than the others and ending distally in two spines, one behind the other. Length of a male, 13 mm.; width, 26 mm. (Verrill). Color: “Mottled gray and yellowish white so as to imitate the sand pretty closely; the first pair of legs in some were red, in others yellow; the chelipeds and other legs had, in part, the same color.’ (Verrill.) The natural habitat of this species is in more tropical waters than those of the Beaufort region, but it, like the other swimming crabs, is carried northward in the Gulf Stream and its occurrence here would occasion no surprise. A good series of specimens was reported by Smith from off Cape Hatteras in 7 to 16 fathoms. Verrill stated that it is not uncommon at Bermuda. The identity of P. anceps and P. ventralis was first suspected by Verrill ¢ from the comparison of the measurements of Bermudean specimens of P. anceps with those given by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun for Porto Rican specimens identified by her as P. ventralis. A careful comparison of specimens in the National Museum shows that Prof. Verrill’s suspicion was well founded. Portunus (Acheloiis) ordwayi (Stimpson). Pl. xxxim, fig. 6. Acheloiis ordwayi Stimpson, 1860, p. 224; Smith, 1869, p. 9; ibid., 1870, p. 148; Verrill, 1908, p. 38r. Neptunus ordwayi A. Milne-Edwards, 1879, p. 217. Portunus (Achelotis) ordwayi Rathbun, 1901, p. 46. Carapace one and one-half times as wide as long, uneven, the elevations granulate and the depres- sions pubescent, with a number of conspicuous, curving, transverse ridges; frontal teeth 6, including the inner orbitals which are acuminate; true frontal teeth of about one size, triangular, acute, the middle pair advanced beyond the others; outer orbital tooth large; anterolateral teeth diminishing slightly in size from the first to the seventh, inclusive, the eighth about as long as the space occupied by the two preceding teeth, the tips of all acute and turned forward. Chelipeds of moderate length; meros with four or five strong spines in front and a single distal one behind; carpus ribbed and with a strong internal and a much smaller external spine; hand ribbed on all its surfaces except the superior one, which is flat and highly iridescent over more or less of its area; the superointernal ridge is raised into a crest which terminates distally in a sharp spine. The margins of the carapace and chelipeds are more or less fringed with silky hairs. Length of a male, 24.5 mm.; width, 37.5 mm. Color, carapace and legs reddish brown, due to a fine mottling with red, yellowish brown, and gray; beneath pale orange, deeper on the chelipeds and legs; chelz, above, deep red-brown, the fingers with two cross bands of light orange-red. Taken by the Albatross in 32 fathoms between Cape Hatteras and Cape Lookout. @ Op. cit., Dp. 379. 432 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Genus CALLINECTES Stimpson. Callinectes Stimpson, 1860, p. 220. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a.\Frontaliteeth, including the inner orbitals, four: (0 2701.6 caw ccte stars clulclel ss arate winvelatarontatniate aie sapidus. aa. Brontal teeth; including the inner orbitals; sixes... ibe tos cisiewoc cities wiclsiu's cerelouehinilslien ornatus. Callinectes sapidus Rathbun. Blue crabs. Pl. xxxv, fig. 1. Lupa hastata Say, 1817, p. 65, and 1818, p. 443. Lupa dicantha De Kay, 1844, P. 10. Callinectes hastatus Ordway, 1836, p. 568; Coues, 1871, p. 120; Paulmier, 190s, p. 142. Callinectes sapidus Rathbun, 1896, p. 352; Verrill, 1908, p. 370; Summer, rorr, p. 672; Fowler, ror2, p. 128-130. Carapace, including lateral spines, two and a half times as wide as long, moderately convex, nearly smooth except on inner branchial and cardiac regions where it is lightly tuberculate; a tuberculate transverse line from one lateral spine to the other and a shorter transverse line about halfway between this and the frontal margin; frontal teeth, four, including the inner orbitals, triangular, acute, both pairs more or less distinctly bilobed; anterior eight anterolateral spines of subequal length, concave on both margins and acuminate; lateral spines nearly straight, longer than the space occupied by the three pre- ceding teeth; inner suborbital tooth prominent and acute. Chelipeds of male large and powerful, those of the female considerably smaller; meros with three spines in front and one small one at the distal end behind; carpus with one spine and one spiniform tuber- cle on the external surface; manus strong, prominently ribbed and with a strong proximal spine; fingers strong, nearly straight and strongly toothed. Length of a male, 67 mm.; width, 166 mm. Color, grayish or bluish green of varying shades and tints relieved by more or less brilliant red on the spines of the carapace and the fingers. This crab, so abundant along the Atlantic coast from Cape Cod southward, is common enough in the Beaufort region to be of some commercial importance. Throughout the summer soft crabs are caught for local consumption and occasionally a few are shipped away. At Morehead City the business of shipping soft crabs is carried on with regularity, though most, if not the whole, of the supply is obtained from Harkers Island and points still farther to the eastward. Hard crabs are not utilized to any marked degree. Some years ago at one of the oyster canneries in Beaufort an effort was made to establish a crab-canning industry, but it was found that crabs could not be obtained in sufficient numbers at the time they were wanted and the venture failed. With proper apparatus and perhaps some patience in training the fishermen to use it there should be no difficulty in securing quite as many blue crabs in the neighborhood of Beaufort as at any other point along the coast. At present fishing is done only with hand nets in the marshes and creeks. The development and behavior of the blue crab are extremely interesting, but the study of its life history, while of no little practical improtance, is a matter of much difficulty. Young crabs and some of the older ones may be observed with ease in shallow water near the shore ; the older individuals, however, prefer deeper water and can not well be watched. When a number are confined together in a limited space they will fight to the death and the victors will devour the vanquished without compunction. To confine a sufficient number of crabs of various sizes and both sexes in separate compartments is troublesome and so far has been an impossibility, except during the summer months. The following brief account is based on the observations of several years, and while incomplete gives the most important facts as far as they have been ascertained.¢ It also indicates how much is still to be learned. Egg-bearing females begin to appear in the spring, become abundant during the summer, and diminish rapidly in numbers in the early fall. The eggs, when first laid, are of a light orange-yellow color, but as they grow older they darken and finally become dark brown ora dirty gray. They are very small and may number anywhere from 1 to 5,000,000. Collectively they form a mass which projects far beyond the margins of the abdomen of the female and interferes considerably with her movements. She carries them about until they hatch, when the little crabs, in the zoéa stage, leave the mother and float away in the water. @ In this connection see Hay, Report, Bureau of Fisheries, for 1904, p. 397, and Binford, Johns Hopkins Circ. February, ror1; also Chidester, Biol. Bull. xxi, no. 4, p. 235-248, 1911. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 433 The time required by the young crab to pass through the zoéa and megalops stages to the first crab stage is not known, but it is probable that young hatched during the summer complete their trans- formation before winter. By this time they are about 3 millimeters wide. They probably grow little if at all during the colder months, but early the next spring are ready to begin their active predatory life. If an adequate supply of food is obtained they grow quite rapidly, molting at first at intervals of about a week and later at intervals of about a month, increasing about one-third in width at each molt. By the end of the second summer they have reached a width of from 75 to 100 millimeters. In both sexes maturity is probably reached in the third or fourth summer after hatching. The full- grown male measures over 160 millimeters from tip to tip of his lateral spines and is about as active and pugnacious an animal as is to be found in the water. The females are somewhat smaller and have weaker chelipeds, but they can inflict a very painful bite and will fight savagely if surprised and retreat isimpossible. During the molt at which the female reaches maturity her abdomen loses the triangular shape which it has had through the earlier molts; it becomes broad and rounded and lies loosely on the ventral side of the thoracic sterna. A day or two previous to this molt, under normal conditions, she has been taken up by some male who carries her about until her shell is ready to be cast, guards her dur- ing the process, and immediately afterwards mates with her. It is believed that she never mates again, although she may produce more than one lot of eggs, and it is probable that she never molts again. The male also probably does not molt after reaching maturity, but he will mate repeatedly with different females if he has an opportunity to do so. The courting habit of the male, referred to by Prof. Verrill @ and others, is very interesting. The “dancing and strutting’’ is done immediately before the female is taken up to be carried about and does not appear ever to be enacted except before a female that is about to cast her shell. The attitude of the female at such times appears to be one of interest and submission. How soon eggs are produced after mating is not known, but there are reasons for believing that it isnot for several weeks and possibly not until the next season. It is not at all likely that two lots of eggs are produced in one summer, although well-developed eggs may be found in the ovary of a female that has just hatched one lot. Having reached maturity the crab probably lives three or four years. Its enemies, aside from man, do not appear to be numerous and against them it is ordinarily able to defend itself if escape is not prac- ticable. Its shell, however, affords a convenient lodging place for barnacles and bryozoans and its gills and gill chambers become clogged with clusters of a little stalked barnacle (Octolasma darwini) all of which doubtless help to weaken it and to make it an easy victim of some hungry fish or a summer storm. Observations made during the summer indicate that the mortality is greatest among the old females at that season of the year, but it may be that the males die and are destroyed in deeper water so that their shells are not cast on the shore. When laden with eggs the females seek comparatively shal- low water and at times have been observed in numbers close to the edge of the deep channels which run along the inside of Bogue and Shackleford Banks. Two specimens of dwarf females, both mature, have been collected at Beaufort. The smaller of these measures only 35 mm. long and 80 mm. wide. Callinectes ornatus Ordway. PI. xxx1v, fig. 2. Callinectes ornatus Ordway, 1863, Dp. 571; Rathbun, 189s, p. 356; ibid, 1901, p. 48; Verrill, 1908, p. 366. Carapace of approximately the same proportions as in C. sapidus; somewhat tumid and finely granu- late throughout. transverse lines distinct; frontal teeth, including the inner orbitals, 6; anterolateral spines shallow and broad, the tips of the first five or six acute, the others acuminate; lateral spines curved forward and hardly as long as the space occupied by the three preceding teeth; inner suborbital angle prominent but hardly acute. First segment of abdomen of male produced laterally into an acute, upturned spine. Chelipeds formed as in C. sapidus but with the spines probably more acute, the ridges of the manus more developed and the teeth on the fingers larger and sharper. Length of a male, 33 mm.; width, 74 mm. Color, clear grayish or bluish green with red on the fingers and more or less brilliant blue on the front of the chelipeds and terminal joints of the legs, merging into dark blue or purple at the articula- tions; lateral spines and lower surface of chelipeds and teeth of chele ivory white. @ Loc. cit., p. 371, 372. 434 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Callinectes ornatus is by no means rare in Beaufort Harbor though full grown individuals are not to be found. Specimens 3 inches and less in width can usually be collected about Bird Shoal and may easily be distinguished from the commoner C. sapidus by their more brilliant coloration and by their greater pugnacity. It also seems that their claws are stronger than those of C. sapidus of the same size and their nip is correspondingly more painful. Genus ARENZAUS Dana. Arenaus Dana, 1851, Dp. 130. Arenzus cribrarius (Lamarck). Pl. xxxrv, fig. 3. Portunus cribrarius Lamarck, 1818, p. 259. Lupa maculata Say, 1818, p. 445. 5 Areneus cribrarius Dana, 1852, Pp. 290; Coues, 1871, p. 121; Kingsley, 1878, p. 320; Rathbun, roor, p. 50; Summer, rorr, p. 672; Fowler, 1912, p. 413. Carapace more than twice as wide as long, very finely granulate; produced on each side into a strong spine between which and the orbit are eight strong, somewhat acuminate teeth heavily ciliate beneath; front narrow, not so far advanced as the outer orbital angles, and with three teeth on each side of the median notch; of these teeth the outer one forms the inner angle of the orbit and the central one is partly coalesced with the innermost one; superior wall of orbit with two deep fissures dividing it into three lobes; inferior wall of orbit with a wide external fissue and with the inner angle much advanced; lower surface of carapace hairy. Chelipeds of moderate size; meros with three spines on the anterior border and a short tuberculi- form one near the distal end of the posterior border; carpus with two spines; hand short, with five longi- tudinal granulose carine and two spines, one at the articulation with the carpus and the other above the base of the dactyl. Walking legs rather short and weak, densely ciliate. Swimming feet stout. Basal segment of abdomen produced on each side into a strong, sharp, slightly upcurved spine. Length of carapace, 27 mm.; width, 59 mm. Color, light vinaceous brown or olive brown thickly covered over the dorsal surface with small, rounded, white spots; tips of walking legs, yellow. So far as is known this crab seldom if ever enters the harbor and is rarely washed ashore along the outer beaches. It lives in rather shallow water close to the shore but is sufficiently adroit as a swimmer to escape the dangers of the tumbling surf. The collector in search of specimens should be able to haul a seine or an otter trawl about half a mile offshore and parallel with the beach. Family CANCRIDAE. Brachyrnynena having the body broadly oval or hexagonal, the last pair of legs not adapted for swimming, the first pair of antenne folding lengthwise, and the second antennz with short, naked flagella. This, the typical family of crabs, has been restricted until it now contains but two genera. Of these, one is represented within our limits. Genus CANCER Linnzus. Cancer Linnzus, 1758, p. 625; restricted by Leach, 181s, p. 308, 320. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Anterolateral teeth of carapace with denticulate margins. ............0.-.-- esse eee e neers borealis. aa. Anterolateral teeth with the margins graniwlates .- sj.2 . 3 st ejerete oie epee mie = mic eininims ei sie) = ole eer= irroratus. Cancer borealis Stimpson. Northern crab, Jonah crab. Pl. xxxv, fig. 2. Cancer irroratus Say, 1817 (pt.), p. 60; Gould, 1841, p. 322. Platycarcinus irroratus Gibbes, 1850, p. 176. Cancer borealis Stimpson, 1859, p. 50; Kingsley, 1884, p. 317; R. Rathbun, 1884, p. 769; Summer, rorz, p. 672; Fowler, 1912, PD. 133. Carapace transversely oblong oval, about two-thirds as long as wide, angular at the sides, the sur- face finely granulate; anterolateral margins divided into nine quadrangular, crenate lobes or teeth, the DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 435 margins of which are minutely denticulate; front produced beyond internal orbital teeth and with three teeth of which the middle one is longer than the others and depressed; orbits circular, with two narrow fissures above and two below, the suborbital lobe being strongly produced. . Chelipeds about as long as second pair of legs, stout; carpus and hand with strong, granulose ruge; carpus with a sharp spine at its inner angle; hand smooth on inner face, heavily rugose on outer face; two rugze continued from hand onto the finger which is slaty black at the tip and somewhat deflexed. Ambulatory legs short, fringed beneath, the dactyli tipped with black. Length, 62 mm.; width, 91 mm. Color, yellowish beneath, brick-red above; back with two curved lines of yellowish spots, and behind the middle, a figure somewhat resembling the letter H. The legs are mottled and reticulated with yellow and brick-red and more or less purplish. Small and immature specimens of this species are sometimes dredged in depths from 3 to 5 fathoms within the harbor. Larger specimens have been obtained in deep water off the coast. Cancer irroratus Say. Northern rock crab. Pl. xxxv, fig. 1. Cancer irroratus Say, 1817 [pt.], p. 59; Stimpson, 1859, p. 50; Coues, 1871, p. 120; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 317; Paulmier, 190s, Pp. 139; Sumner, ror1, Pp. 671; Fowler, 1912, p. 429, pl. 134, 135. Platycarcinus irroratus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. I, D. 414. Cancer sayi Gould, 1841, p. 323. Platycarcinus sayi De Kay, 1844, Pp. 7. Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex, granulated; anterolateral border divided into nine teeth whose margins are granulate, not denticulate as in C. borealis, and the notches between the teeth are continued onto the carapace as short-closed fissures, giving a pentagonal character to the teeth; posterolateral border a granulated ridge having at its outer end one tooth similar to those of the antero- lateral border but smaller; front with three teeth, of which the middle one exceeds the others and is depressed. Abdomen of male broad; first, second, and third segments with a transverse granulated ridge. Chelipeds of moderate size, not as long as the second pair of legs; carpus with granulated ridges and with a sharp spine at the inner distal angle; hand nearly smooth on inner face, outer face with four or five granulated lines, two of which are continued onto the finger, while the superior one is cristate. Ambulatory legs rather long and slender, meros of first and second pairs extending far beyond carapace. Length, 65 mm.; width, 95 mm. Color, yellowish, closely dotted with dark purplish brown, which becomes reddish brown after death. This crab is rare at Beaufort and the few specimens which have been obtained areimmature. At ‘some distance from the coast larger individuals have been dredged up. Both this species and the preceding one are members of a northern fauna, and except in deep water do not extend much farther south than the Carolina coast. Family XANTHIDAE. Brachyrhyncha having the body usually transversely oval, the last pair of legs normal, the first pair of antennz folding obliquely or transversely and the male openings rarely sternal. This very large family of crabs comprises at the present time 106 genera. Of this number 11 are represented in the Beaufort region. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION.@ a. Frontal margin presenting but a single edge, not transversely grooved. 6. Carapace naked or lightly pubescent, front granulate or smooth, teeth of anterolateral border usually flattened and subtriangular. @ While in most of the keys in this paper it has been possible to utilize generic characters and to show to some extent the accepted ideas of the relationship of the genera, it has been impossible to do so in the case of the family Xanthidz. The differences between the genera into which the old genus Panopeus has been divided are either too subtle to be appreciated, except after long study of the species, or are to be found in a combination of characters no one of which can always be depended upon. It has therefore been necessary to make use of the most trivial characters and, since each genus, with the exception of Pilumnus, is represented in the Beaufort fauna by a single species, the key is really a key to the species. 436 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. c. Antenne not excluded from orbits. d. Teeth of anterolateral margins sharp-pointed. e. Dactyl of large hand with a large basal tooth. f- Outer surface, of carpus smooth orjnearly, SOsii(. ciel. eajes=,aie ie -ssleyaieisistsidetalie ies leis Panopeus. jf. Outer surface of carpus with a groove parallel with the distal margin........ Hexapanopeus. ee. Dactyl of large hand without a large basal tooth. jf. Fingers of small hand spoon-shaped at their tips.................2. +205. Eurypanopeus. jf. Fingers of small hand not spoon-shaped at their tips.....................04- Neopanope. dd. Teeth of anterolateral margins blunt-pointed or rounded. EP Bron awit je woltorn de Glo DES va.) elle ales shane Yotavesin.s/psielo alain wasn a ka ie Eurytium. ee hront with two opiate ODES sre lier < eleintetatedel dete eteue leurs eteielelarieteleietele i elenel evel ierete Menip pe. cc. Antenne excluded from the orbits........... sp tinaiaksh stat fas] ieksicinicts ksaaleie cele betoc teh eee Eriphia. bb. Carapace hairy or with extensive pubescent areas, front and anterolateral border with spines or spiniform teeth. c. Carapace spiny or granulate and with plumose hairs....................-2 ses eee Pilumnus. cc. Carapace nodose anteriorly, pubescent posteriorly............-...eeeeeeee eee Lobopilumnus. aa. Frontal margin transversely grooved so as to appear double. b. Carapace more or less nodose in front, fingers black.................eeeeeee cece seen Leptodius. bb. Carapace with conspicuous transverse ridges, fingers white or brown.......... Rhithropanopeus. Genus HEXAPANOPEUS Rathbun. Hexapanopeus Rathbun, 1898, p. 273. Hexapanopeus angustifrons (Benedict and Rathbun). Narrow mud crab. Pl. xxxtv, fig. 7. Panopeus angustifrons Benedict and Rathbun, 18or, p. 373. Hexapanopeus angustifrons Rathbun, 1898, p. 273; Summer, rorr, p. 673. Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex from front to back, regions fairly well marked, surface finely granulate; anterolateral edge thin and upturned and divided into five teeth, of which the first two are separated by a well-defined sinus, the third and fourth are successively broader and the fifth is shorter, narrower, and more distinctly directed outward; from the fourth and fifth teeth well- defined ridges extend obliquely inward and backward for a distance of about twice the length of the teeth; front narrow and produced, divided by a prominent V-shaped notch into halves, each of which is bilobate, the markedly sinuate anterior border forming a broad inner and a small and inconspicuous outer lobe. : Chelipeds strong, granulate, and finely rugose; meros with a well-developed tooth on the upper margin; carpus with a deep groove parallel to the distal margin, an obtuse tooth at the inner angle, and the superior surface rough and more or less tuberculate; hands unequal and dissimilar; propodus usually with a fairly strong costa above and indications of one on the outer surface; both these coste are continued onto the fingers, which are strong and inclined to be hooked at their tips; the movable finger of the larger hand has a strong tooth at the base. Length, 19.5 mm.; width, 28 mm. Color, variable, sometimes a uniform brownish yellow or even light buff, but usually a dark red- dish brown or dark gray, the females usually darker than the males and often more or less spotted. In both sexes the fingers are black or dark brown at the base, lighter at the tips; the dark coloration is not extended onto the hand, but stops abruptly well within the base of the fingers. This little crab occurs in various parts of the harbor, especially where the bottom is covered with old shells. It is frequently brought up in the dredge in the channel off Morehead City and may be col- lected in the shallow water about Bird Shoal. It appears to like to hide among the masses of ascidian- covered shells that are so abundant in these localities. In size it ranks far below the common Panopeus herbstii, but is rather larger than the other mud crabs of the region. It comes to sexual maturity at a very early age, specimens less than 12 mm. across having been found with eggs. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 437 Genus PANOPEUS Milne-Edwards. Panopeus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. I, p. 403. Eupanopeus Rathbun, 1898, p. 273. Panopeus herbstii H. Milne-Edwards. Common mud crab. Pl. xxxiv, fig. 9. Cancer panope Herbst, 1801 (?), p. 40; Say, 1817, p. 58. Panopeus herbstii H. Milne-Edwards, 1834, t. 1, p. 403; Coues, 1871, p. 120; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 318; Benedict and Rathbun, 1891, p. 358; Summer, rorr, p. 673. Panopeus herbstii var. obesus S. 1. Smith, 1869, p. 278. Eupanopeus herbstii Rathbun, 1898, p. 273; ibid., r90r, p. 28; Verrill, 1908, p. 344; Fowler, 1912, p. 122, 123. Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, regions well marked, surface sparingly granulate; antero- lateral margin with five teeth, of which the first two are coalescent, the third and fourth are larger, promi- nent, and with arcuate outer margins and acute tips, while the fifth is smaller, acute at the tip and has the outer margin straight; a transverse ridge extends inward from the fifth tooth and a shallow groove from the fourth tooth; front with a narrow median fissure, the anterior margin of each half sinuate. Chelipeds heavy, finely granulate; carpus without a groove on the superior surface and with a blunt internal spine; hands unequal and dissimilar, the larger one having the movable finger curved and strongly toothed at base, while the finger of the smaller one is more nearly straight. Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 26 mm; width, 38 mm. Color, a dirty gray or slate color; fingers black, the color extending a little onto the palm of the hand. One of the most abundant crabs of the region, being found wherever the bottom in shallow water is muddy or covered with shells or stones. In suitable localities, along the edges of the higher marshes, it is often found in burrows and frequently associated with Sesarma reticulata and Uca minax. Speci- mens from such localities are usually more convex, smoother, have blunter anterolateral teeth, a less conspicuous tooth at the base of the movable finger of the large hand and are more inclined to be of a purplish color than are specimens taken from the channels of the harbor. They probably represent the variety obesus Smith, which has been recorded from the Beaufort region by Coues and Kingsley. Tn their paper on the genus Panopeus Dr. Benedict and Dr. Mary J. Rathbun do not recognize the variety obesus as a subspecies, but after a careful study of a large number of specimens it was their con- clusion that the obesus characters, rather than being inherent and transmissable ones, are the result of habitat and habits. Genus EURYPANOPEUS A. Milne-Edwards. Eurypanopeus A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 318. Eurypanopeus depressus (Smith). Flat mud crab. Pl. xxxrv, fig. 4. Panopeus depressus Smith, 1869, p. 283; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 319; Benedict and Rathbun, 1891, p. 336; Paulmier, 190s, p. 140; Fowler, 1912, p. 117-118. Eurypanopeus depressus A, Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 320; Summer, ror1, p. 673. | Carapace about three-fourths as long as wide, flattened posteriorly, convex in the anterior half, minutely pubescent and with several fine transverse ruge; anterolateral teeth three, the first two having coalesced to form a broad lobe whose margin is only slightly sinuate, the remaining teeth acute and thin edged; front nearly straight, median notch small or wanting altogether. Chelipeds dissimilar and very unequal; the smaller one more rugose than the larger and with the margins of the fingers nearly straight and opposable for a considerable distance while the tips are thin edged and hollowed out—“spoon-shaped’’; larger cheliped with nearly smooth articles, the hand very heavy and inflated, movable finger strongly curved, obscurely toothed at the base and meeting the immovable one only at the tip; in the unworn condition both fingers show indication of the spoonlike flattening. Length of carapace, 14 mm.; width, 19.5 mm. ,Color, mottled grayish olive; fingers black, the color of the immovable finger extending well onto the palm. This species appears to frequent localities where the water is comparatively clean and is not often found where the other mud crabs abound. cad 438 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Genus NEOPANOPE A. Milne-Edwards. Neopanope A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 329. Neopanope texana sayi (Smith). Southern mudcrab. Pl. xxxryv, fig. 8. Panopeus sayi S. I. Smith, 1869, p. 284; ibid, 1874, p. 312, 547; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 319; Birge, 1883, p. 411-426, pl. XXX-XxxIn; Gissler, 1884, p. 225; Benedict and Rathbun, r8or, p. 363, pl. xxm, fig. 4, and pl. xxm, fig. 7,8; Paulmire, 1905, P. 140. Paes aks Kingsley, 1880a, p. 394; A. Milne-Edwards, 1880 (pt.), p. 312, pl. Lvm, fig. 4. Panopeus texanus sayi Rathbun, 1898, p. 273. Neopanope texana sayi Sumner, 1911, p. 673; Fowler, ror2, p. 400, pl. r2r. Carapace about three-fifths as long as wide, quite convex, minutely granulate and lightly pubescent, especially near anterior and lateral regions; anterolateral teeth five, of which the first two are coalesced and separated by only a shallow sinus, the third and fourth are larger and directed forward while the fifth is smaller and directed somewhat outward; from the fourth and fifth teeth short, oblique ridges extend inward and backward; front with a very small median notch, each half only slightly sinuate, the entire effect being that a much flattened curve extending from eye to eye. Chelipeds smooth, unequal and dissimilar, carpus with a prominent groove parallel with its distal margin; movable finger of large hand without a large basal tooth. Length, 17 mm., width, 22.5 mm. Color, usually a dark slaty bluish green, sometimes brown or even buff; fingers black, the color extending well onto the palm. In the parts of the harbor which support oyster reefs this crab is abundant. It may also be found among the clusters of ascidians on the wharf piling about the town. The zoéa and megalops stages of P. texanus sayi have been fully described and figured by E. A. Birge (loc. cit.). Genus EURYTIUM Stimpson. Eurytium Stimpson, 1859, p. 56. Eurytium limosum (Say). Pl. xxxv, fig. 7. Cancer limosa Say, 1818, p. 446. Panopeus limosus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. I, p. 404. Eurytium limosum Stimpson, 1859, p. 56; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 316; A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 332; Rathbun, gor, p. 41; Verrill, 1908, p. 358; Fowler, 1912, p. 124. Carapace about one and one-half times as wide as long, very convex from front to back, nearly plane from side to side, surface smooth to the eye but under a lens finely granulate; front about one- fourth the width of carapace, divided into two lobes by a median notch from which a shallow groove runs back over the gastric region; orbital margins somewhat elevated; external orbital tooth coalesced with the first tooth of the anterolateral border, the division between the two indicated by a shallow sinus; anterolateral teeth with raised margins, the second and third rounded at the tip, the fourth more prominent and subacute. Chelipeds unequal and dissimilar, more so in the male than in the female; meros with a denticulate superior border and a distal spiniform tooth; carpus not grooved; fingers pointed. Length of a male, 24 mm., width, 36 mm. Color in life: ‘‘Carapace a brilliant purplish blue; wrist and hand bluish; proximal upper half of movable finger pink; remainder of finger porcelain white; lower portion of chelipeds and also the carpal teeth yellow.’’*% The color of the fingers is not continued onto the palm. This crab is common along the coast farther to the south and is said to have been collected as far north as New Jersey. It is given in Kingsley’s list of crustaceans whose range embraces Fort Macon, but is not definitely credited to the Beaufort locality. So far as is known it has never been taken here, but it is one of the species for which the collector should be on the lookout. It is said to live in holes which it digs along the margins of salt marshes near high-tide level. Its brilliant coloration should enable one to recognize it at once. Having no Beaufort specimens for study the above description was based on a fine male from Port Royal Island, South Carolina, borrowed from the United States National Museum. a Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish Commission, vol. xx, p. 40. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 439 Genus MENIPPE De Haan. Menippe De Haan, 1833, p. 4, 21. Menippe mercenaria (Say). Stonecrab. Pl. xxxv, fig. 8. Cancer mercenaria Say, 1818, p. 448. Xantho mercenaria H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. 1, p. 399. Pseudocarcinus mercenarius Gibbes, 1850, p. 176. Menippe mercenaria Stimpson, 1859, p. 53; Coues, 1871, p. 120; Kingsley, 1878-1879, p. 318; A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 262; R. Rathbun, 1893, p. 772. Carapace transversely oval, about two-thirds as long as wide, convex, minutely punctate and granulate; anterolateral border divided into four lobes of which the first two are wide, the third is wide but dentiform, and the fourth is much narrower and dentiform; front with a median sulcus, on each side of which is a broad trilobulate lobe; orbital border thick, fissures indistinct; antenna not separated from orbit. Chelipeds very large and heavy, unequal, nearly smooth; inside surface of hands with a patch of very fine, oblique, parallel striz, fingers each with a large tooth. Ambulatory legs stout, hairy distally. Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 79 mm.; width, 116 mm.; length of cheliped, 155 mm. Color of young specimens, a dark purplish blue, the very young always with a white spot on the wrist. As the animal grows older the color becomes a dark brownish red more or less mottled and spotted with dusky gray. This crab, which is easily the largest and most massive one of the region, is still relatively abundant, although individuals of the largest size are becoming less and less common. The young are hatched at intervals throughout the spring and summer and, after having assumed the crab form, appear to resort to the deeper channels of the harbor where they live under the shell fragments with which such bottoms are covered. On attaining a width of half an inch or thereabouts they move into shallower water and may be found among the oyster shells and the rocks about the harbor jetties. Here they live until they have attained full size, when, if circumstances seem to demand it, they move to some shoal and just below low-tide mark make burrows. These burrows extend obliquely for a distance of 12 to 20 inches and are about 6 inches in diameter. The largest of these crabs may have an extent between the tips of the chelipeds of over 1 foot, but as they are not inclined to be pugnacious they are easily caught. When discovered in a burrow, it is said that they may be removed with impunity if the collector adopts the simple precaution of keeping his hand to the upper wall of the hole. As an article of food the stone crab is in great demand and the supply is so meager that even local needs can not be satisfied. Genus ERIPHIA Latreille. Eriphia Latreille, 1817, p. 404. Eriphia gonagra (Fabricius). Calicocrab. Pl. xxxv, fig. 6. Cancer gonagra Fabricius, 1781, p. sos. Eriphia gonagra H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-40, t. 1, 426; pl. xvI, fig. 16, 17; Rathbun, rgor, p. 42; Verrill, 1908, p. 362. Carapace about one-fourth wider than long, rather flat, with the regions clearly marked off; nearly smooth posteriorly but granulate anteriorly and with two transverse lines of subspinous granules, one in front of the epigastric lobes and the other across the protogastric and hepatic lobes. Front very wide, strongly deflexed and divided into four lobes, of which the two median are broader and more advanced than the lateral ones and have a finely granulate border; the lateral lobes form the front of the raised margin of the orbits and are in contact beneath with a prolongation of the infraorbital plate, thus com- pletely excluding the antenna from the orbit. Anterolateral margins with a row of five spines including the outer orbital, behind and inside of which are a few squamiform tubercles. Chelipeds unequal, strong, swollen; hand and carpus with numerous large rounded elevations which are larger on the hands than on the carpi and on the smaller than on the larger hand; movable finger with a squamiform tubercle above at the base and, in the larger hand, a large rounded tooth at the base of the cutting edge. Ambulatory legs rather slender, their distal three segments with fine stiff hairs. Length of a male, 9 mm.; width, 12 mm. Color: Most of the anterior half of the carapace and a broad median stripe extending to the posterior margin dark purplish brown, the legs a lighter tint of the same color; front margined with brownish orange; sides of carapace, upper surface of chelipeds, dactyli and bases of legs and a narrow band on the 440 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. distal margin of the other leg articles light yellow; tubercles of the upper half of the chelipeds dark blue; of the lower half, yellow; lower surface of chelipeds and body white; fingers brown. Four specimens of this gayly colored crab, all immature males, were collected in August, 1915, from the jetties on Shackleford Bank. They were found under flat rocks while search was being made for Pachygrapsus transversus and Eurypanopeus depressus but appeared to prefer situations a little higher above the water than the other two species. One individual contained an isopod parasite (probably Leidya distoria) in its branchial chamber. : Eriphia gonagra has not been reported heretofore on our coast north of South Carolina. Verrill and others have collected it at Bermuda. It is common from the Florida Keys to Brazil and probably throughout the Bahamas and West Indies. Genus PILUMNUS Leach. Pilumnus Leach, 1815, p. 309, 321- KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. @. Hand. with, numerons: acute, blacks Spies: 1) cyiieleiie cisiokscieielelesnivale ie eidnicssiicnc\einiee eae oie eis taree eet sayi. Gas Hand without spines ac yararl acts oecPieps erates torso Tela ieeaieveicien state oles ei taas aise oe meee ietete lacteus. Pilumnus sayi Rathbun. Hairy crab. Pl. xxxv, fig. 4. Cancer aculeatus Say, 1818, p. 449. Pilumnus aculeatus Guérin-Meneville, 1828; pl. m, fig. 2; H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. I, p. 420; Coues, 1871, p. 120. Pilumnus sayi Rathbun, 1897, p. 15. Carapace about three-fourths as long as wide, sparsely covered with long filiform and plumose hairs and with about six blackish, acute, nearly erect spines on each side; front depressed, emarginate in the center, obscurely so on each side and with four or five spines on each side; superior and inferior orbital walls with marginal spines. Superior surfaces of chelipeds and ambulatory legs with many filiform and plumose hairs, the carpal and propodal articles being most thickly covered and having several strong spines as well. Chelipeds large, unequal; carpus with 15 or 20 erect black spines; spines of hand strong and acute above but becom- ing smaller on the external face; fingers ribbed, black and with obtuse teeth, the movable finger spiny above at base. Length, 22 mm.; width, 29 mm. Color, grayish brown irregularly suffused with red; spines mostly black, and the hairs yellow. This crab which is easily distinguished from all the others in the region, is fairly common on the shelly bottoms of all the channels of the harbor and is not infrequently found crawling about over the wharf piles about the town front. It also occurs rather abundantly on the Blackfish Banks. Pilumaus lacteus Stimpson. Small hairy crab. Pl. xxxv, fig. 3. Pilumnus lacteus Stimpson, 1871, p. 142. Carapace about three-fourths as long as wide and with tufts of plumose hairs on the anterior and scattered single hairs on the posterior parts; anterolateral margins with four anteriorly directed teeth which increase in size from before backwards; front depressed, deeply notched in the middle and with a smaller notch near the eye; orbital margins with small tubercles but without well developed spines. Chelipeds dissimilar in size but otherwise practically alike, stout, setose and plumose-hairy, and somewhat tuberculate above, but naked and polished below and on the ventral half or two-thirds of both the inner and outer surfaces of the chela; there is a row of small spines on the inner part of the distal margin of the carpus. Ambulatory legs hairy and plumose but without spines. Length of a male: 11.5 mm.; width, 15.25 mm. ¢ Color, gray or pinkish, the plumose hairs whitish or cream-colored, hands and tips of legs light red. This species is much rarer at Beaufort than P. sayi but may usually be found, if careful search is made, on the wharf piles about the town. It is rarely taken by dredging in the harbor and has only once been found in the material brought in by the Fish Hawk from outside. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 441 Genus LOBOPILUMNUS A. Milne-Edwards. Lobopilumnus A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 297. Lobopilumnus agassizii (Stimpson). Pl. xxxtv, fig. 5. Pilumnus agassizii Stimpson, 1871, p. 142. Lobopilumnus pulchellus A. Milne-Edwards,t 50, p. 299. Lobopilumnus agassizii Rathbun, 1898, p. 269. Carapace convex, strongly nodose and granulat® and pubescent everywhere except anteriorly; front consisting of two large lobate masses deeply separated from each other and from the orbits; orbital region with two fissures above and two very narrow ones below, the margin granulate; anterolateral margin with three acute, triangular teeth. Chelipeds stout and heavy; carpus with forwardly directed granulate tubercles. Ambulatory legs pubescent and hairy, their carpal and propodial articles with minute spines above. Length, 16 mm.; width, 21 mm. One female taken by the Fish Hawk in 13 fathoms at station 7326 represents this species in the laboratory collection. Genus LEPTODIUS A. Milne-Edwards. Leptodius A. Milne-Edwards, 1863, p. 284. Leptodius agassizii A. Milne-Edwards. Pl. xxxiv, fig. 6. Leptodius agassizii A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 270, pl. XLIX, fig. 3. Carapace broad, suboval, flattened and finely granulate posteriorly, conspicuously sculptured anteriorly, the regions lobulate and with coarse granules and fine scattered hairs along the front margin of the lobules; frontal margin double, there being a transverse groove extending across from orbit to orbit, both edges of the groove and the orbital margin granulate; of the five anterolateral teeth, the last two or three only are well developed, sharp and turned forward, the second and sometimes the third are triangular and obtuse and the first (the outer orbital angle) is represented by an elevated mass of granules. Meros of cheliped slightly surpassing the carapace; carpus strong, with a sharp internal spine and with many irregular, granulate ruge above; hands unequal, the larger one with strong, blunt-tipped fingers, the smaller one with more slender, more acute and more conspicuously grooved fingers which show a tendency to be spoon-shaped at the tips; in both hands the upper and outer surfaces are granu- late and tuberculate, the tubercles being arranged in rows. Walking legs granulate and hairy. Color, after a short preservation in alcohol, light red, fingers black. Length of a male, 8 mm.; width, 12 mm. Three small specimens of this crab were dredged by the Fish Hawk in 1915 in 16 fathoms on the fishing banks off Beaufort Inlet. The species has already been collected off Cape Hatteras and at various points farther south. All the Beaufort specimens have the last three anterolateral spines well developed but a series in the United States National Museum from Pensacola, Florida, shows that in larger individuals the number may be reduced to two. Genus RHITHROPANOPEUS Rathbun. Rhithropanopeus Rathbun, 1898, p. 273. Rhithropanopeus harrisii (Gould). Pl. xxxv, fig. 5. Pilumnus harrisii Gould, 1841, p. 326; De Kay, 1844, p. 7. Panopeus harrisii S. I. Smith, 1873, p. 547; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 319; Benedict and Rathbun, 1901, p. 378, pl. xxt, fig. 2, pl. xxiv, fig. 16. Rhithopanopeus harvisii Rathbun, 1900(b), p. 138; Summer, 1911, p. 674; Fowler, 1912, p. 397, pl. 119-120. Carapace about three-fourths as long as wide, much less convex from side to side than from front to back, sparsely pubescent toward the anterolateral angles, protogastric regions with two transverse lines of granules, a similar line from one posterior lateral tooth to the other across the mesogastric region; front almost straight, very slightly notched and with its margin grooved, so that, viewed from in front, it appears to be double; postorbital angle and first anterolateral tooth completely coalesced; the first and second developed teeth of about the same size and perhaps slightly larger than the last one. Chelipeds quite unequal and dissimilar, carpus not grooved above and with a moderately de- veloped internal tooth; chele indistinctly costate above, the larger one with short thumb and strongly 442 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. curved movable finger, the smaller one with a proportionately longer thumb and long, straight moy- able finger; in neither hand is there a large basal tooth on the movable finger. Ambulatory legs long, slender, compressed, and more or less hairy. Length of a male, 14.5 mm.; width, 18.5 mm. Color, in alcohol, yellowish or brownish, fingers white. In life the color is stated by Fowler to be more or less dull brownish, paler below; chelipeds brownish above, paler below; fingers brownish, not contrasted with rest of propodus. Ambulatory legs all brownish, paler below. This small crab, which has been collected at various places along the Atlantic coast from Long Island Sound to Florida, has, as yet, not been detected in the Beaufort region. It may be that condi- tions here are unfavorable for its existence, but it is far more probable that a careful search will bring it to light. It does not appear to be abundant anywhere, but it has been found under a great variety of conditions and has been recorded from fresh-water streams as well as from the brackish and salt water. The description given above has been based on a series of specimens from Indian River, Fla., in the United States National Museum. Family GONOPLACIDAE. Brachyrhyncha closely resembling the Xanthide but having the body usually square or squarish and the male openings sternal or, if coxal, passing along a groove in the sternum. Forty-nine genera are now assigned to this family, only one of which is represented within the Beaufort limits. Genus EURYPLAX Stimpson. Euryplax Stimpson, 1860, p. 60. Euryplax nitida Stimpson. Pl. xxxv1, fig. 8. Euryplax nilidus Stimpson, 1859, p. 60; Smith, 1870, p. 162. Euryplax nitida Stimpson, 1871, p. 150; Kingsley, 1880a, p. 399; Rathbun, rgor, p. 8. Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex from front to back, less so from side to side, surface smooth and shining; anterolateral margin short and armed with three stout teeth including the outer orbital angle; front about half as broad as carapace, entire or very faintly notched in the middle, deeply notched on each side above the antennz, orbits wide. Chelipeds stout; distal end of inner face of meros of male with a round or oval pit concealed by a tuft of plumose hairs; carpus broad, inner margin with a sharp spine and below this a pilose patch. Walking legs slender. Females with narrower carapace, no pit at the end of the meros and the chelipeds more nearly equal. Length of a male, 6.5 mm.; width, 10.5 mm. ‘lwo specimens were taken by the Fish Hawk at depths of 14144 and 16 fathoms on the fishing banks. Both are males and of small size. Another specimen in the laboratory, probably from the same locality in 1902 or 1907, is a female of a larger size but badly broken. Family PINNOTHERIDAE. The commensal crabs. Small commensal Brachyrhyncha having the body more or less globose or quad- rate, the carapace often more or less membranous, and the eyes and orbits very small. This family comprises 23 genera, of which 3 have representatives within the Beau- fort limits. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Dactyli of the walking legs simple, acute. b. Third walking leg little, if any, longer than the other legs. c. Carapace globose and more or less membranous; buccal mass subquadrangular. ... .Pinnotheres. cc. Carapace more flattened, oval, and rather firm; buccal mass subtriangular...... Parapinnixa. bb. Third walking leg longer and stronger than the others, often considerably so............. Pinnixa. aa. Dactyli of the first, second, and third walking legs bifurcate...................--...-Dissodactylus. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 443 Genus PINNOTHERES Latreille. Pinnotheres Latreille, 1802, p. 25. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Carapace nearly naked; second pair of legs stouter than third pair. . a Sain -ostreum. aa. Carapace covered with a short pubescence; second pair of legs not stouter than third pair. Wipaoataeae Pinnotheres ostreum Say. Oyster crab. Pl. xxxv, fig 9. Pinnotheres ostrewm Say, 1817, p. 67; De Kay, 1843, p. 12; Stimpson, 1859, p. 67; Smith, 1873, p. 367; R. Rathbun, 1884, p. 765; Paulmier, 1905, p. 149; Summer, 1911, p. 674; Fowler, ror2, p. 138. Carapace of female subcircular in outline, tumid, membranous, smooth, and with a broad, shallow, longitudinal depression at each side of the cardiac and gastric areas; front rounded, slightly produced, covering and concealing the eyes. Abdomen very large and broad, extending forward to the mouth parts and laterally to or beyond the bases of the legs. Eyes, antennules, and antenne greatly reduced. Chelipeds small, the articles subcylindrical and polished; hand weak, its superior margin elevated above base of movable finger; fingers short, the immovable one conical and pubescent on its inner surface, movable one slenderer and curved. Second pair of legs slender but stouter than the others and with the penultimate article swollen; third pair longest, fifth pair turned backward and upward. Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 9 mm.; width, 11 mm.; length of hand, 4.5 mm. Color: Female, in life, whitish or salmon pink. This well-known commensal of the oyster has been collected in various parts of the Beaufort region, and doubtless is distributed generally throughout the area. It is females alone, however, which are abundant; no specimen of the male has yet been obtained at Beaufort. In the National Museum, among more than a hundred females, collected at many localities and at various seasons, Dr. Mary J. Rathbun has found but asingle very small and immature male. ByS. I. Smiththe male of P. ostrewm is said to be free swimming. The scarcity of the sex in collections indicates that this may be true, but it is also possible that Smith mistook the unspotted form of the next species for the male of P. ostreum. Pinnotheres maculatus Say. Pinna crab, mussel crab. Pl. xxxv, fig. ro. Pinnotheres maculatum Say, 1818, p. 450. Pinnotheres maculatus Stimpson, 1859, p. 67; Coues,1871, p. 123; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 323; R. Rathbun, 1884, p. 766; Sum- ner, 1911, Pp. 674; Fowler, 1912, p. 136-137. Pinnotheres ostrewm Smith, 1873, pl. 1, fig. 2. Carapace of female semimembranous, suborbicular, somewhat narrowing anteriorly, the sides being obliquely truncated; median regions defined by deep, irregular sulci; surface covered with a dense but very short pubescence; front bilobate. Abdomen very large, as in P. ostreum. Cheliped moderately stout, its articles subcylindrical and more or less pubescent; hand well devel- oped, its palmar portion about twice as long as the fingers, both of which are nearly straight, hooked at their tips and toothed. Walking legs slender, with short curved dactyli, none of them conspicuously larger than the others, the penultimate article of the second pair not swollen; last pair smallest and turned forward and upward and with longer dactyli than those of the other legs. The males differ from the females in being much smaller, firmer in texture, and flatter; the cheli- peds are shorter and stouter and the second and third pairs of walking legs have the carpal and propodial articles densely fringed with silky hairs. Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 16 mm.; width, 17.25 mm.; length of hand, 9 mm. Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 8.4 mm.; width, 7 mm.; length of hand, 3.5 mm. In this crab there are two distinct color phases—one is a plain, almost uniform yellowish-brown, the other has the carapace black or dark brown with a central dorsal stripe and two symmetrical spots of white, while the sternum and abdomen are white with narrow bars of black. Heretofore the uni- formly colored individuals have been regarded as females and the spotted ones as males, but a recent examination by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, of the specimens in the National Museum, shows that this is not always the case. The males, both young and adult, are usually spotted, but are sometimes plain. The females are usually spotted when young, but are always plain colored when adult. 444 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Dr. Rathbun suggests in explanation of this unusual condition of affairs that the habitat of the individual may determine its coloration. The male of this species, as is well known, can move about and doubtless spends more or less of his life swimming from place to place. The young females may, to some extent, have the same habit, and so long as they are free swimming they may be spotted. But as soon as an individual of either sex settles down to a commensal life with some mollusk, it may lose its spots and become uniformly colored. The female of P. maculatus alone iscommon. She is frequently found as a commensal in the shells of Pinna or of Pecten and will probably be found to occur in other lamellibranchs. Occasionally a male will be found in company with a female, more rarely he is found swimming freely in the water. Genus DISSODACTYLUS Smith. Dissodactylus, S. 1. Smith, 1870, p. 172. Echinophilus Rathbun, 1900b, p. 590. Dissodactylus mellite (Rathbun). Pl. xxxv1, fig. 1. Echinophilus mellite Rathbun, 1900b, p. 590. Dissodactylus mellite Rathbun, roor, p. 22; Summer, rort, p. 675. Carapace about 1.25 as wide as long,oval, smooth, and polished except in the anterolateral portions, where there is aslight pubescence. Front slightly emarginate and fringed with short stiff hairs. From the anterolateral angle a low ridge runs obliquely inward and backward about halfway to the median line. Chelipeds short and stout; chela longer than the other articles combined, cylindrical, its upper and outer faces with a few impressed, short, oblique lines from which short appressed hairs extend. distally; fingers considerably shorter than palm, bent inward and curved, their opposable margins with tufts of short bristles; carpus with a distal fringe of short hairs and an impressed line similar to those on the chela; meros very short and stout, its lower surface with oblique lines. Second, third, and fourth legs stout, their margins fringed with short hairs and their dactyls deeply bifid. Fifth legs with styliform dactyls and fringed with long hairs along both front and.,hind margins. Length of a male, 3 mm.; width, 3.6 mm. This minute crab, which, with the exception of Leucifer, is probably the smallest of our malocos- tracan fauna, is fairly abundant throughout the region. It is to be found clinging to the spines of the sand dollar (Mellita pentapora), which occurs in great numbers on the shoals and sandy bottoms both within and outside the harbor. In some localities a crab or two will be found on nearly every sand dollar examined, but usually they are not present in such numbers. When the sand dollar is lifted from the water, the crabs scurry about over their host and quickly drop off to hide in the sand. Genus PARAPINNIXA Holmes. Parapinnixa Holmes, 1895, p. 563- Parapinnixa beaufortensis Rathbun. Parapinnixa beaufortensis Rathbun, 1918, p. 112. Carapace rather regularly oval, about one and one-third times as wide as long, with the surface behind the anterior border depressed and plumose; regions indicated by a series of pits which are light brown in the specimen pre- served in alcohol. Fronto-orbital width two- thirds as great as width of carapace; front about two-fifths width of carapace, a large emargination at its middle in dorsal view; edge of lobes sinuous. A tuft of hair on either side of dorsal surface near lateral margin, but not projecting sideways beyond that margin. A similar tuft, attached to the ventral surface, projects beyond the margin. Eyes large, of a bronze-brown color. Fic. 19.—Parapinnixa beaufortensis, dorsal view. Type, o X20. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 445 The outer maxillipeds are characteristic of the genus. Chelipeds stout; carpus squarish in dorsal view, its outer distal angle prominent; palm inflated, margins convex, lower margin hairy, width greater at distal than proximal end, the upper distal angle higher than base of dactylus; dactylus about as long as upper edge of palm; both fingers much curved; when closed the tips cross and there is no gape, the thin and irregularly denticulate edges fitting together. Legs fringed with long hair, especially on the propodites, where there is a border of hairon the lower margin, and in the second and third legs a row of still longer hair attached near the upper margin on the posterior surface, the length of the hairs being twice as great as the width of the propodite. The legs diminish in stoutness from the first to the fourth. The first leg is a little longer than the second, the third about as long as the first. Propodites stout, upper margins convex. Dactylus of first three legs long, curved, the slender horny tips about half the entire length; dactylus of fourth leg sim- ilar in shape, but very much smaller. Abdomen of male suboblong, distally taper- ing, at base not more than half the width of the sternum; sutures faint except the one marking the subtriangular terminal segment. Length of carapace of male, holotype, 1 mm.; width of same, 1.3 mm. The almost minute specimen upon which this species was established and which, up to the Se cee eae Bee ccs By es Fic. 20.—Parapinnixa beaufortensis, ventral view. ‘Type, Mary J. Rathbun among some material sent to ae We ; 4 the United States National Museum from the fishing grounds, 20 miles off Beaufort Inlet. From its small size, relatively large eyes, the long hairs on the legs, and the thin prehensile edges of the fingers, Dr. Rathbun surmises that the specimen may possibly represent a postlarval stage of some crab, the adult of which is as yet unknown. We are indebted to Dr. Rathbun for permission to copy her description and figure of this specimen. Owing to its small size and the lateness of its discovery it has not been possible to secure a satisfactory photograph for the plates whigh illustrate this paper. Genus PINNIXA White. Pinnixa White, 1846, p. 177. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a. Chela with the thumb much shorter than the movable finger and bent downward. b. Posterior part of carapace with a short transverse ridge more or less interrupted in the middle. c. Penultimate article of third pair of walking legs about as broad aslong........... chetopterana. cc. Penultimate article of third pair of walking legs distinctly longer than broad........... sayana. bb. Posterior part of carapace with a conspicuous transverse ridge extending uninterruptedly from side POC Mee odduaneenaene riatanteacelcrel esters ayciaiee/eciels GAS Te MAC ere aE eee cristata. aa. Chela with the thumb about as long as the movable finger and not bent downward..... cylindrica. Pinnixa chetopterana Stimpson. Pl. xxxv1, fig. 4. Pinnixa chetopterana Stimpson, 1860, p. 235; Summer, rorr, p. 674. Pinnixa cylindrica Stimpson, 1859, p. 68. Carapace transversely oval, a little more than twice as wide as long; surface uneven, sides densely pubescent, and the regions well defined by pubescent sulci; cardiac region with an acute transverse crest broadly interrupted in the middle so as to form two dentiform prominences, more conspicuous in the male than in the female; front narrow and with a deep median groove. Chelipeds stout, pubescent; hand, in the male, with the palmar edge perpendicular, the immovable finger very short, deflected, and with a tooth on its cutting edge, the movable finger strongly curved, 69571°—18——29 x AAG BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. smooth on both edges and meeting its fellow only at the tip; hand of female smaller, its palmar edge oblique and the immovable finger considerably longer than in the male. Second and third pairs of legs slender; fourth pair longer and much stouter, conspicuously pubescent and with the inferoposterior margins of the third, fourth, and sixth segments dentate; fifth pair like the fourth, but smaller. Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 5.25 mm.; width, 12 mm.; length of hand, 5 mm. Color, nearly white, but usually much obscured by the brown or blackish hairs and the dirt collected in them. This crab lives commensally with the worms Chetopterus pergamentaceus and Amphitrite ornata and is seldom found outside their tubes.2 Pinnixa sayana Stimpson. Pl. xxxvI, fig. 3. Pinnixa sayana Stimpson, 1859, p. 236; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 323; Summer, rorz, p. 674. Pinnixa cylindrica Smith, 1873, p. 546. Carapace smooth and polished, lightly pubescent on the sides, depressed at the middle, and with a low, ill defined, transverse ridge parallel with and close to the posterior margin extending about one- third the width of the carapace; two similar ridges on the anterolateral slope, distant from but nearly parallel with each other, the superior one curving inward and defining the branchial region; front deeply grooved above. Hands stout, compressed, hardly twice as long as broad; immovable finger very short; movable finger strongly curved; both fingers toothless. Walking legs smooth, penultimate pair larger than the others, but not so much so as in P. chetopterana. Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 3 mm.; width, 6 mm. Color, almost white, but more or less stained with brown. This crab, the carapace which resembles that of P. cylindrica, while its hands are more like those of P. chetopterana, is said to be occasionally found in the sand-walled tubes of Arenicola cristata. The specimens from which the species was originally described by Stimpson were dredged in 6 fathoms, sandy mud, off the mouth of Beaufort Harbor. Pinnixa cristata Rathbun. Pl. xxxv1, fig. 5. Pinnixa cristata Rathbun, 1900, p. 589. R Carapace smooth, polished, and very slightly pubescent at the extreme outer corners, not depressed in the middle and with a conspicuous sharp, almost straight ridge which extends without a break entirely across the shell a little in front of the posterior border; anterolateral ridge less conspicuous. Chelipeds stout and constructed like those of C. chetopierana, but perfectly smooth except for a band of fine hair along the lower margin on the inner surface. Walking legs somewhat longer than those of related species and sparsely hairy along the margins only. Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 4.3 mm.; width, ro mm. The only known specimen of this species was collected at Beaufort many years ago by Prof. H. E. Webster, of Union College, N. Y., and is now in the United States National Museum. No data accom- panied it, so we are uninformed as to its mode of life. It doubtless lives as a commensal in the tube of one of the many species of worms and should be looked for with care. In general appearance it resembles P. cylindrica, but hasa hand like P. sayana. The shell is broader in proportion to the length than in P, cylindrica, however, and the legs are markedly more slender. The long, unbroken ridge across the back is a mark that can hardly be overlooked. Pinnixa cylindrica (Say). Pl. xxxv1, fig. 2. Pinnotheres cylindricum Say, 1818, p. 452; De Kay, 1844, p. 13. Pinniza cylindrica White, 1846, p. 177; Stimpson, 1860, p. 235; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 324. Pinnixa levigata Stimpson, 1859, p. 68. Carapace smooth, polished, punctate, pubescent at the extreme outer corners, depressed in the middle, a very inconspicuous transverse ridge parallel with and close to the posterior margin, and a more conspicuous anterolateral ridge; front bilobed, but not as deeply grooved as in P. chetopterana or P. sayana. a Enders, H. F.: “Notes on the commensals found in the tubes of Chelopierus pergamentaceus,’’ Amer. Nat., Vol. XXXIX, 1905, D- 37- DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C., REGION. 447 Chelipeds moderately stout; hand about one and one-half times as long as wide, fingers gaping at base and of nearly equal length, the immovable one curved upward and with a tooth near its tip; the movable one curved and with atooth nearthe middle. Walking legssmooth above and below, pubescent only on the basal articles, the meral and carpal articles more or less crested and fringed with hairs; penultimate pair large and thick. Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 5.2 mm.; width, 10.5 mm.; hand, 4 mm. This species, like the others of the genus, is found most frequently as a commensal in some worm tube. An occasional specimen has been found swimming about in the water. Family GRAPSIDAE. Brachyrhyncha having the body more or less distinctly quadrate, the front broad, the eyestalks of moderate length, and a gap of at least appreciable size between the third maxillipeds. Thirty-nine genera are included in this family. Of these, five are represented in the Beaufort fauna. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. a, Antenne covered by the front. 6. Third maxillipeds without a pubescent oblique ridge. ecarpace decidedhy proaderithan origami: telestloiets oii iste stein teins